Jun 15, 2026 City Council Special Meeting

[00:00:04]

GOOD MORNING AND WELCOME TO THE CITY COUNCIL SPECIAL MEETING THIS JUNE 15TH, 2026.

[1) CALL TO ORDER AND ROLL CALL]

BARTON HERE. COUNCIL MEMBER. KRAMER HERE. COUNCIL MEMBER.

KROL HERE. COUNCIL MEMBER. PENMAN. HERE. COUNCILMEMBER SCHULTZ, VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP HERE.

MAYOR HARTMAN HERE. THANK YOU. AND IF YOU'LL STAND FOR THE INVOCATION FOLLOWED BY THE PLEDGE.

HEAVENLY FATHER, THANK YOU FOR BRINGING US TOGETHER TODAY.

HELP US TO EVER BE SO MINDFUL OF THE NEEDS OF OTHERS.

IT'S A PRIVILEGE TO HONOR AND SERVE OUR COMMUNITY.

WE HAVE BEEN THOUGHTFUL AND ALL OF OUR DECISIONS IN THIS SEASON OF GOOD POLICY MAKING FOR THE CITY AND THE RESIDENTS IN THE COMMUNITY OF NAPLES, FLORIDA. MAY WE CONTINUE IN THIS DAY TO BE THOUGHTFUL AND MINDFUL AND ALWAYS BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE WAY THAT WE OUR CHOICES ARE AND THE DECISIONS WE MAKE.

AND THIS WE PRAY IN JESUS NAME. AMEN. PLEASE JOIN ME IN THE PLEDGE.

I PLEDGE ALLEGIANCE TO THE FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND TO THE REPUBLIC FOR WHICH IT STANDS ONE NATION UNDER GOD, INDIVISIBLE, WITH LIBERTY AND JUSTICE FOR ALL.

THANK YOU. GOOD MORNING, MR. YOUNG. SETTING THE AGENDA.

[3) SET AGENDA (add or remove items)]

AND THE REVISED ITEMS WAS THE AGENDA MEMORANDUM.

THE PRESENTATION REVISED. DOCTOR 420 PRELIMINARY AND REVISED.

DOCTOR 420 MMP PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY AND IT'S RELATED TO THE ROLLBACK RATE CALCULATION.

IN ADDITION, AGENDA ITEM 14 G WAS ADDED, WHICH IS AN ANNOUNCEMENT OF AN EXECUTIVE SESSION REGARDING THE CITY OF NAPLES IN THE NAPLES AIRPORT AUTHORITY, AND IT IS THE ANNOUNCEMENT FOR A MEETING THAT WILL OCCUR ON THE 17TH.

AND THEN ALSO DURING THE JUNE 9TH JOINT MEETING, THERE WAS CONSENSUS REACHED TO ADD THIS AGENDA ITEM AND WE ADDED AGENDA ITEM 14, WHICH IS A DISCUSSION REGARDING THE PROPOSED ORDINANCE CHANGES PROVIDED BY THE NAPLES AIRPORT AUTHORITY, AND THE ATTACHMENTS FOR THAT WERE THE AGENDA MEMORANDUM AND THE POLICY REGARDING LAND USE CHANGES.

THAT'LL BE ALL, MA'AM. YEAH. IS THAT IT? YEAH.

THANK YOU. YES, MA'AM. COUNCIL. ANY OTHER CHANGES? NOPE. DO I HAVE A MOTION TO ACCEPT? SO MOVED.

SECOND. OKAY, I HAVE A MOTION SETTING THE AGENDA BY COUNCILWOMAN PENMAN AND A SECOND BY VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP.

ALL IN FAVOR? SIGNED BY I. AYE. OPPOSED? THANK YOU.

COUNCIL ANNOUNCEMENTS AND PRESENTATIONS. WE HAVE NONE.

SO WITH THAT, WE'LL GO TO AGENDA ITEM FOUR A.

[4.A) Summary of the 2026 State of Florida Legislative Session by Ms. Lisa Hurley, Esq. of SBM Partners, City of Naples Lobbyist.]

THIS ITEM IS A LEGISLATIVE UPDATE, AND LISA HURLEY IS HERE TO PRESENT ON THIS MATTER AND GIVE US AN UPDATE OF THINGS HAPPENING IN TALLAHASSEE THIS YEAR.

SO WITH THAT, LISA, YOU'RE WELCOME TO GO AHEAD.

THANK YOU. YOU ARE A PRESENTATION. I JUST MEANT I DIDN'T HAVE TO HAVE ANY PRESENTATIONS MYSELF.

SO WELCOME AND GOOD MORNING. WELL, THANK YOU SO MUCH FOR HAVING ME.

SO AGAIN, LISA HURLEY WITH SB AND PARTNERS IN TALLAHASSEE.

IT'S REALLY GREAT TO BE DOWN HERE IN NAPLES. IT'S BEEN A WHILE SINCE I'VE BEEN DOWN HERE.

I REALLY WANTED TO GET DOWN HERE EARLIER, BUT WITH ALL THE EXTRA SESSIONS THIS YEAR, IT MADE IT VERY DIFFICULT.

SO I APPRECIATE YOU ACCOMMODATING MY SCHEDULE.

AND SO MY FOCUS TODAY, WHILE WHEN THE FIRST REGULAR SESSION ENDED, WE SENT A REPORT ON ALL THE LEGISLATION THAT HAD PASSED THAT HAD STILL NOT YET BEEN SENT TO THE GOVERNOR.

AND QUITE FRANKLY, THAT WAS BACK IN APRIL AND IT FEELS LIKE IT WAS TWO YEARS AGO.

AND SO THAT KIND OF FEELS LIKE OLD NEWS AT THIS POINT.

AND I THOUGHT TODAY WHAT I WOULD FOCUS ON ARE THE THINGS THAT HAVE HAPPENED SINCE REGULAR SESSION,

[00:05:02]

AND SO I HOPED TO BE BEFORE YOU TODAY TO, TO BE ABLE TO SAY, YES, WE HAVE THIS FUNDING AND IT'S SECURED, BUT THE GOVERNOR HAS NOT ACTED ON THE BUDGET YET.

AND SO AS I STAND HERE BEFORE YOU TODAY, TWO OF THE FOUR OF THE CITY'S PROJECTS THAT WE SOUGHT FUNDING FOR THIS SESSION WERE FULLY FUNDED. SO THE COVE MASTER STORM WATER PUMP STATION IMPROVEMENT WAS FULLY FUNDED AT $1.2 MILLION IN THE RIVER PARK.

STORMWATER AND CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENT WAS FULLY FUNDED AT $600,000.

AND SO AS I'M SURE YOU'RE WELL AWARE, THE GOVERNOR HAS LINE ITEM VETO AUTHORITY.

AND SO TO PROTECT AGAINST THE VETO. AND THERE WILL BE PLENTY OF VETOES COMING.

WE HAVE MET WITH THE GOVERNOR'S STAFF MULTIPLE TIMES TO WALK THROUGH THESE PROJECTS, TO ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS THEY MAY HAVE SO WE CAN PROTECT AGAINST THAT VETO. AS OF THIS MORNING, THE BUDGET HAS NOT BEEN OFFICIALLY SENT TO THE GOVERNOR.

YOU MAY BE ASKING, WHAT'S THE IMPORTANCE OF THAT? THAT'S WHAT TRIGGERS THE 15 DAY CLOCK THAT THE GOVERNOR HAS TO ACTUALLY ACT ON THE BUDGET.

TRUST ME, HIS STAFF HAS BEEN WORKING ON IT SINCE IT WAS PASSED.

AND CONSIDERING IT'S JUNE 15TH AND THE STATE FISCAL YEAR STARTS JULY 1ST, IT'S WE WOULD EXPECT THAT HE'LL ACT ON IT IN THE NEXT TWO WEEKS. SO SO IT WAS A TIGHT BUDGET YEAR.

SO I AM HAPPY AS LONG AS WE COULD GET THIS FUNDING OVER THE THE FINISH LINE.

HAPPY WITH THAT. THE THE BUDGET THAT WAS PASSED BY THE LEGISLATURE FOR FISCAL YEAR 26 AND 27 WAS ACTUALLY LOWER THAN THE CURRENT FISCAL YEAR. SO THE ONE THAT THEY PASSED IS $114.5 BILLION.

LAST YEAR'S WAS A LITTLE OVER 115 BILLION. AND SO AGAIN, GOING BACK TO THE GOVERNOR'S VETO, WE CAN EXPECT THAT THAT NUMBER IS GOING TO BE FURTHER REDUCED.

SO SINCE REGULAR SESSION, WE'VE HAD THREE SPECIAL SESSIONS.

WE HAD ONE ON CONGRESSIONAL REDISTRICTING, THE REDRAWING OF THE MAPS.

WE HAD A BUDGET SPECIAL SESSION. AND THEN MOST RECENTLY THE SPECIAL SESSION ON PROPERTY TAXES.

AND SO THE GOVERNOR SENT THE LEGISLATURE HIS PROPOSAL ON A CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT ON PROPERTY TAXES. AND WHEN IT WAS SENT TO THE LEGISLATURE AFTER HAVING, YOU KNOW, CONDUCTING A COUPLE OF MEETINGS, THEY REVISED HIS PROPOSAL. AND THE TWO BIG THINGS THAT THEY DID TO HIS PROPOSAL WAS, NUMBER ONE, GOVERNOR'S PROPOSAL HAD A TRUST FUND, WOULD HAVE CREATED A TRUST FUND THAT THE LEGISLATURE COULD FUND TO HELP LOCAL GOVERNMENTS BACKFILL THE REVENUE LOSS. IF THE PROPERTY TAX CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT WERE TO PASS, THE HOUSE REALLY DROVE THE CHARGE ON THAT.

AND THEY SAID ACTUALLY, IT WAS NO SURPRISE. IT WAS MONTHS AGO WHEN THE IDEA OF CREATING A TRUST FUND WAS FLOATED BY THE GOVERNOR'S OFFICE, THAT THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES SAID THEY HAD NO INTEREST IN DOING THAT.

AND THAT WAS REALLY COMING FROM THE SPEAKER DESIGNATE, THE NEW SPEAKER WHO WILL BE TAKING OVER THE CHAMBER IN NOVEMBER.

AND AND THAT'S THAT'S WHAT HAPPENED. IT WAS AMENDED.

THE TRUST FUND IS IS NO LONGER THERE. AND SO THAT'S THAT WAS A BIG ONE.

THE SECOND ONE IS THE GOVERNOR'S PROPOSAL WOULD HAVE IMPACTED SCHOOL TAXES AS WELL.

AND SO THE LEGISLATURE AMENDED HIS PROPOSAL AND AND PROTECTED THE SCHOOL LEVIES ON PROPERTY TAXES.

AND SO THE BALLOT INITIATIVE, AS IT STANDS NOW, THERE'S ONE LAWSUIT THAT'S CHALLENGING IT.

IT'S CHALLENGING THE BALLOT TITLE IN THE SUMMARY.

AND THE, THE ALLEGATIONS THERE ARE AS, AS WRITTEN, BOTH THE BALLOT TITLE IN THE SUMMARY ARE BIASED, MISLEADING AND IMPROPER. THE STANDARD OF REVIEW WHEN THE COURTS REVIEW BALLOT TITLE IN SUMMARIES IS THAT THE LANGUAGE MUST BE NEUTRAL. IT MUST NOT BE MISLEADING AND IMPORTANTLY, IT MUST NOT BE INACCURATE.

AND THE THE THE PETITION THAT SEEKS A DECLARATORY ACTION HERE POINTS OUT NUMEROUS INSTANCES IN THE BALLOT LANGUAGE THAT NOT ONLY ARE NOT NEUTRAL, THE. THE TITLE SAVE OUR HOMES FROM EXCESSIVE PROPERTY TAXES.

[00:10:04]

THERE'S ALSO LANGUAGE IN THERE THAT SAYS, YOU KNOW, IT'S IT'S OUT THERE TO PROTECT SMALL BUSINESSES, BUT IT DOESN'T DISTINGUISH FROM SMALL BUSINESSES OR LARGE BUSINESSES.

SO I, YOU KNOW, IN REVIEWING THE COMPLAINT AND SPEAKING WITH NUMEROUS PEOPLE ON IT, I FEEL LIKE, THERE IS CONFIDENCE THERE THAT THE COURT WILL SIDE WITH THE PETITIONERS.

THE PETITIONERS. ONE GENTLEMAN FROM MARTIN COUNTY, THE OTHER GENTLEMAN IS FROM MIAMI DADE.

I THINK BOTH OF THEM WERE FORMER LOCAL ELECTED OFFICIALS.

BUT SO WHAT HAPPENS IF THE COURT DOES SIDE WITH THE PETITIONERS, FINDS THE LANGUAGE IS NOT ACCURATE OR IT'S NOT NEUTRAL? THE REMEDY THERE IS THAT THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, SO THAT'S JAMES ALTMIRE, WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DRAFTING A NEW BALLOT TITLE AND SUMMARY LANGUAGE. SO THIS IS NOT A CHALLENGE IF SUCCESSFUL.

THAT DOESN'T MAKE IT TO THE BALLOT. IT WOULD STILL GET TO THE BALLOT.

AND SO WE ARE ON A I WOULD EXPECT THERE TO BE.

LAST TIME I LOOKED, I HAVEN'T SEEN A HEARING SET ON IT YET, BUT MR. MCCONNELL MAY HAVE MORE INFORMATION ON THAT BECAUSE I KNOW HE'S, HE'S TALKED TO THE LAWYERS THAT ARE HANDLING THIS LITIGATION.

AS AN ASIDE, THE LAW FIRM THAT'S HANDLING THE LITIGATION FOR THE PETITIONERS, SAME LAW FIRM THAT HAS THE LITIGATION THAT IS CHALLENGING SB 180.

SO GREAT LAW FIRM THERE. AND SO KIND OF FAST FORWARD I DON'T HAVE A GREAT SENSE ON WHETHER IT WILL PASS OR NOT.

I THINK IT'S GOING TO BE CLOSE. 60% IS THE THRESHOLD THAT'S NEEDED FOR CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT TO PASS.

IT'S REALLY TOUGH. BUT YOU KNOW, ALSO CONCERNING THERE'S PRECEDENT, I SHOULD SAY THAT NOT EVERY PROPERTY TAX PROPOSAL THAT'S MADE IT TO THE BALLOT HAS PASSED IN RECENT YEARS.

THE TWO DID NOT MAKE THE 60% THRESHOLD. AND I THINK THE POLLING IS REALLY TIGHT HERE.

YOU KNOW, THE CONCERN IS, YOU KNOW, KIND OF THE STATE OF ALL AFFAIRS.

THE CONCERN BEING THAT PEOPLE ARE NOT ONLY FEELING PROPERTY TAXES, BUT THEY'RE FEELING PROPERTY INSURANCE.

THEY'RE FEELING GAS AT THE GAS PUMP AND AT THE GROCERY STORE AND YOU NAME IT.

SO I THINK IT WILL BE CLOSE. IF IT WERE TO PASS, I WOULD ENVISION MAYBE ANOTHER SPECIAL SESSION THAT THE GOVERNOR WOULD CALL AND THE PURPOSE OF THAT WOULD BE IMPLEMENTING LEGISLATION.

SO IF YOU READ THROUGH THE, THE RESOLUTION THERE ARE A LOT OF QUESTIONS.

I THINK THERE'S MORE QUESTIONS THAN ANSWERS WHEN YOU READ THROUGH THERE ON SOME OF THE MEANING OF SOME OF THE, THE LANGUAGE IN HERE. AND SO THE POINT OF IMPLEMENTING LEGISLATION WOULD BE THE OPPORTUNITY TO CLARIFY THOSE THINGS THAT AREN'T VERY CLEAR ON THE FACE OF THE AMENDMENT ITSELF.

AND THAT'S, AND THAT'S VERY, THAT TYPICALLY YOU DO GET IMPLEMENTING LEGISLATION.

SO I WOULD FORESEE THAT. HAPPENING BETWEEN NOVEMBER AND THE END OF THE YEAR.

CERTAINLY WHEN GOVERNOR DESANTIS IS STILL IN OFFICE.

AND THEN I WOULD ALSO EXPECT, IF IT PASSES THERE, TO BE ADDITIONAL CHALLENGES TO THE CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT ON SOME PERCEIVED CONSTITUTIONAL INFIRMITIES THAT ARE IN THERE.

I THINK THE TIMING ON THAT WOULD BE ONLY IF THE, THE PROPOSAL PASSES.

AND SO, YOU KNOW, THAT'S KIND OF WHERE WE SEE THE PROPERTY TAXES RIGHT NOW.

KIND OF A SNAPSHOT GOING FORWARD. NEW SPEAKER THAT I MENTIONED WILL HAVE A NEW PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE STARTING IN NOVEMBER.

SO TWO WEEKS AFTER THE GENERAL ELECTION. THE LEGISLATURE WILL HOLD A, IT'S CALLED AN ORGANIZATION SESSION.

AND THAT'S WHEN THE NEW PRESIDING OFFICERS OFFICIALLY TAKE OVER.

AND THEY'LL TAKE OVER, AND THEY'LL APPOINT THEIR LEADERSHIP TEAM AND THEIR CHAIRS AND THEIR AND THEIR COMMITTEES, AND THEY HOLD THOSE ROLES FOR THE NEXT TWO YEARS.

AND MY FORECAST HERE IS, I THINK WE'RE IN FOR CALMER WEATHER.

THE PAST TWO YEARS REALLY HAVE BEEN VERY CHALLENGING IN TALLAHASSEE.

THERE WAS JUST A, THERE WASN'T A TON OF COLLABORATION THAT WE'RE USED TO SEEING BETWEEN THE HOUSE AND THE SENATE IN THE GOVERNOR'S OFFICE.

[00:15:04]

BUT I BELIEVE THAT THE NEW PRESIDING OFFICERS THAT ARE COMING IN HAVE A BETTER RELATIONSHIP.

AND I THINK THERE WILL BE MORE COLLABORATION.

AND OF COURSE, WE'LL HAVE A NEW GOVERNOR AT THAT POINT TOO.

AND SO I'M HAPPY WE HAVE WEATHERED WHAT I CONSIDERED A VERY STORMY SEAS FOR, FOR THE PAST TWO YEARS.

UNFORTUNATELY, THE CITY IS GOING TO BE LOSING ONE OF YOUR STRONGEST ADVOCATES IN TALLAHASSEE THAT SENATOR KATHLEEN PASSIDOMO.

SHE'S TERMED OUT. SHE HAS BEEN SO INSTRUMENTAL IN, IN WORKING ON THE CITY'S APPROPRIATIONS AND BRINGING THAT FUNDING BACK TO THE CITY. SO SHE WILL BE SORELY MISSED.

HOWEVER, IT'S THE, IT IS THE EXPECTATION THAT CURRENT HOUSE MEMBER LAUREN MELLO WILL MOST LIKELY BE THE ONE THAT WILL TAKE HER PLACE WILL BE SENATOR MELLO. AND SHE TOO IS WE'VE GOT A GREAT WORKING RELATIONSHIP.

AND SHE ALSO IS A VERY STRONG ADVOCATE OVER ON THE HOUSE SIDE, REPRESENTATIVE ROACH.

SHE WORKED SO HARD THIS YEAR TO ENSURE THAT THE FUNDING THAT THE LEGISLATURE PASSED AND FUNDED FOR THE CITY WAS IN THERE TOO.

SO THEY BOTH WORKED SO VERY HARD. AND THEN LASTLY, I THINK I WILL TAKE A MOMENT AND PAUSE AND SEE IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS FOR ME.

WELL, THANK YOU FOR YOUR PRESENTATION. AND OF COURSE, WE DO WANT TO THANK SENATOR PASSIDOMO FOR HER SUPPORT AND ALL OF HER LEADERSHIP IN MANY WAYS. COUNCIL. AND THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE TODAY.

I HAVE SCHOLZ QUESTIONS. ONE QUESTION. I GOT A TEXT AT 630 THIS MORNING THAT MELO IS WORKING ON A CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT TO PROTECT OUR RIGHTS.

DO YOU KNOW ANYTHING ABOUT THIS? I HEARD ANYTHING OF IT.

SO NO I HAVEN'T. IT COULDN'T IT WOULDN'T BE FOR THIS BALLOT.

RIGHT. SO NO I DON'T. BUT I'LL GIVE HER A CALL AS SOON AS WE'RE DONE HERE AND AND ASK HER, AND I CAN REPORT BACK. THANK YOU. YES. I'M JUST CURIOUS TO HEAR YOUR PERSPECTIVE ON THIS FIXATION WITH THE PROPERTY TAX SITUATION AND BASICALLY ELIMINATING HOME RULE TO SOME DEGREE.

AND THE POWER GRAB THAT GOES WITH IT AND WHATNOT.

WHY WASN'T THERE A FIXATION? AND THIS IS ABOUT SAVING MONEY, RIGHT? FOR THE PEOPLE, RIGHT? WELL, INSURANCE COSTS FAR EXCEED PROPERTY TAXES.

I MEAN, FIRST, MOST OF MY LIFE INSURANCE WAS A FRACTION OF YOUR PROPERTY TAX.

NOW, IN CONDO ASSOCIATIONS, WHICH I'M A PRESIDENT OF, THE FLOOD INSURANCE PREMIUM ALONE WAS HIGHER THAN THE PROPERTY TAXES ON THAT CONDO.

AND I, AND I LOOK AT, YOU KNOW, MY MY WINJE POLICY FAR EXCEEDS WHAT I'M PAYING IN PROPERTY TAXES.

IT'S DOUBLE. YEAH. YOU KNOW, SO, I MEAN, IF YOU'RE REALLY CONCERNED ABOUT SAVING PEOPLE MONEY AND KEEPING THEM IN THEIR HOMES.

IT'S NOT ABOUT THE PROPERTY TAXES, REALLY. AS A MATTER OF FACT, THEY SHOULD HAVE DESIGNED IT, IN MY OPINION, FOR RETIREES. IF FLORIDA USED TO BE THE RETIREE STATE AND TO GIVE 65 OR OLDER RELIEF ON PROPERTY TAXES MAKES MORE SENSE, IT WOULDN'T KILL LOCAL BUDGETS. BUT THIS FIXATION ON THIS VERSUS INSURANCE, WHICH IS THE BIGGEST PROBLEM FACING AFFORDABILITY IN FLORIDA, NOTHING'S BEEN DONE. THERE'S NO BEEN CREATIVE OUT OF THE BOX IDEAS LIKE SELF-INSURANCE AND MAKING IT, MAKING IT LEGAL. AND, YOU KNOW, MAKING ESCROW ACCOUNTS FOR IT AND WHATNOT.

THERE'S A LOT OF THINGS THAT CAN BE DONE WITH INSURANCE, BUT I JUST, I JUST DON'T UNDERSTAND THE LOGIC BEHIND ALL THIS.

I'D LIKE TO HEAR YOUR PERSPECTIVE. RIGHT. AND IT'S A GREAT POINT.

SO LET ME START WITH THE IN ALL THE MEMBERS THAT I SPOKE TO AND I SPOKE TO ALL OF THEM, THEY CERTAINLY HEAR PROPERTY INSURANCE MORE THAN PROPERTY TAXES, WITHOUT A DOUBT. SO SO WHAT STARTED THIS IS GOVERNOR DESANTIS.

THIS IS SOMETHING THAT HE STARTED WITH, THIS IDEA THAT PROPERTY TAXES WERE WAY TOO HIGH AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS WERE THE GROWTH WAS WAY TOO HIGH AND WASN'T, YOU KNOW, CONSISTENT WITH THE GROWTH.

AND SO HE STARTED THE DRUM ROLL AND THAT JUST PICKED UP.

AND I THINK IT IS SOMETHING THAT POLLS VERY HIGH.

I'M JUST GOING TO BE HONEST WITH YOU IN POLLING FOLKS.

AND I THINK THAT JUST STARTED IT. AND HE KEPT IT GOING.

AND I MEAN, HE GOVERNOR DESANTIS IS VERY PROLIFIC THROUGHOUT THE STATE.

YOU KNOW, 3 OR 4 PRESS CONFERENCES A WEEK. AND I THINK IN EVERY SINGLE PRESS CONFERENCE HE HELD FOR THE PAST YEAR,

[00:20:06]

AND SO THAT STEAMROLLED AND I THINK THERE WAS A LOT OF PRESSURE ON, ON MEMBERS BECAUSE OF THAT TO DO SOMETHING. AND AND THEN WITH REGARD TO PROPERTY INSURANCE, THERE IS THE CLIMATE.

THE THOUGHT, AT LEAST IN LEADERSHIP IN TALLAHASSEE RIGHT NOW, IS THEY DID SOMETHING SIGNIFICANT TWO YEARS AGO ON PROPERTY INSURANCE WITH TORT REFORM. AND THEY BELIEVE THAT IS SOMETHING THAT BY PASSING THE TORT REFORM, THAT THEY KNEW THAT IT WOULDN'T BE IMMEDIATE, LIKE HOMEOWNERS WOULDN'T SEE IMMEDIATE RELIEF ON THEIR PROPERTY INSURANCE.

BUT WHAT YOU WOULD SEE THREE, FOUR YEARS OUT WITH LITIGATION GOING DOWN, THAT YOU ARE AT LEAST THE PREMIUMS, NO ONE WOULD EVER I DON'T THINK ANYONE WOULD SAY THAT THE EXPECTATION THAT THE INSURANCE RATES WOULD DROP, BUT RATHER THAT THE INSURANCE, THE PREMIUM INCREASES WOULDN'T BE SO STEEP.

AND SO THEY SO MIX THE DRUM ROLL ON PROPERTY TAXES TO THIS, THE THE, THE THOUGHT THAT THEY ALREADY DID SOMETHING SIGNIFICANT ON PROPERTY INSURANCE AND NO ONE WAS INTERESTED IN DOING ANYTHING MORE.

RIGHT NOW, UNTIL WE SEE HOW THE TORT REFORM MEASURES KIND OF PLAY OUT THE NEXT COUPLE OF YEARS.

I WISH I HAD A BETTER ANSWER FOR YOU. MORE POLITICAL THAN THAN COMMON SENSE.

SURE. YEAH. IT'S A SHAME. YEAH. SO MOVING FORWARD IN THIS SESSION ALWAYS THE REQUEST IS THAT YOU ALERT US, YOU KNOW, AS FAST AS, YOU KNOW, SOMETHING'S COMING IN, ESPECIALLY WHEN IT COMES TO THE TAKINGS AND THE HOME RULE ISSUES. AND FINDING SOMEONE THAT CAN ACTUALLY YOU KNOW, THIS MIGHT BE A ONE ON ONE CONVERSATION THAT WE HAVE YOU KNOW, SOMEONE THAT CAN ACTUALLY PUT A BILL IN THAT SUPPORTS US INSTEAD OF THEM PUTTING BILLS IN THAT ARE ALWAYS ATTACKING IS SOMETHING I THINK WE NEED TO BE LOOKING TOWARDS IN THIS NEXT SESSION.

AGREED. AND I'M SO GLAD YOU BROUGHT THAT UP, MAYOR, BECAUSE WHAT I, WHAT I WANTED TO LEAVE YOU WITH IS LOOKING FORWARD TO NEXT LEGISLATIVE SESSION. AND SO WE'VE WE'VE GOT SOME TIME BECAUSE SESSION DOESN'T START UNTIL MARCH NEXT YEAR.

SO AFTER ORGANIZATION SESSION IN NOVEMBER WE WILL EXPECT THAT THERE WILL BE ANYWHERE BETWEEN 6 AND 9 WEEKS OF INTERIM COMMITTEE MEETINGS THAT, THAT WILL COME BEFORE THE OFFICIAL START OF SESSION.

SO BETWEEN NOW AND OCTOBER, WOULD LOVE TO SCHEDULE SOME TIME WITH EACH ONE OF YOU WHERE I COME BACK DOWN HERE AND WE CAN TALK ABOUT YOUR PRIORITIES FOR NEXT SESSION.

BECAUSE IF WE DO IT, YOU KNOW, THE SEPTEMBER, OCTOBER, THAT GIVES ME ENOUGH TIME TO MEET WITH MEMBERS AND BILL SPONSORS THAT WE MAY NEED FOR ANY OF OUR PRIORITIES GOING FORWARD. THAT'S THE TIME FRAME THAT WE NEED TO BE LOOKING AT TO DO THAT.

AND SO I, I ALWAYS LOOK FORWARD TO COMING DOWN TO NAPLES ANYTIME THAT I POSSIBLY CAN.

AND IF YOU DON'T MIND, I WOULD LIKE TO LEAVE YOU WITH ONE, ONE PLUG BECAUSE IT'S SOMETHING THAT YOUR PARTNERS OVER AT THE COUNTY HAVE BEEN WORKING ON FOR LITERALLY YEARS, NOT ONLY IN TALLAHASSEE BUT IN DC IS ON JULY 10TH IS GOING TO BE THE GROUNDBREAKING FOR THE NEW STATE VETERANS NURSING HOME IN COLLIER COUNTY.

AND IT'S SOMETHING TO BE SO PROUD OF. AND THAT YOU KNOW, I'M, I'M PLANNING TO BE BACK DOWN HERE FOR THAT, BUT BUT TERRIFIC WIN FOR COLLIER COUNTY IN IN THE CITIZENS HERE.

IT WAS VERY. WE ALL SHOULD BE VERY PROUD. THIS IS BEING ESTABLISHED.

THEY HAVE SERVED. AND THEY DESERVE TO BE HONORED WITH A FACILITY LIKE THAT.

SO THANK YOU FOR BRINGING THAT UP. YES. COUNCILWOMAN PENMAN.

LISA, ARE YOU THE ONLY ONE THAT IS HEARING ABOUT SORT OF THE HOME RULE PITCH PINCH OR DO YOU HEAR THAT FROM ALL OF YOU, MOST OF YOUR COLLEAGUES? YES. I MEAN, IT'S IT'S REALLY YOU KNOW, PRIOR TO BEING WITH SBN PARTNERS, I WAS ACTUALLY AT THE FLORIDA ASSOCIATION OF COUNTIES.

I WAS THEIR LEGISLATIVE DIRECTOR. I WAS THERE FOR FIVE YEARS.

AND SO, AND THAT WAS, I STARTED THEN BACK IN LIKE 2011, I WAS THERE.

[00:25:01]

BUT THE PAST COUPLE OF YEARS HAVE BEEN REALLY BAD.

I MEAN, THE UPTICK HAS JUST BEEN YEAH, IT'S THE WORST I'VE EVER SEEN.

AND IT'S REALLY, YOU KNOW, IF YOU LOOK AT ALL THE MEASURES THAT ARE OUT THERE A LARGE, LARGE, A GOOD PERCENTAGE OF THEM ARE DEVELOPERS THAT ARE PUSHING A LOT OF THESE MEASURES.

WE SEE, I MEAN, EVERY YEAR, YOU KNOW LEGISLATION THAT SEEKS TO LIMIT WHAT YOUR BUILDING DEPARTMENTS CAN DO AND INSPECTIONS AND EVERYTHING IS GOING TO IS BEING PLACED ON A, A SHOT CLOCK, YOU KNOW, THAT YOU ONLY HAVE LIKE TEN DAYS TO RESPOND TO OR THREE DAYS.

AND SO IT'S JUST NEVER ENDING. AND SO IT'S THE HOPE AGAIN, WITH THE NEW ADMINISTRATION THAT'S COMING IN WITH THE NEW PRESIDENT AND THE NEW SPEAKER AND THE NEW GOVERNOR THAT WE'LL SEE SOME OF, YOU KNOW, SOME OF THOSE MEASURES SCALED BACK, BUT IT IS ALWAYS GOING TO BE ON A YEARLY BASIS THAT LOCAL GOVERNMENTS ARE GOING TO HAVE TO FIGHT AGAINST.

THAT'S JUST THE NATURE OF THINGS IN TALLAHASSEE IN OUR FUTURE.

YEAH. NO MATTER WHAT. THANKS FOR YOUR HELP, MAYOR.

MAY I SAY YES? SPEAKING OF HOME RULE AND STRIPPING IT AWAY, I JUST I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT.

LISA, IF YOU DON'T MIND YOUR PERSPECTIVE ON SB 180, JUST BECAUSE WE HEARD THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE SESSION THAT THERE WAS GOING TO BE A FIXED BILL AND WE WERE ALL ANTICIPATING ONE. AND I AND I WORKED DIRECTLY WITH THE FLORIDA LEAGUE OF CITIES.

AND, YOU KNOW, EVERYONE HAD HIGH HOPES AND THEN NOTHING HAPPENED. AND I DIDN'T KNOW IF YOU'VE CONTINUED TO HEAR ABOUT IT. BUT I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT FOR YOUR PERSPECTIVE.

YEAH. AND IT'S A AND IT'S A YEAH. HIGH HOPES WITHOUT A DOUBT, BECAUSE WE HAD A SENATE BILL FILED FROM THE SENATOR THAT HAD PASSED IT THE YEAR BEFORE. THAT WAS VERY PUBLIC IN THE OH MY GOODNESS, I WAS NOT AWARE OF THE UNINTENDED CONSEQUENCES.

I'M GOING TO FIX THIS. AND SO THE BILL THAT WAS FILED IN THE SENATE, I MEAN, YOU KNOW, WE WOULD HAVE TAKEN IT AS IT WAS FILED, RIGHT? LIKE IT WAS IT WAS GOOD ENOUGH THAT WE WOULD HAVE ACCEPTED IT.

AND SO IT WAS MOVING THROUGH THE SENATE JUST FINE WAS FILED OVER IN THE HOUSE, AND IT JUST NEVER MOVED IN THE HOUSE AT ALL.

AND SO SO I THINK THERE WAS SOME POLITICS AT PLAY THERE AS WELL.

THE SENATOR WAS ABLE TO MOVE, HE WAS ABLE TO DO WHAT HE SAID HE WAS GOING TO DO AND WHAT HE HAD CONTROL OVER, WHICH WAS TO MOVE IT THROUGH HIS CHAMBER. BUT THEY HAD IT JAMMED UP IN THE HOUSE.

SO IT MAY I OH, PLEASE. NOW DEAD ON ARRIVAL, OR IS IT STILL MUDDLING AROUND OR IS THERE GOING TO COME BACK AGAIN WITH A DIFFERENT VERSION? WHAT'S THE WHAT'S HOW DOES IT MOVE FORWARD IF IT DOES AT ALL? YEAH, THAT'S A GREAT QUESTION. AND SO UNFORTUNATELY, THAT IS A NEXT SESSION ISSUE THAT WILL GO BACK AND, AND TRY AGAIN. BUT YEAH, THERE'S THERE'S NO THERE'S NO PATH FORWARD BETWEEN NOW AND NEXT SESSION.

BUT THE NEXT SESSION, IT POTENTIALLY THERE'S NO GUARANTEE, BUT IT COULD POTENTIALLY COULD COME BACK TO LIFE AND AND HAVE ANOTHER SHOT.

YES. YES PLEASE. SO IF SOMETHING HAPPENS AND I GET HIT BY A BUS AND WE DON'T GET TO MEET IN THE FALL, I FIND THOSE MOVES. THAT'S A PRIORITY. OKAY, I'M WRITING THAT DOWN.

WE GOTTA GET ONE OF OUR REPS TO. REPRESENT US.

THANKS. THANK YOU. ANYTHING ELSE? THAT'S A QUICK QUESTION.

YOU KNOW, IT SEEMS LIKE DEVELOPMENT IS VERY INFLUENTIAL, OBVIOUSLY, IN THE STATE HOUSE AND ALL THAT, DEVELOPERS AND INSURANCE COMPANIES AND ALL THAT. AND THIS ANOTHER FIXATION OF THESE AI CENTERS THAT WE SEE POPPING UP ALL AROUND THE STATE.

SEEMS LIKE THERE'S BEEN A LOT, AND COMMON SENSE TELLS ME THAT, YOU KNOW, THESE, THEY SHOULD BE BUILDING THESE CENTERS IN COLD WEATHER CLIMATES, NOT IN TROPICAL CLIMATES. I MEAN, IT'S JUST DOESN'T MAKE ANY SENSE TO ME.

I MEAN, WHAT THE HELL IS GOING ON HERE? WHY IS FLORIDA ALMOST TARGET? IT SEEMS LIKE, YOU KNOW, THE EAST COAST IS, YOU KNOW, ON SOCIAL MEDIA HERE, THIS CENTERS POPPED UP OUT OF NOWHERE AND PEOPLE DIDN'T KNOW ABOUT IT. AND THEY'RE MAD, YOU KNOW, BUT IT SEEMS TO BE A LOT OF THESE THINGS AND SNEAKING IN THE STATE.

AND DO YOU KNOW WHAT'S GOING ON WITH THAT? SO IT'S INTERESTING.

I MEAN, YOU WOULD YOU WOULD THINK AND I AGREE WITH YOU, RIGHT.

IT'S FLORIDA, RIGHT. LIKE WE'RE PRONE TO NATURAL DISASTERS, HURRICANES AND FLOODING AND LIKE,

[00:30:03]

BUT YOU KNOW, THE, THERE'S JUST A RACE TO BE LEADERS IN AI.

AND I WILL TELL YOU WITH REGARD TO DATA CENTERS THAT THEY, THEY REQUIRE A LOT OF ENERGY.

AND SO YOUR ENERGY COMPANIES LOVE THEM AS WELL.

AND SO I JUST THINK IT'S GOING TO BE SOMETHING THAT WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO CONTEND WITH.

BUT, YOU KNOW, CERTAINLY WOULD WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT LOCAL GOVERNMENTS RETAIN THE AUTHORITY ON THOSE TO BE ABLE TO, YOU KNOW, ZONE THEM PROPERLY. BUT I THINK, I THINK WE'RE GOING TO, IF WE MAY, OUR NEXT GOVERNOR, GOVERNOR MAY BE FROM COLLIER COUNTY, SO BYRON DONALDS.

BUT HE'S GONE ON RECORD ALREADY, THOUGH, TO. I THINK HE'S GOING TO.

HE EMBRACES AI A LITTLE BIT MORE THAN GOVERNOR DESANTIS HAS.

AND SO I THINK WHAT WE'LL SEE, THOUGH, I DON'T THINK THAT THERE WILL BE ANY BRAKES PUT ON DATA CENTER EXPANSION IN FLORIDA. MAYBE MAYBE SOME PARAMETERS AROUND IT, BUT I THINK THAT'S JUST GOING TO BE SOMETHING THAT WE HAVE TO CONTEND WITH. AND I THINK IF THAT'S, THAT'S JUST THE FUTURE.

IT'S A SHAME. WE BRINGING IN THE AMOUNT OF PEOPLE BUILDING UP OUR WETLANDS. OUR AQUIFERS AND THE WATER SHORTAGES THAT WE HAVE HAD. IT'S IF PEOPLE DON'T WAKE UP, WE'RE GOING TO LOSE FLORIDA.

AND IT'S A SHAME. I MEAN, IT'S AND WE HAVE NOBODY TO BLAME BUT OURSELVES FOR NOT TRYING TO PROTECT THIS BEAUTIFUL STATE.

SO THANK YOU. COUNCIL VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP, THANKS.

THANKS FOR ALL THE UPDATES AND THANKS FOR YOUR SUPPORT DURING THE SESSION.

DO YOU HAVE ANY INSIGHTS ON WHAT'S NEXT FOR PROPERTY TAXES ASSUMING THIS CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT PASSES? SO THE HOMESTEAD EXEMPTION GOES TO 150 THE NEXT YEAR, THEN 250 AFTER THAT, WHAT HAPPENS AFTER? SO DESANTIS WANTED TO OBVIOUSLY, HE WANTED TO DO AWAY WITH ALL PROPERTY TAXES.

THEN HE WANTED TO DO AWAY WITH HOMESTEAD PROPERTY TAXES.

AND THEN IT WAS HOMESTEADED. NON-SCHOOL BOARD TAXES.

SO WHAT? ANY IDEA WHERE WE'RE GOING? DO YOU THINK THEY'LL STOP AT THE 250 FOR NOW, OR DO YOU THINK THEY'LL CONTINUE TO PUSH FURTHER? YEAH. SO GOOD QUESTION. THERE ARE A LOT OF UNKNOWNS NOW BECAUSE AGAIN, IF IT PASSES AGAIN WE'RE LOOKING AT A NEW ADMINISTRATION. SO STANDING HERE, I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE NEXT GOVERNOR'S VIEW IS GOING TO BE ON PROPERTY TAXES. BUT IF THIS PARTICULAR PROPOSAL DOES PASS, IT DOESN'T STOP AT THE 250 BECAUSE BUILT INTO THE CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT IS AN ANNUAL ADJUSTMENT FOR CPI. NOW, BUT HERE'S THE KICK.

ONLY IF IT'S POSITIVE. ONLY IF IT'S POSITIVE.

AND SO AND THAT STARTS NOT IN YEAR ONE. I THINK IT'S 2028.

SO SO THAT'S GOING TO HAPPEN ON AN ANNUAL BASIS.

AND THEN TO YOUR QUESTION, WHICH WAS THE GOVERNOR WANTED TO WANTS TO TOTALLY ELIMINATE THE PROPERTY TAXES.

THERE IS LANGUAGE IN THIS AMENDMENT THAT IT'S NOT CRYSTAL CLEAR.

AND I BELIEVE THAT'S WHAT YOU WOULD SEE IN IMPLEMENTING LANGUAGE OF THE CONSTITUTION.

AND MAYBE IN A SPECIAL SESSION AFTER NOVEMBER, IF IT PASSES, IS A SCHEDULE TO FURTHER INCREASE THE EXEMPTIONS EVEN MORE THAN AN ANNUAL CPI THAT'S IN THE CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT THAT THE LEGISLATURE WOULD HAVE THAT ABILITY TO DO IT WITHOUT A VOTE.

THERE IS LANGUAGE IN HERE. THAT IS AGAIN, WE'RE NOT SURE WE KNOW WHAT THE GOVERNOR WANTS.

AND SO IT IS THERE'S LANGUAGE IN THERE THAT SAYS THAT THE LEGISLATURE, BY GENERAL LAW, WOULD PRESCRIBE PROCEDURES AND A SCHEDULE FOR PROPERTY TAXES.

I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT MEANS. YEAH, I DON'T. RIGHT.

[00:35:05]

YEAH. IT'S JUST REALLY CONCERNING OBVIOUSLY, BECAUSE IT HURTS NOT ONLY US, BUT THERE ARE 300 TOWNS AND CITIES ACROSS FLORIDA.

SOME OF THEM WOULD BE DEVASTATED ABSOLUTELY BY LOSING THEIR PROPERTY TAXES.

AND THEN IT'S A BIG POWER SHIFT TO TALLAHASSEE, RIGHT? TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY HAVE TO TURN TO TALLAHASSEE FOR A SALES TAX OR SOME OTHER FUNDING.

AND SO TALLAHASSEE IS MAKING THEIR DECISIONS FOR THEM AND WHAT THEY CAN AND CAN'T SPEND MONEY ON.

JUST BE A HUGE, HUGE BLOW TO HOME RULE. OH, ABSOLUTELY.

100%. I MEAN, THERE ARE SOME THERE ARE SOME FISCALLY CONSTRAINED COUNTIES THAT WHEN YOU GET TO THE 250,000 EXEMPTION MARK, 95% OF THEIR HOMES ARE ARE NOT GOING TO BE TAXED.

AND SO. RIGHT. AND HAVING TO GO TO THE LEGISLATURE EVERY YEAR IS YOU KNOW, BECAUSE THERE'S NO GUARANTEES AND IT'S, AND IT'S TOUGH TO GET THINGS DONE IN TALLAHASSEE.

AND SO I AGREE WITH YOU 100%. I MEAN, THIS WOULD BE, IT WOULD BE THE LEGISLATURE TAKING OVER LOCAL GOVERNMENTS IF, IF IT CONTINUES TO THE, TO A POINT WHERE THERE'S ELIMINATION.

RIGHT. RIGHT. THERE'D BE VERY LITTLE THAT LOCAL GOVERNMENTS, CITIES AND COUNTIES COULD DO.

AND I DO THINK THAT THERE'S A NUMBER WHERE CITIZENS AND RESIDENTS UNDERSTAND THAT IT IS ABSOLUTELY GOING TO IMPACT THEM, RIGHT? FOR SERVICES THAT THEY RECEIVE AND ENJOY AND ACTUALLY DEMAND FROM THEIR LOCAL GOVERNMENTS.

THERE IS THAT LEVEL LIKE THEY UNDERSTAND. I JUST DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT MAGIC NUMBER IS ON THE, THE, ON THE LEVEL. WE HAVE A VERY INFORMED ELECTORATE.

THEY WANT US TO INCREASE SPENDING ON FIRST RESPONDERS, POLICE, FIRE, INCREASED SPENDING ON OUR PARKS AND BEACHES FOR QUALITY OF LIFE.

AND THAT'S VERY HARD TO DO IF YOU CAN'T FUND IT PRECISELY.

I MEAN, IT TAKES ALL THE DECISION MAKING OUT OF THE RESIDENTS HANDS OUT OF YOUR HANDS AND WOULD LEAVE IT TO TALLAHASSEE.

THANKS. OBVIOUSLY, WE'LL BE LOOKING FOR ALL THE HELP WE CAN GET IN TRYING TO MANAGE THAT.

YEAH. THANKS. AND ALSO MAKING US AWARE OF DATES SO THAT WE ARE MORE INTO ADVOCACY THIS FOLLOWING YEAR. THIS YES. I THINK THAT WE NEED TO BE MORE PROACTIVE AS A CITY COUNCIL AND AND ALSO IN EDUCATING OUR COMMUNITY ON THESE ISSUES THAT ARE COMING FORWARD.

I KNOW THAT WE HAVE CERTAIN PARAMETERS ON WHAT WE CAN SPEND MONEY ON TO EDUCATE.

BUT WE ALSO WILL THERE'S BEEN A REQUEST FROM THIS COUNCIL TO HAVE OUR REPRESENTATIVES COME AND MEET WITH US PRIOR TO SESSION. SO I THINK THAT'S A GOOD TREND IN MOVING FORWARD.

I THINK I LISTEN, I ENCOURAGE EVERY SINGLE ONE OF YOU TO HAVE A RELATIONSHIP WITH YOUR, YOUR DELEGATION.

IT'S SO IMPORTANT. AND THEN, YOU KNOW, WITH REGARD TO BEING IF YOU'D LIKE TO ACTUALLY COME TO TALLAHASSEE, YOU KNOW, WHEN WE CAN TALK ABOUT THAT AGAIN? I DON'T HAVE DATES NOW, BUT THE IDEAL TIME IF YOU WANTED TO TRAVEL TO TALLAHASSEE AND MEET WITH MEMBERS WOULD BE IN THOSE INTERIM COMMITTEE MEETING WEEKS.

SO PRIOR TO SESSION ONE SESSION STARTS WITH ALL THE COMMITTEE MEETINGS AND ALL THE BILLS THAT ARE FILED, YOU GO UP THERE AND IT'S SO BUSY AND MEMBERS, YOU KNOW, YOU'RE YOU HAVE FIVE MINUTES, TEN MINUTES, NOT NEARLY ENOUGH TIME THAT YOU WOULD LIKE TO SPEND WITH THEM DURING THE INTERIM COMMITTEE MEETING WEEKS.

THERE'S MORE TIME TO MEET WITH THEM. BUT IN ADDITION TO THAT, I ENCOURAGE YOU TO, TO BE MEETING WITH THEM IN THE DISTRICT HERE BECAUSE IT'S OVER THE SUMMER AND RIGHT HERE IN THEIR BACKYARD WHERE THEY HAVE MORE TIME THAN THEY EVER WILL IN TALLAHASSEE.

WHEN YOU COME UP, BUT OF COURSE, WHEN YOU COME TO TALLAHASSEE, YOU'LL BE MEETING WITH MORE THAN YOUR, YOUR DELEGATION WILL BE MEETING WITH A LOT MORE MEMBERS, BUT I ENCOURAGE THAT TRIP TO TALLAHASSEE.

IT'S VERY IMPORTANT. WELL, THANK YOU. THANK YOU FOR REPRESENTING US.

THANK YOU FOR BEING I WON'T AGGRESSIVE OR ASSERTIVE IN MAKING SURE YOU SECURE OUR FUNDS AND THE SUPPORT

[00:40:03]

YES. OKAY. WITH THAT CONCLUDES FOR A MOVING TO FOUR B.

[4.B) Presentation of the Fifth Avenue South Business Improvement District, Inc. (FASBID) 2024-25 Annual Report.]

AND MEG IS HERE TO GIVE THAT TO YOU THIS MORNING.

SO THANK YOU. GOOD MORNING. GOOD MORNING EVERYONE.

LET ME JUST PASS THESE OUT REAL QUICK. WE'VE RECEIVED ELECTRONIC COPIES.

I WANT YOU TO HAVE THESE. THANK YOU. WELL, WE'RE GOING TO TAKE A LOOK BACK AT MEG STEPANIAN. I'M THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR FOR THE FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT.

AND HERE TODAY TO PRESENT THE FIFTH AVENUE BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT FOR 2025.

LET'S SEE. LET ME GET SETTLED HERE. WE DO NOT OWN THIS DESTINATION.

WE CARE FOR IT. WE STRENGTHEN IT. AND WE ARE STEWARDS OF THIS EXTRAORDINARY BRAND.

FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH REMAINS. I'M GETTING A LITTLE FEEDBACK HERE.

FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH REMAINS THE NUMBER ONE SHOPPING DISTRICT AND DINING DISTRICT IN COLLIER COUNTY.

THE BIG INVESTMENT IN THE DISTRICT IS RESPONSIBLE DEPLOYMENT OF FUNDS THAT ENHANCE THE PUBLIC EXPERIENCE AND PROMOTES THE LONG TERM VIABILITY OF OUR MAIN STREET.

38% OF OUR FUNDS ARE DEDICATED TO MARKETING AND PROMOTION.

34% FOR EVENTS AND 16% FOR BEAUTIFICATION AND STREETSCAPE, WHICH MEANS THAT 89% OF THE FUNDS UTILIZED. OF THE TOTAL BUDGET, EXPENDITURE DIRECTLY SUPPORTS OUTWARD FACING PROGRAMS. THIS YEAR, THE BID CELEBRATES 15 YEARS OF ITS STEWARDSHIP SUPPORTING THE DISTRICT.

WE ARE. WE ARE ALSO NUMBER SIX IN FLORIDA. I WILL MAKE A NOTE THAT IT'S DROPPED A LITTLE BIT FROM NUMBER THREE TO NUMBER SIX, BUT I THINK THAT THERE HAVE BEEN SOME ADDITIONS WITHIN THE PROGRAM THAT WE SOURCE THIS PLACE OR AI.

SO WE ARE STILL UP THERE WITH OUR COMPETITORS ON THE EAST COAST.

WE ARE ALSO STEWARDS OF A BRAND. WE CULTIVATE EXCELLENCE AND STEWARDS OF THIS VERY SPECIAL BRAND.

WE CURATE THIS IMAGE EMPLOYING AN INTENTIONAL STRATEGY THAT INCLUDES A ROBUST, INEFFICIENT MEDIA MIX.

IN FOURTH QUARTER 2025, THE BID LAUNCHED A TARGETED REGIONAL AND NATIONAL DIGITAL CAMPAIGN, REACHING HIGH NET WORTH AUDIENCES IN PRIORITY TRAVEL MARKETS.

WE ALIGNED WITH SEASONAL TOURISM CYCLES AND ACTIVATED FLORIDA'S PROMINENT STAYCATION MARKETS.

THE MESSAGING PROMOTED THE FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH BRAND AND OUR CHRISTMAS CAMPAIGN.

IT REACHED AN AUDIENCE OF OVER 800,000, GARNERING 2.1 MILLION IMPRESSIONS.

THIS CAMPAIGN WAS NEGOTIATED AT A REMARKABLE DOLLARS.

COST PER THOUSAND. TYPICAL FOR A CAMPAIGN OF THIS SIZE, A COST PER THOUSAND WOULD BE MORE IN THE HIGH 20S TO $30 RANGE. SO THAT'S FOR FOR A LITTLE BIT OF REFERENCE THERE.

AS FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH. AS FOR FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH WEBSITE.

I MISSED THAT SLIDE. AT WEBSITE ACTIVITY, THE ORGANIC SEARCH RATE IS 79%.

THIS INDICATES STRONG USER INTENT AND ENGAGED AUDIENCE 30 TO 35% IS CONSIDERED AVERAGE, 40 TO 50% IS CONSIDERED STRONG AND OVER 50% INDICATES STRONG DESTINATION CONTENT, EVENT PAGE LISTINGS, AND SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION VIABILITY.

THERE WERE 17 NEW WEBSITE VISITORS. 16% NEW USERS, AND THOSE FIGURES CAN BE GENERATED BY THE PROGRAMING, SUCH AS THE FLAVORS OF FIFTH, WHICH WE DID RAMP UP A LITTLE BIT WITH THE DIGITAL CAMPAIGN EARLIER THAT YEAR.

NEW USERS ARE UP 16%. OOPS. THERE WE GO. THE ENGAGEMENT RATE IS AROUND 54.8%.

THIS IS AN AREA WHERE WE CAN GROW OUR EFFORTS.

THIS IS A STRONG NUMBER, BUT CERTAINLY THIS IS AN AREA WHERE WE WERE GOING TO.

WE WILL ABSOLUTELY MOVE FORWARD. THE TOP FIVE WEB PAGES INCLUDE CARS ON FIFTH SHOP, FLAVORS OF FIFTH DINE AND

[00:45:10]

THE TOP VISIT THE TOP WEBSITE. USERS BY CITY WERE MIAMI, NAPLES, BONITA SPRINGS, TAMPA AND ORLANDO.

AS WE SHIFT TO OUR INVESTMENT IN SOCIAL MEDIA, ONCE AGAIN, WE SEE STRONG GROWTH AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES.

THESE CHANNELS HAVE GENERATED 3.25 MILLION IN COLLECTIVE MEDIA VALUE.

INSTAGRAM REACHES THE BROADER AUDIENCE AND FACEBOOK REACHES MORE OF OUR SENIOR USERS.

AS YOU SEE IN THIS CHART, FOLLOWERS REACH PER POST AND THE CHARTS.

HERE FOLLOWERS REACH PER POST. STORY IMPRESSIONS, VALUE PER POST AND VALUE PER STORY HAVE GROWN EXPONENTIALLY IN 2025. AS FOR TRADITIONAL MEDIA, WE CONTINUE TO PUBLISH OUR FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH MAGAZINE AND HAVE RUN AD CAMPAIGNS IN BOTH NAPLES ILLUSTRATED AND PALM BEACH ILLUSTRATED, AS WELL AS PURCHASING SEVERAL FEATURES IN THE GULFSHORE LIFE PUBLICATIONS.

ALL ADS HAVE BEEN NEGOTIATED WELL BELOW MARKET RATE.

THIS TAKES US TO A VERY SPECIAL CATEGORY EARNED MEDIA AS ACHIEVED THROUGH PUBLICITY AND PUBLIC RELATIONS EFFORTS.

I'D LIKE TO HIGHLIGHT THREE EXAMPLES IN WHICH THE BID EARNED OR WHICH EARNED MEDIA DELIVERED A SIGNIFICANT RETURN ON INVESTMENT FOR US.

THE 2025 BACON BIKE AND SAFETY EVENT, IN PARTNERSHIP WITH THE PATHWAYS NONPROFIT ORGANIZATION AND TRIPLE A, GENERATED APPROXIMATELY 7500 IN EARNED MEDIA, INCLUDING TV, NEWSPAPER AND SOCIAL MEDIA COVERAGE FOR FLAVORS OF FIFTH IN ITS SECOND YEAR. WE GENERATED ALMOST $80,000 IN EARNED MEDIA.

IF ONE ADDS RESTAURANTS, POSTS, INFLUENCER CONTENT AND CONTENT SYNDICATION, THIS FIGURE JUMPS TO AN ESTIMATED 225,000. AS FOR THE SIGNATURE CHRISTMAS WALK IN TREE LIGHTING, WE GARNERED AN ESTIMATED $175,000 IN EARNED MEDIA THROUGH REGIONAL MEDIA COVERAGE, TOURISM LISTINGS, AND SOCIAL MEDIA AMPLIFICATION.

IT'S IMPORTANT TO CONSIDER THAT HOLIDAY EVENTS ALMOST ALWAYS GENERATE INDIRECT MEDIA VALUE, ADD PERSONAL CONTENT SHARING, RESTAURANT PROMOTIONS, FEATURED PLACEMENTS, AND THE ECONOMIC VISIBILITY IS CLOSER TO 400 000 IN BRAND EXPOSURE.

AN EXAMPLE OF THIS IS DURING THE EVENT WE HAVE THREE SELFIE STATIONS, AND THESE SELFIE STATIONS ARE AREAS WHERE FAMILIES GO TO TAKE THEIR ANNUAL PICTURES.

SO THAT'S JUST AN EXAMPLE OF OF HOW THAT CONTENT BECOMES MORE VIRAL.

AND IN TERMS OF HAVING BRAND EXPOSURE USING THE CONSERVATIVE FIGURES PRESENTED.

SO NOT THE NOT THE EXPANDED VOLUME, BUT THE VOLUME OF 262 FIVE.

SO THE STRAIGHT AREA THAT WE CAN ACTUALLY CALCULATE FOR EVERY DOLLAR.

THE BID INVESTED IN MARKETING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS FOR JUST THESE THREE CAMPAIGNS ALONE, $15 IN EARNED MEDIA EXPOSURE WAS GARNERED.

SWITCHING GEARS, WE ARE STEWARDS OF THE ENVIRONMENT.

THE MEMBERS OF THE BID ARE ENTHUSIASTIC STEWARDS OF OUR ENVIRONMENT.

ON FIFTH. AS HIGHLIGHTED EARLIER, OUR 16% OF OUR BID DOLLARS GO GO TOWARDS FUNDING THE ENVIRONMENT ON FIFTH.

IN 2025, THE BID FUNDED NEW HOLIDAY DECOR, NEW BANNERS, LARGER ELEGANT FLOWER BASKETS AND PROVIDED A COMPLETE REFURBISHMENT OF OUR ICONIC CLOCK WHICH HAD FALLEN WITHOUT A STEWARD FOR SOME YEARS.

SO WE'RE VERY PROUD OF THAT. THESE MEASURES IMPACT PRICING POWER, VISITOR BEHAVIOR AND DESTINATION APPEAL FOR THE MORE THAN 4.1 MILLION VISITS TO THE AVENUE IN 2025. PERHAPS THE MOST IMPACTFUL, THE BIT IS MOST IMPACTFUL AS STEWARDS OF ECONOMIC VITALITY.

THE FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH IS A LUXURY BRAND, AND IT'S INCUMBENT UPON US TO CREATE AND MAINTAIN CONDITIONS THAT SUSTAIN STRONG PROPERTY VALUES AND ENCOURAGE CONTINUED INVESTMENT IN OUR CITY'S MOST IMPORTANT ECONOMIC ENGINE.

A CULTURAL CENTERPIECE ACCORDING TO THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE AND FGCU LUCKHARDT COLLEGE OF BUSINESS,

[00:50:04]

EXCUSE ME, 6000 TO 7000 JOBS AND MILLIONS IN TAX REVENUE WHILE ENHANCING THE VISITOR EXPERIENCE.

IN 2025, MERCHANTS ON THE AVENUE REALIZED A MODEST 1% INCREASE IN REVENUE COMPARED TO 2024, WITH EVERY DOLLAR INVESTED, 619 IN TAXABLE AND $37 IN STATE TAX REVENUE WERE GENERATED.

IF WE EXTRAPOLATE THAT FURTHER, GIVEN THE MODELS PRESENTED, AN ESTIMATED TOTAL ECONOMIC OUTPUT GENERATED BY FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH IS 850 MILLION TO 1 BILLION, NOT INCLUDING. AND THIS NUMBER DOES NOT INCLUDE THE AD VALOREM TAX REVENUES.

THE BID WELCOMED AT LEAST 12 BUSINESSES IN 2025.

SOME OF THE MOST NOTABLE ARE ANNE FONTAINE, A BOUTIQUE INTERNATIONAL FASHION BRAND.

PORTIA STUDIO, NAPLES HABERDASHERY, MERIDIAN MED SPA AND FIFTH SLICE SHOP.

TRULY ITALIAN STEAK ALL LOCALLY OWNED BUSINESSES.

I WOULD BE REMISS IF I DID NOT MENTION PRIME SOCIAL RESERVE, WHICH SNUCK IN THERE AT THE END OF THE YEAR, AND IT'S HAVING A SUCCESSFUL SEASON AND HAS BEEN TREMENDOUSLY WELL RECEIVED.

AS WE MOVE TO EVENT MARKETING AND IMPACT SUMMARY FROM THE NAPLES MARCO ISLAND EVERGLADES CONVENTION AND VISITORS BUREAU IDENTIFIES THAT EVENT PROGRAMING IS KEY TO GENERATING SIGNIFICANT SALES REVENUE FOR THE COMMUNITY LODGING, TRANSPORTATION, FOOD, FOOD AND BEVERAGE, RETAIL AND RECREATION EACH ENJOY REVENUE IMPACTS FROM THESE EVENTS.

LISTED IN THE VISITATION STATS FOR 2025. IT'S HARD FOR ME TO BELIEVE, BUT OUR CHRISTMAS CHRISTMAS WEEK IS THE MOST VISITED WEEK OF THE YEAR, WITH 142,000 VISITORS OR, EXCUSE ME, VISITORS TO THE AVENUE EVENINGS ON FIFTH THROUGHOUT THE YEAR GENERATES A ROUGHLY 800081000, AND OUR CHRISTMAS EVENT GENERATED JUST SHY OF 4000 OVER TWO DAYS.

A DAY AND A HALF. REALLY? ALSO NOTABLE IS THE 35,000, JUST SHY OF 35,000 GENERATED FOR CARS ON FIFTH.

WHAT WAS THAT FOR? GENERATED BUSINESS REVENUE.

SAY THIS. THIS WAS VISITATION STATS. YES. YEAH.

MOVING THROUGH PRETTY QUICKLY HERE. SO THE CVBS DESTINATIONS INTERNATIONAL EVENT IMPACT CALENDAR DEMONSTRATES THIS DISCUSSION.

THE CHRISTMAS WALK GENERATED $2.7 MILLION IN DIRECT BUSINESS SALES, 3756 TOTAL ROOM NIGHTS AND 16,638 VISITS. TOTAL VISITOR DAYS. SIMILARLY, CARS ON FIFTH 1.6 MILLION IN DIRECT BUSINESS SALES, 1435 ROOM NIGHTS AND SIX JUST SHY OF 7000 TOTAL VISITOR DAYS.

THESE NUMBERS SPEAK TO THE IMPACT EVENT MARKETING DOES HAVE ON THE AVENUE, AND HOW MISSION CRITICAL IT IS FOR US TO HAVE AND SELECT THE EVENTS THAT ARE.

MAKE THE MOST SENSE FOR THE AVENUE. AS STEWARDS THROUGH PARTNERSHIP, THE FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH BID STRATEGICALLY PARTNERS WITH BRANDS WHO. STANDARDS MATCH HOURS. SPONSOR RELATIONSHIPS ARE FOSTERED NOT SIMPLY FOR FINANCIAL CONTRIBUTION, BUT FOR BRAND COMPATIBILITY. THIS ENSURES THAT THE PARTNERSHIPS REINFORCE THE POSITIONING OF THE AVENUE AS NAPLES PREMIER LUXURY DESTINATION. THE CONTINUED SUCCESS OF THE AVENUE IS NOT THE WORK OF ANY SINGLE ORGANIZATION, BUT THE RESULT OF STRONG INTENTIONAL PARTNERSHIPS, SHARED RESPONSIBILITY, AND SHARED RESPONSIBILITY.

THE FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT WORKS CLOSELY WITH THE NAPLES CITY COUNCIL, THE CITY ADMINISTRATION AND NPD TO ENSURE THAT THE INVESTMENT IN THE DISTRICT IS MANAGED THOUGHTFULLY AND IS ALIGNED WITH THE BROADER GOALS OF THIS COMMUNITY. I WOULD LIKE TO THANK OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS CHRIS SCHUCHART, JEFF WINN, JOE MCCABE, MARIA HAMILTON, DEREK NAGY, JARED KAPLAN, AND RICH WEISBERG, EACH OF WHOM, FOR THEIR EFFORTS SUPPORTING THIS VITAL AND EFFECTIVE NONPROFIT ORGANIZATION THAT SERVES THE CITY OF NAPLES.

FOR THE PAST 15 YEARS, THE FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT HAS REMAINED FOCUSED ON STEWARDSHIP.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STAFF CONTINUE TO PLAN THOUGHTFULLY FOR THE AVENUE'S LONG TERM SUCCESS.

[00:55:01]

THE BID HAS SEVERAL SEVERAL INFRASTRUCTURE GOALS FOR THE AVENUE.

THESE GOALS WILL AFFECT FUNCTIONALITY, SAFETY AND ESTHETIC APPEAL.

THIS INCLUDES ONGOING DIALOG REGARDING LIGHTING ENHANCEMENTS, PEDESTRIAN EXPERIENCE, TECHNOLOGY IMPROVEMENTS, STREETSCAPE ELEMENTS, BEAUTIFICATION INITIATIVES THAT REINFORCE THE AVENUE STATUS AS NAPLES MOST ICONIC AND RECOGNIZABLE PUBLIC SPACE.

WE WILL CONTINUE TO PROVIDE EVENT REFINEMENT, CURATING EXPERIENCES THAT SHAPE THE DISTRICT'S IDENTITY AND THE SOPHISTICATION OF OUR RESIDENTS AND VISITORS. IN THE PAST YEAR, WE'VE SEEN A SHIFT IN OCCUPANCY ON THE AVENUE.

SEVERAL OF OUR PROPERTY OWNERS ARE WORKING DILIGENTLY ON BUSINESS RECRUITMENT AND ON MAINTAINING LONG TERM BRAND POSITIONING.

THE FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH BRAND REMAINS ONE OF NAPLES MOST VALUABLE CULTURAL AND ECONOMIC ASSETS.

REGARDING FINANCIAL SUSTAINABILITY, RESPONSIBLE STEWARDSHIP OF MEMBERSHIP MEMBER SUPPORT REMAINS CENTRAL TO OUR MISSION.

THE ORGANIZATION WILL CONTINUE TO PURSUE DIVERSIFIED REVENUE OPPORTUNITIES, INCLUDING SPONSORSHIPS, PARTNERSHIPS, AND STRATEGIC COLLABORATIONS, AND OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCIES THAT MAXIMIZE THE IMPACT OF AVAILABLE RESOURCES.

MAINTAINING FINANCIAL SUSTAINABILITY AND ENSURING THAT THE BID CAN CONTINUE TO DELIVER SERVICE EXPERIENCES AND IMPROVEMENTS THAT BENEFIT THE BUSINESSES, PROPERTY OWNERS, AND THE COMMUNITY. TOGETHER, THESE PRIORITIES REFLECT THE BID'S COMMITMENT TO SAFEGUARDING THE AVENUE'S LEGACY, ENHANCING ITS PRESENT DAY VITALITY AND POSITIONING THE FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH FOR A STRONG AND PROSPEROUS FUTURE.

SO I'D LIKE TO THANK YOU ALL FOR YOUR TIME THIS MORNING.

MAYOR. I DID BRING FORTH FOR YOU THE NUMBERS.

NO, NO, NO, I'M JUST BEING SILLY. YOU HAD. I WANTED TO BE SURE YOU KNEW.

I HEARD YOU LAST YEAR WHEN WE WANTED TO COVER SOME OF THE NUMBERS ON YOUR BEHALF.

I GET SO FOCUSED ON THE CULTURAL IMPACT AND. AND LET THE AUDIT SIT WHERE IT IS.

AND I TRUST THAT IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS, THAT YOU WILL PRESENT THEM.

ARE YOU GOING TO PRESENT IN ANY OF THESE FINANCIALS? WELL, AGAIN, I WOULD GO BACK TO THAT FROM THE PERSPECTIVE WE ARE WE ARE PUTTING FORTH THIS BUDGET, THIS $888,000 BUDGET, 89% OF THAT BUDGET IS BASED ON FORWARD FACING PROGRAMING TO THE COMMUNITY.

SO THERE'S NOTHING TERRIBLY NOTABLE HERE EXCEPT TO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RESPONSIBLE.

WELL, MEG, I KNOW HOW HARD YOU WORK, SO THANK YOU.

I APPRECIATE ALL YOUR MANY EFFORTS IN TRYING TO COORDINATE NOT ONLY A BOARD PRIORITIES AND ALL OF THE EVENTS THAT ARE HAPPENING ON FIFTH AVENUE. SO THANK YOU. WELL, IT'S MY HONOR.

THANK YOU VERY MUCH. COUNCIL QUESTIONS. COUNCIL MEMBER BARTON.

HI. THANK YOU FOR PRESENTING THIS TODAY. AND I'M GOING TO APOLOGIZE AHEAD OF TIME FOR PUTTING YOU ON THE SPOT HERE.

THE CARS ON FIFTH IS BEING DISCUSSED ON WEDNESDAY.

AND I KNOW YOU GUYS SENT US A LETTER. MY QUESTION IS, DID YOU HAVE ANY INTENT? YOU BEING FIFTH AVENUE, DID HAVE ANY INTENT TO MAKE ANY PUBLIC COMMENT ON WEDNESDAY IN REFERENCE TO THAT AGENDA ITEM? WELL, WE'LL CERTAINLY BE AVAILABLE FOR COMMENT IF THERE NEEDS TO BE ONE.

BUT I THINK THAT, YOU KNOW, WITHIN THE LETTER THAT WE ACKNOWLEDGE THE SUCCESS OF THE EVENT.

WE ALSO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT IS IMPORTANT FOR ALL OF US TO BE IN LOCKSTEP.

YOU KNOW, I DON'T GO OFF ROGUE ON CHIEF. AND, YOU KNOW, YOU KNOW, I HAVE CERTAIN WE HAVE CERTAIN RESPONSIBILITIES, YOU KNOW, TO THE CITY, TO THE CITY STAFF TO FOLLOW THE PARAMETERS THAT ARE PUT FORTH.

AND, YOU KNOW, IT GOES TO AND I KNOW YOU GUYS HAVE HAD LOTS OF DISCUSSIONS ABOUT MANAGEABLE CROWD SIZES AND RESPONSIBLE EXECUTION AND THOSE SORTS OF THINGS. AND, YOU KNOW, EVERY EVENT IS A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT.

BUT OUR GOAL AND WHAT WE ACHIEVE, WE WANT TO ACHIEVE FOR YOU IS, IS A CELEBRATION FOR OUR COMMUNITY.

SO, YOU KNOW, AGAIN, WE STAND WITH STAFF AS FAR AS THEIR DECISION MAKING ON WHAT THEY FEEL IS MANAGEABLE.

[01:00:01]

WE ALSO HAVE THE SMALL BUSINESSES THAT ARE THE HAIR SALONS AND NAIL SALONS AND, AND THEY CAN'T REALLY DO ANY BUSINESS THAT DAY.

WE SO FAR FOR OUR EVENTS HAVE, YOU KNOW, THE CHRISTMAS WALK, I THINK I'VE LONG, I'VE SORT OF SAID ANECDOTALLY, I FEEL THAT THE NUMBER IS ABOUT 2000 WHEN THAT WI-FI SIGNAL OR WHEN THE, WHEN THE TOWER DOESN'T WORK ANYMORE AND THE BID IS REALLY ACTIVELY RESEARCHING THOSE OPPORTUNITIES TO BE ABLE TO PUT WI-FI ON THE AVENUE TO CREATE A SAFER ENVIRONMENT.

SO WE ARE, YOU'LL SEE, ACTUALLY, THAT'S PROBABLY THE ONE DISCREPANCY.

WE HAD A BUDGET LAST YEAR THAT WAS ABOUT $200,000 HIGHER.

AND SOME OF THAT, MOST OF THAT HAD TO DO WITH SOME TECHNOLOGY THAT WE WERE LOOKING TO TO PUT IN.

SO THAT WAS MOVED FORWARD TO THIS YEAR, WHICH WE'RE STILL WORKING ON.

GREAT. I APPRECIATE THE COMMENTS. THANK YOU. ALL RIGHT.

I DON'T KNOW IF ANYONE ELSE HAS ANY. CAN YOU TELL ME THE NUMBER OF NEW BUSINESSES AND RESTAURANTS THAT OPENED ON FIFTH AND HOW MANY VACANCIES WE HAVE? SURE, SURE. WELL, THERE WAS ABOUT 13.

THERE HE IS. THERE IS 13 BUSINESSES. WE DO GET SOME OF THE BUSINESSES ON THE SECOND FLOOR THAT DON'T ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY'RE HERE WITH US.

SO THAT'S WHY I SAY AT LEAST, BUT THE MOST SIGNIFICANT ONES.

LET'S SEE. THERE WE GO. ARE THESE BUSINESSES AND I WOULD SAY THAT THE MOST SIGNIFICANT CHANGE, AND AGAIN, A LITTLE BIT OF A SHIFT FROM 25 TO 26, YOU'RE STARTING TO SEE MORE RETAILERS.

SO, YOU KNOW, I THINK THE BALANCE IS COMING INTO ALIGNMENT.

SLICE SHOP TOOK LANSDOWNE LANSDOWNE SPACE OF COURSE PORSCHE STUDIOS, YOU KNOW ABOUT TULLI ITALIAN STEAK IS SAME OWNER, SAME RESTAURANT. JUST A NEW CONCEPT. MERIDIAN MED SPA IS BEHIND THE INN ON FIFTH HAYES HABERDASHERY.

AND ANNE FONTAINE, I THINK IN 2025 WERE WERE TWO OF THE MOST SIGNIFICANT ADDITIONS AS FAR AS FROM A RETAIL STANDPOINT, I WOULD SAY PRIME SOCIAL RESERVE WAS PROBABLY THE MOST SIGNIFICANT FOR THE AVENUE AND RESTAURANT SIDE.

AND SO IS THAT THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BID IS TO TRY AND GO AND SEEK BUSINESSES SO THAT YOU CAN HAVE A BALANCE OF RETAIL VERSUS THE RESTAURANTS. SO WE DO NOT HAVE AN AUTHORITARIAN STAND ON THAT POINT.

IT'S PRIVATE PROPERTY WE CAN MAKE RECOMMENDATIONS WHICH WE DO, WHICH THE BOARD DOES.

WE SEND OUT COMMUNICATIONS TO, TO THE MEMBERSHIP.

BUT KNOW AT THE END OF THE DAY WE DON'T HAVE ANY SAY IN TERMS OF, OF WHO.

YEAH. LEASES THEIR, THEIR PROPERTY. I REALIZE THAT I MEANT WORKING WITH THE OWNERS OF THE PROPERTY YOUR BOARD IN TRYING TO MAKE SURE THAT THERE'S A BALANCE OR SUPPORTING ONE ANOTHER IN SEEKING.

SO SOME OF THE YEAH. EXCUSE ME, SOME OF THE PROPERTY OWNERS DO SEEK OUR SUPPORT AND SOME, YOU KNOW, DON'T THEY JUST THEY HAVE THEIR OWN SUPPORT SYSTEM.

BUT DEFINITELY WE ACT AS A, AS A GUIDING FORCE.

WE DON'T HAVE ANY REALLY ABILITY TO MANAGE THE BALANCE, ALTHOUGH I WILL SAY WE ARE EXCITED TO SEE SOME MORE RETAIL ON THE AVENUE AND WE EXPECT MORE AND WE'RE SEEING LOTS OF SHOPPING BAGS. SO THAT'S MY MEASURE OF SUCCESS ON THAT FRONT.

THAT'S A GOOD CHANGE BECAUSE WE HAVE TO HAVE THAT BALANCE.

AND AS FAR AS MARKETING, YOU SAID THAT YOU MENTIONED THE THREE AREAS.

I HEARD MIAMI, BONITA SPRINGS. YEAH, MIAMI, NAPLES AND BONITA SPRINGS.

TELL ME, CAN I CAN YOU JUST GO A LITTLE BIT FURTHER EXPLANATION TO THAT? SO REALLY, THAT'S JUST WE GET THE MEASUREMENTS OFF OF OUR.

WEBSITE ANALYTICS. AND SO WE REALLY DON'T HAVE ANY, YOU KNOW, INFORMATION BESIDES THAT.

SO ANY URL OR IP ADDRESS THAT'S REGISTERED IN MIAMI GETS ACKNOWLEDGED IF THEY VISIT OUR WEBSITE.

GOT IT. I LISTEN, I'M NOT TECH SAVVY. NO, I, I UNDERSTAND AND THERE'S A LOT I TRY TO KEEP IT HIGH LEVEL FOR YOU.

YEAH. I LOST MY PLACE. SO HOW DO YOU WORK WITH PARADISE COAST MARKETING IN THEIR ADVERTISING, OR DO YOU. SO WE DON'T WORK DIRECTLY. WELL, I SHOULDN'T SAY THAT THEY WILL REACH OUT TO US AND THEY

[01:05:04]

SO WE PROVIDE SUPPORT TO THEM IN TERMS OF ANY PR VISITS.

WE, THEY ALSO SUPPORT US BECAUSE WE ARE ACTIVE WITH THEM.

THEY SUPPORT US IN TERMS OF REPOSTING ANYTHING WE DO OR REACHING OUT TO US TO HELP SUPPORT OUR EVENTS.

FOR EXAMPLE, CHRISTMAS, THEY REACH OUT IN AUGUST FOR PICTURES SO THAT THEY CAN BE SURE TO, TO, TO HELP US WITH OUR SOCIAL MEDIA POSTS. I WOULD LIKE TO GET MORE INVOLVED WITH THE AGENCY IN TERMS OF WORKING WITH THEM, KNOWING WHICH MARKETS THEY'RE TARGETING.

AND THEN WITH OUR DIGITAL ADVERTISING, WE'RE GOING TO COME UP BEHIND AND WE HAVE DONE SOME OF THAT. BUT WE'RE WORKING, YOU KNOW, AGAIN, TOWARDS BUILDING THAT CHANNEL. AND SO WE WILL, YOU KNOW, IF THEY'RE MARKETING OUR NAPLES DESTINATION, THEN WE'RE GOING TO GO IN AND MARKET OUR FIFTH AVENUE IN THAT SAME MARKET.

SO THAT CREATES ANOTHER LEVEL OF EFFICIENCY FOR US TO WORK IN CONJUNCTION.

I WILL SAY THAT LAST YEAR, AND I DON'T KNOW WHY I DIDN'T MENTION IT IN HERE, WE DID RECEIVE A $20,000 GRANT FROM THE CVB, AND WE APPLIED THAT DIRECTLY TOWARDS OUR DIGITAL MARKETING BUDGET, CD CONVENTION AND VISITORS BUREAU.

OH, OKAY. YES. YES. YES. NAPLES. MARCO. ISLAND.

EVERGLADES. GOOD. AND THEN WE APPLIED AGAIN THIS YEAR.

IS THAT PART OF THE TDC AND THEIR MARKETING. SO THE TDC IS KIND OF GOVERNANCE THAT THAT GUIDES THE COUNTY COMMISSION ON OF WHERE THE FUNDS ARE BEST SPENT. BUT YES, IT IS A PART OF THAT ENTIRE ORGANIZATION.

WELL, THAT'S GOOD TO KNOW. OKAY. AND YOUR GOALS AND MOVING FORWARD.

ARE YOU GOING TO END? SO THE GOALS ARE MOVING FORWARD ARE TO JUST GO BACK HERE AGAIN TO, TO, TO IDENTIFY THE INFRASTRUCTURE GOALS. ONE OF THE THINGS AGAIN, THAT WE SPOKE ABOUT A MINUTE AGO IS THE WI-FI.

AND AGAIN, SOME WORKING WITH THE CITY, THERE IS A GRANT THAT WE JUST WORKED WITH THE CITY ON TO, TO GET FOR THE STREETSCAPE AND HARDSCAPE. THAT'S A $20 MILLION GRANT FROM FEMA OR FROM EDA.

EDA. OKAY. SO AGAIN, SUPPORTING THAT THOSE INFRASTRUCTURE GOALS SO THAT WE CAN AGAIN, LEVERAGE AND PARTNER TO, TO LEVERAGE THE DOLLARS THAT WE NEED TO UPDATE THE AVENUE.

AS YOU KNOW, WE WERE MOVING FORWARD WITH THE STREETSCAPE AND HARDSCAPE, WHICH IS WOEFULLY OVERGROWN AND UNDERGROWN AND ALL THOSE THINGS.

AND THE STAFF IDENTIFIED THAT IF WE'RE RIPPING THINGS UP, RIGHTFULLY SO, WE SHOULD PROBABLY LOOK TOWARDS THE INFRASTRUCTURE.

SO WE'RE KIND OF SHIFTING GEARS ON THAT. AGAIN, THE EVENT REFINEMENT.

SO WE'RE LOOKING TO. YOU KNOW, REFINE CHRISTMAS, DO YOU KNOW, ADD, YOU KNOW, A LITTLE BIT MORE EXCITEMENT OR SOME MORE OPPORTUNITIES AS WELL. WE WOULD LIKE TO ADD OTHER EVENTS THROUGH, THROUGH THE YEAR AGAIN, WITH THE BLESSING OF, OF CITY STAFF AND CITY COUNCIL. ADDITIONALLY, AGAIN, SUPPORTING THOSE TO YOUR POINT, SUPPORTING THOSE PROPERTY OWNERS WHO WOULD LIKE ASSISTANCE IN RECRUITMENT AND AS WELL, JUST REALLY ALL OUR EFFORTS, NO MATTER WHAT THEY ARE, IS LIFTING THE CITY UP AND LIFTING THIS DESTINATION UP FOR, FOR ITS HIGHEST AND BEST USE, AND SPENDING THOSE DOLLARS AS EFFICIENTLY AS POSSIBLE AND CREATE THE BIGGEST IMPACT THAT WE CAN FOR OUR COMMUNITY.

WHICH AGAIN, IS ABOUT RESPONSIBLE STEWARDSHIP OF THE MEMBER DOLLARS AND MEMBER CONTRIBUTIONS.

HOW IS THE HAWKING PARTNERSHIP WITH US? YOU KNOW, IT'S GOT A LITTLE CONTENTIOUS THIS YEAR.

I MEAN, I'M STILL GETTING COMPLAINTS. I KNOW, AND, AND CHIEF HAD HAD SHARED WITH US, ALL OF US SOME THOUGHTS FROM, EXCUSE ME, FROM ANOTHER MARKET. AND I WOULD LIKE TO BE ABLE TO PUT SOME KIND OF CHANGE FORTH WITHIN THE CODE GUIDELINES THAT REALLY FORCES THEM. OKAY.

STRIKE ONE, STRIKE TWO. STRIKE THREE. YOU'RE OUT.

TWO OF THEM. IF THE BUILDING. I'M FORGETTING THE ADDRESS RIGHT NOW.

AS THAT BUILDING GETS REDEVELOPED, TWO OF THEM WILL BE OFF THE AVENUE.

WE ARE TOLD THAT THE ONE IN THE WIND IN THE WILLOWS BUILDING WILL BE DONE.

SO THAT WOULD JUST LEAVE THE ONE AT THE CORNER OF PARK AND, AND HOPEFULLY THAT WILL BE REDEVELOPED SOONER RATHER THAN LATER.

[01:10:08]

SO PEOPLE WILL SAY DO I, DO WE HAVE A A FEW SPECIAL PEOPLE WHO COME TO FIFTH AVENUE AND PRESENT THEIR MUSIC OR THEIR ENTERTAINMENT WITHOUT HAVING A PERMIT FROM THE BID.

YES. AND HOW ARE WE HANDLING THAT? YOU KNOW, THAT'S REALLY UP TO CODE.

AND THE POLICE, YOU KNOW. THE OTHER NIGHT WE HAD AN EXAMPLE WHERE THERE WAS A MEMBER, YOU KNOW, WE PAID FOR ENTERTAINMENT IN THE SIXTH STREET MEDIAN, AND THERE WAS SOMEBODY ACROSS THE STREET WHO WAS PLAYING AND AMPLIFYING A LITTLE BIT THAT WE DID NOT PAY FOR. SO IN THAT EXAMPLE, SOMETIMES WE WOULD ASK THEM TO, TO JUST MOVE TO ANOTHER LOCATION.

BUT I KNOW IN OTHER MARKETS, THEY HAVE SPECIFIC DESIGNATIONS FOR THOSE, THOSE FOLKS.

I KNOW THAT THERE'S ONE IN PARTICULAR THAT SOMETIMES BECOMES HOSTILE WITH WITH THE AUDIENCE.

BUT AGAIN, IT'S OUTSIDE OF THE BID'S PURVIEW, IT'S FIRST AMENDMENT.

COULD YOU AT LEAST PROVIDE COUNCIL? I'M SURE YOU DO TO THE POLICE DEPARTMENT WHO YOU HIRE FOR YOUR NIGHTS OR FOR THE ENTERTAINMENT, BECAUSE I DON'T KNOW WHETHER THEY ARE HIRED BY YOU OR NOT.

SO SURE, THAT'S A FAIR THAT'S A FAIR POINT. TYPICALLY WE WILL BE HAPPY TO SHARE THAT ACTUALLY WITH OUR, WITH OUR COMMUNITY TIFF OFFICERS AND THOSE WHO, YOU KNOW, LIEUTENANT O'REILLY AND HE CAN DISSEMINATE IT.

ULTIMATELY, THOUGH, THE EASIEST WAY TO TELL IS YOU KNOW, IF THEY ARE REALLY AMPLIFIED BECAUSE IF THEY'RE REALLY AMPLIFIED, THAT'S BECAUSE OF THE PERMIT, RIGHT.

BUT I WILL. THAT'S AN EXCELLENT POINT. SO WE, I DON'T I DIDN'T KNOW, BUT THANK YOU FOR THAT.

WE DON'T HIRE ACCORDION PLAYERS IF THAT'S WHAT YOU'RE GETTING AT.

HE'S CUTE. IT'S CUTE. NO NO COMMENT. BUT. I THINK WE HAVE TWO OF THEM ACTUALLY.

YEAH. I CAN'T KEEP UP. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. I HAVE A QUESTION ON THE PARKING.

I KNOW YOU HAVE ON YOUR YOUR BID PRIORITIES, POSSIBLE TIME LIMITS, BUT WITH ALL THE DEVELOPMENT GOING ON IN THE COUNTY, I MEAN THOUSANDS OF HOMES BEING BUILT AND THEY'RE PROMOTING FIFTH AVENUE IN THEIR LITERATURE.

YOU KNOW, THEY'RE OUR OUT INLAND AND, YOU KNOW, AND I THINK THEY'RE GONNA GET BORED OUT THERE PRETTY MUCH AND WANT TO COME DOWN.

DO YOU HAVE ANY IDEA OF LIKE, WHAT THE FLOWS AND PARKING SITUATION IS FOR CARS COMING FROM THE COUNTY VERSUS THE CITY OR ANYTHING ANALYSIS LIKE THAT? OR HAS ANYBODY THOUGHT ABOUT ABOUT THAT? YEAH, I ACTUALLY THINK I WOULD DEFER TO NPD ON THAT IN TERMS OF HOW I THINK THEY HAVE.

IS THAT CORRECT? YOU HAVE THE ABILITY TO DETERMINE WHO COMES IN TO TOWN FROM OUT OF TOWN? I DON'T KNOW. ANYWAY, WE CAN LOOK TOWARDS THAT.

OKAY. THOUGHT MAYBE YOU COULD. IT SEEMS LIKE THERE'S A LOT COMING ONLINE, THOUGH, IN THE NEXT, YOU KNOW, 3 TO 5 YEARS THAT COULD HAVE A MAJOR IMPACT ON THE TRAFFIC FLOW AND PARKING SITUATION.

SO I'M JUST HERE AGAIN. THIS IS WHERE WE WANT TO WORK WITH THE CITY IN TERMS OF, YOU KNOW, FINDING ADDITIONAL PARKING, WHICH WE'VE IDENTIFIED RECENTLY.

AND THEN AS WELL YOU KNOW, FINDING WAYS TO, TO GET FOLKS FROM, LET'S SAY, GULF SHORE DOWN HERE WITHIN TWO MILES, NOT USING A PARKING SPACE. SO HERE, LET ME HAVE YOU.

CHIEF. MORNING, CHIEF. THANK YOU. CHIEF. IF I HAVE YOUR QUESTION RIGHT, THE PERCENTAGES OF FOLKS THAT COME INTO THE CITY THAT ARE NON-CITY RESIDENTS, IS THAT WHERE YOU'RE YOU'RE GOING? YEAH. JUST A GENERAL IDEA BECAUSE THERE'S OBVIOUSLY THAT'S WHERE ALL THE BIG DEVELOPMENTS HAPPENING. THOUSANDS OF HOMES BEING DEVELOPED ON THE EAST TRAIL AND BEAUTY OF IT, THEY'VE DONE SUCH A GREAT JOB ON FIFTH AVENUE AND THE BID THAT IT REALLY IS THE JEWEL.

IT AND NO NEGATIVE TO OTHER PLACES LIKE WIREGRASS OR MERCATO.

IT DOES NOT COMPARE. SO BECAUSE OF THAT GREAT SUCCESS, PEOPLE COME.

BUT WHAT WE CAN TELL YOU IS FROM BOTH LPR, THE CARS COUNTS AND THEN OUR TRAFFIC STOPS.

THE NUMBER IS ABOUT 60 TO 70% OF THE FOLKS THAT ARE COMING HERE ARE NOT NECESSARILY CITY RESIDENTS.

MOST CITY RESIDENTS CAN EITHER, YOU KNOW, YOU KNOW, PARK DRIVE OR WHATEVER CLOSER.

SO THE MAJORITY OF WHAT WE'RE SEEING IS THAT IT IS A A MECCA FOR THE REST OF THE COUNTY TO COME TO, TO THE CITY AND COME TO FIFTH AVENUE IN PARTICULAR, OF WHICH I CAN TELL YOU THERE'S IN THE LENGTH OF FIFTH AVENUE,

[01:15:04]

THAT MEANS RESTAURANTS, BARS, AND AS YOU. AS MR. SCHULTZ SAW WHEN HE RODE ONE NIGHT, IT DOES CHANGE.

SO THE CROWD CHANGES AND. AND BECAUSE OF THAT, IT IS A DRAW FOR THE MAJORITY OF THE COUNTY TO INCLUDE SOME FROM FORT MYERS.

THEY'RE LOOKING FOR A CLEAN PLACE TO EAT AND NOT BE BOTHERED.

SO IT'S A SUCCESS DOES BRING PEOPLE TO US. SO I THINK THAT TO YOUR ANSWER, IT'S PROBABLY IN THE 70 PERCENTILE.

YES. YEAH. I THINK I THINK ONE OF THE AREAS OF MY FOCUS THIS YEAR IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT WAS TO START TO IDENTIFY NUMBERS THAT YOU COULD BEGIN TO LOOK AT IN TERMS OF THE STRENGTH OF WHAT WE HAVE, SO THAT YOU CAN THEN GO TO THE COUNTY AND NEGOTIATE REALLY A BETTER INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT. SO WE WANT TO CONTINUE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH THE IMPACT OF FIFTH AVENUE, THE YOU KNOW, IN TERMS OF THE, YOU KNOW, HOW HOW THIS IS RECEIVED BY 70% OF OUR COMMUNITY.

AND YOU KNOW WHAT THAT MEANS FOR YOUR NEGOTIATIONS MOVING FORWARD.

YEAH, I APPRECIATE THAT. AND THE OTHER THING VACANCIES WAS MENTIONED BY THE MAYOR.

I MEAN, DO YOU HAVE ANY IDEA OF WHAT'S GOING ON WITH THE VACANCY? I MEAN, THAT ONE WHERE FIDELITY WAS VACANT FOR MULTIPLE YEARS.

I MEAN, PRIME RETAIL SPACE. I MEAN, IS THERE A LOT OF VACANCIES ON THE SECOND FLOORS OR.

YEAH. NO, THERE'S A COUPLE OF SPOTS ON THE AVENUE THAT ARE VACANT.

BUT I WOULD SAY THAT OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY IS, IS PROBABLY OVER 90%.

IT'S JUST UNFORTUNATE. THERE ARE SOME BIG SPACES.

SO BANK OF AMERICA, FOR EXAMPLE, YOU KNOW, NOT TERRIBLY BUSY.

IT'S A LOT OF SPACE, BUT IT'S A GOOD BILLBOARD FOR SOME OF THESE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS.

AND DO YOU HAVE LIKE BAD ABOUT LIKE RENTAL RATES? I MEAN, THE AVERAGE RENTAL RATE THAT'S THAT RETAIL IS GOING FOR NOW ON THE, ON THE, YOU KNOW, THAT IS SHIFTED WITH, WITH THE INCOMING OF, OF NEW OWNERS.

BUT I DON'T SPECIFICALLY HAVE ANSWERS FOR YOU.

OKAY. THANK YOU. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER KRAMER, REGARDING THE PARKING.

HI. MATT. GOOD TO SEE YOU. HI. GOOD MORNING. SEE YOU TOMORROW.

YES. OUR OUR CITY MANAGER'S WORKING ON WE'VE BEEN TALKING ABOUT, AT LEAST FOR THE LAST COUPLE LONGER THAN THAT, BUT PAY TO PARK DEDICATED SPACES FOR CITY RESIDENTS, THOSE TYPES OF THINGS.

AND I KNOW THAT WE'RE, WE'VE ALSO IT'S MOVING DOWN THE ROAD, JUST SO YOU KNOW, LIKE THAT WE'RE WORKING ON IT THAT'S GOING TO COME BACK TO US.

AND JUST TO TAG ALONG THERE, THE, AND YOU KNOW, THIS FROM TDC, THE NUMBER ONE MOST VISITED SPOT IN ALL OF SOUTHWEST FLORIDA IS BEING REBUILT RIGHT NOW. SO IF YOU THINK YOU GOT PARKING OR WHATEVER ISSUES NOW OR A LOT OF PEOPLE COMING IN NOW, WAIT TILL THAT PIER GETS DONE. AND SO I JUST SAY ALL THAT TO SAY, THE TIMING IS SPECTACULAR ON THE THINGS WE'VE BEEN WORKING ON, ESPECIALLY SINCE MR. YOUNG CAME ON BOARD AS OUR CITY MANAGER.

AND IT'S COOL TO BE AROUND SUCH A DYNAMIC TIME WHERE WE'RE GOING TO PUT IN PLACE STUFF THAT'S GOING TO BENEFIT THE CITY FOR A LONG TIME TO COME.

AND THANKS FOR ALL YOU DO TO DO THAT. THANK YOU. IT'S EXCITING TIMES FOR SURE.

OKAY. NO FURTHER QUESTIONS. MR. YOUNG. SO JUST A COUPLE OF THINGS.

YOU KNOW, THE PROPERTY THAT MEG WAS ALLUDING TO WAS REGARDING INCREASED PARKING IS THE FOURTH AND FOURTH PROPERTIES ON THE MARKET AGAIN. AND COUNCIL TWO YEARS AGO TOOK THAT OFF OF THE TABLE AS A MEETING.

THE CRA DID AS A PRIORITY, BUT I JUST WANTED TO POINT THAT OUT.

THAT IS THE ONE IN QUESTION. AND THEN ALSO WE HAVE HAD PRELIMINARY DISCUSSIONS REGARDING PAID PARKING, AND I'LL HAVE A LITTLE BIT MORE TO SAY ON THAT LATER ON TODAY, ACTUALLY.

BUT THE ONLY POINT ON THAT IS, IS THAT FINDING THAT BALANCE BETWEEN HOW MAYBE SEASONAL AS OPPOSED TO AND NOT HAVE A LIMITED TIME FRAMES TO WHERE IT'S FUNCTIONAL.

AND WE'RE NOT TRYING TO CHANGE, YOU KNOW, TWO HOURS EVERY DAY.

AND SO WE'VE, WE'VE BEGAN THAT CONVERSATION AND MY INTENT, AND I'LL TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT LATER TODAY IS TO HAVE LISA DOUGLAS JOIN ME IN THOSE EFFORTS. AND AS, AND AMONG A COUPLE OTHER RESPONSIBILITIES THAT I'M GOING TO, I'M GOING TO GIVE TO HER AND HAVE HER JOIN ME AND MY STAFF TO, TO GET THIS ACCOMPLISHED. SO I DO INTEND TO MAKE THAT A PRIORITY IN THE NEXT SIX MONTHS AND TO REALLY HAVE A PRODUCT THAT WE CAN OUTLINE AND THEN ALSO DELINEATE BETWEEN THE PAID PARKING THAT THE COUNTY GETS AS PART OF THE INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT AND NOT HAVE IT ON THE AVENUE AND NOT HAVE IT ON THIRD OR OTHER

[01:20:09]

BUT WE'RE STARTING THAT PROCESS. SO AND THEN LASTLY, BEFORE WE LET MEG LEAVE, THIS WOULD BE THE TIME AND THIS IS MORE FOR NEW MEMBERS OF COUNCIL, BUT JUST FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES. THIS IS WHEN WE WOULD BE SETTING A RATE OR THEY WOULD ADVISE US OF THE RATE TO ASSESS.

AND THAT'LL COME BACK TO YOU IN AUGUST. BUT IN TYPICAL NATURE THEY HAD A MAXIMUM IN THEIR, I THINK IT WAS JUST OVER 800,000. I DON'T WANT TO SAY THE 800 EVEN.

OKAY. AND THE LAST THREE YEARS THEY'VE ACTUALLY, BECAUSE PROPERTY VALUES HAD INCREASED SO MUCH, WE HAVE TO PARE IT BACK. AND SO THE RATE THAT YOU'LL SEE IN AUGUST, AFTER WE GET THE NUMBERS, THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT WILL GET THEM IN JUNE AND JULY AND GET THOSE YOU'LL SEE ASSESSMENTS THAT WILL COME BEFORE YOU IN AUGUST.

THAT'LL BE ASKING YOU TO AUTHORIZE THAT TO, TO CONTINUE TO RECEIVE THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT.

SO I'M JUST FORESHADOWING THAT SO THAT YOU, MEMBERS OF COUNCIL KNOW WHY THEY COME TO YOU, GIVE YOU THIS REPORT, AND THEN IN AUGUST, YOU'LL DO THE ANNUAL ASSESSMENT.

AND AGAIN, THIS IS THE THIS PROCESS IS SET TO GO ON THROUGH 2030.

AND SO I JUST POINT THAT OUT TO YOU. SO YOU KNEW WHAT WOULD BE FORTHCOMING IN AUGUST FOR YOU.

SO WITH THAT, THAT'S ALL. THANK YOU. ONE OF THE QUICK COMMENTS THERE IS, I THINK FOR AT LEAST THE LAST FOUR YEARS, THAT NUMBER I KNOW HAS GONE DOWN FOR THE PROPERTY OWNERS EACH YEAR.

AND IF I IF I MIGHT HAVE OUR BOARD PRESIDENT COME UP JUST VERY QUICKLY TO SAY A COUPLE OF WORDS, HE WORKS VERY HARD AS WELL. SO. CHRIS SCHUCHART, GOOD MORNING.

CHRISTOPHER SCHUCHART. PLEASURE TO BE THE PRESIDENT OF THE FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT.

JUST WANTED TO COME AND SAY HELLO AND REALLY EXPRESS MY GRATITUDE FOR MEG AND HEIDI WHO KEEP THE MACHINE GOING AND MAKE US, MAKE US LOOK GOOD.

THEY THEY DO AN AMAZING JOB. AND YOU KNOW, FIFTH AVENUE IS DEFINITELY A SUCCESS.

I THINK WE DO A GREAT JOB ON STEWARDS OF THE DOLLARS.

AS WE'VE BENEFITED IN PROPERTY VALUES GOING UP, WHICH MEANS THE MILLAGE HAS GONE DOWN.

SO EVERYONE THAT'S PAYING INTO THE INTO THE THE FUNDS ARE PAYING LESS.

BUT IN IN OUR OPINION, THEY'RE GETTING MORE VALUE.

THEY'RE GETTING MORE VALUE TODAY THAN THEY DID YESTERDAY.

AND WE'RE GOING TO CONTINUE TO, TO PUSH THAT, THAT INITIATIVE FORWARD.

AND YOU KNOW, WE'RE EXCITED FOR FOR WHAT'S COMING FORWARD AND, AND WE'VE GOT SOME YOU KNOW, BIG PRIORITIES THAT WE'D LOVE TO CONTINUE CONVERSATIONS WITH CITY COUNCIL THE CRA, WHICHEVER, YOU KNOW, WHICHEVER VENUE THAT MAY BE MOST APPROPRIATE.

BUT WE'RE WE'RE EXCITED TO KEEP THE CONVERSATION MOVING FORWARD.

AND AGAIN, THANK YOU FOR YOUR SUPPORT OF FIFTH AVENUE.

AND WE'LL, WE'LL BE HERE AGAIN NEXT YEAR TO, TO PRESENT AGAIN.

AND I'M OBVIOUSLY HAPPY TO ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS THAT ANYONE MAY HAVE.

THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE, MR. SCHUCHART. WHAT ARE SOME OF THE PRIORITIES THAT THAT YOU SEE THE BOARD IS SPECIFICALLY FOCUSED IN ON? SO WE I THINK A YEAR AGO, WE PUT TOGETHER KIND OF PEN TO PAPER TO HAVE AN ACTUAL TRACK OF WHAT OUR PRIORITIES ARE, WHAT THEY ARE WHEN WE ASK FOR THEM, AND THEN WHEN THEY WERE ACCOMPLISHED.

AND SO AS YOU SEE ON THE SCREEN, WE'VE GOT A NUMBER OF DIFFERENT PRIORITIES.

THESE AREN'T NECESSARILY IN IN PRIORITY OF NUMBER ONE TO TO TEN.

THEY'RE JUST GENERALIZED PRIORITIES. I WOULD SAY FROM A NUMBER ONE PRIORITY PERSPECTIVE, THAT HAS CHANGED IN THE LAST MONTH IS THE FOURTH AND FOURTH PARKING LOT. IT'S A LOT EASIER TO BUY SOMETHING WHEN IT'S FOR SALE AND, AND IT'S CURRENTLY FOR SALE. AND SO WE WOULD LOVE TO FURTHER THOSE CONVERSATIONS OF HAVING THE CITY OR THE CRA ACQUIRE THAT LOT. IT'S A, IT'S AN ASSET THAT WAS PART OF THE PROGRAM.

SO IF YOU LOOK BACK ON, ON, ON FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH, THERE WAS A PLAN THAT WAS PUT IN PLACE 20 SOMETHING YEARS AGO.

THAT PLAN INCLUDED THREE AREAS FOR PARKING GARAGES.

AND SO EVERYTHING IN THAT PLAN HAS, HAS, HAS COME FORWARD.

EVERYTHING'S BEEN EXTREMELY SUCCESSFUL IN THAT PLAN.

THE, THE, THE, THE PROBLEM, I GUESS, WOULD BE IS THAT WE DIDN'T COMPLETE THE PLAN FROM AN INFRASTRUCTURE PERSPECTIVE.

SO THAT'S THE LAST PIECE OF THE PUZZLE THAT THAT WAS THE, THE, THE PLANNING DOCUMENT THAT ANDRES DUANY PUT TOGETHER.

THE TWO OTHER PARKING GARAGES OBVIOUSLY ARE BUILT VERY SUCCESSFUL.

[01:25:02]

SO AGAIN, WHATEVER WE CAN DO FROM A BUSINESS PERSPECTIVE, FROM A PROPERTY OWNER PERSPECTIVE.

FROM A MERCHANT PERSPECTIVE, WE CAN. WE WOULD LOVE TO URGE CITY COUNCIL OR CRA TO TO PURSUE THAT INVESTMENT AGAIN IN LONG TERM 20, 30 YEARS FROM NOW. I THINK THAT THAT THAT PROPERTY IS, IS A, IS A, A KEY PIECE TO THE SUCCESS OF FIFTH AVENUE AND EVEN ADJACENT AREAS. BUT WITH THE BID, THE BID CAN'T CONTRIBUTE TO, WITH THEIR TAX INCREMENT FINANCING TO ANY PURCHASING OF PROPERTIES OR, OR MAINTENANCE OF THE GARAGE.

I DON'T BELIEVE WE CAN UNDER OUR BYLAWS NOR I DON'T THINK WE HAVE THE, THE FINANCIAL WHEREWITHAL TO DO IT EITHER.

WE'RE CAPPED AT THE 800 000. SO AS EXPENSES INCREASE YOU KNOW, WE'RE CAPPED AT A, AT A, AT A LIMIT OF 800 000.

SO YOU KNOW, WE'RE TRYING TO DO AS MUCH AS WE CAN WITH, WITH OUR, WITH OUR REVENUE CAP.

SO I THINK THAT BECOMES A FAIRLY BIG BARRIER TO, YOU KNOW, THAT SORT OF CONTRIBUTION.

BUT I GUESS WE WOULD SAY, YOU KNOW, THE OTHER CONTRIBUTION WE PROVIDE IS THE, YOU KNOW, MILLIONS OF DOLLARS IN REVENUE FROM A TAX STANDPOINT TO THE CRA.

SO WE ARE COLLECTIVELY CONTRIBUTING TO THAT TO, TO THE FUNDS.

THANK YOU, VICE MAYOR. THANKS. THANK YOU BOTH FOR BEING HERE AND CONTRIBUTING SO MUCH TO THE SUCCESS OF NAPLES FOR EVERYONE.

REGARDING THE PARKING THAT YOU JUST BROUGHT UP, WHAT ABOUT THE ITEM RIGHT ABOVE THAT OFFSITE EMPLOYEE PARKING? I DON'T KNOW IF YOU'VE EXPLORED THAT, BECAUSE THAT SEEMS TO BE WORKING VERY EFFECTIVELY FOR A LOT OF THE BIG CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS DOWN ON GULF SHORE BOULEVARD AND SOME OF THE HOTELS WHERE THEY SHUTTLE EMPLOYEES IN WHO PARK AT THE MALL OR AT A CHURCH SOMEWHERE THAT'S NOT USING THE PARKING DURING THE WEEK.

THAT COULD FREE UP A LOT OF SPACES IN THE CURRENT PARKING GARAGES AND ON THE STREETS IF YOU WERE ABLE TO IMPLEMENT SOMETHING THERE.

HAVE YOU EXPLORED THAT? WE'VE DEFINITELY HAD SOME CONVERSATIONS.

YOU KNOW, I THINK IT'S REALLY A HOLISTIC APPROACH.

I THINK THE OFF SITE EMPLOYEE PARKING DOVETAILS INTO THE PAID PARKING AND, AND HOW ALL OF THAT SORT OF WORKS TOGETHER. SO IT'S A LITTLE, YOU KNOW, A CONSTRUCTION SITES, EASY TO MOVE EMPLOYEES OFF SITE BECAUSE THEY SAY, LISTEN, YOU'RE CONTRACTED TO PARK OFF SITE YOU KNOW, FOR EMPLOYEES OR EXCUSE ME, EMPLOYERS TO TO SAY, OH, YOU HAVE TO PARK OFF SITE AND THEN ONE EMPLOYER DOESN'T FOLLOW THROUGH WITH IT.

JUST MAKES IT DIFFICULT TO, TO, TO PUSH THAT, THAT OFF SITE PARKING.

BUT I THINK IF, IF THE MECHANISM WAS IN PLACE FROM A PAID PARKING PERSPECTIVE, THAT IS THE KIND OF THE CARROT AND THE STICK OF, OF, HEY, YOU HAVE TO PAY FOR PARKING OR THERE'S A FREE OFFSITE PARKING OPTION THAT, YOU KNOW, MAYBE TAKES A LITTLE MORE TIME. AND SO I THINK THOSE ARE THE CONVERSATIONS WE'VE HAD INTERNALLY AND THEN, AND THEN WITH STAFF AS WELL IS I THINK IT ALL NEEDS TO SORT OF COME TOGETHER AT THE SAME TIME SO THAT IT, YOU KNOW, IT'S VERY THOUGHTFUL ON HOW TO EXECUTE IT.

AND THERE ARE SEVERAL PARKING LOT AND OR PLACES THAT THAT COULD BE UTILIZED.

AND THEN, YOU KNOW, THAT WOULD BE A GREAT START.

AND, AND AGAIN, I THINK IT'S AN ACHIEVABLE GOAL.

AND I THINK IT'S A WORTHWHILE, WORTH WORTHY GOAL BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, IF WE HAVE 700 EMPLOYEES THAT ARE PARKED.

I MEAN, THAT'S THAT'S A LOT OF SPACES. ESSENTIALLY, IT'S TWO PARKING GARAGES.

SO IF WE CAN DISPLACE THAT AND ADD SOME ADDITIONAL PARKING INTO THE SYSTEM, I THINK I THINK YOU REALLY HAVE AN EXPONENTIAL BENEFIT.

YEAH. IT SEEMS TO ME A LOT EASIER TO IMPLEMENT THAN TRYING TO BUILD A NEW PARKING GARAGE, ESPECIALLY IN THAT RESIDENTIAL AREA.

AND AGAIN, MAYBE THE, MAYBE IT REMAINS A SURFACE LOT AND IT, IT'S NOT A GARAGE.

I JUST THINK AGAIN, THAT I THINK THE FOURTH AND FOURTH LOTS AN ASSET THAT, YOU KNOW, YEARS FROM NOW, WE'LL LOOK BACK AND SAY THAT WAS PROBABLY A, THAT WAS PROBABLY A GREAT OPPORTUNITY AT THE TIME.

SO BUT AND EXCUSE ME REAL QUICK, AND THAT END OF THE AVENUE REALLY IS UNDERSERVED FROM A PARKING PERSPECTIVE.

AND WHEN WE HAVE THAT AGING AUDIENCE AND WE DO HAVE LA, BUT WHEN WE HAVE THAT AGING AUDIENCE AND THEY'RE NOT WALKING FROM EIGHTH DOWN,

[01:30:05]

ALL RIGHT. THANKS. THAT'S AN ISSUE FOR ANOTHER DAY, I THINK.

NO. YEAH. TO CONSIDER. AND I HOPE YOU'LL SUPPORT US AND, YOU KNOW, COME AND WORK WITH US BECAUSE PARKING AND EMPLOYEE PARKING HAS BECOME A MAJOR ISSUE. AND HOW WE, YOU KNOW, WAS AN INCENTIVE TO REDEVELOP.

BUT NOW WE'VE WE ARE AT A CRISIS IN HOW WE ARE SERVING THE COMMUNITY.

AND ALSO VALET I REPORTING ON HOW THE VALET IS WORKING AND THE EXPANSION AND HOW WE'RE GOING TO WORK MOVING FORWARD.

YEAH. I MEAN, THE VALET IS A TREMENDOUS ASSET TO THE TO THE ENTIRE COMMUNITY, BASICALLY TURNING PRIVATE SPACES INTO PUBLIC SPACES.

SO IT'S A IT'S A HUGE SUCCESS. AND, YOU KNOW, FRANKLY, WITHOUT THE VALET, THE THE PARKING PROBLEMS DURING SEASON WOULD BE EXPANDED DRAMATICALLY BEYOND WHAT WHAT THEY ARE TODAY WITHOUT THE LOCALS WOULDN'T KNOW WHERE TO PARK.

YES. AND THEN THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE. THIS IS A TERRIFIC REPORT, AND I'M VERY IMPRESSED WITH EVERYTHING THAT'S GOING SO WELL.

LET'S TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT PARKING ON FIFTH AVENUE.

IF YOU COULD TURN THOSE PARKING SPACES OVER. IN OTHER WORDS, IF WE WERE CHARGING FOR PARKING ON FIFTH AVENUE AND THEREFORE THERE WOULD BE GREATER TURNOVER, WOULD THAT BENEFIT FIFTH AVENUE GREATER TO HAVE THAT KIND OF TURNOVER? I THINK THERE ARE PEOPLE THAT PARK THERE PRETTY MUCH A GOOD PORTION OF THE DAY.

AND THEN THERE WAS ALWAYS A NASTY LITTLE RUMOR THAT PEOPLE PARK THERE, THEY GO TO LUNCH AND THEN THEY GO DOWN TO THE BEACH AND THEY LEAVE THE CAR ON FIFTH.

SO IS PARKING PART PAID PARKING PART OF YOUR THINKING GOING FORWARD? I THINK IT WOULD BE. I THINK WE'VE KIND OF REACHED A TIPPING POINT ON ON THE COMMUNITY SIDE.

AND AGAIN, I AS WE HAD MET WITH GARY AND HIS TEAM, WE TALKED ABOUT, YOU KNOW, IT'S NOT A ONE STOP SOLUTION THROUGHOUT THE WHOLE YEAR. YOU KNOW, PARKING DEMANDS ARE DIFFERENT IN SUMMER THAN THEY ARE IN SEASON.

PARKING DEMANDS ARE DIFFERENT DURING THE DAY THAN THEY ARE IN THE EVENING.

AND SO WE'VE SEEN THE LONGER DURATION OF PEOPLE PARKING IN SPACES FOR EXTENDED PERIODS OF TIME, STARTING IN THE LATTER PART OF THE AFTERNOON WHEN THEY'RE COMING IN FOR A FOR A SHIFT.

AND SO, YOU KNOW, 2:00, 3:00 TIME FRAMES. AND AGAIN, I THINK, YOU KNOW, THERE'S A DIRECT ECONOMIC BENEFIT TO EVERY PARKING SPACE.

SO IF THAT PARKING SPACE IS OPEN AND AVAILABLE FOR A CUSTOMER TO UTILIZE, THAT'S A DIRECT BENEFIT TO THE, TO THE MERCHANTS AND THE BUSINESSES. SO SO AGAIN, I THINK IF THE SPACE IS BEING UTILIZED BY A CUSTOMER AND THEY'RE PARKED ON A LONG TERM BASIS, WELL, I THINK THAT'S A DIFFERENT DIFFERENT ITEM THAN, THAN SOMEBODY PARKING IN THAT SPACE THAT'S IN FRONT OF A BUSINESS ON FIFTH AVENUE FOR SEVEN HOURS BECAUSE THEY WENT INTO A, YOU KNOW, ANOTHER BUSINESS AND THEY'RE WORKING A SHIFT.

AND SO I THINK THOSE ARE, I THINK THOSE ARE THE QUESTIONS WE'RE, YOU KNOW, TRYING TO SOLVE TOO.

THANK YOU. THAT'S VERY HELPFUL. THANK YOU. WE NEED TO CONTINUE THAT CONVERSATION.

I THINK WE'RE WE'RE HERE AND READY TO CONTINUE IT.

THANK YOU. OKAY. NO FURTHER QUESTIONS. THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE.

THANK YOU FOR JOINING. THANK YOU ALL. APPRECIATE YOU.

THANK YOU. MR. YOUNG MOVING TO THE NEXT ITEM, WHICH IS HURRICANE PREPAREDNESS

[4.C) Hurricane Preparedness Presentation.]

WE HAD IT ONCE HERE OUTSIDE OF THE CITY HALL.

THEN WE HAD ONE IN BAKER PARK AND IT REALLY WASN'T IT WAS WELL ATTENDED IN THE FIRST YEAR AND THEN IT'S KIND OF DWINDLED OFF.

SO WE DID WANT TO TAKE THIS OPPORTUNITY JUST TO REAL QUICKLY GO THROUGH HURRICANE PREPAREDNESS OUR RESOURCES AND THAT.

AND THEN JUST AS A MATTER OF COMMUNICATION. AND THEN OF COURSE, THIS WILL BE ON THE WEBSITE AS WELL AS OTHER INITIATIVES TO COMMUNICATE FOR HURRICANE SEASON. AND WITH THAT, I'LL TURN IT OVER TO CHIEF PENNINGTON.

GREAT. THANK YOU. GOOD MORNING CHIEF. GOOD MORNING.

PHILIP PENNINGTON, FIRE CHIEF. YES, AS THE CITY MANAGER JUST SAID JUST WANTED TO GO THROUGH SOME OF THE THINGS, MAKE A PUBLIC PRESENTATION TO TRY AND EDUCATE THE PUBLIC ON THE ACTUALLY NOT UPCOMING HURRICANE SEASON.

WE ARE WERE TYPICAL. WE ARE NOW IN HURRICANE SEASON.

SO I GUESS REALLY THE THING THAT'S OUT THERE IS THE OUTLOOK AS FAR AS, YOU KNOW, PROBABILITY OF HOW THE SEASON WILL

[01:35:03]

THEN YOU HAVE A BIGGER SLICE FOR NEAR NORMAL.

BUT BASICALLY WHAT EVERYTHING IS INDICATING THUS FAR IS THAT WE'RE GOING TO PROBABLY FALL INTO A BELOW NORMAL HURRICANE SEASON.

HERE YOU HAVE THE DIFFERENT NAMES GOING THROUGH THE SEASON AS FAR AS WHAT THE STORMS WILL BE CALLED.

BUT, BUT REALLY THE CRUX OF THIS IS, IS WHAT CAN THE PUBLIC DO TO GET THEMSELVES PREPARED.

AND THE BIGGEST THING YOU CAN DO, OBVIOUSLY IS BEFORE THE STORM.

YOU KNOW, BUILD YOUR EMERGENCY KIT, HAVE YOUR COMMUNICATION PLAN TOGETHER, MEANING, YOU KNOW, WHAT WILL YOU DO IF YOU LOSE PHONE SERVICE SO YOU CAN, YOU KNOW, YOUR FAMILY KNOWS WHAT'S GOING ON IF THEY'RE OUT OF STATE IN YOUR IN STATE MAKE PLANS FOR YOUR PETS. IF, IF YOU'RE IN A VULNERABLE POPULATION, YOU WANT TO REGISTER WITH THE COLLIER COUNTY SPECIAL NEEDS REGISTRY.

AND THEN ANOTHER BIG ITEM IN THERE IS YOUR INSURANCE.

YOU KNOW, YOU KNOW, NOW IS THE TIME TO START TAKING PICTURES OF YOUR HOME AND YOUR POSSESSIONS SO THAT YOU HAVE A GOOD INVENTORY SO THAT IF, GOD FORBID, SOMETHING DOES HAPPEN YOU HAVE THOSE THINGS DOCUMENTED ALONG WITH THAT IS UNDERSTANDING OUR PARKING REGULATIONS.

ALL THIS STUFF IS ON OUR CITY, DIFFERENT VARIOUS CITY WEBSITES.

AND THEN AS WELL KNOW YOUR EVACUATION ZONES. REALLY PRETTY MUCH THE ENTIRE CITY IS PART OF, OF A FLOOD ZONE. SO YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE TO MAKE SURE YOU HAVE ALL YOUR DUCKS IN A ROW AND BE READY TO GO.

AND ON TOP OF THAT IS JUST STAY INFORMED. RIGHT? USE THE NAPLES ALERT FOR OFFICIAL ALERTS MOVING FORWARD.

IF THERE IS A STORM THREATENING US. IF I COULD JUST GO BACK TO THAT AND JUST FOR THE PUBLIC SPECIFICALLY SAT IN THE PARKING GARAGES. THERE ARE NO EVS, NO BOATS, NO TRAILERS AND NO GOLF CARTS.

WE WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT PEOPLE ARE ABLE TO PARK THERE, BUT THAT THOSE ARE THINGS THAT CANNOT GO INTO OUR PARKING GARAGES.

CORRECT. THANK YOU. AS I KIND OF ALLUDED TO BEFORE, NO, YOUR DESIGNATION AS FAR AS YOUR FLOOD ZONES YOU KNOW, DEPENDING ON WHAT TYPE OF STORM IT IS YOU KNOW, THE ENTIRE CITY IS PART OF A FLOOD ZONE.

SO KNOW YOUR ZONES YOU CAN GET THAT STUFF THROUGH PHDM.

AND ALSO THROUGH FLORIDA DISASTER.ORG. STICKING WITH THE BEFORE THE STORM, PRIVATE GATED COMMUNITIES AND COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES AS FAR AS DEBRIS REMOVAL THAT, THAT THERE'S BEEN SOME CHANGES IN REGULATIONS.

SO WE'LL, WE'LL FOLLOW THE COUNTY'S REGULATIONS ON THAT.

IS DIFFERENT FROM THE EMERGENCY CUT AND PUSH.

IF WE HAVE TO GET INTO A CERTAIN AREA, WE WILL CUT AND PUSH SO THAT WE HAVE INGRESS AND EGRESS IF THERE'S EMERGENCIES.

BUT AS FAR AS THE DEBRIS REMOVAL, THAT'S UP TO THE THOSE COMMUNITIES TO GET THAT DONE.

GENERATOR SAFETY, JUST WANT TO THROW THIS IN THERE BECAUSE IF YOU ARE USING A PORTABLE GENERATOR IN PARTICULAR MAKE SURE YOU TEST IT, THAT YOU CHECK IT OUT, MAKE SURE THAT IT'S GOOD TO GO BEFORE THE SEASON. GOT YOUR FUEL READY. FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH THE MANUAL. RIGHT.

MAKE SURE IT'S OPERATED OUTDOORS. YOU KNOW, IT SEEMS KIND OF IT SHOULDN'T BE SOMETHING YOU HAVE TO SAY, BUT THERE IS CARBON MONOXIDE. CARBON DIOXIDE COMES OUT OF THESE THINGS.

YOU CAN'T RUN THEM INDOORS. YOU KNOW, YOU WANT TO TRY AND KEEP IT DRY, AVOID OVERLOADING IT AND NEVER RUN IT AGAIN INDOORS, INSPECT IT FOR SAFETY, CLEAN IT AND STORE IT AWAY.

THE OTHER THING TOO, YOU GOT TO BE CAREFUL WITH THAT IS MAKE SURE THAT YOU'RE SHUTTING OFF THE POWER TO THE HOUSE SO YOU DON'T BACKFEED YOUR LINE AND GET SOMEBODY FROM FPL, YOU KNOW. HIT WITH THE ELECTRICITY FROM YOUR GENERATORS. THAT'S ANOTHER THING. SO THAT GOES BACK TO READ YOUR MANUAL, UNDERSTAND WHAT YOU'RE DOING WITH YOUR ELECTRICITY. YOU WANT TO MAKE YOURSELF SAFE, AND YOU WANT TO MAKE THE PEOPLE OUT THERE TRYING TO GET POWER BACK UP AND RUNNING SAFE AS WELL.

I'M SORRY. WHAT DID YOU JUST SAY, CHIEF? CAN YOU JUST REPEAT THAT? OKAY. SO YOU HAVE TO SHUT YOUR MAIN OFF OUTSIDE.

OKAY. BECAUSE IF YOU DON'T SHUT YOUR MAIN GOING INTO YOUR HOUSE AND YOU HOOK YOUR GENERATOR UP, YOU CAN BACKFEED THE ACTUAL FPL LINES. SO WHEN FPL IS OUT THERE WORKING ON LINES, YOU KNOW, THEY THINK THEY'RE SHUT OFF BY THEIR BREAKER, BUT YOU ACTUALLY HAVE CHARGED THEIR LINE.

SO YOU NEED TO SHUT YOUR MAIN OFF. RIGHT. YOU KNOW, IF YOU DON'T HAVE AN AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH THAT DOES THAT FOR YOU, YOU NEED TO SHUT IT OFF OUT THERE. IF YOU'RE USING A PORTABLE GENERATOR, AND THEN YOU WANT TO SHUT OFF ALL YOUR BREAKERS AND ONLY OPEN THE ONES THAT YOU'RE TRYING TO RUN, LIKE YOUR REFRIGERATOR, MAYBE A FAN OR SOMETHING IN YOUR HOUSE TO TRY AND KEEP AS COOL AS POSSIBLE.

SO THOSE ARE IMPORTANT SAFETY FACTORS THAT THAT YOU NEED TO KEEP IN MIND.

THE OTHER THING AS WE GET INTO ACTUAL. WHEN THE STORM STARTS GETTING AROUND THERE IS DON'T DON'T GO OUT IN THE STORM.

I MEAN, I DON'T KNOW HOW ELSE TO TELL YOU TO BE SAFE.

YOU KNOW, JUST DON'T GO OUT IN THE STORM. YOU KNOW, THERE'S ALWAYS GOING TO BE PEOPLE OUT THERE TRYING TO LOOK AT THINGS. STAY INDOORS. RIGHT? BECAUSE PEOPLE DON'T REALLY UNDERSTAND THE POWER OF WATER, RIGHT?

[01:40:02]

12IN OF FAST MOVING WATER WILL CARRY YOUR CAR AWAY.

YOU KNOW, IF YOU HAVE A BIGGER SUV OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT, 18 TO 24IN IS, WELL, ALSO, THE HIDDEN DANGER IS IF YOU CAN'T SEE THE ROADS, YOU MAY GO OFF THE ROAD AND END UP INTO A CANAL, A LAKE, YOU KNOW, OR SOME, SOME TYPE OF THING WHERE NOW YOUR VEHICLE ROLLS OVER AND YOU'RE PINNED INSIDE THAT VEHICLE AND ENOUGH WATER THAT YOU'RE NOT GOING TO GET OUT OF THAT VEHICLE. SO JUST STAY HOME.

DURING THE STORM AS WELL. MONITOR YOUR OFFICIAL SOURCES, YOU KNOW, KEEP SOME TYPE OF BATTERY OPERATED RADIO NEARBY.

IF YOU'RE SHELTERING IN PLACE, MAKE SURE YOU'VE DESIGNATED THE SAFE ZONE BECAUSE AGAIN, EVEN DURING HURRICANES, ONE OF THE. PEOPLE DON'T REALLY. KEEP IN MIND IS THE FACT THAT THERE ARE TORNADOES OFTEN ASSOCIATED WITH STORMS. SO YOU WANT TO MAKE SURE YOU HAVE AN AREA IN YOUR HOME WHERE IT'S THERE'S FEW WINDOWS AS POSSIBLE AND THAT IT'S STRUCTURALLY WILL GIVE YOU THE BEST PROTECTION.

AND, YOU KNOW, DON'T GO OUT AGAIN. DON'T GO OUT DURING THE STORM BECAUSE THE BACKSIDE OF THAT WILL CATCH YOU.

AND IT'S USUALLY WORSE THAN THE FRONT SIDE. SO JUST STAY IN.

IF YOU CAN USE USE FLASHLIGHTS, NOT CANDLES. YOU KNOW, THE LAST THING YOU WANT IS SOMETHING KNOCKING OVER AND THEN STARTING A FIRE WHILE YOU'RE THERE. YOU KNOW, WE WILL DO OUR BEST DURING THE STORM IF WE'RE ABLE TO GET OUT.

BUT, YOU KNOW, WE THERE ARE SOME, YOU KNOW, WHEN THE WINDS GET TO A CERTAIN, CERTAIN NUMBER AND THRESHOLD, IT'S THEY CAN BLOW OUR TRUCKS OVER. SO WE GOT, WE GOT TO KEEP THAT IN MIND.

SO, YOU KNOW, DON'T DON'T PUT YOURSELF IN A BAD SPOT.

AND THEN IF YOU'RE ORDERED TO EVACUATE, LEAVE IMMEDIATELY.

OKAY. IF WE'RE GIVING YOU, YOU KNOW, FROM AN EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PERSPECTIVE, TELLING YOU THIS, THIS STORM IS GOING TO BE REALLY BAD AND WE THINK YOU SHOULD LEAVE, THAT'S THE STRONGEST ADVICE WE CAN GIVE YOU.

OKAY. SO HEED THE WARNINGS AND BE SAFE AFTER THE STORM.

YOU KNOW, WE'RE GOING TO GET THERE. WE'RE GOING TO START WORKING WITH THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, START CLEARING PATHS SO WE CAN GET OUT THERE AND START DOING WHAT WE NEED TO DO ALONG WITH THE POLICE DEPARTMENT. IF THAT'S SEARCHES YOU KNOW, START CHECKING UP ON ALL THE CALLS THAT WERE HELD DURING THE STORM.

AND THEN, YOU KNOW, OBVIOUSLY TAKING CARE OF ANY EMERGENCIES THAT ARISE, YOU KNOW, POST STORM.

OUR EOC, WE WORK CLOSELY, OBVIOUSLY WITH THE COUNTY EOC, WHICH WORKS WITH THE STATE EOC AND THEN MOVES ALL THE WAY UP TO THE FEDERAL LEVEL, DEPENDING ON WHAT'S GOING ON. DEBRIS REMOVAL AGAIN, THAT'S INTERLOCAL AGREEMENTS WITH US AND THE COUNTY, AND STORM RECOVERY IS DEALING WITH CODES. ALL THIS STUFF IS AGAIN AVAILABLE AT NAPLES GOV.COM/HURRICANE.

SO THE PUBLIC ALWAYS HAS THAT AGAIN, A SHAMELESS PLUG.

BUT DON'T FORGET, YOU KNOW, THE FIRE DEPARTMENT APP AND THE POLICE APP.

I WON'T LEAVE THEM OUT AS WELL. SO THERE'S THERE'S PLENTY OF RESOURCES OUT THERE FOR YOU TO GATHER INFORMATION.

OBVIOUSLY, IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS, REACH OUT. WE'LL BE HAPPY TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS AND GIVE YOU THE BEST ADVICE WE POSSIBLY CAN.

AGAIN, AFTER THE STORM TYPE STUFF IS, YOU KNOW, FOLLOW THE GUIDANCE TO REENTER AVOID THE FLOOD WATERS.

SAME THING AS WE TALKED ABOUT BEFORE. WATCH OUT FOR POWER OUTAGES.

YOU KNOW, STAY OUT OF WATER BECAUSE IF THERE ARE LINES DOWN, ESPECIALLY AS FPL STARTS ROLLING ELECTRICITY TO GET THE POWER BACK UP.

IF THERE IS A LINE DOWN AND IT'S IN THE WATER.

WATER AND ELECTRICITY, THEY DON'T MIX VERY WELL, ESPECIALLY IF YOU'RE STANDING IN IT.

SO PROBABLY NOT A GOOD IDEA. STRUCTURAL DAMAGE TO YOUR HOME.

YOU KNOW, AGAIN, IF YOU, IF YOU'VE RECEIVED STRUCTURAL DAMAGE YOU KNOW, AGAIN, GET THOSE THINGS INSPECTED BEFORE YOU MOVE BACK IN.

YOU DON'T WANT TO PUT YOURSELF IN A BAD WAY. AND AGAIN, SHAMELESS PLUGS AT THE END, YOU KNOW, LISTEN, SUBSCRIBE TO THE CITY ALERTS FOR UPDATES. AS FAR AS DRINKING WATER AND ALL THAT, BUT ANOTHER BIG ONE PEOPLE PROBABLY DON'T TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION IS WILDLIFE SEEKING SHELTER INDOORS. YOU KNOW, I THINK IT'S A NATURAL THING FOR ANIMALS THAT YOU DON'T REALLY WANT TO COEXIST WITH, THAT THEY'RE LOOKING FOR A HIGH AND DRY SPOT AS WELL.

SO KIND OF KEEP THAT IN MIND. AS FAR AS SEPARATING THE DEBRIS, THIS AGAIN IS STRAIGHT OUT OF THE REGULATIONS THAT ARE OUT THERE, YOU KNOW, LARGE APPLIANCES, CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS VEGETATIVE DEBRIS, ELECTRONICS, HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE THEY SHOULD BE SEPARATED SO THOSE THINGS CAN GET PICKED UP CORRECTLY AFTER THE STORM.

THE. IF YOU HELP AND YOU COMPLY WITH THESE, IT'LL MAKE THE CLEANUP A LOT EASIER.

SO JUST KIND OF AGAIN, KEEP THAT IN MIND. WE DON'T EVER WANT TO SEE THAT SLIDE AGAIN.

YEAH, I KNOW. ALL RIGHT. AND THEN IN CLOSING, LIKE I SAID, THIS IS KIND OF JUST A BRIEF SUMMARY FOR THE PUBLIC TO KIND OF GET AN IDEA OF WHERE, YOU KNOW, WHAT, WHAT THEY SHOULD DO. OBVIOUSLY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT, POLICE DEPARTMENT, ALL THE CITY STAFF WORKS VERY CLOSELY. YOU KNOW, OUR CONCERN FOR YOU IS THAT YOU UNDERSTAND THE FACTS AND YOU GET INFORMATION,

[01:45:05]

NOW I WOULD JUST THROW THIS OUT THERE IS THAT YOU KNOW WHAT I REALLY WANT THE PUBLIC TO UNDERSTAND? THERE'S A LOT OF TALK OUT THERE AS FAR AS, YOU KNOW, HAVING A LOWER THAN NORMAL SEASON.

AND, YOU KNOW, THERE ARE SOME INDICATIONS OUT THERE. YOU KNOW, I'VE BECOME A LITTLE BIT OF A WEATHER NERD YOU KNOW, WITH MY JOB. SO, YOU KNOW, LOOKING AT THE EL NINO THAT'S PROJECTED AND THEN THIS SUPER EL NINO WE'RE GETTING INTO, THERE'S A LOT OF TALK THAT THE THAT THE SEASON COULD BE, YOU KNOW, A LOT LIGHTER THAN WHAT IT IS.

PLEASE, YOU KNOW, I IMPLORE THE PUBLIC NOT TO TAKE THAT AS THERE'S NOT GOING TO BE A STORM THIS YEAR.

OKAY. YOU KNOW, IF YOU LOOK BACK, HURRICANE ANDREW, WHICH WAS ONE OF THE HUGE IMPACTS THAT WAS IN AN EL NINO YEAR AS WELL.

OKAY. BECAUSE IT ONLY ONLY TAKES ONE STORM. SO DON'T LET YOUR GUARD DOWN.

HAVE YOUR STUFF TOGETHER. STAY INFORMED AND THEN STAY SAFE.

AND THIS IS SUPER EL NINO. YEAH. SO YOU KNOW, WHEN I LOOK AT THIS SO LOOKING AT THE NUMBERS OF IT, YOU KNOW THE WATER TEMPERATURES OVER IN THE PACIFIC PUSH.

YEAH. YOU KNOW, THEY PUSH THE LA NINA EL NINO.

SO THE TRYING TO GET THE NUMBERS RIGHT. IT WAS LIKE THE HIGHEST EL NINO WAS LIKE A 2.6 DEGREE TEMPERATURE CHANGE IN THE PACIFIC. THEY'RE LOOKING AT IT COULD BE UP INTO THE THREE.

SO YOU KNOW WE'RE LOOKING AT A POTENTIAL FOR, AGAIN, A SUPER EL NINO, WHICH HELPS KEEP THE STORMS AWAY BECAUSE IT PUSHES THE TRADE WINDS AND KEEPS THE STORMS IF THEY FORM IN THE ATLANTIC, OUT IN THE ATLANTIC.

BUT AGAIN, YOU KNOW, DON'T DON'T TAKE IT FROM ME BECAUSE I'M NOT A METEOROLOGIST.

BUT YOU KNOW, LIKE I SAID, JUST JUST A PASSING WEATHER NERD, BUT YOU KNOW, YOU GOT TO STAY PREPARED BECAUSE IT ONLY TAKES ONE AND PAY ATTENTION TO THE KING TIDES BECAUSE THEY AFFECT US.

YEAH. IF WE GET STORM SURGE, IT SEEMS LIKE WE, WE ONCE WE OPEN THAT LITTLE PANDORA'S BOX, IT'S LIKE, NOW I'VE BEEN IN FLORIDA MY WHOLE LIFE, BEEN THROUGH EVERY SINGLE HURRICANE. IT WAS HERE. AND IT WASN'T UNTIL JUST RECENTLY, ALL OF A SUDDEN WE STARTED GETTING FLOODS. AND WHEN THEY COME.

THAT'S THE OTHER THING. WHEN THEY COME, IT DOESN'T MESS AROUND.

IT'S HERE AND IT'S IT'S COMING QUICKLY. SO, YOU KNOW, AT THAT POINT WHEN IT STARTS, IT'S ALREADY TOO LATE.

YOU NEED TO MAKE THAT PLAN AHEAD OF TIME. THANK YOU, CHIEF PENNINGTON.

ANY QUESTIONS? COUNCIL. MADAM MAYOR, I DO WANT TO ADD ONE MR. SLIDE THAT HAS THE. AFTER THE STORM AND WE TALK ABOUT EXPANDED EOC SUPPORT WITH THE COUNTY AND THE DEBRIS REMOVAL.

I JUST WANT TO ARMOR. WE'RE GOING TO HAVE A MAXIMUM MILLAGE DISCUSSION.

AND YOU SEE WHAT WE HAVE AS AN EMERGENCY RESERVE.

IT'S 10% OF OUR OPERATING BUDGET IN THE GENERAL FUND.

THAT'S WHY IT'S AROUND 6.6 MILLION THIS YEAR.

MY POINT TO THAT IS THE INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT.

WE TALK ABOUT WHAT WE GET FROM THE COUNTY AND CAN WE GET MORE.

THAT IS THE MOST IMPORTANT AGREEMENT WE HAVE.

YOU WOULD NEED $20 MILLION IN RESERVE FOR EMERGENCY RESERVE TO HANDLE YOUR OWN DEBRIS REMOVAL.

AND WE GET AWAY WITH, YOU KNOW, 6 MILLION IN EMERGENCY RESERVE.

AND IT WOULD SOMETIMES TAKE YOU 18 TO 24 MONTHS TO GET REIMBURSED FROM FEMA.

SO WHILE YOU DO GET A REIMBURSEMENT, THEY HAVE THE LIQUIDITY AND THE STAFF TO MAKE THE EXPENDITURES, GET RID OF THE DEBRIS AND TO BE ABLE TO WAIT THAT LONG TO GET REIMBURSED.

SO JUST KEEP THAT IN MIND. THAT IS THE MOST IMPORTANT AGREEMENT THAT WE HAVE WITH COLLIER COUNTY, AND WE SHOULD BE VERY THANKFUL FOR IT. VERY GRATEFUL.

OKAY. WITH THAT, I DO NOT HAVE PUBLIC COMMENT.

THANK YOU, CHIEF PENNINGTON, FOR YOUR PRESENTATION. YOU'RE WELCOME. OKAY.

WITH THAT, WE'LL GO TO PUBLIC COMMENT AND YOU CAN FILL OUT THE REGISTRATION FORMS IN THE BACK OF THE ROOM AND GIVE THEM TO THE CLERK.

[5) PUBLIC COMMENTS]

OKAY. ALL RIGHT. OUR FIRST SPEAKER. THANK YOU FOR YOUR PATIENCE IS MARY TATTINGER.

OH, YOU CAN COME HERE IN THE. YES. OKAY. THANK YOU.

MORNING, MAYOR. GOOD MORNING, CITY COUNCIL AND MR. YOUNG AND MR. MCCONNELL. AS MOST OF YOU KNOW, MY NAME IS MARY AND I'M A REGISTERED NURSE.

I LIVED IN NAPLES FOR 40 YEARS AND FOUNDED QUIET FLORIDA FIVE YEARS AGO, AND I AM ALSO A PROGRAM CHAIR FOR QUIET STREETS, WHICH IS WITH A NATIONAL NONPROFIT, QUIET COMMUNITIES, OUT OF MASSACHUSETTS.

I'M HERE TODAY TO SPEAK ON, I BELIEVE, WHAT'S GOING TO BE AGENDA ON AGENDA NUMBER 14, WHICH IS A PRIORITY FOR THE BUILD, THE BID, AND WHICH IS LOUD EXHAUST. OUR ORGANIZATION HAS PARTICIPATED IN THE NOISE CAMERA PILOT PROGRAM,

[01:50:04]

WHAT WE HEAR FROM THE COMMUNITY IS CONSISTENT AND URGENT, EXCESSIVE VEHICLE NOISE IS HARMING QUALITY OF LIFE AND PUBLIC HEALTH.

QUIET FLORIDA STANDS WITH THE FIFTH AVENUE BID AND THE A AND URGING THE CITY TO MOVE FORWARD WITH PERMANENT NOISE DETECTION CAMERAS.

IN OWNER'S 2026 SURVEY SURVEY, 82% OF THE RESPONDENTS RATED REDUCING NOISE IMPACTS FROM MODIFIED MUFFLERS AS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. THAT IS AN EXTRAORDINARY LEVEL OF CONSENSUS FOR ANY COMMUNITY ISSUE, AND IT REFLECTS WHAT WE HEAR EVERY DAY FROM FAMILIES WE'RE UNABLE TO SLEEP.

A BUSINESS REPORTING DISRUPTED DINING ENVIRONMENTS AND LONGTIME RESIDENTS SAYING THE CHARACTER OF OLD NAPLES IS BEING ERODED BY A SMALL NUMBER OF INTENTIONALLY LOUD VEHICLES. THE PILOT PROGRAM DEMONSTRATED DEMONSTRATED THAT NOISE CAMERA TECHNOLOGY WORKS.

IT RELIABLY DETECTS EXCESSIVELY LOUD VEHICLES, CAPTURES AUDIO AND VIDEO EVIDENCE, AND IDENTIFIES LIKELY VIOLATORS CLEARLY, WITHOUT REQUIRING OFFICERS TO STAND IN THE STREETS WITH NOISE, WITH SOUND METERS.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE STUDY CLEARLY OUTLINED THE NEXT STEPS CLARIFYING LEGAL AUTHORITY UNDER FLORIDA LAW, ESTABLISHING ENFORCEABLE THRESHOLDS AND FINES, CREATING A REVIEW AND APPEALS PROCESS, AND DETERMINING STAFFING AND FUNDING NEEDS.

THIS IS NOT JUST A QUALITY OF LIFE ISSUE, IT'S A PUBLIC HEALTH ISSUE.

THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION, THE CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION AND THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION HAS FORMALLY RECOGNIZED NOISE POLLUTION AS A SERIOUS HEALTH HAZARD, URGING COMMUNITIES TO ADOPT STRONGER NOISE CONTROL MEASURES AND MODERN ENFORCEMENT LIKE NOISE CAMERAS. THIS IS NOT THEORETICAL. IT IS HAPPENING HERE.

RESIDENTS TELL US THEY ARE WAKING UP MULTIPLE TIMES A NIGHT.

PARENTS REPORTING. CHILDREN BEING STARTLED BY A SUDDEN ENGINE BLAST.

OLDER ADULTS DESCRIBING INCREASED ANXIETY AND STRESS.

THESE ARE REAL HEALTH IMPACTS AND THEY ARE PREVENTABLE.

QUIET FLORIDA STRONGLY SUPPORTS THE O A AND FIFTH AVENUE BID.

WE URGE THE CITY TO MOVE FORWARD WITH LEGAL, OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL STEPS NEEDED TO IMPLEMENT PERMANENT NOISE DETECTION CAMERAS. THE ECONOMIC ANALYSIS SHOULD CONSIDER NOT ONLY CITATION REVENUE, BUT THE DETERRENT EFFECT, THE HEALTH BENEFITS, AND THE RESTORATION OF PEACE.

WE APPRECIATE THE NAPLES POLICE DEPARTMENT'S WORK ON THIS NOISE STUDY AND STAND READY TO ASSIST.

THANK YOU. WE PLAN ON SPEAKING AGAIN. I THINK WHEN YOU RETURN FROM YOUR WELL-DESERVED BREAK IN TWO MONTHS.

THERE WILL BE MORE OF A PRESENTATION. I BELIEVE THE NAPLES POLICE DEPARTMENT SUBMITTED A REPORT.

AND SO WE LOOK FORWARD TO SPEAKING AGAIN WITH YOU IN LENGTH.

THANK YOU VERY MUCH. THANK YOU FOR ALL YOU DO.

AND THERE IS DEFINITELY THE COMPLAINTS OF THE LOUD MUFFLERS AND MOTORCYCLES, AND ESPECIALLY WHEN THEY'RE TRYING TO DINE ON FIFTH AVENUE AND THIRD.

SO THANK YOU. THANK YOU JOE. OUR NEXT SPEAKER IS JOE BLANCO.

GOOD MORNING. GOOD MORNING ALL. BY THE WAY, I SUPPORT THAT AS WELL.

THE NOISE FROM FROM THESE VEHICLES IS CRAZY. A LOT OF 70 YEAR OLD MEN THINKING THEY'RE 18 AGAIN AND WANTING THOSE OLD MUSCLE CARS AND STUFF LIKE THAT.

ANYWAY. AND YOU ARE. I AM HERE AS JOE RESIDENT AKA JOE BLOCKER.

FIRST COMMENT I WANTED TO MAKE IS THE COALITION OF HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATIONS THAT REPRESENT MORE THAN 75% OF THE RESIDENTS IN THE CITY REACHED OUT TO THE COALITION AND PAB EACH MONTH STARTING IN MARCH, REQUESTING TIME WITH STAFF TO BETTER UNDERSTAND THE PROPOSED PLAN AND THE RAMIFICATIONS OF PROPOSED CHANGES.

THE STAFF MEMO IN YOUR PACKET SUMMARIZES THE PAB PERSPECTIVE SUPPORTING AN EIGHT MONTH EXTENSION, BUT IT IS NOT COMPLETE. OVER THE LAST FEW WEEKS, IT APPEARS THERE HAS BEEN MISUNDERSTANDING AMONGST COUNCIL AND STAFF REGARDING POTENTIAL STAFF INTERACTION WITH THE HOMEOWNERS COALITION.

THE VIDEO OF LAST WEEK'S MEETING SHOWS THAT WHEN ASKED DIRECTLY, OUR CITY ATTORNEY STATED THERE IS NO SUNSHINE CONSIDERATION FOR COALITION INTERACTION WITH STAFF AS THE COALITION IS NOT A PUBLIC BOARD, SO THE COAST IS CLEAR FOR SERIOUS INTERACTION.

AT THE 518 COUNCIL MEETING, I BELIEVE IT WAS MAYOR HEITMANN WHO DESCRIBED THE UNANIMOUS AGREEMENT AMONGST COUNCIL THAT YOU WANT TO REENGAGE WITH COMMUNITIES.

[01:55:10]

THE DRAFT COMP PLAN UPDATES SPECIFICALLY ADVOCATES FOR DIRECT COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT AND PLANNING, SO COUNCIL KNOWS THE RIGHT TRACK IS DIRECT COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT, AND I WOULD SUGGEST THAT THE COALITION OF HOMEOWNERS IS OFFERING A COORDINATED LAUNCH FOR THAT CRUCIAL INTERACTION. AT VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP'S REQUEST, I ENGAGED WITH THE MIRACLE PERSONALLY ENGAGED WITH THE MIRACLE PROPERTY MIRACLE MILE PROPERTY OWNERS ASSOCIATION TO HELP THEM WITH FPL RELATED ISSUES.

LAST WEEK, I FACILITATED A MEETING FOR A TEAM OF FPL EXPERTS ACROSS THE SPECTRUM OF MIRACLE MILE CONCERNS THAT INCLUDED RESIDENTS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN THE COMMUNITY. WE HAD A VERY PRODUCTIVE SESSION WITH A FORMAT THAT COULD BE LEVERAGED BY OTHER COMMUNITIES.

I BELIEVE THE MIRACLE MILE COMMITTEE HAS BETTER INSIGHT THAT WILL INFORM THEIR VISION FOR THE COMMUNITY.

AND THERE WERE SPECIFIC PROPOSALS FROM DEVELOPERS TO ADDRESS SPECIFIC MEDICAL CONCERNS.

SPECIFIC INSIGHT RELEVANT TO ALL COMMUNITY COMMUNITIES WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE COALITION'S RESPONSE TO THE COMP PLAN UPDATE THAT COMES FROM THIS PARTICULAR SESSION.

ON NUMEROUS OCCASIONS DURING RECENT COUNCIL SESSIONS DESCRIBING DESCRIBING A RECOMMENDATION TO PROVIDE MORE TIME FOR THE COALITION, THERE WAS COMMENTARY THAT, IN MY OPINION, COULD BE VIEWED AS DEMEANING TO THE SERVICE OF PAB MEMBERS BY NOTING AND EMPHASIZING THEIR ROLE AS ADVISORY.

WHILE FACTUALLY ACCURATE FOR MANY COMMITTEES SERVING THE CITY AND THIS COUNCIL, I WOULD SUGGEST THAT PUBLICLY IMPLYING ANY KIND OF ANYTHING DEMEANING IN THAT RESPECT DOESN'T HELP US ATTRACT AND RETAIN THE BEST TALENT FOR THOSE ADVISORY ROLES.

SO THOSE ARE MY COMMENTS FOR THIS MORNING. THANK YOU.

CAN YOU JUST REPEAT WHAT YOU SAID ABOUT MY COMMENTS ON.

I BELIEVE THAT AT AT THE MAY 18TH SESSION, THERE WAS WHEN THERE WAS DISCUSSION AROUND COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT, I BELIEVE YOU SAID THERE HAD BEEN COUNCIL DISCUSSION AND THAT IT WAS UNANIMOUS THAT COUNCIL WANTED TO REENGAGE WITH COMMUNITIES AND NEIGHBORHOODS.

SO JUST TO CLARIFY THAT THAT COUNCIL HAD AGREED TO REINSTATE THE NEIGHBORHOOD PLANS TO WITHIN THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN. I APOLOGIZE. NO, NO. AND THAT WE HAD I MEAN, I THOUGHT THIS BODY HAD AGREED THAT WE HAD DONE EXTENSIVE OUTREACH WITH THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN TO THE COMMUNITY.

YEAH, I WILL. I WASN'T TRYING TO CONFLATE THE TWO.

OKAY. I WAS, IN FACT, GIVING CREDIT TO THE FACT THAT THE THE CITY DID TAKE EXTENSIVE EFFORTS TO TRY AND GET THAT PUBLIC COMMENTARY, BUT OKAY. IT WASN'T AS SUCCESSFUL AS WE WOULD HAVE ALL LIKED FOR IT TO BE.

THANK YOU. OKAY. THANK YOU. THAT CONCLUDES PUBLIC COMMENT.

IT IS 1030 AND WE SHALL TAKE A TEN MINUTE BREAK.

WE'RE BACK FROM OUR BREAK AND WE'RE CONTINUING ON WITH THE CONSENT AGENDA.

[APPROVAL OF CONSENT AGENDA]

SECOND. SORRY, I DID HAVE A QUESTION ABOUT THE OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT, BUT THAT'S OKAY.

SO I HAVE A MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER BLANKENSHIP.

BY VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP AND A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER PENNYMAN FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE CONSENT AGENDA.

SEVEN. AYE. ALL IN FAVOR? SIGNED BY I. OPPOSED? OKAY. THANK YOU. COUNCIL. MOVING TO NINE. PUBLIC HEARINGS ARE NON REGULAR AGENDA ITEM.

TEN. THERE WAS NOTHING PULLED FROM THE CONSENT AGENDA.

ITEM 11. BOARDS AND COMMITTEES. MISS ROSENBERG.

[11.A) Interview Three Applicants for the Code Enforcement Board and One Applicant for the Community Services Advisory Board.  ]

AS YOU KNOW, WE HAVE VACANCIES IN TWO REGULAR SEATS, AND BOTH ALTERNATE SEATS ARE VACANT ON THE CODE ENFORCEMENT BOARD.

I HAD ONE INDIVIDUAL WITHDRAW, GEORGE RYAN, BUT I DO HAVE TODAY FOR INTERVIEW MR..

GARY COOPER. MR.. COOPER.

[02:00:01]

AND NOW JUST TWO, TWO, TWO REGULAR SEATS ARE VACANT BECAUSE OF COUNCIL MEMBER KROLL BEING ELECTED AND MARIA MAYOR RESIGNING.

AND BOTH ALTERNATE SEATS ARE VACANT. OKAY. AND WE'VE GOT TWO INTERVIEWING TODAY.

NOW? YES. OKAY. THANK YOU. GOOD MORNING, MR. COOPER.

GOOD MORNING, COUNCIL STAFF. THANK YOU. NICE TO BE HERE.

THANK YOU FOR YOUR APPLICATION FOR THE CODE ENFORCEMENT BOARD.

IS THERE ANYTHING PARTICULAR YOU'D LIKE TO MAKE AS A STATEMENT? WELL, I'M GLAD TO HAVE HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO PARTICIPATE AND CONTRIBUTE.

I FEEL THAT LIKE ANYTHING IN ANY OF THE BOARDS IS A GENERAL COMMONWEAL INVOLVED AND CIVICS AND BEING A CITIZEN TO. THEIR DIFFERENT FUNCTIONS OF ALL THE BOARDS, BUT OBVIOUSLY IF IF IT WAS A PERFECT WORLD, THEN YOU WOULDN'T HAVE TO HAVE EVEN FOUR WAY STOP SIGNS.

PEOPLE WOULD JUST STOP BECAUSE THEY'RE COURTEOUS. BUT IT'S TOUGH ENOUGH TO EVEN NAVIGATE THAT WITH THE STOP SIGNS.

BUT I WOULD JUST LIKE TO ASSIST IN WHAT THE FUNCTIONS THAT THE CITY NEEDS.

THANK YOU. AND THANK YOU FOR APPLYING. COUNCIL DO YOU HAVE QUESTIONS FOR MR. COOPER? PENMAN THANK YOU FOR APPLYING, MR. COOPER.

TELL US ABOUT YOUR FAMILIARITY WITH WITH THE CODE ENFORCEMENT BOARD.

HAVE YOU ATTENDED ANY OF THE MEETINGS? HAVE YOU WATCHED ANY OF THE MEETINGS? I'VE WATCHED QUITE A FEW OF THEM. YES. I'M A REALTOR, I LIVE DOWNTOWN, I DRIVE AROUND THE CITY QUITE A BIT.

I'M HERE ALL YEAR ROUND AND YOU KNOW, I'M ENGAGED IN AND OBSERVING WHAT'S GOING ON.

AND I FEEL THAT I HAVE A SENSITIVITY TO THINGS THAT DON'T LOOK RIGHT AND THINGS THAT PEOPLE AREN'T ACTING RIGHT.

IF YOU JUST WALK DOWN FIFTH AVENUE, YOU CAN SORT OF JUST SEE WHAT WHAT'S THE CURRENT SITUATION IS WITH JUST GENERAL CIVICS AND BEHAVIOR.

AND YOU KNOW, IT'S A GREAT CITY AND IT'S A, IT'S A COOL PLACE FOR PEOPLE TO BE.

AND I'D LIKE TO SEE WHERE MORE OF A, A POSITIVE OUTLOOK FROM ACTUAL RESIDENTS INSTEAD OF JUST VISITORS THAT LOVE IT HERE SO MUCH. I'D LIKE TO SEE THE PEOPLE WANT TO PARTICIPATE THAT ARE RESIDENTS OF NAPLES AND BE HAPPY TO BE ON FIFTH AVENUE IN PLACES LIKE THAT. WHILE THERE, YOU KNOW THAT THEY CAN ENJOY THEIR THEIR RESIDENCY.

SO THERE'S SO MANY PEOPLE THAT AREN'T HERE ALL YEAR ROUND, EVEN THOUGH THEY'RE OWNERS.

AND OF COURSE, THERE'S RENTERS. SO THERE HAS TO BE A LEVEL PLAYING FIELD AND A COMMON COMMON GOOD FOR THE WAY THINGS GET CONDUCTED.

SO I FEEL THAT I'M I'M TUNED IN TO THAT. AND YOU DO FEEL THAT THE CODE ENFORCEMENT BOARD, BASED ON YOUR OBSERVATIONS, DOES THEIR JOB AND DOES IT WELL. I THINK THEY DO A REALLY GOOD JOB.

I THINK THEY HAVE A GREAT STAFF. AND I THINK THAT THAT'S REALLY HELPFUL TO TO THAT BOARD.

OKAY. THANK YOU. THANK YOU. ANY OTHER QUESTIONS? I JUST HAD A COMMENT. I THINK GARY WOULD BE A GOOD MEMBER FOR THE BOARD.

HE'S AWARE OF THE REAL ESTATE MARKET REALLY WELL.

VIOLATIONS, HOW THEY EXIST, YOU KNOW, STUFF LIKE THAT.

SO HE HAS THE BACKGROUND TO DO THE DO THE JOB.

I THINK HE'LL DO A GREAT JOB. THANK YOU I AGREE.

OKAY. NO FURTHER COMMENTS. OKAY. THANK YOU. THANK YOU FOR YOUR APPLICATION.

AS YOU KNOW WE'LL MAKE THOSE DECISION ON WEDNESDAY.

THANK YOU. THANK YOU. WE HAVE AN INTERVIEW ALSO WITH GREGORY JARRETT.

GOOD MORNING. I LOOK A LITTLE FRAZZLED. I AM I DIDN'T LAND UNTIL 230 THIS MORNING.

WELL THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE. THANK YOU. AND YOU ARE GREGORY JARRETT.

I'M AN ALTERNATE MEMBER FOR THE LAST I THINK SIX YEARS SERVED WITH MR. KROLL. AND I, I THINK I WAS KIND OF. FILLING A VOID WITH BEING AN ALTERNATE BECAUSE I DO SUMMER IN MINNESOTA, BUT I COMMUTE, I COME BACK EVERY MONTH AT LEAST TWO TIMES, AND MY BACKGROUND IS OF A CONTRACTOR IN ARIZONA FOR 18 YEARS WHERE MY WHOLE ENTIRE EXISTENCE WAS PROPERTY PRESERVATION,

[02:05:06]

SO I'M PROBABLY WAY OVERQUALIFIED. I HAVE A SPECIFIC INTEREST IN NAPLES.

STAYING STAY IN THE LITTLE, NOT, NOT THE LITTLE TOWN, BUT THE, THE, THE, THE ATTRACTIVENESS OF IT.

WHEN YOU SEE THAT SIGN COMING DOWN 41 WHEN YOU SEE, YOU KNOW, YOU'RE HERE.

AND I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT TO PRESERVE THAT. THANK YOU.

AND THANK YOU FOR YOUR SERVICE ON THE BOARD. COUNCIL QUESTIONS.

CRAMER. SO WE'RE IN ARIZONA. WERE YOU PARADISE VALLEY OKAY IN BETWEEN SCOTTSDALE AND PHOENIX? GREW UP IN TUCSON AND YUMA. I WAS ACTUALLY FAMILIAR WITH YUMA.

YEAH, I KNOW ALL THE GUYS IN THE COOLERS OVER THERE, AND I WAS THE FIRST GRADUATING CLASS AT CANYON DEL ORO HIGH SCHOOL WITH ED HOCHULI ON THE NORTH SIDE AND ORO VALLEY NOW. SO THEN, YOU KNOW, WE ARE THE CRIMINALS, THE ONLY MASCOT IN THE COUNTRY THAT IS THE YUMA CRIMINALS.

SO. WELL, YOU KNOW, VERY FEW PEOPLE KNOW THAT 90% OF THE WORLD'S LETTUCE HAS GROWN IN YUMA BETWEEN THANKSGIVING AND EASTER.

YEAH, I KNOW THAT IF YOU LIVE IN YUMA, YOU KNOW IT.

THANKS FOR WHAT YOU'VE DONE AND WHAT YOU'RE WILLING TO DO, I APPRECIATE YOU.

I HAVE BARTON MR. JARRETT, THANK YOU VERY MUCH FOR PLAYING THE ROLE AS THE ALTERNATE AND THEN STEPPING UP TO TRY TO WORK ON GETTING THE THE FULL TIME SEAT THERE. MY QUESTION IS IN REFERENCE TO AND YOU TOUCHED ON IT BRIEFLY ALREADY, BUT YOU SAID YOU SOME ARE IN MINNESOTA, BUT YOU COME BACK FREQUENTLY IS WHAT I HEARD.

I STILL I'M, I'M NOT RETIRED. I OWN SEVERAL PROPERTIES HERE.

AND I'M ON THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF MY CONDO ASSOCIATION.

AND SO THEORETICALLY, LET ME ASK YOU, WOULD YOU BE ABLE TO COORDINATE YOUR RETURNS FOR MEETINGS POTENTIALLY IF THEY WERE ON THE SCHEDULE? AND I NEVER HAD A PROBLEM EXCEPT FOR ONE TIME THERE WAS A A VIOLATOR THAT I HAD A PROBLEM WITH THAT I HAD TO RECUSE MYSELF.

OKAY, WONDERFUL. THANK YOU. YEAH. APPRECIATE THE INFORMATION.

THANK YOU. THANK YOU. COUNCIL MEMBER KROLL. YES, I SERVED ON A BOARD WITH GREG, AND HE WAS TREMENDOUS AS AN ALTERNATE.

AND HE WAS THERE. HE WAS EXTREMELY KNOWLEDGEABLE WHEN HE DID FILL IN.

HE WAS A GREAT CONTRIBUTOR TO EVERYTHING. SO I WOULD DEFINITELY RECOMMEND HIM.

THANK YOU. ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU FOR YOUR APPLICATION.

THANK YOU FOR YOUR SERVICE. OKAY. THANK YOU VERY MUCH.

THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE TODAY. THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE TODAY.

THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE TODAY. THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE TODAY.

THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE TODAY. THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE TODAY.

THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE TODAY. THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE.

THANK YOU. FROM ABOVE. WAIT ONE SECOND. YOU OKAY? OKAY, SO THE QUESTION I HAVE IS ONE OF THE REGULAR MEMBER PARTIAL TERMS EXPIRES NOVEMBER 14TH, 26. SO IT'S ONLY A FEW MONTHS AWAY. DO WE HAVE THE POSSIBILITY OF APPOINTING SOMEBODY NOW, NOT ONLY FOR THAT PARTIAL TERM, BUT GO AHEAD AND APPOINT THEM FOR A FULL TERM.

BECAUSE IT JUST SEEMS KIND OF I KNOW WE'VE THOUGHT ABOUT THAT OVER IN THE CLERK'S OFFICE, AND THE CITY CLERK SAID THAT WOULD BE FINE.

HIS YOU KNOW, IF HE GETS APPOINTED TO THAT SEAT, IT WOULD IT WOULD EXPIRE IN NOVEMBER AND THEN HE WOULD GET A FULL THREE YEAR TERM FROM THERE. SO YOU WOULDN'T HAVE TO SEE HIM AGAIN IN NOVEMBER.

YEAH. I JUST THINK IT'S KIND OF CRAZY TO ASK HER TO COME BACK AFTER 4 OR 5 MONTHS AND SO ON WEDNESDAY.

I'D LIKE TO PROPOSE THAT THAT WE GO AHEAD AND GIVE SOMEBODY A FULL TERM.

RIGHT. THANK YOU. I'LL SWITCH ON OVER THEN TO COMMUNITY SERVICES ADVISORY BOARD.

AND WE DO HAVE ONE APPLICANT, MR. GEARHART. YES.

GOOD MORNING. GOOD MORNING. HELLO, EVERYONE. AND IF YOU'LL JUST STATE YOUR NAME FOR THE RECORD, PLEASE. SO MY NAME IS GARRETT SHARP. I GO BY YOURS.

THIS IS MY SECOND NAME, BUT EVERYBODY CALLS ME YOURS.

SO YOURS. THANK YOU FOR YOUR APPLICATION. WOULD YOU LIKE TO TELL US WHY YOU'VE CHOSEN THIS PARTICULAR BOARD? YEAH. SO I'M A I'M AN ACTIVE PERSON. I BIKE A LOT.

I HIKE A LOT. I GO TO THE PARKS A LOT. I'M VERY ACTIVE OUTSIDE IN THE COMMUNITY.

I RETIRED RECENTLY OR CURRENTLY AM RETIRED. I'M NOT SURE IF I'M GOING TO STAY RETIRED, BUT I FEEL IT'S TIME TO DO SOMETHING BACK FOR THE COMMUNITY.

WE'VE BEEN LIVING IN NAPLES SINCE 98, MOVED OUT IN 2010 AND CAME BACK FULL TIME TWO YEARS AGO, BOUGHT A SECOND HOME DOWNTOWN SEVEN YEARS AGO.

SO WE ARE HERE ALL THE TIME. WE LIKE IT. I FEEL IT'S A GREAT PLACE.

[02:10:06]

GREAT. THANK YOU. THANK YOU FOR YOUR WILLINGNESS TO SERVE.

COUNCIL QUESTIONS. NO. OKAY. I'LL JUST ASK ONE THEN.

HAVE YOU HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO WATCH OR PARTICIPATE IN ANY MEETINGS OR IN THE PARKS MASTER PLAN UPDATE THAT'S GOING ON NOW.

SO I CAME IN, I SAW IT ONLY A COUPLE OF WEEKS AGO, AND I THOUGHT ABOUT IT, AND I ONLY APPLIED THE DAY BEFORE THE APPLICATION ENDED.

BUT I DID, I THINK THE CITY MANAGER SENT ME SOME INFORMATION THAT I REVIEWED.

I WATCHED THE LAST VIDEO ABOUT THE MASTER MASTER PARKS PLAN, THE FIVE YEAR PLAN.

AND I READ THROUGH A LOT OF THE MINUTES THAT WERE ON THE WEBSITE OVER THE LAST, LET'S SAY THE LAST YEAR.

SO I DON'T HAVE ANY REAL FAMILIARITY WITH IT YET, BUT I'M A QUICK LEARNER.

I KNOW THE ENVIRONMENT, I KNOW THE PARKS. I FEEL IT'S A GOOD PLACE TO TO GET STARTED.

OKAY, GREAT. ANY INITIAL THOUGHTS BASED ON WHAT YOU'VE READ OR YOUR OWN EXPERIENCE WITH THE PARKS AND BEACHES ON THINGS THAT SHOULD BE ADDRESSED? I MEAN, IF I LOOK AT WHAT THE MASTER PLAN WAS, IS PROPOSING OR WHAT THESE CONSULTANTS WERE SAYING AND WORKING, AND I THINK IT SEEMS THAT THERE'S A LOT OF GOOD PROGRESS.

I FEEL THE SAME THING. I THINK IT WOULD BE NICE TO TO THINK MORE ABOUT FINDING WAYS TO CONNECT SOME OF THESE PARKS IN A MORE SAFER WAY, WITH EITHER BETTER WALKWAYS OR BETTER BIKEWAYS.

I'M ALSO A REALTOR AND REALTORS. I'M NOT NECESSARILY AN ACTIVE REALTOR, BUT THE MESSAGE THAT PEOPLE DO SELL HOUSES HERE IN NAPLES IS A LOT ABOUT WALKABILITY, THE PARKS AND THE BIKEABILITY. AND THAT'S I THINK THERE'S A LOT OF OPPORTUNITIES THERE.

I'M NOT SURE IF THE BIKING IS REALLY PART OF THE PARKS AREA, BUT I THINK THE WHOLE CONNECTION OF SOME OF THESE PARKS, WHICH ARE REALLY NICE, WOULD BE REALLY NICE. I THINK THE WAY BAKER PARK AND GREENWAY IS CONNECTED AND CONTINUE THAT FURTHER ELSEWHERE, I THINK THAT WOULD BE GREAT AND MAKE THESE PARKS BETTER PLACES TO TO HANG AROUND, I THINK.

OKAY. THANK YOU. YOU'RE WELCOME. THANK YOU. I HAVE COUNCIL MEMBER KRAMER.

THANK YOU, SIR, FOR BEING WILLING TO DO THIS.

ONE QUICK QUESTION BASED ON THE LANGUAGES YOU SPEAK.

WHO DO YOU SUPPORT IN THE WORLD CUP? OF COURSE IT DEPENDS HOW FAR THEY GO.

BANDWAGON IS IT? YEAH. YEAH. WELL WE'LL SEE. YOU KNOW I CAN ALWAYS SWITCH TO AMERICAN. THERE YOU GO. I GOT BOTH CITIZENSHIPS, SO WE'LL SEE HOW IT GOES. OKAY.

GREAT. OKAY. NO FURTHER QUESTIONS. WE APPRECIATE YOU APPLYING AND YOUR WILLINGNESS TO SERVE.

AND WELCOME BACK FULL TIME. THANK YOU. THANK YOU.

THAT CONCLUDES OUR INTERVIEWS. OKAY. THANK YOU SO MUCH.

AND WE'LL BE MAKING OUR APPOINTMENTS ON WEDNESDAY. YES, SIR.

THANK YOU. MCCONNELL. BEFORE WE MOVE ON, I DIDN'T THINK IT WAS APPROPRIATE TO BRING THIS UP DURING THE INTERVIEWS, BECAUSE THESE INTERVIEWS HAVE ALWAYS BEEN COUNCIL'S ABILITY TO ASK QUESTIONS AND GET CLARIFICATIONS ON ISSUES.

BUT BUT IF COUNCIL WILL INDULGE ME AS THESE INTERVIEWS CONTINUE TO COME FORWARD, I THINK THERE'S THERE'S ONE QUESTION THAT'S REALLY IMPORTANT TO ASK OF APPLICANTS.

AND IT'S, YOU KNOW, DO YOU HAVE ANY TIES? ARE YOU ASSOCIATED WITH ANY ASSOCIATIONS THAT WOULD ESSENTIALLY, OR ANY BUSINESS DEALINGS THAT WOULD CAUSE A REOCCURRING CONFLICT WITH THE DUTIES ON THE BOARD.

AS YOU KNOW, WE HEARD FROM A MEMBER EARLIER TODAY WHO'S ALSO PART OF A COALITION, AND I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT TO GET ON THE RECORD DURING THESE INTERVIEWS FROM A LEGAL STANDPOINT AND FROM AN ETHICAL STANDPOINT BASED ON OUR ETHICS CODE, IF THIS IS GOING TO CAUSE SOMETHING THAT'S GOING TO CAUSE A LOT OF STAFF REVIEW, ATTORNEY REVIEW WHEN EVERY MEETING PREPARING FOR THINGS THAT COME BEFORE THEM.

SO I JUST BEFORE WE MOVED ON THAT ITEM, I JUST WANTED TO I HAVE NO PROBLEM KINDLY REMINDING YOU ALL AS THESE INTERVIEWS COME FORWARD, BUT I JUST FELT IT WAS APPROPRIATE TO MENTION AT THIS TIME. GOOD.

AND I ALSO THINK THAT WE NEED TO WORK AS THE CHARTER MEETING ON THE APPLICATION AND MAKING SURE THAT THAT IS CLEAR AND IN WRITING.

YEAH, I AGREE, THAT'D BE MY SUGGESTION. I RELY ON THE QUESTIONS AND ON THE APPLICATION TO SEE IF THEY HAVE CONFLICTS OF INTEREST OR WHERE THEY WORK, THINGS LIKE THAT. SO IF YOU THINK THOSE QUESTIONS SHOULD BE EXPANDED OR BEEFED UP, THAT WOULD BE A GREAT THING TO ADD ON THE APPLICATION.

ON THE APPLICATION. YEAH. SO IT GETS IT OUT THERE AHEAD OF TIME THAT WE HAVE A CHANCE TO LOOK AT IT, NOT SEEING. YEAH. AHEAD OF TIME. NOT SEEING ANYONE OPPOSED TO THAT.

WE SHOULD WORK ON THAT. THANK YOU THANK YOU. THANK YOU, MR. MCCONNELL. MR. YOUNG YEAH. OKAY. WELL, WITH THAT THAT TAKES US TO ITEM 12.

[02:15:05]

[13.A) Discussion Related to Revising the City of Naples Comprehensive Plan Amendment Project Schedule (Supplement 1/Updated Item).]

THIS IS JUST A QUICK DISCUSSION ABOUT THE PROPOSED EXTENDED SCHEDULE FOR THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN.

IF YOU RECALL, THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD HEARD THE OR DISCUSSED THIS PROJECT ON AT THEIR MAY MEETING.

MAY 13TH. AT THAT TIME THEY WERE. WHAT WAS SCHEDULED BEFORE THEM ON MAY 13TH WAS TO REVIEW THE ORDINANCE.

THE ACTUAL DRAFT OF THE PLAN TO RECOMMEND APPROVAL OF DENIAL OR DENIAL OF THE.

THE PLAN ITSELF. THE PROPOSED CHANGES IN ORDINANCE FORM.

AT THAT TIME, THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD DID RECOMMEND UNANIMOUSLY DENIAL OF THE PLAN.

IN A SECOND MOTION, THEY STATED. THEIR RATIONALE IS THEY WOULD LIKE THE PLAN TO BE EXTENDED THE PROJECT SCHEDULE TO BE EXTENDED.

THEY REQUESTED THAT THE PLAN BE DELAYED AND BROUGHT BACK BEFORE THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD AT THEIR NOVEMBER MEETING.

I DID BRING THAT RECOMMENDATION BEFORE YOU ON JUNE 3RD.

WHAT WAS SCHEDULED ON JUNE 3RD WAS INTENDED TO BE YOUR FIRST READING OF THE ORDINANCE.

HOWEVER, WITH THAT RECOMMENDATION FROM THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD, COUNCIL DISCUSSED HONORING THAT REQUEST TO DELAY THE PROJECT EXTEND THE PROJECT SCHEDULE.

HOWEVER, THE DISCUSSION AT COUNCIL WAS OR RESULTED IN CONSENSUS AND A VOTE THAT THE PROJECT WOULD BE DELAYED TO THE SEPTEMBER MEETING RATHER THAN THE NOVEMBER MEETING.

HOWEVER, COUNCIL DID ASK THAT I TAKE YOUR VOTE BACK TO THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD AT THEIR MEETING LAST WEEK.

AND HAVE THEM DISCUSS YOUR PROPOSAL FOR A SIX MONTH EXTENSION INSTEAD OF THE EIGHT MONTH EXTENSION THAT THEY HAD PREVIOUSLY RECOMMENDED.

HAVE THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD CONSIDER THAT EITHER, YOU KNOW, REAFFIRM THEIR ORIGINAL EIGHT MONTH OR CHANGE THE SIX MONTH AND THEN GIVE OFFER THEIR RATIONALE FOR THAT EXTENDED REQUEST. SO THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD DID HEAR THIS ON JUNE 10TH.

I DISCUSSED IT WITH THE BOARD. I PROVIDED COUNCIL'S COMMENTS FROM THE WEEK PRIOR.

AND THEY DID REAFFIRM THEY WOULD THEY KIND OF DOUBLED DOWN ON THEIR REQUEST FOR THE EIGHT MONTH EXTENSION.

IN YOUR PACKET, YOU WILL SEE BOTH THE SIX MONTH EXTENDED SCHEDULE, WHICH WOULD HAVE IT RETURNING TO THE LAB IN SEPTEMBER AND WHAT WE CALL THE EIGHT MONTH EXTENDED SCHEDULE, WHICH IS THE ORIGINAL REQUEST FOR IT COMING BACK IN NOVEMBER.

THEY DID OFFER RATIONALE FOR THAT. APOLOGIES.

IT'S IN THE REVISED AGENDA MEMORANDUM THAT WAS PUBLISHED AS A SUPPLEMENT, BECAUSE THE HEARING WAS THE DAY THAT THIS WAS THIS AGENDA WAS PUBLISHED. SO YOU'LL SEE IN THE REVISED, I DID PROVIDE TO YOU THE RATIONALE THAT THEY PROVIDED.

THERE WERE FOUR BULLET POINTS ESSENTIALLY BOILING DOWN TO THE FACT THAT THIS IS THE SUMMER AND MANY RESIDENTS ARE OUT OF TOWN.

SO THE, THE REQUESTED EXTENSION WAS DUE TO IT WAS A DESIRE TO GARNER PUBLIC INPUT, NOT NECESSARILY THE TYPE OF PUBLIC INPUT THAT WE HAD RECEIVED IN THE FIRST ROUND IN THE PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT. BUT THE IDEA IS THAT NOW THAT THE DRAFT HAS BEEN PUBLISHED, THEY WOULD LIKE TO OFFER THE PUBLIC TIME TO REVIEW THAT DRAFT AND PROVIDE COMMENTS SPECIFIC ON THE DRAFT LANGUAGE AND ESSENTIALLY JUST STAFF IT OR I'M SORRY. MANY RESIDENTS AREN'T AREN'T HERE OVER THE SUMMER MONTHS.

AND SO THEY WOULD LIKE TO GIVE THAT TIME. I THINK ALSO A DISCUSSION THAT THIS ISN'T A DEADLINE.

THIS ISN'T WE'RE NOT UNDER THE STATE MANDATED REVIEW TIME PERIOD RIGHT NOW.

THIS IS AN ELECTIVE CHANGE THAT DOESN'T HAVE A HARD DEADLINE.

THAT ALSO THEY WOULD LIKE SOME MEETINGS WITH THE HOSE.

AND THAT'S HARD TO DO BECAUSE THE HOA, YOU KNOW, WITH MANY RESIDENTS OUT OF TOWN, THEY CAN'T HAVE THOSE, THOSE FORMAL HOA MEETINGS. YOU WILL SEE THERE WAS A FOLLOWING PUBLICATION OF THIS AGENDA.

WE DID RECEIVE TWO LETTERS. WE DID RECEIVE A LETTER.

IT WAS IN YOUR EMAILS AND I WAS COPIED AS WELL, ONE FROM THE COALITION REITERATING THEIR REQUEST, AND THEN ANOTHER FROM THE LAW FIRM REPRESENTING THREE LOCAL DEVELOPERS AND PROPERTY OWNERS ALSO REQUESTING THAT COUNCIL REAFFIRMED THE EIGHT MONTH SCHEDULE. I WILL INFORM COUNCIL.

YOU'LL SEE IN THE LETTER FROM THE COALITION THAT THEY HAVE APPOINTED DAVID FIGHT TO BE THE KIND OF THE HEAD TO INTERACT WITH STAFF.

I DO HAVE A MEETING SET UP WITH MR. FIGHT ON FRIDAY, SO THEIR REQUESTS TO HAVE TIME TO MEET WITH STAFF AND WORK WITH STAFF, WE'RE HONORING, AS WE SAID, THAT WE WOULD. AND I WILL BE MEETING WITH MR. FIGHT ON FRIDAY. I ASSUME I WILL MEET WITH HIM MORE, BUT THAT'S JUST OUR INITIAL MEETING ON FRIDAY.

I ALSO PASSED OUT FOR YOU AHEAD OF TIME. I, I CAN PULL UP THOSE SCHEDULES IF YOU'D LIKE TO HAVE THEM UP HERE, BUT I THINK MAYBE MORE IMPORTANTLY IS I DID PASS OUT A HANDOUT RIGHT BEFORE THIS ITEM.

[02:20:03]

AS YOU KNOW, WE ENTERED INTO A CONTRACT WITH JOHNSON ENGINEERING AND THEY HAVE SUBS ON THIS CONTRACT.

DIFFERENT FIRMS THAT THEY'VE SUBCONTRACTED WITH THAT CONTRACT WAS A 22 MONTH CONTRACT.

IT WAS SET TO EXPIRE IN DECEMBER OF 2026. BASED ON THE ORIGINALLY ADOPTED SCHEDULE AND THE THE TASK ORDERS IN THAT SCHEDULE.

TO EXTEND THIS THIS PROJECT SCHEDULE, WE ALSO THEN NEED TO REVISE THAT CONTRACT BECAUSE WE ARE THEN, YOU KNOW, CONTRACTING WITH THE CONSULTANTS FOR AN ADDITIONAL 6 OR 8 MONTHS.

AND ALL THE ADDITIONAL TASKS. SO THEY HAVE LAID OUT FOR YOU WHAT THOSE TASKS ARE AS THEY SEE THEM, THE PROJECT TASKS AND THE SCOPE OF WORK. AND THEN ALSO THE ADDITIONAL COSTS BASED ON A SIX MONTH OR AN EIGHT MONTH.

AGAIN, THAT'S TWO EXTRA MONTHS THAT THEY ARE UNABLE TO TAKE.

CONSIDER OTHER PROJECTS. THAT'S TWO EXTRA MONTHS OF THE WEBSITE BEING ACTIVE, TWO EXTRA MONTHS OF MONITORING THOSE COMMENTS AND RESPONDING TO THOSE COMMENTS.

SO IT'S, THOSE ARE THE COSTS THAT ARE THERE TODAY JUST FOR YOU TO HAVE TO CONSIDER IN YOUR DELIBERATIONS TODAY.

UNDERSTANDING THAT I WILL BE BACK ON THE 17TH LIKELY ON WEDNESDAY TO DISCUSS THAT CONTRACT EXTENSION.

SO THAT'S THAT'S THE INFORMATION I HAVE FOR YOU TODAY.

I THINK THIS WAS JUST A DISCUSSION ITEM FOR COUNCIL TO CONSIDER THE PABS SECOND RECOMMENDATION OF THE PROJECT SCHEDULE.

THANK YOU. THAT WAS AN EXCELLENT RECAP. I STILL COULD NOT UNDERSTAND THE REASONING TO EXTEND IT TO NOVEMBER BEING THAT COUNCIL, I MEAN, AND WE GET TO MAKE THAT ULTIMATE DECISION AND WE APPRECIATE THE RECOMMENDATIONS, BUT I STILL I DIDN'T REALLY UNDERSTAND THE RATIONALE FOR, FOR NOVEMBER.

YEAH. I WAS ESSENTIALLY THERE'S FOUR BULLET POINTS, BUT IT ESSENTIALLY WAS THAT THE RESIDENTS ARE OUT OF TOWN OVER THE SUMMER MONTHS.

THIS IS A SEASONAL POPULATION. AND THEY FELT THAT WE WOULDN'T GET.

YOU KNOW, THE QUANTITY OR QUALITY OF, OF PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT OVER THE SUMMER.

RIGHT. SO BECAUSE THEY ARE VOLUNTEER HOAS OR WILL THEY BE MAILING OUT? I DIDN'T HEAR THAT CONVERSATION. THE MAILING OUT THE DRAFT TO THEIR MEMBERS OR HOW WILL THAT I DON'T I HAVE THEY DIDN'T MENTION I DON'T KNOW HOW THAT WILL HAPPEN INTERNALLY TO EACH OF THOSE HOS OR THROUGH THE COALITION, I WILL TELL YOU THAT WE HAVE MADE WE WILL MAKE THAT DRAFT.

I MEAN, IT IS PUBLIC. IT'S BEEN PUBLISHED MULTIPLE TIMES, BUT IT ALSO WILL BE AVAILABLE ON OUR WEBSITE.

THERE'S THE NAPLES 2045 PROJECT WEBSITE. THAT DRAFT IS AVAILABLE.

IT'S BEEN AVAILABLE SINCE THE FIRST WEEK OF MAY, SINCE MAY 6TH WAS WHEN IT WAS ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED.

HAS BEEN UNCHANGED SINCE THAT FIRST PUBLICATION HAS BEEN PUBLISHED MULTIPLE TIMES. AFTER THAT DRAFT IS AVAILABLE, IT'S BEEN AVAILABLE. WE WILL MAKE IT AVAILABLE.

THE CITY IS NOT GOING. WE'VE COMMITTED. AND YOU'LL SEE IN THIS TASK, THIS IS NOT WE'RE NOT REINITIATING A PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT PROCESS.

ESSENTIALLY, THE DRAFT IS THERE. AND NOW THIS IS THE TIME FOR THE PUBLIC AND THE HOSE AND THE COAL, AND WHOEVER IS INTERESTED TO REVIEW THAT DRAFT ON THEIR OWN AND PROVIDE TO THE CITY COMMENTS, SUGGESTIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS BASED AND THE FEEDBACK ON THAT DRAFT.

WE'RE NOT PROPOSING TO HOLD ANY PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT MEETINGS.

WE'RE NOT PROPOSING ANY OF THAT. WHAT YOU WILL SEE IN THE TASKS AHEAD OF YOU ARE A SERIES OF PUBLIC HEARINGS.

EVERYTHING YOU KNOW, ANY ACTION OR DISCUSSIONS ABOUT THIS PLAN WILL BE DONE IN A PUBLIC HEARING.

THIS DRAFT OR THIS TASK LIST PROPOSES FOR ADDITIONAL HEARINGS ON TOP OF WHAT THE ORIGINAL.

WE'VE ALREADY DONE WHAT WE'RE ORIGINALLY SLATED AS THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD HEARING OF THE ORDINANCE AND CITY COUNCIL'S FIRST READING HEARING.

WE'VE. WE'VE HAD THOSE. SO WE'RE ADDING MORE.

WHAT YOU'LL SEE IN THIS IS WHETHER IT HAPPENS IN SEPTEMBER OR NOVEMBER, YOU'LL SEE ONE PUBLIC HEARING WITH THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD, AND THAT MEETING WILL BE JUST TO DISCUSS THE FEEDBACK.

SO WHEN. HOWEVER LONG THIS DELAY SHOULD BE, WHEN THE FEEDBACK IS PROVIDED TO STAFF, WE WILL GATHER ALL THAT FEEDBACK AND WE'LL THEN PROVIDE IT TO THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD. THEY WILL DISCUSS IT IN A PUBLIC HEARING. THEY WILL MAKE RECOMMENDATIONS ON THAT FEEDBACK.

WE WILL THEN BRING IT TO CITY COUNCIL. CITY COUNCIL WILL DISCUSS THAT.

THE FEEDBACK YOU'LL DISCUSS, ALL THE INPUT WE GOT FROM THE PUBLIC AND THE RECOMMENDATION ON THAT FEEDBACK.

THEN THERE WILL BE A SECOND HEARING, A REDO, IF YOU WILL, ANOTHER PUBLIC HEARING WITH THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD.

AFTER THE CONSULTANT COMPILES ALL OF THOSE SUGGESTIONS INTO THE DRAFT AND REVISES THE DRAFT, THEY WILL BRING BACK TO THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD A DRAFT OF THE PLAN FOR HEARING IN THE ORDINANCE FORM, AND THEN ANOTHER FIRST READING WITH CITY COUNCIL ON THE YOU KNOW, OF THE ORDINANCE.

[02:25:01]

AND SO THAT ADDITIONAL COST IS SIX MONTH PROPOSAL IS SIX MONTH PROPOSAL IS 145,600. AND THE EIGHT MONTH IS 159,600 ROUGHLY.

WELL IT'S NOMINAL BUT I'M LOOKING MORE TOWARDS.

AND WE DO HAVE A PUBLIC SPEAKER ON THIS ON SPECIFICALLY WHY NOT WITH THE COUNCIL SUGGESTING THAT THEY START WHEN THEY IMMEDIATELY COME BACK. AND WHAT WAS THAT, AUGUST OR SEPTEMBER? IT WOULD BE. SO THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD IS ON RECESS NOW.

THEY ARE ON RECESS. THEIR NEXT SCHEDULED MEETING IS THE SEPTEMBER 9TH, I BELIEVE, SEPTEMBER 9TH HEARING.

AND THEN THEIR NEXT WOULDN'T BE UNTIL OCTOBER.

OCTOBER. YEP. THEY MEET THE SECOND WEDNESDAY.

I CAN GO TO PUBLIC COMMENT PRIOR TO OUR DISCUSSIONS.

OKAY. CAN I HAVE JENNA. JENNA. HEIDEMANN. GOOD MORNING.

GOOD MORNING. THANK YOU. JENNA HEIDEMANN. I'M HERE ON BEHALF OF THE HOA COALITION REPRESENTING AQUALINE SHORES, COQUINA SANDS, GSAC, THE MOORINGS PARK SHORE, PORT ROYAL, ROYAL HARBOR AND SUN TERRACE.

YOU, I THINK, RECEIVED A COPY OF THIS LETTER OVER THE WEEKEND, BUT I WOULD JUST LIKE TO READ IT INTO THE RECORD. COALITION RESPECTFULLY REQUEST THAT THE CITY COUNCIL APPROVE THE NOVEMBER TIMELINE FOR THE COMP PLAN UPDATE AND PRESERVE THE ADDITIONAL REVIEW PERIOD AS RECOMMENDED BY THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD ON JUNE 10TH.

THE PROPOSED ACCELERATED TIMELINE DOES NOT PROVIDE SUFFICIENT TIME FOR RESIDENTS TO FULLY UNDERSTAND AND EVALUATE A DOCUMENT OF THIS MAGNITUDE AND IMPORTANCE.

AS THE REPRESENTATIVE VOICE OF THE COMMUNITIES COMPRISING NEARLY 75% OF NAPLES RESIDENTS COALITION CANNOT EFFECTIVELY FULFILL ITS ROLE WITHOUT ADEQUATE TIME TO REVIEW THE RECENTLY RELEASED DRAFT AND ENGAGE THE NEIGHBORHOODS WE REPRESENT.

RESIDENTS DESERVE A MEANINGFUL OPPORTUNITY TO UNDERSTAND, ASSESS AND COMMENT ON POLICIES THAT WILL SHAPE NAPLES FOR DECADES TO COME.

THE COALITION IS INTENTIONALLY ORGANIZING ITS REVIEW ON A NEIGHBORHOOD BY NEIGHBORHOOD BASIS, ALLOWING EACH ASSOCIATION TO EXAMINE THE DRAFT THROUGH THE LENS OF ITS OWN COMMUNITY'S UNIQUE CHARACTERISTICS, PRIORITIES, CONCERNS, AND LONG TERM VISION. AS OUR REVIEW HAS PROGRESSED, IT HAS BECOME INCREASINGLY CLEAR THAT THE BREADTH AND COMPLEXITY OF THE DRAFT WARRANT ADDITIONAL TIME. THE DOCUMENT CONTAINS EXTENSIVE POLICY, LANGUAGE AND NUMEROUS PROVISIONS THAT REQUIRE CAREFUL ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION AT BOTH THE COALITION AND NEIGHBORHOOD LEVELS IN NOVEMBER.

TIMELINE PROVIDES A REASONABLE OPPORTUNITY TO COMPLETE THIS WORK AND DEVELOP SPECIFIC, CONSTRUCTIVE RECOMMENDATIONS.

OUR OBJECTIVE, OUR OBJECTIVE IS TO PROVIDE SUBSTANTIVE FEEDBACK FEEDBACK PRIOR TO THE NOVEMBER PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD MEETING THAT ASSISTS THE CITY IN DEVELOPING THE STRONGEST POSSIBLE COMP PLAN. GIVEN THE 2032 STATUTORY DEADLINE, A NOVEMBER TIMELINE REMAINS BOTH TIMELY AND APPROPRIATE AS IT ENSURES A MORE TRANSPARENT AND INCLUSIVE PROCESS. WE ALSO REQUEST CITY COUNCIL'S SUPPORT FOR ONGOING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN CITY STAFF AND THE COALITION THROUGHOUT THE REVIEW PROCESS.

DURING THE PAB DURING THE PAB MEETING ON JUNE 10TH, CITY ATTORNEY MATTHEW MCCONNELL CONFIRMED THAT BECAUSE THE COALITION IS NOT A GOVERNMENTAL BODY, THERE IS NO LEGAL IMPEDIMENT TO STAFF INTERACTING WITH COALITION REPRESENTATIVES.

WE SEEK ONLY THE ABILITY TO ASK QUESTIONS AND OBTAIN CLARIFICATION AS ISSUES ARISE, SO THAT OUR FEEDBACK IS INFORMED AND CONSTRUCTIVE.

ACCESS TO STAFF WILL HELP ENSURE A MORE PRODUCTIVE REVIEW PROCESS AND BETTER RECOMMENDATIONS.

THE CITY HAS CONSISTENTLY EMBRACED A RESIDENTS FIRST PHILOSOPHY.

PROVIDING ADEQUATE TIME FOR REVIEW IS FULLY CONSISTENT WITH THAT COMMITMENT AND WILL ENSURE RESIDENTS HAVE A MEANINGFUL VOICE IN SHAPING NAPLES FUTURE.

THANK YOU FOR YOUR CONSIDERATION. THANK YOU. JENNA.

SINCE YOU'RE THE VOICE OF THE COALITION, CAN YOU JUST HELP US UNDERSTAND HOW YOUR YOU HAVE COMMUNICATED IN THE PAST WITH WHAT WAS PRESENTED? AS FAR AS IS THERE A STANDARD COMMUNICATION PLAN OR DOES.

SO THERE WILL BE I THINK PRIOR TO THE DRAFT BEING PUBLISHED, EACH ASSOCIATION WAS SORT OF DISSEMINATING INFORMATION SEPARATELY.

I KNOW FOR PORT ROYAL WE COMMUNICATED INFORMATION THAT THE CITY SHARED ABOUT THE PUBLIC SESSIONS AND JUST ENCOURAGED OUR MEMBERS TO ATTEND.

BUT SINCE THE DRAFT HAS BEEN PUBLISHED, WE HAVE NOT PROVIDED ANY FEEDBACK YET TO THE COMMUNITY BECAUSE WE WANT THE OPPORTUNITY TO, TO READ IT AND UNDERSTAND IT BEFORE WE CAN PROVIDE ANY COMMENTS AND ASK FOR SUGGESTIONS FROM OUR COMMUNITY.

THEY'RE NOT GOING TO READ THE DRAFT. I MEAN, IT'S SO LONG.

SO WE WANT TO DO THE WORK AND AND ENCOURAGE THEIR PARTICIPATION FROM THE COALITION LEVEL.

[02:30:03]

NO, IT WOULD IT WOULD BE THE WHOLE COMMUNITY. I THINK IT'S AN IMPORTANT.

IT'S AN IMPORTANT THING. SO I THINK EVERYBODY, WHETHER THEY'RE MEMBERS OR NOT, SHOULD RECEIVE IT. SO AT LEAST FOR PORT ROYAL, I'M SPEAKING ON PORT ROYAL'S BEHALF. BUT THE GOAL IS FOR THE COALITION TO SORT OF MEET, UNDERSTAND THE LANGUAGE, UNDERSTAND THE POLICIES, AND THEN GO BACK TO OUR RESPECTIVE COMMUNITIES AND SHARE INFORMATION WITH THEM, HAVE THEM PARTICIPATE IF THEY CHOOSE TO, AND THEN COME BACK TO YOU GUYS WITH SOME, SOME SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS.

SO WHEN DOES BECAUSE THE OTHER MEMBER PRESIDENTS AREN'T HERE FOR ME TO ASK, BUT WELL, MAYBE IF THERE IS WHEN YOU HAVE YOUR FIRST BOARD MEETING OR WHEN YOU, YOUR, YOU'LL COMMUNICATE THROUGH EMAIL, I WOULD IMAGINE THROUGHOUT THE SUMMER.

I'M SORRY. YES. WE HAVEN'T REALLY DECIDED HOW WE'RE GOING TO DO THAT, BUT I'M ASSUMING EVERYTHING WILL BE DONE VIA EMAIL BECAUSE PEOPLE ARE NOT HERE.

SO I THINK IT'S THE IT'S THE MOST EFFECTIVE TOOL.

OUR PORT ROYAL BOARD DOES NOT MEET UNTIL OCTOBER.

THAT'S WE'RE OFF FOR THE SUMMER. SO OUR NEXT BOARD MEETING IS NOT TILL OCTOBER, BUT WE COMMUNICATE ALL SUMMER LONG AS A BOARD AND, AND AS THE COALITION SO THAT THAT WOULDN'T BE AN ISSUE.

OKAY. BECAUSE IT'S I MEAN, IN ALL FAIRNESS, WE NEED TO SEE HOW EXTENDING IT.

YOU CAN SAY NOMINAL. BUT, YOU KNOW, THIS IS, YOU KNOW, ALMOST $200,000 IN TIME THAT WE'RE GOING TO BE EXTENDING IT, WHICH, YOU KNOW, WE DEFINITELY WANT TO PUT THERE IS NO RUSH FOR THIS DOCUMENT, JUST UNDERSTANDING WHAT'S GOING TO GO INTO GATHERING THAT INFORMATION TO JUSTIFY THAT. UNDERSTOOD. YEAH.

I MEAN, I THINK I THINK ANY AMOUNT OF TIME IS GREAT, BUT BUT REALLY THE AS, AS MUCH TIME I THINK IS AS POSSIBLE IS REALLY WHAT WE'RE ASKING FOR BECAUSE IT IS A BIG DOCUMENT AND THERE'S A LOT OF WORK THAT WE ALL NEED TO GO AND DO OVER THE SUMMER MONTHS AND, AND HAVING OUR COMMUNITIES ENGAGED. YOU KNOW, AN AUGUST 31ST DEADLINE IS REALLY TOUGH.

IT'S TOUGH. DO YOU KNOW HOW MANY PEOPLE ACTUALLY FROM PORT ROYAL PARTICIPATED IN ANY OF THE MEETINGS OR OUTREACH OR SURVEYS? I DON'T I DON'T KNOW THAT. NO, I DON'T HAVE THAT INFORMATION.

I DON'T KNOW IF STAFF DOES, BUT WE, WE, WE COMMUNICATE AND ASK THEM TO ATTEND AND HOPE THAT THEY DO.

BUT I DON'T HAVE ANY WAY OF TRACKING THAT. I WENT I DIDN'T SEE ANYBODY FROM PORT ROYAL, THE ONE I WENT TO, BUT WE MIGHT HAVE MISSED EACH OTHER. OKAY. YEAH.

ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU. I. KRAMER. NOPE. ME? NO.

I'M NOT. I'M NOT. THANKS, JENNA. THANK YOU. I'VE GOT A QUESTION FOR HER.

PROBABLY DOESN'T QUESTION PEOPLE. I KNOW WE DON'T QUESTION THEM, BUT THIS IS VERY UNUSUAL THAT WE HAVE A COALITION MAKING A REQUEST.

I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE WE'RE HONORING AND UNDERSTANDING THE REQUEST.

THAT'S SORT OF WHAT I. JENNA, DO YOU MIND? THERE WAS A LETTER FLOATING AROUND SEVERAL WEEKS AGO FROM THE COALITION, YET IT WAS SIGNED BY JUST ONE INDIVIDUAL FROM ONE HOA.

IS THAT WAS THAT. I KNOW YOU'RE A NEW ORGANIZATION.

IS THAT YOUR MAIN SPOKESPERSON MOVING FORWARD OR HOW DID THAT HAPPEN? I THINK, I THINK TYPICALLY IT'S ME AS THE SPOKESPERSON BECAUSE I AM THE ONLY STAFF PERSON AND OUR PORT ROYAL BOARD HAS, HAS ALLOWED ME TO DEDICATE THE TIME TO THIS. THE PRESIDENT'S SORT OF TIME OUT OR, YOU KNOW, THEY HAVE TERM LIMITS. SO I AM REALLY GOING TO BE THE SPOKESPERSON.

THAT ONE LETTER THAT CAME OUT THAT WAS NOT UNDER MY SIGNATURE OR I DIDN'T READ IT.

PROBABLY WON'T HAPPEN AGAIN. I THINK, RIGHT, I THINK IT'S, IT'S GOING TO REALLY BE STREAMLINED THROUGH JUST ONE PERSON THAT WOULD BE HELPFUL BECAUSE WHEN I SAW THE NAME, AGAIN, THIS DOESN'T MAKE ANY SENSE TO ME.

SO NOW, AND I KNOW NANCY BALANOFF AND YOURSELF, SO EVERYTHING NOW WILL BE OVER YOUR SIGNATURE OR MR. WHITE'S SIGNATURE. CORRECT. THAT'S HOW THAT WILL BE.

YES. YES, EXACTLY. THAT'S CORRECT. THANK YOU.

AGREE TO THAT. GREAT. THANK YOU. I WAS THE CONFUSION THERE.

THANK YOU. I'M SORRY. OKAY. THANK YOU. AND JUST FOR THE RECORD COUNCILMEMBER SCHULTZ, YOU'RE REFERRING TO THE LETTER THAT WENT OUT TO COUNCIL.

FROM IT WAS FROM ONE OF. IT WAS FROM THE COALITION, ONE OF OUR ASSOCIATIONS WITHIN THE COALITION THAT SENT THE LETTER OUT.

AND IT WAS JUST A COUPLE OF WEEKS AGO, I BELIEVE.

AND IT REQUESTED SOME INFORMATION FROM STAFF, BUT I THINK THAT IT WAS WE'VE TALKED TO ERICA AND I DON'T THINK IT WAS ASKED THE RIGHT

[02:35:07]

THAT'S GOOD. OKAY. THANK YOU. YES. THANK YOU.

DID YOU HAVE A QUESTION? NO. OH, IT WAS OKAY.

MY VICE MAYOR. YEAH. SORRY. SO I HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE A PHONE CALL WITH DAVID FIGHT YESTERDAY.

OH, GREAT. AND IT WAS VERY HELPFUL FOR ME. AND JUST SO I CAN RECONFIRM OR CONFIRM WHAT I THINK I HEARD.

MY UNDERSTANDING IS HE HAS SET UP OR IS SETTING UP A SERIES OF VIDEO CONFERENCES WITH REPRESENTATIVES FROM ALL THE COALITION HOPES. SOUNDS LIKE AT LEAST EVERY TWO WEEKS TO WORK THROUGH SECTIONS OF THE COMP PLAN IN AN ORGANIZED MANNER WHERE YOU GET STAFF INPUT, YOU TALK ABOUT IT, WHAT YOU NEED, INFORMATION ON, CHANGES YOU'D LIKE TO SEE, AND YOU JUST KIND OF HAVE AN ORGANIZED APPROACH.

SINCE PEOPLE ARE GONE FOR THE SUMMER AND MOST OF THE PRESIDENTS OR A LOT OF THEM ARE IN OR OUT OF TOWN OR AWAY.

SO. BUT I UNDERSTOOD EVERYBODY AGREED TO PARTICIPATE IN THOSE REGULAR MEETINGS AND WORK THROUGH THINGS IN AN ORGANIZED MANNER AND PROVIDE FEEDBACK, AND THAT EACH OF THE WAS ALSO COMMITTED TO GET FEEDBACK FROM THEIR ASSOCIATIONS, AT LEAST FROM THEIR BOARD MEMBERS. YEAH, THEY WERE GOING TO TRY TO GET IT FROM THE BROADER MEMBERSHIP.

BUT AGAIN, THAT'S SOMETIMES A CHALLENGE IN THE SUMMER WHEN PEOPLE ARE AWAY, BUT THEY'RE GOING TO TRY TO MAKE IT MORE PARTICIPATORY IF THAT'S THE RIGHT WORD, AND GET MORE INPUT FROM A BROADER GROUP OF PEOPLE.

SO IT'S NOT JUST THE PRESIDENTS OF THE HOSE, BUT THEY ARE FACILITATING THE PROCESS TO GET INPUT FROM ALL THE DIFFERENT NEIGHBORHOODS.

SO I UNDERSTAND THAT TAKES TIME. IT IS A LONG DOCUMENT.

THERE'S A LOT OF SECTIONS WITH A LOT OF CHANGES, AND IF YOU HAVE A CALL EVERY TWO WEEKS OR MAYBE SOMETIMES MORE FREQUENTLY, IT'S JUST GOING TO TAKE A WHILE TO GET THROUGH THOSE AND GET THAT INPUT.

BUT IT SOUNDED LIKE A GOOD PROCESS TO ME, AND THAT IT WAS GOING TO REACH OUT TO THE MEMBERSHIP TO TRY TO GET AS MUCH INPUT AS POSSIBLE, AND CERTAINLY OTHER HOA'S THAT AREN'T PART OF YOUR COALITION.

HOPEFULLY WE'LL DO SOMETHING SIMILAR. I KNOW A COUPLE HAVE BEEN ENGAGED ALL ALONG AND PROVIDING INPUT, BUT IF THERE ARE OTHERS OUT THERE OR OTHER ORGANIZATIONS, OTHER GROUPS THAT WANT TO PROVIDE INPUT THEY CAN AS WELL TO PROVIDE US THAT THAT FEEDBACK. I JUST THINK IT'S IMPORTANT FOR EVERYBODY TO FEEL HEARD IN THIS PROCESS.

IT IS A BIG DOCUMENT. IT IS A BIG CHANGE. WE WANT IT TO GOVERN NAPLES PRETTY MUCH FOR THE NEXT 20 YEARS AND AND GET BUY IN BECAUSE PEOPLE FEEL LIKE THEY'VE BEEN HEARD AND PARTICIPATED IN THE PROCESS. SO CERTAINLY I APPRECIATE WHAT YOU ALL ARE DOING BECAUSE STAFF AND THE CONSULTANT HAVE DONE A LOT TO TRY TO GET THE PUBLIC ENGAGED AND WITH YOU ALL GETTING INVOLVED TO, TO FURTHER THAT EFFORT, THAT SHOULD REALLY HELP.

SO DO I HAVE THE. YEAH, THAT'S EXACTLY RIGHT.

YEAH. OKAY, GREAT. THANK YOU. THANK YOU. YEAH.

AND JUST FOR CLARIFICATION YOU SAID HOW DID THE WHO'S IN THE COALITION AND WHO'S NOT IN THE COALITION? AND WERE THEY ASKED OR INVITED TO JOIN THE COALITION? SO DO YOU KNOW THAT? WELL, THERE WERE EIGHT OR SO ON THE LETTER.

YEAH. I KNOW A LITTLE BIT ABOUT THAT. WELL, LET ME I DID SPECIFICALLY ASK WHY OLD NAPLES WAS NOT INCLUDED.

AND I UNDERSTAND THERE'S BEEN, I DON'T KNOW, HISTORY, COMMUNICATION ISSUES, PERSONALITY ISSUES, WHATEVER. BUT AT LEAST OLD NAPLES HAS BEEN INVOLVED.

THE OLD NAPLES ASSOCIATION AND THEY ARE PROVIDING INPUT SEPARATELY AND HAVE BEEN.

SO THAT'S GOOD. BUT I WOULD ENCOURAGE EVERYBODY ON A.

AND THE COALITION TO TRY TO BRIDGE THOSE DIFFERENCES.

MAYBE THIS PROCESS IS A GOOD WAY TO DO THAT, SO THAT WE ALL COME TOGETHER AND DO WHAT'S BEST FOR ALL OF NAPLES.

I AGREE. WHEN WE ALL HAVE A SHARED PROJECT AND A SHARED VISION, THAT'S OFTEN A WAY TO BRIDGE.

SOME DIFFERENCES THAT HAVE HAPPENED, CREPT UP IN THE PAST AND AND HOPEFULLY WORK BETTER TOGETHER GOING FORWARD.

I AGREE. THAT HELPS ANSWER YOUR QUESTION. WELL, YEAH, I DIDN'T I MEAN, I THOUGHT IT STARTED I HAVE MY ASSUMPTIONS.

AND THEN I SAW IT EVOLVE. SO I DIDN'T QUITE UNDERSTAND.

IS THERE ANYTHING ELSE YOU WANT TO ADD TO THAT? I MEAN, IT STARTED PROBABLY IN 2022.

AND I THINK AT THE TIME WE WERE WORKING WITH THE HOSPITAL ON HELPING THEM GET THE HEART INSTITUTE APPROVED.

AND THERE WAS JUST COMMON INTEREST FROM THE GROUPS THAT ARE REPRESENTED IN THIS, IN THIS COALITION.

AND THEN A COUPLE OTHER ISSUES LIKE THE AIRPORT HAVE BEEN IMPORTANT TO THIS GROUP.

[02:40:04]

AND IT REALLY DEPENDS ON THE I MEAN, THE GOAL IS, IS TO DO GOOD FOR THE COMMUNITY AT LARGE.

SO IF WE HAVE COMMON INTERESTS, I THINK WE'LL HAVE MORE PARTICIPANTS.

THAT'S THE GOAL. I MEAN, WE ALL WANT TO WORK TOGETHER.

SO YEAH. AND I JUST WANT TO SAY NOBODY'S BEEN EXCLUDED.

IF ANYBODY REACHES OUT TO US AND HAS AN INTEREST, THEN WE CERTAINLY WELCOME THEM IN.

AND I THINK MAYBE, I DON'T KNOW, MY IMPRESSION THIS ALL HAPPENED BEFORE I GOT INVOLVED WITH ONA IS, IS THAT THEY'RE PRETTY WELL ORGANIZED IN THEIR IN THEIR OWN IN THEIR OWN REGARD.

AND SO PERHAPS THEY JUST DIDN'T FEEL LIKE THEY NEEDED.

THEY'RE ALSO NOT AN HOA. SO PERHAPS THAT'S WHY I MEAN, WE'RE NOT SURE ISN'T ISN'T.

NO, NO. WE'RE AN ASSOCIATION TO. IT'S VOLUNTARY.

SO I THINK THERE ARE SOME OTHER ONES. AND I MEAN MAUREEN'S IS NOT AN HOA IS IT.

IT'S A PROPERTY OWNERS ASSOCIATION. YEAH. WELL THAT'S WHAT WE ARE TO MAINLY LOOKS AFTER THE BEACH PARK.

BUT THEY DO SOME OTHER THINGS TOO. YEAH. AND I'M SORRY, BUT JUST COULD YOU STATE YOUR NAME? NANCY WALKENHORST, I'M THE PRESIDENT OF THE BERKSHIRE ASSOCIATION. THANK YOU. OKAY, NO FURTHER QUESTIONS.

I GOT ONE QUICK QUESTION FOR THE COALITION. YES.

I'M JUST CURIOUS BECAUSE I'M TRYING TO GET MY HEAD AROUND THE EXTENSIONS.

IT'S LIKE DÉJA VU. ALL THE ARGUMENTS WE'RE MAKING NOW, I'VE HEARD THAT A YEAR AGO.

AND WHAT ARE THEY UNHAPPY WITH WITH THE CURRENT COMP PLAN? WHAT IS THE TRIGGER HERE? I DON'T THINK WE KNOW THAT.

THERE'S GOT TO BE SOME TRIGGER. BECAUSE WHY YOU WENT EXTENDED. SO THERE'S SOMETHING IN THERE THAT YOU'RE UNHAPPY WITH OR THAT THE COALITION'S UNHAPPY WITH.

I THINK WE'RE WE'RE TRYING TO DETERMINE THAT.

WE JUST WANTED AN OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE HAVE A GOOD CHANCE TO READ IT THOROUGHLY AND UNDERSTAND IT.

AND THERE MIGHT BE NOTHING WRONG, BUT WE HAVEN'T HAD A CHANCE TO REALLY LOOK INTO IT.

IT JUST THE DRAFT WAS JUST PUBLISHED LAST MONTH, SO WE JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE WE'RE HAPPY WITH IT.

ALL THE COMMUNITIES THAT WE REPRESENT ARE FAIRLY DIFFERENT.

SO WE WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT OUR COMMUNITIES ARE REPRESENTED AND NOT ONE VOICE IS, IS REALLY DRIVING THE THE AGENDA HERE.

DON'T YOU THINK WE HAVE ADEQUATE TIME NOW TO I MEAN, JUST BECAUSE PEOPLE AREN'T HERE, I MEAN, EMAIL, THE PEOPLE ARE STILL CAN ENGAGE ON THIS WHOLE THING.

IT'S NOT LIKE WE HAVE TO WAIT TILL OCTOBER WHEN WHAT'S GOING TO CHANGE DIFFERENT.

I MEAN, I JUST DON'T I'M JUST TRYING TO GET MY HEAD AROUND FURTHER EXTENSION, SPENDING MORE MONEY ON CONSULTANTS WHEN IT MAY NOT BE NECESSARY.

I'M JUST TRYING TO GET MY RATIONALE BEHIND THIS.

YOU KNOW WHAT THE PROBLEM IS? ALL I CAN SAY TO THAT IS THAT AND OBVIOUSLY DON'T WANT TO SPEND MONEY UNNECESSARILY.

NOBODY WANTS TO DO THAT. BUT I THINK THAT BECAUSE THE PLAN JUST WAS COMPLETELY PUBLISHED, EVEN THOUGH THERE WAS A GOOD EFFORT TO GET INPUT FROM THE COMMUNITIES, IT'S HARD TO, TO, TO KIND OF GET YOUR HEAD WRAPPED AROUND IT UNTIL YOU ACTUALLY SEE THE PLAN.

AND WE HAVE SOME PEOPLE WHO HAVE WHO ARE WILLING TO PUT THE TIME IN TO REALLY DIGESTING THAT AND THEN DISCUSS IT WITH THE COALITION MEMBERS SO THAT WE HAVE A BETTER UNDERSTANDING, TOO. I'M NOT GOING TO BE ABLE TO GO THROUGH THE PLAN MYSELF IN ANY WAY THAT'S GOING TO BE COMPLETELY MEANINGFUL, BUT I THINK THERE ARE PEOPLE THAT WILL, AND I THINK THAT WILL HELP US DECIDE WHAT ISSUES, IF THERE ARE ANY.

AS JENNA SAID, THERE MAY NOT BE ANY. WHO IS THAT PERSON THAT'S GOING THROUGH IT? THAT'S PARTICULARLY. ONE OF THEM IS DAVID FIGHT, AND HE'S VERY WELL RESPECTED AND, AND VERY KNOWLEDGEABLE ABOUT THE CITY.

AND HE'S BEEN A PART OF OUR COALITION FOR A WHILE AND HE'S, HE'S VOLUNTEERED TO PUT THE TIME AND EFFORT INTO TRYING TO SORT OUT SOME OF THIS STUFF. SO HE WAS ALSO A PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD CHAIR FOR A NUMBER OF YEARS AND WORKED ON THE LAST UPDATE OF THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AND THE VISION.

SO HE'S, HE'S VERY FAMILIAR WITH AND HE'S HE CAN REALLY PROVIDE SOME VALUABLE FEEDBACK AND UNDERSTANDING FOR US WHO DON'T REALLY UNDERSTAND IT AS WELL.

GREAT. THANK YOU. WAS THERE SOMEBODY ELSE, LINDA AND THEN SCHULTZ.

AND THEN THANK YOU FOR TAKING THE TIME TO DO THIS.

I'M LOOKING AT THIS AS A COUNCILOR THAT REALLY FEELS HOW FORTUNATE WE ARE THAT WE HAVE A COMMUNITY THAT'S INTERESTED ENOUGH AND OFFER ALL THE THINGS IN THIS WORLD A COMPREHENSIVE A PLAN THAT THEY'VE ORGANIZED THEMSELVES AND ARE WILLING TO WORK WITH US ON THIS.

WE SHOULD BE JUMPING UP AND DOWN, POPPING CORKS, EVERYTHING ELSE.

THIS IS THE WAY NAPLES DOES THINGS. SO I REALLY APPRECIATE YOUR STEPPING FORWARD AND SHOWING THIS KIND OF LEADERSHIP.

THIS IS GOING TO BE A MUCH BETTER DOCUMENT WHEN WE'RE DONE, AND I CAN'T THANK YOU ENOUGH.

THANK YOU. IT'S MY. IN MY CONVERSATIONS WITH PEOPLE THAT ARE A PART OF YOUR ORGANIZATION, I THINK THE FRUSTRATION THAT OTHER HOAS

[02:45:08]

I'M JUST SAYING WHAT I HAVE HEARD. AND SO THESE OTHER HOAS FEEL THAT THEIR WORDS DON'T OFTEN GET HEARD IS RIGHT NOW, THE SOLE FOCUS OF MOST EVERYTHING HERE IS AIRPORT, AIRPORT, AIRPORT, AIRPORT.

IT WAS RESILIENCY. THEN IT WAS GROWTH. NOW IT'S AIRPORT, AIRPORT.

AND THERE'S ONE DRIVER OF THAT ENGINE. AND THEY THEY'LL SPEND WHATEVER THEY WANT.

AND I THINK THERE'S OTHER WAYS THAT SIMPLY DON'T JOIN IN THAT ZEAL FOR ONE TOPIC ONLY.

WHILE THE REST OF THE CITY HAS ISSUES THAT ARE GOING UNATTENDED, LIKE FLOODING AND OTHER ISSUES.

SO I THINK AND TELL ME IF I'M WRONG, BUT I BELIEVE THERE'S A SENTIMENT OF FRUSTRATION WITH THE HIGHWAYS THAT ARE IN YOUR GROUP, AND MAYBE SOME OTHER ONES THAT ARE JUST FRUSTRATED WITH THE WAY THIS BUS GETS DRIVEN DOWN IN THIS TOWN.

AND I, I, AM I INCORRECT IN THAT ASSESSMENT? I DON'T I'M SORRY.

I REALLY, REALLY, REALLY DON'T WANT TO, BECAUSE WE COULD SAY THAT FOR OTHER ASSOCIATIONS WHO DO THINGS AND THEN THEY GET SPECIAL FAVOR. I DON'T WANT TO GO DOWN THAT. I REALLY WANT TO BE ONE COMMUNITY THAT'S WORKING TOGETHER TO, TO WORK ON THIS COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AND INCONVENIENT TRUTHS.

THANK YOU. MAYOR. MAYOR, I WE REALLY WE HAVE TO SET THE TONE THAT WE ARE WORKING TOGETHER.

AND IT'S NOT THEM AGAINST US. THAT'S THE WORST AND MOST DEVASTATING THING THAT WE CAN CONTINUE IS THAT CONVERSATION.

WITH THAT, THANK YOU. I THINK WE'RE FINISHED WITH YOUR COMMENTS.

THANK YOU. WE'RE GOING TO GO INTO DISCUSSIONS.

I HAVE KRAMER AND THEN BARTON. THANKS. AND THEN YOU.

SOON WE WILL STOP QUESTIONING PUBLIC COMMENT.

BUT NO, I I'M SORRY, BUT YOU HAVE TO AFFORD ME THE RIGHT.

AND I DO HAVE THE RIGHT TO DO THAT. AND I THINK IT WAS VERY APPROPRIATE TO DO SO.

I'M JUST ECHOING OUR CITY ATTORNEY. SO I JUST WANT TO GET THE RECORD ON THE RECORD.

WE HAD TALKED ABOUT DAVID FIGHT, FORMER PA. WHAT HAPPENED? I WAS JUST SAYING HOW YOU HAD COMMENTED THAT WE AREN'T SUPPOSED TO QUESTION PUBLIC COMMENT.

YOU HAVE TO BE FAIR. SO IF YOU'RE GOING TO DO Q AND A FOR PUBLIC COMMENT, THEN JUST THEN YOU'RE OPENING IT UP TO Q AND A FOR EVERY PUBLIC COMMENT.

THAT'S ALL. AS LONG AS YOU'RE FAIR TO THE PEOPLE ASKING THE QUESTIONS AND EVERYONE GETS AN ANSWER, THEN I'M OKAY WITH IT. OKAY. THERE'S NO REQUIREMENT TO DO IT THOUGH. YEAH, I DIDN'T UNDERSTAND THAT CLARIFICATION. SO WE CAN JUST. THERE'S NOTHING I MEAN, IT'S YOUR MEETING TO RUN.

YOU HAVE RULES AND PROCEDURES THAT YOU RECENTLY ADOPTED AS WELL.

BUT IF ONE OF YOU GETS THE OPPORTUNITY TO ASK A QUESTION, THEN ALL OF YOU GET AN OPPORTUNITY TO ASK A QUESTION. AND IF YOU ALLOW Q AND A WITH ONE PUBLIC SPEAKER, THEN YOU SHOULD ALLOW Q AND A FOR EVERY PUBLIC SPEAKER. SO YOU'RE GOING DOWN A VERY SLIPPERY SLOPE WHERE PUBLIC COMMENT CAN TURN INTO A VERY LONG PROCESS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE END, AND PUTTING STAFF IN SITUATIONS WHERE WE HAVE TO ANSWER QUESTIONS WE'RE NOT READY TO ANSWER.

GOT IT. THANKS FOR THAT. OKAY, SO ON A BRIGHTER NOTE, JUST FOR THE RECORD, DAVID FIGHT.

HE WAS THE CHAIR. HE WAS A PB MEMBER FOR A COUPLE OF TERMS AND THE CHAIRMAN FOR A TERM? YES. AND WORKED ON THE PREVIOUS COMPREHENSIVE.

YES. THANK YOU FOR THAT. AND I AM MEETING WITH HIM ON FRIDAY.

BRILLIANT. I ALSO CORRECT ME HERE, MR. MCCONNELL, IF I'M WRONG.

I THINK YOU HAD MENTIONED THE PREVIOUS MEETING THAT IT THE TIMELINE WORKS TO MOVE IT TO NOVEMBER FROM SEPTEMBER BECAUSE I THINK IT'S SB 250 IS GOING TO SUNSET THEN. SO I HAVE NO DECISION MAKING AUTHORITY IN THIS PROCESS.

MY ONLY FYI WAS THAT SB 250 DOES SUNSET OCTOBER 1ST OF 2026.

HOWEVER, SB 180 IS STILL OUT THERE, WHICH IS WHAT THE PREVIOUS LAW FIRM HAS BEEN RELYING ON FOR MOST OF THEIR ARGUMENTS, WHICH WON'T BE ADDRESSED BASED ON WHAT WE HEARD THIS MORNING UNTIL AT LEAST MARCH. OKAY.

OKAY. SO THOSE TWO THINGS. AND THEN NEXT, WHEN I'M TALKING ABOUT NOMINAL FEE, WE'VE ALREADY SAID WE'RE GOING TO MOVE IT TO SEPTEMBER. SO THE NOMINAL FEE FOR ME IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SEPTEMBER AND NOVEMBER IS $13,895.28.

SO THAT'S THE NOMINAL PART FOR ME, NOT THE WHOLE ENCHILADA, JUST THE DIFFERENCE SINCE WE ALREADY SAID SEPTEMBER.

AND I JUST HAVE TO AMPLIFY. THERE'S NO SHOT CLOCK ON THIS.

I'D BE I WAS ALL FOR STAYING ON THE TIMELINE LIKE I'M A GET IT OFF THE I'M A LIST GUY AND I WANT TO GET IT OFF MY LIST.

HAVING SAID THAT, THIS IS AN ELECTIVE PROCEDURE AND WE, WE AREN'T BOUND TO A TIMELINE.

AND IT'S FOR ME, EIGHT NEIGHBORHOODS GETTING TOGETHER.

AND BY THE WAY, I WAS IN THE LAST IN THE MAY PRESIDENTS COUNCIL AND AT LEAST THREE TIMES FOLKS FROM THIS COALITION INVITED EVERYBODY TO JOIN AT LEAST THREE TIMES. PLEASE JOIN US.

[02:50:02]

WHEN THIS IS ALL SAID AND DONE, ONE OF TWO STORIES IS GOING TO BE TOLD. THEY'RE GOING TO LIKE WE ASKED, WE WERE SHOCKED AT OUR PARTICIPATION RATE, EVEN WHEN WE SAID WE'RE GOING TO DO ANOTHER ONE. AND THEY SAID. OUR CONSULTANTS SAID THIS IS HOW IT IS.

THIS IS THE WAY IT IS. AND AFTER WE MAKE THIS NOVEMBER, WHICH I'M HOPING HAPPENS RIGHT NOW, THEY'RE GOING TO BE ABLE TO SAY TO THE NEXT PEOPLE THEY'RE WORKING FOR THAT ARE SHOCKED AT THE PARTICIPATION RATE.

THIS IS HOW IT IS, EXCEPT FOR NAPLES, WHO WHILE THEY DIDN'T HAVE VERY GOOD PARTICIPATION INITIALLY.

THEY GOT IT GOING. THEY GOT ORGANIZED, THEY GOT IT GOING AND HAD A TREMENDOUS AMOUNT OF NEIGHBORHOOD INPUT.

SO WITH THAT, THANK YOU. THIS IS EASY, IN MY VIEW, TO THERE'S NO REASON NOT TO FOLKS THAT WANT RATIONALE.

I'M LOOKING FOR RATIONALE NOT TO SUPPORT 75% OF OUR OF OUR COMMUNITY THAT PAY THE TAXES.

THEY'RE GOING TO PAY THE EXTRA 13 GRAND OR WHATEVER. SO AGAIN, THANK YOU FOR WHAT YOU'RE DOING.

AND I ALSO THANK YOU FOR, YOU KNOW, CENTURIES THAT WE'RE NOW INVOLVED.

THEY WEREN'T. I MEAN, THEY'VE THEY HAVEN'T HAD A VOICE.

FELT LIKE IT FOR SOME TIME. THERE'S OTHER THERE'S LOTS OF, I THINK NEIGHBORHOODS THAT FEEL THAT WAY. AND THAT IS NO LONGER THE CASE.

AND IF NOTHING ELSE, THAT IS FANTASTIC. HOWEVER, THIS GOES, THE FACT THAT THIS MANY NEIGHBORHOODS ARE ARE ENGAGING IS IS BRILLIANT.

IN OUR CASE, BY THE WAY, WE DON'T THERE'S NO FEE OR WHATEVER. IT'S JUST IF YOU LIVE HERE, YOU CAN. AND, AND THEY GET, WE HAVE A, A WEBSITE, AN OCCASIONAL NEWSLETTER THAT GOES OUT.

THANKS. THANK YOU. I'M GOING TO ECHO SOME OF THAT SENTIMENT.

AND I'M NOT GOING TO BORE EVERYBODY BY ECHOING ALL OF IT, BUT I'LL THROW JUST A FEW.

FEW WORDS HERE IN REFERENCE TO THIS FROM ME, THE I'M INCLINED TO ACQUIESCE AND GIVE THE NOVEMBER TIMELINE THAT THE PAB HAS NOW TWICE UNANIMOUSLY ASKED US TO DO.

IN ADDITION TO THAT, ALONG WITH THE REST OF US UP THERE.

UP HERE, I'M SURE I RECEIVED A WHOLE HECK OF A LOT OF OF COMMUNICATION ASKING ME TO DO THE SAME TO GIVE GIVE THE NOVEMBER TIMELINE.

SO AGAIN, I'M INCLINED TO, TO, TO VOTE THAT WAY.

HOWEVER, I WILL TELL YOU THAT PROBABLY THE BIGGEST DRIVING RATIONALE FOR ME IN VOTING TO GIVE THE, THE NOVEMBER TIMELINE INSTEAD OF SEPTEMBER IS BECAUSE I DON'T WANT TO FIND US SITTING UP HERE BY VOTING IT IN SEPTEMBER AND FINDING US SITTING UP HERE WITH A WHOLE HECK OF A LOT OF HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATIONS SAYING, YOU NEVER LISTEN TO US. YOU DON'T DO WHAT WE ASK YOU TO DO. YOU GUYS SERVE US, AND THEN WE GIVE YOU THE OPPORTUNITY TO DO SO. AND YOU AND YOU JUST IGNORE US. I DON'T I'M I WOULD BE IRRITATED BY THAT CONVERSATION.

AND WE CAN AVOID THAT CONVERSATION BY GIVING THEM ANOTHER TWO MONTHS.

AND FROM A TIMELINE STANDPOINT, THERE IS NO URGENCY.

WE'RE WAY AHEAD OF THE GAME HERE FROM A STANDPOINT OF WHAT THE STATE REQUIRES OF US.

SO FROM A I REALIZE THERE'S A LITTLE BIT MORE COST INVOLVED.

NOT NOT MUCH. SO THERE IS A COST INVOLVED, BUT IT'S IT CERTAINLY DOESN'T, IN MY OPINION, DOES NOT OUTWEIGH THE RATIONALE OF GIVING OUR CONSTITUENTS, OUR RESIDENTS, WHAT THEY'RE ASKING FOR, WHICH IS ANOTHER TWO MONTHS UNTIL NOVEMBER.

AGAIN, IT DOESN'T MAKE A DIFFERENCE TO US UP HERE.

LET'S JUST GIVE THEM THE TWO MONTHS AND GET THE FEEDBACK THAT THEY WANT TO PROVIDE.

AND AGAIN, THE FEEDBACK IS GOING TO BE HELPFUL.

AND WE GET TO DIGEST THAT FEEDBACK AND DETERMINE WHAT IS WHAT IS, WHAT IS WHAT WE, WHAT SHOULD BE APPLICABLE AND WHAT SHOULDN'T.

BUT AGAIN, I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT IF, IF, IF THEY REALLY WANT THE OPPORTUNITY, THOSE OTHER TWO MONTHS AND THEY REALLY THINK THEY NEED THEM, WHICH IS WHAT I'M HEARING FROM, FROM A LOT OF PEOPLE RIGHT NOW, THEN LET'S GIVE THEM THE TWO MONTHS AND, AND WE CAN MOVE ON TO THE NEXT AGENDA ITEM. OKAY.

THANK YOU. THANK YOU. I'M ALSO SUPPORTIVE OF THE EXTRA TIME SO THAT WE GET A BETTER PRODUCT, MORE TRANSPARENCY, MORE PARTICIPATION, MORE BUY IN TO THE ULTIMATE DOCUMENT.

BUT I WANT TO PUSH BACK ON THE FEE ESTIMATE HERE.

BECAUSE I THINK WHAT I HEARD WAS THAT STAFF'S GOING TO BE DOING A LOT OF THE WORK OF ANSWERING QUESTIONS AND PROVIDING INFORMATION TO, TO PEOPLE WHO WANT TO LOOK AT IT. AND WHEN I READ THE.

DOCUMENT HERE, SIX B AND SIX C, WEREN'T THOSE IN THE ORIGINAL PROPOSAL? I MEAN, THEY WERE GOING TO HAVE A CITY COUNCIL WORKSHOP, WHICH WE HAVEN'T HAD.

AND THE FINAL TRANSMITTAL, WHICH IS THE ENDING PIECE.

THEY WEREN'T ACTUALLY. SO IN YOUR PACKET YOU HAVE.

I THINK I PROVIDED THE CURRENT SCHEDULE. SO IF YOU OPEN THAT DOCUMENT, THERE'S THE CURRENT PROJECT SCHEDULE.

YOU'LL SEE YOU HAD MAY AND JUNE CITY COUNCIL.

[02:55:06]

WE DID THOSE. THOSE MEETINGS WERE HELD. SO NOW WE'RE MOVING.

WE'RE EXTENDING. WE DIDN'T REALLY HAVE A COUNCIL.

WE JUST CONTINUED IT. WE DIDN'T HAVE A FULL HEARING ON ALL THE PROPOSED CHANGES.

FOR THE PURPOSES OF. THE CONSULTANT PREPARED THE DRAFT.

THEY. THEY DID ALL OF THE SAME WORK AS IF YOU HAD HEARD IT OR NOT.

THEY PREPARED IT IN AN ORDINANCE FORM THAT THEY PROVIDED THE DELIVERABLE.

THEY ATTENDED THE MEETINGS, WERE PREPARED TO ANSWER QUESTIONS.

YOU KNOW, WHETHER CITY COUNCIL APPROVES DENIERS CONTINUES THEIR THEIR END OF THE.

THE DEAL WAS THE SAME. THEY THEY DID THOSE TWO MEETINGS AND THEY PREPARED FOR PAB AS IF THEY WERE HEARING THE ORDINANCE.

THEN THEY INCORPORATED COMMENTS, PREPARED THAT TO CITY COUNCIL ON JUNE 3RD, AS IF YOU WERE HEARING.

BECAUSE THEY DIDN'T KNOW THAT YOU WERE GOING TO CONTINUE IT. THEY PREPARED IT AS IF YOU WERE HEARING A FIRST READING.

SO NOW IT WAS CONTINUED. SO WHAT THEY'RE COMING BACK WITH IN 6 OR 8 MONTHS ARE FOR ADDITIONAL HEARINGS THAT WERE NEVER ACCOUNTED FOR IN THE ORIGINAL SCHEDULE.

I'M SORRY, WERE YOU SAYING THAT WE DID NOT HAVE A WORKSHOP ON THE DRAFT? WE DID NOT. THAT'S TRUE. RIGHT? THAT'S WHAT I THOUGHT.

WORKSHOP ON FINAL DRAFT PLAN REVISIONS. I DIDN'T THINK WE HAD THAT.

WE DID NOT. THAT'S WHAT'S BEING ADDED. AND THEN THE FINAL APPROVAL STEP OF WHATEVER CITY COUNCIL SAID THEY WANTED TO CHANGE GOT IMPLEMENTED AND SENT OFF.

THAT'S ESSENTIALLY REHEARING THE MAY AND JUNE.

THOSE ARE REDOS OF THE MAY AND JUNE HEARINGS THAT WE JUST HAD.

OKAY. WHICH WOULD HAVE BEEN GOOD THAT WE ADDED THAT, WHICH IS WHY IT'S REALLY IMPORTANT, COUNCIL, THAT WE PAY ATTENTION TO WHAT THE CONTRACT SAYS AND THE DATES.

AND, YOU KNOW, IT WAS A LOT. SIGNING IT. BUT A WORKSHOP ON THE DRAFT WOULD HAVE BEEN A GOOD ADD.

YEAH. OKAY, I HEAR YOU. AS YOU GUYS LOOK AT IT ONE MORE TIME BEFORE YOU COME BACK WITH A REQUEST FOR APPROVAL, JUST TO MAKE SURE IT'S REASONABLE. THANK YOU.

SO YOU'RE REALLY GOOD AT THIS. CAN YOU RECAP THEN IF WE GO.

I THINK WE'RE GOING TO HAVE A MAJORITY GOING TO NOVEMBER.

WHAT THOSE DATES WILL BE. SURE. SO I SEE IF I HAVE THE I'M ASSUMING BY THE WAY, I HAVEN'T TAKEN A VOTE.

JUST KIDDING. SORRY, DAVID. THAT'S NOT THE RIGHT ONE. WE MADE A MOTION.

YES. WE'LL HAVE TO HAVE A MOTION. IS THIS THE EIGHT MONTH? I'M NOT SURE. SO IN YOUR PACKET THERE IS A PROPOSED EIGHT MONTH EXTENDED SCHEDULE.

THAT IS, IF YOU WERE TO PROPOSE TO APPROVE THE EIGHT MONTH SCHEDULE, WHICH IS A COMING BACK TO YOU IN NOVEMBER.

THAT'S, THAT'S WHAT THAT IS. AND SO WHAT IS BEING ADDED IS EVERYTHING THAT YOU SEE IN, IN HIGHLIGHTED IN PINK.

AND IT'S IN THE PHASE 6.1. SO YOU'LL SEE THERE'S A, THERE'S THE ARROW, THE GREEN ARROW.

THAT'S THE, THE DELAY. ESSENTIALLY, THAT'S THE EXTENSION THAT GIVES THE PUBLIC THE, THE TIME OVER THE SUMMER TO REVIEW.

AND THEN THIS HAS, YOU WILL COME BACK OR THIS PROJECT WILL COME BACK TO THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD IN NOVEMBER.

THAT WILL JUST BE A DISCUSSION OF THE INPUT THAT IS RECEIVED OVER THE SUMMER.

SO WE WILL ASK EVERYONE WHO REVIEWS THIS PLAN TO PROVIDE SPECIFIC SUGGESTIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS, ETC., NOT OVERARCHING STATEMENTS OF WE DON'T SUPPORT THE PLAN.

THE PLAN IS TO WHAT EXACTLY? WHAT'S TOO VAGUE? WHAT DEFINITION DO YOU NOT LIKE? WHAT LANGUAGE WOULD YOU LIKE TO CHANGE? VERY SPECIFIC FEEDBACK. PROVIDE THAT IDEALLY AHEAD OF TIME BECAUSE THAT THAT'S A NOVEMBER 13TH MEETING.

THAT'S A FRIDAY. THAT AGENDA WILL BE PUBLISHED ONE WEEK AHEAD.

SO IT WILL BE PUBLISHED THE THE SIXTH THE FRIDAY BEFORE.

DO A BE A SOLID, GIVE THEM A BIT OF COURTESY AND GIVE THEM TIME TO REVIEW YOUR INPUT.

EVERYBODY HAS THIS IDEA THAT, WELL, IF I GET IT IN AT THE LAST MINUTE, THEN THAT'S THE LAST THING THAT COUNCIL SAW BEFORE THE HEARING.

THAT'S NOT HOW THAT WORKS. THERE'S A VOLUMINOUS PLAN IN THE SAME WAY THAT THE PUBLIC IS ASKING.

THIS IS A LOT OF INPUT. GIVE EVERYONE THE SAME COURTESY.

GIVE THEM TIME, GIVE THE PAB TIME, GIVE COUNCIL TIME TO REVIEW THOSE COMMENTS.

NOT THE NIGHT BEFORE, NOT THE WEEK. GIVE. GIVE TIME.

SUBMIT YOUR YOUR COMMENTS AHEAD OF TIME. I WILL COMPILE ALL OF THOSE COMMENTS, ALL OF THAT FEEDBACK,

[03:00:01]

P B WILL DISCUSS NOT THE DRAFT. THEY'LL DISCUSS THE INPUT THAT IS RECEIVED.

THEY WILL THEN MAKE A RECOMMENDATION THAT THE CONSULTANTS WILL ATTEND THAT HEARING AND PRESENT GO THROUGH THAT PUBLIC INPUT.

THEY WILL THEN MAKE A RECOMMENDATION TO CITY COUNCIL ON THE RECOMMENDATIONS.

ESSENTIALLY, WE AGREE THAT THIS SHOULD CHANGE.

WE DON'T AGREE THAT THIS SHOULD CHANGE. WE LIKE THIS DEFINITION. WE DON'T LIKE THAT THAT RECOMMENDATION WILL GO ON TO CITY COUNCIL, WHERE CITY COUNCIL WILL CONSIDER NOT THE DRAFT, BUT JUST THE INPUT THAT IS RECEIVED AND RECOMMENDATION ON THAT INPUT.

CITY COUNCIL WILL THEN GIVE DIRECTION TO THE CONSULTANT ON HOW THE CONSULTANT SHOULD AMEND THE DRAFT PLAN TO INCORPORATE THAT FEEDBACK.

THE CONSULTANT WILL THEN HAVE A MONTH TO AMEND THE DRAFT TO INCORPORATE ALL OF THAT INPUT, AND AS DIRECTED BY CITY COUNCIL, THAT WILL THEN BE A DRAFT, THAT WILL BE AN ORDINANCE FORM, THAT WILL BE A DRAFT ORDINANCE. IT'LL BE A DRAFT VERSION OF THE PLAN. THAT WILL THEN GO BACK TO THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD FOR A HEARING IN FEBRUARY.

THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD WILL MAKE A RECOMMENDATION TO COUNCIL, AND IT WILL COME BEFORE CITY COUNCIL AT YOUR MARCH MEETING FOR FIRST READING OF THE ORDINANCE. YEAH, SO THAT'S WHAT I WAS TRYING TO GET TO.

SO IN OCTOBER, THOUGH, THAT PAB WILL DISCUSS THE RECOMMENDATIONS BY NOVEMBER.

IN NOVEMBER, PAB WILL DISCUSS THE RECOMMENDATIONS BECAUSE THE PAB MEETING WAS.

YEAH I WATCHED THE PAB MEETING. I'M IS WHAT I'M HEARING.

THERE WAS DISCUSSION AT THE PAB MEETING THAT WELL, COULD THE PAB TAKE THE TIME IN SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER TO DISCUSS THE INPUT? THAT'S A LITTLE HARD FOR ME TO WRAP MY HEAD AROUND.

IF WE HAVE THE PUBLIC SAYING SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER IS TOO EARLY, WE NEED UNTIL NOVEMBER TO PROVIDE THE INPUT THAN WHAT ARE THEY DISCUSSING IN SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER? RIGHT. THAT'S WHAT I WAS CONFUSED ABOUT.

SO THAT'S WHY I WAS ASKING THE QUESTIONS OF THE COALITION.

IF THEY'RE GOING TO WORK ON IT OVER THE SUMMER, THEN THEY SHOULD BE PREPARED, NOT NOVEMBER, BUT OCTOBER, SO THAT THE PAB CAN GO OVER THE RECOMMENDATIONS IN OCTOBER.

THAT WOULD BE WELL, OKAY. I THINK THEY'RE SAYING THAT THEY NEED UNTIL NOVEMBER TO PROVIDE MEANINGFUL FEEDBACK.

SO WHAT THAT MEANS IS I NEED THAT FEEDBACK, FEEDBACK ABOUT THE 1ST OF NOVEMBER SO THAT I CAN INCORPORATE, COMPILE IT AND INCORPORATE IT FOR PUBLICATION IN NOVEMBER IF THE PAB IS GOING TO.

IF WE'RE SAYING THAT THE PAB IS GOING TO BE READY TO DISCUSS FEEDBACK IN OCTOBER, THEN WE NEED TO JUST MOVE THIS WHOLE SCHEDULE UP TO OCTOBER.

YOU SEE WHAT I'M SAYING? YEAH, IT DOESN'T MAKE SENSE.

THAT'S WHAT I WANT TO JUST GET TO NOW, BECAUSE I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE MAGIC DATE OF NOVEMBER IS.

IF IF DAVID'S GOING TO WORK ON THIS EVERY TWO WEEKS, THEN HE SHOULD BE ABLE OR THEY SHOULD BE ABLE TO PROVIDE THE COALITION WITH OR THE COALITION WILL MEET WITH THEIR BOARDS IN OCTOBER AT LEAST THAT CAN COME TO PAB WITH THOSE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DISCUSSION ON PAB AND THEN TO COUNCIL. THEY WERE LOUD AND CLEAR THAT NOVEMBER MEANINGFUL FEEDBACK WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE UNTIL NOVEMBER. SO YEAH, I DON'T UNDERSTAND THAT THAT I'M HAVING SIMILAR THOUGHTS.

SO BUT IS NOVEMBER WOULD THAT WORK FOR YOU? IF IF PART OF THIS WAS WE NEED THE, THE INPUT ALL COMMUNITY INPUT HAS TO BE TO US BY NOVEMBER 1ST. IS THAT YES, THAT WOULD BE GREAT.

I MEAN, THAT'S STILL KEEP IN MIND ONLY IS FIVE DAYS BEFORE I PUBLISH ON THE SIXTH.

SO IS THAT OKAY THOUGH? DOES IT WORK? I MEAN, WE'RE GOING TO GET IT NOVEMBER 12TH.

BUT CAN I ASK THE COALITION FOLKS IF THAT WOULD WORK FOR THEM? BECAUSE IF THAT'S THE CASE, I'D LIKE TO JUST ADD IT TO THIS TO SAY AFTER NO LIKE INPUT.

THANK YOU. BECAUSE I DON'T WANT IT TO BE I WANT THIS SCHEDULE MOVING FORWARD CLEAR AND HOW COUNCIL WILL RECEIVE IT AND HOW WE WILL WORKSHOP IT. IT'S NOT GOING TO COME TO US IN A DRAFT FORM JUST BECAUSE IT GOES TO.

NO FEEDBACK WILL. I WILL SEND IT. THE PUBLIC WILL SEND FEEDBACK TO ME TO STAFF.

WE WILL COMPILE THAT FEEDBACK AND THAT'S WHAT WILL BE PROVIDED TO THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD AND CITY COUNCIL.

YEAH. I MEAN, IT GIVES YOU FIVE DAYS BEFORE YOU PUBLISH, WHICH MEANS YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE TO HUSTLE TO DON'T CALL ME FOR THOSE. YEAH.

BUT NO, WE, WE, THEY'LL BE RESPECTFUL. IF WE ASK THEM TO MEET A DEADLINE, THEN THEY'LL RESPECTFULLY MEET THE DEADLINE.

THEY'RE NOT GOING TO SEND IT THE NIGHT BEFORE. THAT'S JUST NOT RIGHT.

OKAY. SO NOVEMBER 1ST, CAN I IF WE WERE TO MAKE A.

I SEE YOU SHAKING HANDS. I WOULD SUGGEST EARLIER, RESPECTFULLY, OF.

OF STAFF'S TIME, AND I'M SURE. BUT I MEAN I THE LEGAL HAS TO REVIEW SOME OF THESE THINGS TOO.

[03:05:02]

THE SECOND WEEK THEY ASKED FOR A NOVEMBER MEETING.

YOU'RE AGREEABLE TO A NOVEMBER MEETING, BUT WE NEED IT MID-OCTOBER, IN MY OPINION, AT LEAST FOR ME TO PROVIDE INSIGHTFUL FEEDBACK TO YOU ALL.

I NEED AT LEAST A COUPLE OF WEEKS PERSONALLY.

WELL, AND SO DOES COUNCIL. I MEAN, WE SHOULD BE GETTING IT AT THE SAME TIME, NOT JUST EXPECTING IT TO GO INTO THE PACKET.

THERE SHOULDN'T BE ANY REASON THAT INFORMATION COULDN'T BE DISPERSED TO EVERYBODY. WELL, YOU'LL GET A BIT OF A HEAD START BECAUSE WHEN YOU'LL IT'LL BE PUBLISHED FOR THE PA.

SO, YOU KNOW, CITY COUNCIL WILL BE AWARE THAT WHEN THE PAB AGENDA IS PUBLISHED ONE WEEK BEFORE.

SO NOVEMBER 6TH, WE'LL PUBLISH THE AGENDA. YOU'LL HAVE, IT'LL BE, IT'LL BE PUBLIC.

IT'LL BE AVAILABLE TO COUNCIL AS WELL. SO YOU'LL HAVE A BIT OF A JUMP OVER THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD, BUT THEY WILL HAVE ONE WEEK TO REVIEW IT. SO IF WE WORK BACKWARDS FROM THAT NOVEMBER 6TH, WOULD WE SAY OCTOBER, FRIDAY, OCTOBER 23RD INTO BUSINESS.

WOULD THAT. MR. YOUNG DOES THAT? ULTIMATELY, THOUGH, IF WE WE CAN SAY THAT THE DISCUSSION NOW IS. OR WE'RE GOING TO HONOR THE NOVEMBER. WORKING BACKWARDS FROM THAT, WE CAN SAY WE WANT IT BY THE 23RD.

IF WE GET IT ON THE 25TH, WE'RE STILL. WE'RE STILL GOING TO PROVIDE IT.

SO. SO I THINK THAT'S AN ARBITRARY. I JUST WANT TO BE CLEAR THAT WHAT IS WHAT IS BEFORE US IS WHETHER WE'RE GOING TO GO WITH EXTENSION TO THE PAB MEETING TO HAVE IT PREPARED, WORKING BACK FROM THERE AS A COURTESY TO TRY TO ENCOURAGE THEM TO GET IT TO US.

BUT I DON'T THINK WE WOULD. I, I JUST WANT TO STOP SHORT OF SAYING WE'RE NOT CODIFYING ANYTHING THAT SAYS, IF YOU DON'T GET IT TO US BY 23RD, YOU'RE NOT GETTING IT IN.

WE WOULD STILL HAVE A RESPONSIBILITY TO TO PUT FORTH ANYTHING THAT WE RECEIVE UP UNTIL THE DATE OF PUBLISHING.

AND I DON'T AGREE WITH THAT. I, I TAUGHT SCHOOL AND AS A FOOTBALL COACH, I GET A FLAG THROWN ON ME LIKE THAT.

YOU DON'T. BUT YOU AND I BOTH KNOW THAT I DON'T HAVE A LEGAL RESTRICTION IF WE RECEIVE IT.

AND I'M JUST SAYING YOU ONLY WANT TO CONSIDER THEM THROUGH THAT DATE.

YOU HAVE THE RIGHT TO SAY THAT. BUT I WOULD SUBMIT WE WOULD BE REMISS IF WE IF WE RECEIVED ANYTHING AFTER.

WE DIDN'T ALSO GIVE IT TO YOU. THAT'S ALL I'M SAYING, SIR.

JUST GIVE IT TO YOU. YOU DON'T HAVE TO. MR. YOUNG IS RIGHT.

I MEAN, TECHNICALLY, SOMEONE COULD JUST NOT SUBMIT ANYTHING AND SHOW UP TO THE PUBLIC HEARING AND SUBMIT WHATEVER THEY WANT. I MEAN, MAYBE TO THE COALITION'S POINT, LIKE IF THEY WANT A MEANINGFUL REVIEW, I THINK YOUR SUGGESTION IS THAT YOU GET IT TO BY OCTOBER 23RD.

BUT IF THERE'S A MEMBER OF THE PUBLIC OR A LAW FIRM THAT WANTS TO COME IN HERE AND MAKE AN ARGUMENT THE DAY OF THE HEARING, THEY'RE WELL WITHIN THEIR RIGHT TO DO THAT. THEY GET THREE MINUTES CORRECT UNLESS THEY REQUEST MORE TIME AND COUNCIL AGREES.

YEAH, WE CAN SAY NO AND IT'S DONE. LIKE, MR. KRAMER, I APPRECIATE WHAT YOU'RE TRYING TO DO AND WITH WHAT YOU'RE SAYING WITH STAFF.

I JUST ALSO WANTED TO STOP SHORT OF WHETHER OR NOT WE HAD THE ABILITY TO LIMIT IT JUST BECAUSE OF THAT.

I DO WANT TO GET A I ASSUMED, AND THAT'S NOT GOOD, THAT THERE IS A CONSENSUS RIGHT NOW AS WE'RE DISCUSSING THIS FOR THE EXTENSION TO NOVEMBER. I HAVE A KRAMER. YES, I HAVE A BARTON.

YES. CARL. SO WE GO AHEAD. SORRY. I WAS GOING TO SAY THERE'S A MOTION AT THE JUNE 3RD TO CONTINUE THIS TO SEPTEMBER. THAT WAS VOTED ON THE CONTINUANCE.

SO DO WE NEED MORE THAN A CONSENSUS. WE NEED A WE'LL HAVE TO TAKE A VOTE.

I'M JUST I YES, I KNOW WE HAVE TO TAKE A VOTE.

I'M JUST TRYING ON THE SAKE OF DISCUSSION BEFORE WE GO THROUGH ALL THIS, MAKING SURE I HAVE A CONSENSUS THAT NOVEMBER IS GOING TO READ THE ROOM.

YES. YES. BLANKENSHIP SAID YES. YEAH. I'M A YES.

BUT I WANT TO REMIND EVERYBODY THE REASON THAT I'M ON CITY COUNCIL WAS THIS ISSUE.

THIS IS GOING TO BE THE MOST FOUNDATIONAL, IMPORTANT PIECE OF THING WE DO IN MY FOUR YEARS.

AND WE GOT TO GET IT RIGHT. WE GOT TO GET IT RIGHT WITH THE RESIDENTS.

AND THAT'S HOW I GOT HERE. RUNNING FOR OFFICE FROM THE A, B, AND SO THE SEVEN GROUPS GOT TOGETHER TO WANT TO INFLUENCE THE PROCESS, WHICH IS THEIR RIGHT. WE HAVE AN OBLIGATION TO YEAH, SEVEN GROUPS MAKING SURE THAT IT'S SEVEN GROUPS REPRESENTING THE MAJORITY OF THE POPULATION. THANK YOU. YES. YES. SO, OKAY, I WAS RIGHT.

THERE IS A CONSENSUS THAT WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO EXTEND IT TO NOVEMBER.

SO THANK YOU. WE CAN CONTINUE THAT DISCUSSION AND IT WON'T BE.

YEAH. THANK YOU. KRAMER, WERE YOU FINISHED? I AM, I THINK.

THE NOTION THAT ANYBODY CAN BRING ANYTHING AT ANY TIME IS THEY CAN.

BUT WE DON'T HAVE TO ACCEPT IT, AS YOU CAN CHOOSE, AS A CITY COUNCILMAN, TO SAY, I'M NOT I'M NOT GOING TO LISTEN TO THIS GUY BECAUSE HE SHOWED UP THE DAY OF. THAT'S RIGHT. AND YOU CAN YOU CAN TAKE HIS INPUT AND TOSS IT IN THE TRASH BEHIND YOU.

[03:10:02]

BUT YOU'RE ABSOLUTELY RIGHT. YOU CAN SAY THIS IS THIS IS SILLY FOR HIM TO SHOW UP THE DAY OF AND WE'RE SETTING, WE'RE GOING DOWN, WE'RE GOING DOWN A VERY INTERESTING PATH THAT WE SHOULD PROBABLY PAUSE FOR A MINUTE.

AND I UNDERSTAND FRUSTRATION, BUT YOU HAVE A COALITION WHO HAS COME IN HERE AND MAKE A REQUEST.

AND I THINK IT'S VERY FAIR FOR YOU GUYS TO SAY WE HEARD YOU, BUT WE ARE ASKING YOU TO MEET OUR DEADLINE OF OCTOBER 23RD.

AND IF THEY COME IN HERE AND THEY DON'T MEET IT, THEN DEAL WITH IT AT THE FIRST HEARING.

BUT MAKE IT A REQUIREMENT IS NOT LEGALLY ALLOWED.

THANK YOU. AND I'M JUST TRYING TO GET EXPECTATIONS MET SO THAT EVERYBODY UNDERSTANDS THIS DEADLINE.

SO IF WE CAN CONTINUE THAT YES, SETTING A DEADLINE SO THAT THEY KNOW AND IT'S FAIR FOR STAFF, IT'S FAIR FOR P, A, B, AND COUNCIL TO BE ABLE TO READ AND DIGEST WHAT'S HAPPENING.

CAN YOU GO THROUGH THEN WHAT THAT TIMELINE WOULD LOOK LIKE AND THE WORKSHOPS THAT AND WHAT DRAFT WOULD COME TO COUNCIL.

YEP. SO THE FIRST MEETING WOULD BE THE NOVEMBER 13TH PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD MEETING.

THAT AGENDA WILL BE PUBLISHED NOVEMBER 6TH. SO I HEARD TWO DIFFERENT DATES THROWN OUT FOR REQUEST THAT SUBMITTALS BE RECEIVED BY STAFF.

I HEARD OCTOBER 23RD, WHICH IS A FRIDAY. AND THAT'S TWO WEEKS BEFORE THE AGENDA IS PUBLISHED.

I ALSO HEARD NOVEMBER 1ST, WHICH IS A SUNDAY.

AND THAT'S, YOU KNOW, FIVE DAYS BEFORE THE AGENDA IS PUBLISHED.

SO THAT'S COUNCIL'S DISCUSSION THAT THE NOVEMBER 13TH IS THE WORKSHOP.

ESSENTIALLY, IT'S A MEETING THAT CITY PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD WILL JUST DISCUSS THE INPUT, AND THEN THE FIRST TIME THAT IT WILL COME TO COUNCIL WILL BE YOUR DECEMBER MEETING.

AND IN DECEMBER YOU WILL DISCUSS THE INPUT RECEIVE FROM THE PUBLIC AND THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD'S RECOMMENDATION ON THAT INPUT.

NOT BY ORDINANCE. NOT AN ORDINANCE FORM. NOPE.

JUST THE JUST THE INPUT THAT WAS RECEIVED OVER THE SUMMER.

SO YOUR FIRST LOOK WILL BE YOUR DECEMBER MEETING TAKING THIS.

BUT WE ALSO HAVE TO DON'T WE HAVE TO DO THE AIRPORTS.

QUESTIONS? COMMENTS. YES. MR.. YOUNG SO THERE WAS A MEMO RELATED TO THE AIRPORT THAT I THINK THAT WE SHOULD PUT IN OUR OCTOBER WORKSHOP. THAT WAS THE DICKMAN MEMO RELATED TO THE AIRPORT IF WE WAIT TILL DECEMBER AND THAT HASN'T BEEN DISCUSSED, I THINK YOU WOULD.

AS YOU ARTICULATED LAST MEETING, MAYOR IF WE'RE GOING TO HAVE ANY CHANGES TO THAT SECTION, I DON'T THINK IT WOULD BE IN DECEMBER, GIVEN THAT IT WAS PASSED OUT, I THINK IN MAY TO AT LEAST NOT HAVE LOOKED AT IT.

IF YOU'RE GOING TO CONSIDER IT, I THINK THAT'S A.

YEAH, I THOUGHT IT WAS GOING TO THE PAB LAST WEEK.

I PUBLISHED IT SO THAT THE PA, BECAUSE THE PAB DID NOT RECEIVE THAT.

THAT WAS A HANDOUT AT CITY COUNCIL. SO I PUBLISHED IT WITH THE AGENDA LAST MONTH FOR THIS, SORRY, A WEEK AGO FOR THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD SO THAT THEY WERE AWARE OF THAT MEMO AND THE THE PLAN WAS TO DISCUSS THAT MEMO WITH THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD AT THEIR, WHICH WILL NOW BE NOVEMBER. IT WAS ORIGINALLY SEPTEMBER, BUT THE NOVEMBER MEETING. NOT ONLY WILL WE DISCUSS THE PUBLIC INPUT, BUT WE WILL DISCUSS THAT MEMO SO THAT THEIR RECOMMENDATION WILL COME TO CITY COUNCIL.

OKAY. SO IT'S NOT GOING THERE UNTIL NOVEMBER.

I THOUGHT THAT THEY WERE GOING TO TAKE THAT UP EARLY, BUT THEY'RE NOT. THEY SHOULD TAKE IT UP EARLIER. IT WAS IT WAS INTENDED TO ACCOMPANY THIS DRAFT, WHICH WE WERE RECOMMENDING FOR SEPTEMBER. SO IF WE WANT TO CONTINUE THIS TO THE EIGHT MONTH, I CAN STILL TAKE THE AIRPORT MEMO. I JUST WANT TO KNOW THAT.

YEAH. YEAH. THAT SHOULD BE IN SEPTEMBER WHEN THEY COME BACK.

IT SHOULD HAVE BEEN IN SEPTEMBER AT BE SURE. OKAY.

I THINK THAT WOULD BE IDEAL AT LEAST TO HAVE THE FIRST OPENING CONVERSATION IS AFTER YOU'VE GOT ALL YOUR COMMENTS.

THAT MAKES. IT JUST DOESN'T MAKE SENSE. THAT'S THE ONLY REASON.

OKAY. IF I MAY, I THINK THAT MAKES SENSE. I JUST WANT TO CLARIFY THAT IT'S NOT THE AIRPORT MEMO THAT WAS DRAFTED.

IT'S ACTUALLY A PROPOSAL ON POLICIES AND GOALS TO INCLUDE IN THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN.

YEAH. OKAY. WELL, JUST BECAUSE LAST TIME THE WORD AIRPORT MEMO CAME UP, I GOT A PUBLIC RECORDS REQUEST FROM NAPLES DAILY NEWS.

AND I WANT TO CLARIFY WHAT WE'RE TALKING ABOUT IS NOT MY MEMO, BUT RATHER ACTUAL POLICIES, GOALS AND OBJECTIVES THAT WERE DRAFTED BY MR. DICKMAN AS PROPOSED LANGUAGE FOR AN AIRPORT POLICY.

AND THEN THE COUNCIL WILL ALSO BE DOING THAT PRIOR TO.

PLANNING BOARD. SO THEN THAT YOU WOULD DO THAT IN OCTOBER? YEAH. I PERSONALLY THINK WE SHOULD START WITH COUNCIL.

THAT'S WHAT I THOUGHT YOU WOULD PREFER TO GO TO BE IN SEPTEMBER.

I THINK WE SHOULD START WITH COUNCIL IN OCTOBER, THEN PAB IN NOVEMBER. AUGUST.

[03:15:02]

IT'S BEEN CIRCULATED SINCE MAY. SO. ALL RIGHT.

SO MR. YOUNG, BECAUSE YEAH, AUGUST OR SEPTEMBER, MAN.

THE ONLY REASON IS AUGUST IS YOUR BUDGET WORKSHOP.

AND A NUMBER OF. YOU ONLY HAVE ONE MEETING WHEN YOU RETURN.

SO I WOULD JUST SAY AUGUST OR SEPTEMBER, BUT I WILL WE WILL DO OUR BEST TO FIT IT IN TO THAT EITHER THE SEPTEMBER MEETING OR THE AUGUST WORKSHOP OR I MEAN THE SEPTEMBER WORKSHOP, MA'AM.

SORRY. OKAY. SO CLARIFYING THAT I FIRST OF ALL, DIDN'T KNOW WE ONLY HAD ONE MEETING IN AUGUST.

I THOUGHT WE HAD TWO. YOU HAVE ONE WORKSHOP WHICH IS DEDICATED 95% TO THE BUDGET.

AND THEN YOU ALSO HAVE YOUR 505 TRIM MEETINGS.

BUT ASIDE FROM THAT, YOU KNOW, THOSE ARE ACTUALLY IN SEPTEMBER.

SO YOU ONLY ACTUALLY HAVE ONE MEETING, A WORKSHOP OR ONE WORKSHOP, WHICH IS THE BUDGET AND ONE MEETING, WHICH IS THE WEDNESDAY AFTER THE WORKSHOP. I THINK IT'S THE 17TH AND 19TH, BUT I DON'T HAVE THAT IN FRONT OF ME.

YES. OKAY. WELL, I THINK THE SOONER THE BETTER.

17TH AND 19TH, THE SOONER THE BETTER. AND YOU CAN WORK THAT OUT WHEN IT'S COMING.

YES, MA'AM. YES. OKAY. SO. SO WE. SO BY CONSENSUS, WE AT LEAST KNOW THE DIRECTION.

ARE YOU THEN GOING TO TAKE A MOTION THAT WE CONTINUE TO.

OKAY. YES. ANY FURTHER DISCUSSION? I HAVE A QUESTION.

SO NOTHING WOULD BE ATTACHED TO THE MOTION IN TERMS OF TIMING FOR INPUT TO GET TO US.

NO, I THINK THE MOTION SHOULD I'M ASKING IF WE CAN LEGALLY.

YES. CAN WE HIGHLY RECOMMEND A DATE THAT THEY SHOULD HAVE.

YES WE CAN. YOU CAN ADD THAT TO YOUR MOTION. I THINK THAT WAS CLEAR.

BUT TO SAY THAT THEY CAN IF YOU THIS IS A DROP DEAD DATE OR ELSE I'M NOT GOING TO CONSIDER ANYTHING IS SOMETHING I WOULD NOT SUGGEST.

BUT YOU HAVE BEEN VERY STERN. THEIR REPRESENTATIVES ARE HERE. THEY'RE GOING TO DO THEIR BEST TO MEET IT BECAUSE IF THEY DON'T, THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE TO FACE THE NOISE WHEN THEY COME TO FIRST HEARING AND SAY, WHY DIDN'T YOU MEET THE DEADLINE? SO LET ME JUST CLARIFY.

WE ARE MAKING THE REQUEST AS STAFF. I MEAN, REALLY, YOU DID A GREAT JOB AT MEETING AT DEFINING AND BEING VERY CLEAR OF EXPECTATIONS. THANK YOU THAT THE EXPECTATIONS OF SHALL BE MET FOR ANY INPUT GIVEN BACK TO US. THEY LEGALLY CAN GIVE ANY DIRECTION THEY WANT UP TO THAT DATE.

SOMEBODY CAN COME IN. BUT FOR RESPECTFULLY AND FOR PROPER REVIEW OF THIS COUNCIL, WE ARE GIVING A DEADLINE IN OUR MOTION OF WHEN THAT INFORMATION SHOULD BE PROVIDED TO US, SO WE CAN GIVE IT CLEAR DIRECTION TO STAFF TO GIVE TO PAB AND TO COUNCIL.

CLEAR? YES. ANYBODY DISAGREE? ERICA. NO. OKAY.

NO. NO FURTHER QUESTIONS. DO I HAVE A MOTION? I MOVE THAT WE APPROVE THE EXTENDED DEADLINE, THE EIGHT MONTH EXTENSION OF THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PROCESS, SO THAT THE PEB IS CONSIDERING ALL COMMENTS AT ITS NOVEMBER MEETING, WITH THE GOAL BEING THAT COUNCIL.

CONSIDER THOSE COMMENTS AT THE DECEMBER MEETING AND THE REQUEST THAT THE.

THE COALITION, OTHER HOA'S OTHER PARTIES. THE PUBLIC PROVIDE COMMENTS, IF AT ALL POSSIBLE, TO STAFF BY FRIDAY, OCTOBER 23RD. SECOND. ERICA.

WAS THAT CORRECT? I HAVE A MOTION BY VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP AND A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER KRAMER.

I MEAN BARTON. MADAM CLERK, PLEASE PULL THE COUNCIL.

VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. BARTON.

YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. CRAMER. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER.

KROLL. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. PENNIMAN. COUNCILMEMBER.

SCHULTZ. AYE. MAYOR. HARTMAN. YES. THANK YOU, MADAM MAYOR.

YES. MR. YOUNG. SO WE HAVE AN AGENDA ITEM ON THE 17TH.

IT JUST SAYS COMP PLAN. AND IT WAS A PLACEHOLDER BECAUSE WE HAVE TO AMEND THE AGREEMENT IN ORDER FOR THIS TO BE SUSTAINED OVER THE SUMMER. AND WE EITHER MAKE THE DRAFT A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING ME TO AMEND THE AGREEMENT.

NOW, AGAIN, I CAN ERIC AND I CAN GO BACK, HAVE CONVERSATIONS WITH THEM.

[03:20:04]

AND IT'S ABOVE MY THRESHOLD. SO FROM THAT STANDPOINT I JUST WANTED TO LET YOU KNOW WHAT WE'RE FORESHADOWING, WHAT YOU'RE GOING TO SEE ON THE 17TH IF WE CAN GET IT DRAFTED.

THE ONLY ALTERNATIVE TO THAT WOULD BE IF WE WERE STILL NEGOTIATING, ASKING THE MAYOR TO SIGN IT DURING THE BREAK.

BUT I DID WANT TO FORESHADOW THAT. AND THAT'S WHY WE PUT THE BLANK PLACEHOLDER FOR THE 17TH IN ANTICIPATION OF THIS DISCUSSION.

SO THANK YOU. IF I MAY, MAYOR, TO MR. YOUNG'S POINT, BECAUSE.

CITY OF NAPLES LOVES RESOLUTIONS AND WE USE THEM FOR EVERY APPROVAL.

BUT LEGALLY THEY ARE NOT REQUIRED. A SIMPLE MOTION AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO ENTER INTO THE AMENDMENT AND AUTHORIZING THE EXPENDITURE IS SUFFICIENT FROM A LEGAL STANDPOINT.

SO I JUST THOUGHT THAT WAS IMPORTANT IN CASE HIM AND I CANNOT PREPARE A RESOLUTION IN THE NEXT TWO DAYS.

THANK YOU. CAN WE DO THAT NOW? I WOULD SAY YES, BUT IT IS ADVERTISED ON THE 17TH. SO WE SHOULD PROBABLY. YEAH. WAIT. SO HE'LL SAY NO.

SO WITH THAT, NO FURTHER DISCUSSION ON ITEM 13.

A THERE IS NO PUBLIC COMMENT OTHER THAN JENNA'S.

WE WILL CONCLUDE. 13 A THANK YOU GOING TO. 14 A THIS IS THIS

[14.A) Discussion Related to Rooftop Dining Regulations in the 5th Avenue South Special Overlay District Established by Ordinance 2021-14663 and Consideration of Extending the Expiration of the Five-Year Pilot Program.]

YOU WERE APPROACHED LAST MONTH, I BELIEVE IT WAS THE MAY 20TH MEETING.

STEVEN RUBY APPROACHED THE BOARD DURING PUBLIC COMMENT AND TALKED ABOUT A PROPOSED PROJECT THAT INVOLVED ROOFTOP DINING IN THE 800 BLOCK OF THE FIFTH AVE SOUTH SPECIAL OVERLAY DISTRICT. AS YOU KNOW THIS, THE ROOFTOP DINING REGULATIONS WERE APPROVED BY ORDINANCE IN 2021.

IT WAS ORDINANCE 2021-14663. AND IT WAS APPROVED AS A FIVE YEAR PILOT PROGRAM.

SO THE CODE SPECIFIES AND THERE'S A NODE IN THE CODE THAT THIS IS APPROVED AS A FIVE YEAR PILOT PROGRAM AND WILL EXPIRE FIVE YEARS FOLLOWING ADOPTION OF THAT ORDINANCE.

WELL, FIVE YEARS FOLLOWING ADOPTION OF THAT ORDINANCE IS TOMORROW, JUNE 16TH, 2026.

SO, MISTER RUBY, I'M AWARE OF THAT UPCOMING EXPIRATION DATE, APPROACHED COUNCIL AND ASKED IF THERE WAS ANY IF COUNCIL WOULD CONSIDER EXTENDING THAT EXPIRATION DATE TO ALLOW HIS CLIENT TO PURSUE THIS ENDEAVOR OF HAVING A NEW ROOFTOP RESTAURANT IN THAT 800 BLOCK. THE REGULATIONS FOR THE ROOFTOP DINING ARE PRETTY NARROWLY DEFINED.

THEY'RE DEFINED JUST TO THAT BLOCK, THAT 800 BLOCK, AND ONLY TO SPECIFIC BUILDINGS THAT WOULD ACCOMMODATE THE ROOFTOP DINING.

CITY COUNCIL DID THEN DISCUSS THIS. I APOLOGIZE, IT WAS NOT IN THE ROOM, BUT I WATCHED IT BACK.

CITY COUNCIL DISCUSSED THAT REQUEST IN CORRESPONDENCE AND COMMUNICATION. AND THERE WAS CONSENSUS TO CONSIDER THAT EXTENSION, THAT ONE YEAR EXTENSION. SO GARY, I WOULD COME BACK TO YOU WITH A FORMALLY ADVERTISED AGENDA ITEM FOR THAT DISCUSSION.

I THINK THAT IT WAS A REQUEST FOR A ONE YEAR EXPIRATION IN THE MEMO THAT'S IN YOUR PACKET.

I DID PROVIDE THE HISTORY OF THAT ROOFTOP DINING ORDINANCE AND HOW THIS CAME ABOUT.

WE DO HAVE ONE RESTAURANT, ONLY ONE THAT TOOK ADVANTAGE OF THIS, OF THESE REGULATIONS THAT IS PRIME SOCIAL RESERVE.

SO THAT'S THE ONE AND ONLY ROOFTOP RESTAURANT THAT WE HAVE IN THE CITY CURRENTLY UNDER OPERATION.

SO THEY, THEY BUILT, THEY HAVE OPENED AND THEY'RE CURRENTLY OPEN, OPEN TO THE PUBLIC AS SORT OF BUT ANYWAY, SO THE REQUEST FOR DISCUSSION TODAY IS WHETHER CITY COUNCIL WOULD CONSIDER A ONE YEAR EXTENSION OF THE EXPIRATION OF THE ROOFTOP DINING ORDINANCE.

AND I THINK. GARIN. BUT TO BE CLEAR, BECAUSE THIS WAS BROUGHT UP IN COMMUNICATIONS, THIS IS THE FORMAL.

DO YOU WANT TO DIRECT US TO AMEND TO BRING AN ORDINANCE FORWARD, AMENDING IT? THIS WOULD NOT BE THAT YOUR DIRECTION TODAY IS JUST WHETHER OR NOT TO BRING THE ORDINANCES FORWARD IN AUGUST.

WELL THANK YOU MR. YOUNG, FOR THAT CLARIFICATION.

HOWEVER YOU KNOW, JUST TO BRING BACK THIS ORDINANCE ON ROOFTOP DINING WHEN I WAS PRESENTED THIS ON MY ONE ON ONE, NO ONE MENTIONED ROOFTOP DINING.

THEY MENTIONED A THIRD FLOOR RESTAURANT. SO IT'S COMPLETELY DIFFERENT THAN THAN WHAT IS PRESENTED IN THIS ORDINANCE. SO, YOU KNOW, YEAH, I, I HAVEN'T SEEN THE SPECIFIC.

YEAH. AND THAT'S MY BIGGEST CONCERN THAT YOU BRING BACK THIS ORDINANCE AND WE DON'T KNOW THE DETAILS.

AND THEN ALL OF A SUDDEN WE FIND OUT TO ME, YOU WANT TO, WE NEED TO DISCUSS THIS.

[03:25:01]

YES. AND SO THE FIFTH AVE OVERLAY IS VERY SPECIFIC.

WITHIN THE FIFTH AVE OVERLAY. IT'S VERY SPECIFIC ON WHAT USES ARE ALLOWED ON THE FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD FLOOR.

SO THIS IS THE THE ONE DISTRICT IN YOUR IN YOUR CITY THAT IS SPECIFIC, THAT ONLY CERTAIN USES CAN HAPPEN ON THE FIRST FLOOR, SECOND AND THIRD. SO HISTORICALLY WE'VE NEVER ALLOWED RESTAURANT.

THAT WAS MADE TO THE CODE. SO IT SAYS IT IN 58-1134.

IT SAYS FIRST STORIES WILL BE FOR COMMERCIAL USE ONLY.

TRANSIENT LODGING IS NOT PERMITTED ON FIRST STORIES. SECOND STORIES MAY BE FOR COMMERCIAL TRANSIENT LODGING OR RESIDENTIAL USE, EXCEPT NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS IN SUBSECTION A HEREIN, RESTAURANTS OR COCKTAIL LOUNGES ARE NOT PERMITTED ON SECOND STORIES.

THIRD STORIES ARE LIMITED TO TRANSIENT LODGING AND RESIDENTIAL USE ONLY, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF ROOFTOP RESTAURANTS, AS PROVIDED IN SUBSECTION A HEREIN. AND THEN IT GOES INTO WHAT DEFINES A ROOFTOP RESTAURANT AND WHERE THEY ARE PROVIDED.

SO IT IT DOES HAVE TO. IT IS DEFINED AS A ROOFTOP RESTAURANT, NOT A THIRD STORY RESTAURANT.

SO A RESTAURANT COULD NOT COME IN AND SAY, WE JUST WANT TO OCCUPY THE OFFICES ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF THIS BUILDING OR THE, YOU KNOW, CONVERT THE RESIDENTIAL UNITS ON THE THIRD FLOOR TO RESTAURANT.

IT IS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED AS A ROOFTOP. SO I KNOW YOU'RE ALL LOOKING AT THE BUILDING THAT THEY WERE SPEAKING ABOUT AND SAY, WELL, WAIT A MINUTE, THIS IS A THREE STORY BUILDING.

HOW ARE WE GOING TO ACCOMMODATE THIS? SO IT WOULD BE A CONSTRUCTION.

I MEAN, THEY WOULD HAVE TO CREATE A. AND THE, THE NUANCE THERE IS IT'S NOT A YOU CAN'T HAVE A ROOFTOP RESTAURANT ON TOP OF A THREE STORY BUILDING BECAUSE YOU ARE STILL LIMITED BY CHARTER TO THE 42FT AND THREE STORIES.

AND THERE, YOU KNOW, IT'S PRETTY CLEAR ON WHAT CONSTITUTES A STORY. IF YOU HAVE A FLOOR AND A CEILING, IT'S A STORY. WHETHER THAT IS, YOU KNOW, A FULL, YOU KNOW, UNIT OR NOT.

SO THEY WOULD HAVE TO RETROFIT THAT EXISTING BUILDING TO CREATE WHAT WOULD THEN BE CONSIDERED A ROOFTOP RESTAURANT WHERE THERE IS NOT A ROOFTOP TODAY. THANK YOU. I JUST WANT TO GET SOME OTHER DETAILS ON YOUR MEMO ON THE SECOND PAGE, FIRST PARAGRAPH, OR ACTUALLY THE GENERAL INFORMATION.

IS THIS WHAT IS BEING PRESENTED IN THIS MEMO? IS THE CHANGES THAT WERE MADE OR THE CHANGES THAT ARE BEING PROPOSED.

NOTHING PROPOSED. SO THIS IS JUST A SUMMARY OF HOW THE ROOFTOP REGULATIONS CAME TO BE.

SO PRIOR TO 2021, WE DID NOT ALLOW ROOFTOP RESTAURANTS AT ALL.

IN THE FIFTH AVE, OVERLAY RESTAURANTS WERE ALLOWED ONLY ON THE FIRST FLOOR AND THAT WAS APPLICABLE TO ALL BUILDINGS IN THE OVERLAY.

YOU COULD ONLY HAVE A RESTAURANT ON THE GROUND FLOOR. SO THE CHANGE IN 2021 IS WHAT I JUST SUMMARIZED HERE, HOW THAT CAME ABOUT. THIS IS THE HISTORY OF HOW ROOFTOP DINING WAS APPROVED IN 2021.

NOW, THE ONLY THING WE'RE DISCUSSING TODAY IS WHETHER CITY COUNCIL WANTS TO DIRECT STAFF.

YOU'RE NOT APPROVING THE EXTENSION TODAY. YOU'RE DIRECTING STAFF TO PURSUE THE EXTENSION OF ONE YEAR.

RIGHT. TO COME BACK TO YOU WITH THAT. BUT FOR THOSE THAT WERE NOT HERE AND MAYBE HAVEN'T READ THE ORDINANCE, AND I'M READING THE ORDINANCE REFRESHING THE ORDINANCE.

AND THERE ARE THINGS IN HERE THAT I DON'T THINK THAT I RECOGNIZED AND THAT IS THAT RESTAURANTS ALLOWING ROOFTOP RESTAURANTS TO BE LOCATED ON THE SECOND AND THIRD FLOORS OF BUILDINGS.

SO THAT'S, IT WOULD BE IF YOU HAVE A ONE STORY BUILDING AND YOU PUT A ROOFTOP RESTAURANT THAT WOULD BECOME THE SECOND FLOOR.

AND THEN IF YOU HAVE A TWO STORY BUILDING, WELL, IF YOU LOOK AT PRIME SOCIAL, YOU HAD OUT A TWO STORY BUILDING.

PUTTING THE ROOFTOP RESTAURANT THEN WAS THE THIRD STORY, SO IT WANTED TO.

ESSENTIALLY, THE CODE SAYS THAT THERE'S ONLY CERTAIN BUILDINGS THAT THIS WOULD BE THAT COULD ACCOMMODATE A ROOFTOP RESTAURANT AND BE A ONE STORY OR A TWO STORY BUILDING AND STILL SUBJECT TO THE HEIGHT, STILL SUBJECT TO THE CHARTER HEIGHT LIMITATION, NOT JUST THE STORIES, BUT ALSO THE 42FT.

SO NO ELEMENTS OF YOUR ROOFTOP RESTAURANT WOULD EXCEED THE 42FT.

AND THE INTERESTING THING HERE IS IT'S NOT REALLY THE CHANGE IS NOT I MEAN, IT'LL COME TO YOU, I ASSUME, IN AN ORDINANCE COULD BE A RESOLUTION BECAUSE YOU'RE NOT CHANGING THE THE EXTENSION OF THE EXPIRATION DATE IS NOT CHANGING THE WORDING OF THE REGULATIONS YOU'LL SEE IN THE CODE. IT'S AN EDITOR'S NOTE.

AND THAT'S BECAUSE IT WAS JUST A PROVISION IN THE ORDINANCE.

IT WASN'T THE THE TEXT OF THE CODE. SO THE THE CODE JUST PROVIDED THE THE REGULATIONS THAT GOVERN WHAT A ROOFTOP RESTAURANT IS AND WHERE IT'S ALLOWED.

AND THEN YOU'LL SEE IN HERE IT SAYS. EDITOR'S NOTE SECTION THREE OF THIS ORDINANCE STATES THE FOLLOWING STATES SECTION 58-1134C2A OF THIS ORDINANCE WILL EXPIRE

[03:30:09]

NO VESTED RIGHTS ARE IMPLIED OR GRANTED BEYOND THE FIVE YEARS THE ORDINANCE IS IN EFFECT.

ANY PERMITTED ROOFTOP USE SHALL BE NONCONFORMING USE BEYOND THE FIVE YEARS THAT THIS SECTION IS IN EFFECT.

SO IT WASN'T. IT'S WRITTEN AS AN EDITOR'S NOTE, BECAUSE IT WAS JUST A PROVISION IN THE ORDINANCE.

IT WASN'T ACTUAL ACTUALLY CODIFIED TEXT IN THE REGULATIONS, BUT IT IS IN OUR CODE, JUST NOT CODIFIED.

CORRECT. IT'S CODIFIED. I MEAN, IT'S AN EDITOR'S NOTE IN YOUR CODE OF ORDINANCES.

BUT MY POINT IS WHEN I IF WE WERE TO COME BACK AND THIS WOULD BE COUNSEL'S DIRECTION, IT'S JUST EXTENDING THE EXPIRATION DATE, IT WOULDN'T BE TO AMEND ANY OF THE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS.

SO THE OTHER PIECE OF THAT, FOR THOSE WHO WERE NOT ON COUNCIL IS THE FACT THAT.

OUTDOOR DINING. IS THIS CONSIDERED OUTDOOR DINING? A ROOFTOP RESTAURANT WOULD BE OUTDOOR DINING, WHICH MEANS THAT YOU DO NOT HAVE TO PARK IT, WHICH MEANS YOU DO NOT HAVE TO PROVIDE PARKING. OKAY, SO THAT'S ANOTHER PIECE OF THIS THAT IS JUST SAYING, OKAY, SOUNDS GOOD. WHICH IT IT DID SOUND GOOD.

THE DETAILS MATTER. ALSO THAT THERE IS IN THE ORDINANCE, THERE IS NOT RESIDENTIAL LOCATED 500FT. WELL, WE HAVE THE AVENUES COMING ABOUT NOW AND THAT WILL BE RESIDENTIAL AND IN.

IS THERE RESIDENTIAL IN THE BUILDING BEHIND THIS PARTICULAR BUILDING? I'M GOING TO BE HONEST WITH YOU, I WASN'T HERE WHEN THIS WAS DISCUSSED BY COUNCIL.

I HAVE NOT LOOKED THIS SPECIFIC BUILDING THAT WAS PROPOSED TO YOU.

I HAVEN'T STUDIED IT AT ALL BECAUSE THIS WAS NOT IT HASN'T BEEN PRESENTED TO ME.

IT WAS A DISCUSSION. A RESIDENT CAME, SPOKE TO COUNCIL AND IT WAS DISCUSSED IN CORRESPONDENCE, WHICH IS. YES, EXACTLY. THE SECOND THE THIRD ISSUE AND THAT IS I CAUTION US, IT SOUNDS GREAT.

I THOUGHT IT WAS WONDERFUL, BUT THE DETAILS ARE NOT ADDING UP TO ME.

SO AND I'M SORRY, I CAN'T EVEN TELL YOU OTHER THINGS THAT ARE IN HERE BECAUSE I HAVE COUNCIL THAT WANTS TO SPEAK.

SO I HAVE BLANKENSHIP AND THEN KRAMER. YEAH. SO MY UNDERSTANDING IS THIS IS ONLY DO WE WANT TO GIVE ANOTHER YEAR ON THE PILOT, THE FIVE YEAR PILOT PROGRAM BECAUSE A PILOT EXPIRES TOMORROW.

YES. AND LEAVING ALL THE OTHER PROVISIONS IN PLACE FOR ONE MORE YEAR TO ME, ANOTHER ADDING ANOTHER YEAR MAKES SENSE BECAUSE WE HAD HURRICANE IAN THAT REALLY DISRUPTED THIS TIMETABLE IF PEOPLE WERE CONSIDERING DOING SOMETHING, IN MY OPINION, AND MILTON AND OTHER THINGS GOING ON.

SO I'M OKAY WITH ADDING ANOTHER YEAR JUST TO THIS PROGRAM.

BUT IF SOMEBODY, WHETHER IT'S MR. RUBY'S CLIENT OR SOMEBODY ELSE WANTS ONE, THEY'VE GOT TO JUSTIFY IT.

THEY'VE GOT TO GO THROUGH ALL THIS CRITERIA AND IT'S A CONDITIONAL USE, RIGHT. SO WE CAN PUT OTHER I MEAN, I UNDERSTOOD THEY WERE GOING TO BE, LIKE YOU SAID, RENOVATE OR REBUILD THE THIRD FLOOR.

THEY HAVE TO ROOFTOP. THEY'D HAVE TO IF THAT'S IF THEY WANT TO PROCEED.

BUT THEY MAY DECIDE WHEN THEY GET INTO IT THAT IT'S NOT WORTH THE COST.

CORRECT. I DON'T KNOW. BUT THIS IS NOT BY RIGHT.

EACH INDIVIDUAL PROJECT WOULD HAVE TO COME FORWARD TO CITY COUNCIL FOR A SPECIFIC APPROVAL THAT YOU COULD CONDITION IN BASED ON THESE CRITERIA OR OTHER CRITERIA, IF WE FELT WARRANTED IN THAT SPECIFIC SITUATION, AT THAT LOCATION, AT THAT BUILDING.

AND THEY WOULD ALSO NEED OUTDOOR DINING APPROVAL. SO THERE'S TWO APPROVALS REQUIRED BY CITY COUNCIL. SO THIS IS IF WE PASS OUR GAVE DIRECTION TO EXTEND FOR A YEAR.

IT'S NOT SAYING WE'RE BLESSING ANYBODY'S PROPOSAL AT THIS POINT.

THEY HAVE TO COME BACK AND JUSTIFY IT. CORRECT.

YES. THANK YOU. KRAMER, I'M I CONCUR WITH VICE MAYOR.

MUCH OF WHAT HE SAID, AND SPECIFICALLY, I'M NOT THINKING ABOUT THIS AS THE ONE PROJECT THAT MAY OR MAY NOT HAPPEN.

IF WE'RE EXTENDING IT. IT'S JUST, DO WE WANT TO DO THIS FOR ANOTHER YEAR OR NOT? AND IF THERE'S A GOOD RATIONALE FOR THAT, THEN DO OR DON'T. BUT IT HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH ANY MR. NOBODY'S PARTICULAR ANYTHING IN MY VIEW. I WILL SAY THE.

LOOPHOLE IN THIS IS JUST WHAT THE MAYOR JUST SAID IS THAT OUTDOOR DINING.

YOU DON'T HAVE TO PARK IT. SO AS IT'S WRITTEN, I GUESS WE COULD MAKE SOME SORT OF CONDITION ON THAT USE.

I DON'T KNOW, THAT'S DOWN THE ROAD. BUT I WOULD STRUGGLE WITH THAT.

AND THEN FINALLY, IF I I'M SOCIAL. I'D BE ROOTING FOR US TO NOT EXTEND IT EVER, EVER AGAIN AND HAVE THAT WONDERFUL ROOFTOP THAT NO ONE ELSE CAN HAVE. ALSO, FOR THE RECORD, PRIME SOCIAL DID REMEMBER IN THE FIFTH AVE OVERLAY YOU ARE NOT REQUIRED TO PHYSICALLY

[03:35:06]

THEY DID ALLOCATE. THEY DO REMEMBER TO ALLOCATE PARKING FROM THE CITY GARAGE.

SO THAT WAS, YOU KNOW, WHEN YOU REVIEW THIS THROUGH THE CONDITIONAL USE, IT'S A GIVE. AND THAT WAS THEIR, THEIR OFFERING WAS THAT THEY WOULD ALLOCATE THE SPACES AND PAY FOR THE.

THAT'S WHAT I'M SAYING. THAT COULD BE NEGOTIATED LATER. SO ANYWAY, SHORT VERSION IS THIS IS NO PROJECT IN PARTICULAR FOR ME.

JUST ARE WE GOING TO ALLOW IT FOR ANOTHER YEAR? THAT'S HOW I SEE IT.

AND THAT OF COURSE, THAT REMAINS TO BE SEEN. AND WHO SAID A YEAR.

I DON'T KNOW. I WAS NOT IN THE ROOM. I APOLOGIZE, MR. BARTON. I THOUGHT WHO PROFFERED THE ONE YEAR PART.

IT'S POSSIBLE. WELL, MAYOR, JUST TO CLARIFY, BECAUSE I KEEP HEARING A YEAR.

BUT TECHNICALLY IT EXPIRES TOMORROW. YOU BREAK.

YOU NEED TWO READINGS OF AN ORDINANCE, LET'S SAY AT THE BEST, IT'S ADOPTED FIRST MEETING IN OCTOBER.

YOU TECHNICALLY ONLY HAVE SEVEN MONTHS LEFT IF YOU'RE GOING FROM THE JUNE DATE, OR YOU COULD EXTEND IT A YEAR FROM THAT DATE.

SO I JUST WANT TO CLARIFY THAT FROM TOMORROW UNTIL AN ORDINANCE IS PASSED, IF IT'S PASSED, PRIME SOCIAL IS A NONCONFORMITY AND NO APPLICATIONS CAN BE SUBMITTED.

SO PRIME SOCIAL MAY ACTUALLY LIKE IT BECAUSE THEN THEY'RE GOING TO BE A CONFORMITY. THEY MAY BE ABLE TO DO THINGS IF COUNCIL WERE TO.

IS THERE AN ISSUE WITH IT HAVING EXPIRED FOR WHATEVER, THREE MONTHS WHILE WE'RE GETTING THIS FIRST AND SECOND READING POTENTIALLY APPROVED AND THEN EXTENDING SOMETHING THAT NO LONGER EXISTS BECAUSE IT'S NOT REALLY AN EXTENSION AT THAT POINT IN TIME, IT'S NOT REINSTITUTION OF CORRECT OF A PRIOR.

THAT'S WHY I BRING IT UP. LIKE THERE'S NO WAY TO SAY I'M GOING TO GO BACK AND EXTEND IT TO 2027, WHEN THE REALITY IS YOU'VE JUST BEEN NONCONFORMING FOR THREE MONTHS.

SO REINSTITUTING A NEW PILOT PROGRAM FOR A YEAR.

THAT'S A NEW WHAT'S OFTEN REFERRED TO AS A SUNSET PROVISION FOR A CERTAIN TIME PERIOD.

SO THERE'S LANGUAGE THAT WOULD ALLOW US TO DO WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO ACCOMPLISH, THOUGH, IS WHAT I'M HEARING.

BUT YOU WOULD NOT BE ABLE TO GO BACK UNTIL. UNDERSTOOD. IT WOULD BE IT WOULD BE STARTING AFTER THE SECOND READING POTENTIALLY WAS APPROVED.

CORRECT. UNDERSTOOD. OKAY. BUT THE ITEMS THAT ARE WITHIN THIS ORDINANCE WOULD REMAIN.

WELL, THAT'S YOU'RE APPROVING AN ORDINANCE THAT IS COUNCIL'S PURVIEW.

IF YOU SAY COME BACK TO ME IN OCTOBER TO REINSTITUTE THIS.

BUT CHANGE I MEAN, IT'S YOUR CODE. WE COULD SAY SIMPLY DUPLICATE THIS OR POTENTIALLY WE COULD MODIFY IT.

MODIFY IT, OF COURSE. YEAH. I MEAN, SOME OF THE FLAWS WITH THIS ORDINANCE ORDINANCE, IN MY OPINION, A IS THE PARKING. YOU KNOW, THAT'S BECAUSE THAT'S GOING TO GET MORE DIFFICULT, AS WE JUST TALKED ABOUT EARLIER TODAY WITH THE COUNTY'S GROWTH AND ALL THAT. THE SECOND THING IS, YOU KNOW, FOR THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE, YOU KNOW, MAKING IT WHERE A PRIVATE CLUB COULD OCCUPY THAT SPACE WHEN REALLY THE COMMUNITY HAS NO BENEFIT FROM THAT. I HAVE AN ISSUE WITH THAT.

I THINK IT HAS TO BE FOR PUBLIC USE. IF WE CAN'T HAVE A BUNCH OF PRIVATE CLUBS ON OUR ONLY COMMERCIAL DISTRICT WE HAVE IN THIS AREA, I MEAN, IT'S REALLY GOING TO BECOME A BUBBLE COMMUNITY.

IT'S NOT NOT NOT NOT A HEALTHY COMMUNITY, IN MY OPINION.

SO THOSE ARE TWO TWO ISSUES I HAVE WITH THE CURRENT WAY IT READS CURRENTLY.

WELL I AGAIN BELIEVE THAT THIS WAS SOMETHING THAT WAS LOGICAL IN THAT SPACE, BUT AFTER GETTING INTO THE DETAILS, I THINK WE'RE OPENING OURSELVES UP TO SPOT ZONING AND WHETHER IT WILL BE A YEAR OR FIVE YEARS.

THIS IS JUST TO ALLOW ONE PROJECT AND THE CONSEQUENCES THAT WILL HAVE ON OTHER PROJECTS ARE VERY CONCERNING TO ME.

SO I, I THINK THAT AS I REVIEWED IT IN THE BEGINNING, I THOUGHT IT WAS A GREAT IDEA, BUT JUST THE PARKING, THE FIRE WITHIN RESIDENTIAL AND WHAT WOULD HAPPEN TO THE EXISTING NONCONFORMITY.

I THINK WE'RE, WE'RE REALLY OPENING UP A BAG OF WORMS HERE.

SO WITH THAT ANY OTHER QUESTIONS? COMMENTS? I HAVE NO PUBLIC COMMENT.

A QUICK COMMENT FOR THAT. I BELIEVE WHAT WE'VE GOT TO DO HERE TODAY IN REFERENCE TO THIS PARTICULAR AGENDA ITEM, IS WE HAVE TO MAKE A DECISION AS TO WHETHER WE'RE GOING TO HAVE AN ORDINANCE BROUGHT BACK TO US OR NOT.

BROUGHT BACK TO US. IS THAT CORRECT? OKAY. SO THE SAME ORDINANCE.

YEAH. WELL, IF THAT'S WHAT. IF THAT'S WHAT WE REQUEST.

MARTIN'S POINT. IT'S UP TO COUNCIL. YES. SO ONCE YOU OPEN IT, YOU COULD DO WHATEVER YOU WANTED WITH THE CODE.

SO WORKSHOP LET ME, LET ME LET ME SUGGEST WHAT I THINK WE SHOULD DO, WHAT I THINK WE SHOULD DO.

AND I THINK THIS IS I THINK THIS MERITS US TAKING THE TIME TO REVIEW IT AND MAKE A DECISION AS TO WHETHER WE THINK WE SHOULD

[03:40:09]

SO MY OPINION IS WHAT WE SHOULD DO IS GIVE DIRECTION FOR THIS ORDINANCE DUPLICATED.

NO CHANGES TO COME BACK TO US FOR READINGS. AND AGAIN, GIVES US THE OPPORTUNITY AS A COUNCIL TO TO LOOK AT THE ORDINANCE, GO DELVE INTO IT. AND AT THAT POINT IN TIME, SOME OF US, SOME OF US MAY SAY, NO, I DON'T WANT TO DO IT.

MAYBE SOME OF US MAY SAY, I LIKE IT AS IT IS, AS LET'S DUPLICATE THIS THING.

SOME OF US MAY SAY, HEY, I LIKE IT AS IT IS, BUT I'D LIKE TO MAKE CHANGES A, B, AND C, WHATEVER IT MIGHT BE.

BUT I THINK THAT I THINK THAT IT WOULD BE, IT WOULD BEHOOVE US TO, TO GIVE OURSELVES THE OPPORTUNITY.

WITH THAT BEING SAID, THEN, I DON'T THINK IT SHOULD COME BACK AS A WORKSHOP BECAUSE TO BRING BACK AN ORDINANCE AND US TO MAKE POLICY ON THE FLY WITHOUT DISCUSSION IS, I THINK, INAPPROPRIATE. I, I DON'T DISAGREE WITH THAT STATEMENT.

AND IF THAT'S IF YOU CAN, THAT'S A CONSENSUS IN THE WILL OF THIS COUNCIL THAT YOU'RE NOT GOING TO GET ANY ARGUMENT FROM ME.

OKAY. ANYONE OPPOSED TO THAT? SO OKAY, SO THIS WAS A WORKSHOP WE REPURPOSED AS A COUNCIL MEETING. AND I KNOW WE'RE NOT PREPARED TO, TO DISCUSS IT TODAY.

BUT THE EARLIEST WORKSHOP THAT YOU WOULD LIKELY SEE IT THEN IS OCTOBER.

I JUST WANTED TO PUT THAT ON THE RECORD. OKAY.

DO I HAVE A MOTION? DO YOU NEED A FORMAL. NO.

JUST CONSENSUS AND DIRECTION. I JUST NEED CONSENSUS THAT YOU WANT ME TO REMEMBER BECAUSE WE'RE ADDING IT TO AN AGENDA.

SO I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE A CONSENSUS TO HEAR THIS POTENTIAL EXTENSION OF THIS ORDINANCE WOULD COME TO US IN OCTOBER.

WORKSHOP. YES, COLONEL. YES. YES. YES, YES. OKAY. THERE'S A CONSENSUS WITH THAT. MADAM MAYOR, WE HAVE A 1230.

YES WE DO. THANK YOU. OKAY. THAT CONCLUDES ITEM 14 A, AND WE HAVE AN EXECUTIVE SESSION AT 1230.

[14.F) Executive Session regarding Naples Pride v. City of Naples, et al, Case No. 2025-CV-00291-JES-KCD, United States District Court, Middle District of Florida, Fort Myers Division. (12:30PM Time Certain)]

FORT MYERS DIVISION CITY COUNCIL AGREED TO MEET IN EXECUTIVE SESSION DURING ITS CITY COUNCIL MEETING ON JUNE 15TH, 2026, AS REQUESTED BY THE CITY ATTORNEY. AT APPROXIMATELY 1230 ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF CITY HALL IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM.

PUBLIC NOTICE WAS POSTED ON JUNE 3RD. THE EXECUTIVE SESSION IS EXPECTED TO LAST APPROXIMATELY TWO HOURS BUT MAY END EARLIER.

DISCUSSION DURING THE EXECUTIVE SESSION IS LIMITED TO STRATEGY RELATED TO LITIGATION EXPENDITURES OR SETTLEMENT NEGOTIATIONS, OR BOTH. THE EXECUTIVE SESSION IS RECORDED BY A CERTIFIED COURT REPORTER.

NO PORTION OF THE EXECUTIVE SESSION IS OFF THE RECORD.

FOLLOWING INDIVIDUALS WILL BE PRESENT DURING THE EXECUTIVE SESSION. MAYOR TERESA HEITMANN, COUNCIL MEMBERS BILL KRAMER, LINDA PENNIMAN, BURN BARTON, TED BLANKENSHIP, JOHN KRULL, SCOTT SCHULTZ, CITY MANAGER GARY YOUNG, CITY ATTORNEY MATTHEW MCCONNELL, ATTORNEY ODESSA DICKMAN, ATTORNEY NICOLE MOSS AND ATTORNEY NICHOLAS VARON AND ATTORNEY PETE PATTERSON. AND A REPRESENTATIVE FROM DINES COLE REPORTING. SO, MR. MCCONNELL, JUST A CLARIFICATION. WE COULD COME BACK IN A HALF AN HOUR.

WE COULD COME BACK IN AN HOUR OR TWO. YES. OKAY.

BUT IF YOU'RE TRYING TO SET AN EXPECTATION FOR THE PUBLIC, I DON'T SEE US BEING BACK IN HERE ANY EARLIER THAN AT LEAST AN HOUR.

THANK YOU. BUT IT WON'T GO LONGER THAN TWO HOURS. AND PURSUANT TO STATUTE. I'M SUPPOSED TO IDENTIFY HOW LONG I BELIEVE IT'S GOING TO BE. YEAH, I WAS CLARIFYING IT. THANK YOU.

OKAY. WITH THAT COUNCIL, IT'S 1230 AND WE'RE IN EXECUTIVE SESSION.

OKAY. WE'RE BACK FROM EXECUTIVE SESSION. MR. MCCONNELL.

YES. THANK YOU. MAYOR. NO ACTION IS REQUESTED OF COUNCIL AT THIS TIME.

OKAY. THANK YOU. THAT CONTINUES ON OUR AGENDA ON ITEM 14 B.

[14.B) A Resolution Amending Resolution 2024-15390, Which Waived the Competitive Bidding Process and Approved a Three-Year Agreement with Tyler Technologies utilizing their Munis Cloud-Based/Software as a Service (SAAS) Solution, for the Purpose of increasing the Year Three Costs from the not-to-exceed Amount of $399,347 to $475,000 for Necessary Training, Implementation of Inventory and Assets Solutions, Enhancements of Payroll Customizations and Software; Authorizing the City Manager to Execute a Purchase Order; and providing an Effective Date.]

[03:45:06]

AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE A PURCHASE ORDER AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. THANK YOU MAYOR.

THIS IS A UPGRADES TO MUNIS THAT WE'VE BEEN GRADUALLY DOING OVER THE COURSE OF THIS YEAR, AND IT IS GOING TO CULMINATE WITH WHAT WE HAVE THREE YEARS POTENTIALLY REMAINING ON THE AGREEMENT. SO IT IS REQUIRED TO COME TO YOU.

LISA DOUGLAS AND STEPHAN MR ARE HERE FROM THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT TO TALK ABOUT SOME OF THOSE ENHANCEMENTS.

AND THEN I'LL I'LL ENTER IN A COUPLE OTHER STATEMENTS DURING THIS PROCESS AS WELL.

THANK YOU. AFTERNOON. GOOD AFTERNOON. LISA DOUGLAS, BILLING AND COLLECTION MANAGER FOR THE CITY OF NAPLES FINANCE DEPARTMENT.

I WANTED TO FIRST START OFF BY SAYING WE'RE HERE TO TALK ABOUT TYLER TECHNOLOGIES, ENTERPRISE ERP SOFTWARE.

WHAT IS THAT? IT'S KIND OF OUR FINANCIAL UNDERLYING SOFTWARE THAT WE USE IN ALMOST EVERY DEPARTMENT.

WE STARTED 20 1617 AND THOSE. AND I'M HAPPY TO TELL YOU THAT I WAS ONE OF THE PEOPLE THAT THAT HELPED IMPLEMENT THE MUNIS SOFTWARE. BUT A YEAR AGO, THE IT DEPARTMENT TOLD ME THAT NOBODY LIKED MUNIS.

AND I STARTED GOING, WOW, THAT'S CRAZY. BECAUSE TO ME, MUNIS IS LIKE MY RIGHT ARM AND MY LEFT ARM, BECAUSE WITHOUT IT, I COULDN'T DO A BILLING COLLECTION THAT WE DO, YOU KNOW, $70 MILLION OVER THE COURSE OF, YOU KNOW, THE PERIOD OF TIME BETWEEN GENERAL BILLING AND UTILITY BILLING. SO I WENT AROUND AND I TALKED TO DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS AND I LEARNED SOMETHING WAS KIND OF UNFORTUNATE.

IS THAT THEIR, THEIR LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT THE SOFTWARE COULD DO FOR THEM AND HELP THEM BE MORE EFFICIENT WAS PROBABLY THE NUMBER ONE REASON WHY PEOPLE SAID THEY HATED IT AND DIDN'T USE IT BECAUSE THEY DIDN'T KNOW.

AND THAT'S NOT UNCOMMON IN ANY LOCAL GOVERNMENT OR ANY MUNICIPALITY WHERE YOU'RE TRAINED BY THE PERSON TELLING YOU NEXT TO YOU.

AND SOMETHING'S LOST IN THAT TRANSLATION. WHEN WE FIRST STARTED IN MUNIS, WE HAD A PACE AGREEMENT THAT WE'RE GOING TO GO THROUGH A FEW COSTS HERE.

AND DAVID HAD PUT SOMETHING JUST SUMMARIZING I THINK IT'S ON YOUR SCREENS NOW, JUST TO SUMMARIZE THE BULK OF WHAT WE'RE ASKING FOR THE PACE OR YOU SEE IT UNDER YOUR HEADLINE IS PACE IS A IT IS A NOW I JUST FORGOT WHAT IT WAS CALLED.

I, SORRY, I, SORRY, IT'S IN THE, IT'S IN YOUR MEMO.

IT'S A, IT'S A PROGRESSIVE IT'S A PLANNED ANNUAL CONTINUING EDUCATION PROGRAM.

AND WHAT IT DOES IS TWO THINGS. NUMBER ONE, IT ALLOWS US TO TRAIN OUR STAFF ON ANY OF THE MODULES THAT WE ARE CURRENTLY USING, OR ANY OF THE ONES THAT WE'RE NOT USING TO ITS FULLEST EXTENT.

AND NUMBER TWO, IT ALLOWS MUNIS TO COME IN OR TYLER TO COME INTO OUR HOUSE AND LOOK AT OUR BUSINESS, OUR BUSINESS PRACTICES AND SAY, WHAT'S THE BEST BUSINESS PRACTICE FOR THIS OR THIS? AND IS THERE SOME WAY WE CAN BRIDGE CERTAIN THINGS? IS THERE MORE EFFICIENCY? SOMETHING LIKE THAT.

SO THIS PACE AGREEMENT FOR THE COST OF $17,850 ALLOWS US 15 DAYS OF TRAINING.

NOW YOU MAY SAY THAT'S NOT A LOT OF TRAINING, BUT IN REALITY, IF SOMEBODY WANTED TO LEARN UTILITY BILLING, FOR INSTANCE, YOU WOULD HAVE TWO DAYS OF TRAINING TO GO THROUGH THE ENTIRE UTILITY BILLING FOR TWO EIGHT HOUR DAYS.

SO 15 DAYS IS A LOT OF TIME BECAUSE IT MAY JUST BE THAT IF STEFAN'S BEEN USING SOMETHING FOR A LONG PERIOD OF TIME, HE MAY JUST BE HALF A DAY THAT HE NEEDS TO ACTUALLY MAKE HIS PROCESS MORE EFFICIENT.

SO THE SECOND ONE IS ASSET MOBILE INVENTORY. CURRENTLY WE USE MUNIS FOR OUR FIXED ASSETS.

STEFAN CAN TALK A LITTLE MORE ABOUT THE FIXED ASSETS BECAUSE HE'S THE PERSON THAT OVERSEES THAT PORTION OF IT.

BUT, BUT WHAT WE'RE ASKING FOR IN THIS PARTICULAR ENHANCEMENT IS TO ACTUALLY DO AN ASSET INVENTORY MOBILE OPTION.

AND THE CITY MANAGER DID IN MAY OF THIS YEAR, PURCHASE THAT OPTION UNDER HIS AUTHORITY TO DO SO.

THE ASSET INVENTORY MOBILE HAS ALLOWED US, IT'S A HANDHELD, NO BIGGER THAN A CELL PHONE THAT YOU BASICALLY WILL GO UP AND SCAN A TAG.

IT WILL PRINT A TAG, YOU CAN GO INTO ANY ROOM AND SELECT THOSE PARTICULAR THINGS AND LOOK ON YOUR HANDHELD THAT YES,

[03:50:01]

I KEEP INTERCHANGING MUNIS AND TYLER. THEY'VE CHANGED IT TO SAY IT'S TYLER TECHNOLOGY, ENTERPRISE ERP.

AND FOR THE PAST 14 YEARS I'VE CALLED IT MUNIS.

SO I DO APOLOGIZE THAT THERE'S. BUT THEY'RE INTERCHANGEABLE.

BUT YOU CAN GO INTO A ROOM AND JUST KNOW THAT.

AND THEN ANY CHANGE THAT WE MAY MAKE, SAY I WENT UP TO COUNCILMAN.

BLANKENSHIP'S. YOU KNOW, SOMETHING IN YOUR, IN YOUR OFFICE AND I SCANNED IT AND IT SAYS IT SHOULD HAVE BEEN IN THE MAYOR'S OFFICE.

WE CAN UPDATE THAT IF THERE WAS REASSIGNED THERE WITH LITTLE TO NO EFFORT.

AND THAT WOULD THEN UPDATE INTO OUR, INTO OUR INVENTORY SYSTEM.

THE THIRD PORTION IS A IS A PAYROLL HUMAN CAPITAL PORTION.

AND THAT IS IT'S A STEP PLAN. IF YOU GUYS RECALL, THE UNION NEGOTIATED STEP INCREASES IN THEIR UNION CONTRACTS.

RIGHT NOW, OUR HR DIRECTOR IS BUSY. YOU DON'T WANT TO TALK TO HER RIGHT BEFORE THE YEAR STARTS OR WHEN, WHEN A CHANGE OR STEP PROGRAM STARTS BECAUSE SHE IS DOING THIS MANUALLY IN A, IN A, IN AN EXCEL SPREADSHEET.

AND IT TAKES HER WEEKS TO DO THIS. THIS IS WE'RE ASKING FOR YOU TO ACTUALLY HAVE MUNIS CREATE A PROGRAM THAT DOES THIS.

ALL SHE DOES IS PUTS IN THE BASE SALARY, THE MAX SALARY, AND THE STEP PORTIONS, AND IT WOULD DO IT AUTOMATICALLY EACH YEAR.

SHE WOULD JUST HAVE TO ADD INTO THE SYSTEM, LIKE FOR RATES, I USED TO HAVE TO UPDATE 975 RATES EVERY YEAR BEFORE WE WENT TO THE NEW FISCAL YEAR. MUNIS ALLOWS YOU TO UPDATE, EXPORT A SPREADSHEET, SAY WE'VE APPLIED THE THIS THIS AMOUNT OF INCREASE AND THEN UPLOAD THAT SPREADSHEET BACK. THOSE ARE THE THOSE ARE THE EFFICIENCIES THAT I'M TALKING ABOUT THAT NOT EVERYBODY KNOWS.

AND IT'S A PRETTY ROBUST SYSTEM. I'M NOT A SALESPERSON FOR TYLER TECHNOLOGIES, BUT I THINK WE ARE POWER USERS ENOUGH TO SAY THAT IT'S, IT'S IT'S GOT A GOOD GOOD ROBUST SYSTEM BEHIND IT.

THE OTHER THING IN THE PAYROLL ASSET IS OUR POSITION CONTROL AND QUALITY IMPROVEMENTS ON OUR POSITION CONTROL.

EVERY PERSON HERE IS ASSIGNED A POSITION WITHIN THE CITY.

THAT POSITION ACTUALLY THEN HOUSES, YOU KNOW, PERHAPS PREREQUISITES BASE SALARY, SALARY RANGES, THINGS LIKE THAT. IF THERE'S A CHANGE IN ANY OF THAT, IT'S MANUALLY DONE IN THAT POSITION CONTROL SYSTEM.

IN ADDITION TO THAT, ONCE AN EMPLOYEE IS ASSIGNED THERE, THERE'S AN EMPLOYEE NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THAT POSITION CONTROL OVER TIME THAT HAS BEEN WATERED DOWN A LITTLE BIT. AND WHAT WE WANT TO DO IS REALLY IMPROVE THE EFFICIENCY OF THAT POSITION CONTROL AND JUST HAVE A, A LOOK SEE AND GO THROUGH AND MAKE SURE THAT ALL OF THE RECORDS ARE, ARE ARE YOU KNOW, LIKE ALL OF WE'VE TOUCHED ALL OF THEM AND ALL OF THEM EQUAL THE CURRENT EXISTING AGREEMENTS. AND EVERY PERSON IS IN A PARTICULAR PLACE.

AND THAT WAY WE CAN HAVE SOME EFFICIENCIES FOR THAT.

THE LAST ONE IS SOMETHING THAT I THINK THIS COUNCIL ASKS EVERYONE TO DO.

WHEN WE'RE SITTING IN FRONT OF YOU, WE TELL YOU THIS IS OUR CONTRACT, THIS IS OUR THIS IS OUR VENDOR AND MUNIS.

TYLER MUNIS IS A VENDOR THAT WE HAD THIS AGREEMENT FOR YEAR ONE, YEAR TWO, YEAR THREE, YEAR FOUR, FIVE, A FIVE YEAR AGREEMENT. BUT WHEN I WAS GOING THROUGH THIS AND WE WERE TRYING TO DETERMINE WHETHER OR NOT THE CITY MANAGER HAD THE, THE ADDITIONAL FUNDING TO DO THIS ASSET MOBILE PURCHASE WE DID BACK IN MAY, WE REALIZED THAT THERE'S OTHER THINGS THAT MUNIS HAVE NOW PURCHASED. FOR EXAMPLE, THE FIRE DEPARTMENT USES A PROGRAM CALLED MOBILE EYES.

THAT MOBILE EYES PROGRAM HAS BEEN PURCHASED BY TYLER TECHNOLOGY.

AND IT WOULD BE REALLY DISINGENUOUS FOR ME TO COME AND SAY TO YOU, I WANT TO UPGRADE THIS, BUT BUT BY THE WAY, THREE OTHER DEPARTMENTS ARE USING THIS VENDOR AS WELL.

SO WE'RE BRINGING THIS TO YOU. AND EVERYTHING IN THE CITY THAT IS OWNED BY THIS VENDOR IS INCLUDED IN THIS AGREEMENT AT THIS POINT.

AND LASTLY, JUST A CONTINGENCY. AS MANY OF YOU KNOW, WHEN YOU'RE IMPLEMENTING A PROJECT, EVERYTHING CAN GO GREAT OR EVERYTHING CAN GO BAD.

SO WHAT WE'VE DONE RIGHT NOW IS WE HAVE DEPLOYED THE MOBILE AND MOBILE ASSET AND INVENTORY MODULES.

WE'VE PURCHASED THAT IN MAY, BUT WE'RE JUST STARTING THE PROCESS AND WE'RE DOING A PRETTY AGGRESSIVE APPROACH.

NONE OF US WILL TAKE THE SUMMER OFF LIKE YOU GUYS.

NO, THAT SOUNDED BAD. SORRY. LIKE YOU GUYS ARE.

NO, I'M JUST KIDDING. I'M JOKING, I'M JOKING. I'M.

I'M NONE OF YOU GUYS TAKE THE SUMMER OFF. I KNOW THAT, TOO.

ESPECIALLY WITH WHAT I HEARD EARLIER TODAY. BUT THE SUMMER IS GOING TO BE A VERY AGGRESSIVE TIME FOR US TO GET THIS PROGRAM IMPLEMENTED.

[03:55:06]

WE HAVE OUR FIRST SECOND MEETING ON THE 22ND, AND WE'LL BE MEETING WEEKLY AND SOMETIMES BIWEEKLY TO GET THIS PROGRAM INSTALLED AND READY TO GO IN EACH OF THE DEPARTMENTS. WITH THAT, I.

STEFAN, FEEL FREE. SORRY. HI. I'LL JUST SAY THAT, YOU KNOW I WORKED HERE FOR, YOU KNOW, A FEW YEARS NOW, AND I CAN SAY THAT THERE'S A LOT OF OPPORTUNITIES THAT I'VE LEARNED IN THE TIME THAT I'VE BEEN HERE TO DO CERTAIN THINGS BETTER.

AND IT CONTINUES EVERY DAY. AND I CAN SAY PERSONALLY, I FEEL THAT I WOULD BENEFIT A GREAT DEAL FROM GETTING SOME OF THIS IN-DEPTH TRAINING ALSO TO GIVE A LITTLE HISTORY. WE'VE MOVED FORWARD IN VERSIONS REALLY IN JUST THE LAST, YOU KNOW, TWO YEARS, WE'VE ACTUALLY ADVANCED 5 TO 6 YEARS WORTH OF VERSION UPDATES IN TYLER MUNIS.

SO WHEN YOU TAKE IT ALL TOGETHER, WE'VE DONE A LOT OF UPDATING, BUT NOT A WHOLE LOT OF TRAINING IN ALL THE NEW FEATURES THAT HAVE COME IN, IN THAT TIME SPAN. SO WHILE THERE MAY HAVE BEEN A PERIOD OF TIME WHEN THIS MAY NOT HAVE SEEMED AS CLEAR OF A VALUE ADD, I CAN SAY PERSONALLY, I THINK THERE'S A GREAT DEAL OF OPPORTUNITY.

NOT JUST FOR THE NEWER STAFF THAT WE HAVE HERE, BUT ALSO FOR THOSE OF US WHO ARE JUST FAMILIAR WITH THE VERSIONS OF THINGS THAT WERE, YOU KNOW, AGAIN, SEVERAL YEARS BEHIND. SO AND I'LL JUST ADD ON THAT BECAUSE IT IS IMPORTANT FOR YOU.

I FORGOT ALL ABOUT PUTTING THAT IN MY NOTES. WE'RE ON THE LATEST AND GREATEST PORTION.

THAT WAS ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WHEN WE WENT TO SASS THE, THE HOSTED ENVIRONMENT THAT WE ACTUALLY WOULD HAVE THE LATEST AND GREATEST OF THE FINANCIAL SOFTWARE WITHIN THIS PARTICULAR VENDOR.

AND WE ARE ON THAT TODAY AND WE'RE VERY HAPPY ABOUT THAT.

AND SO WITH THAT CERTAINLY WHAT WE'RE ASKING FOR IS, TO CHANGE THE THREE NOT THREE YEAR NOT TO EXCEED FROM 399,400 OR 340 $7 TO $475,000. IT'S AN ASK OF $75,653, AND WE CAN ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS YOU MAY HAVE.

THANK YOU FOR YOUR PRESENTATION. I WILL SAY THAT.

IT MAKES A BETTER HAVE A BETTER UNDERSTANDING NOW BECAUSE WE DIDN'T REALLY KNOW WHO WAS USING IT, WHY THEY WEREN'T USING IT, WHO HAD ISSUES, WHY THERE WERE ISSUES.

I THINK THE TRAINING PIECE IS SOMETHING THAT KUDOS TO YOU.

I THINK LIAISON SOME I MEAN, IT SOUNDS LIKE YOUR DEPARTMENT IS THE LIAISON KNOWING EXACTLY WHAT THIS TOOL, WHAT THIS CAN DO AS TOOLS TO OTHER DEPARTMENTS IS VITAL.

SO THANK YOU FOR THAT. COUNCIL MEMBER SCHULTZ THANKS FOR MAKING THE PRESENTATION YOU HAVE AND THE HOMEWORK YOU'VE DONE HERE.

HOW MANY HANDHELD UNITS DID YOU SAY YOU SCAN SOMETHING LIKE A NURSE IN A PATIENT'S PLACE? HOW MANY HANDHELD UNITS ARE YOU LOOKING AT? WE HAVE TWO RIGHT NOW.

THEY CAME IN. WE HAVE TWO. REMEMBER, THE FIXED ASSET COMPONENT WAS A PHYSICAL GO AND COUNT KIND OF THING.

IT'S IT'S THE REQUIREMENT FOR THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT TO GO TO A SPECIFIC DEPARTMENT, COUNT THESE WIDGETS OR COUNT THESE THINGS.

WHAT WE'RE NOW DOING IS ENHANCING THAT AND GIVING IT MORE OF A, OF A SYMBIOTIC RELATIONSHIP WITH THE MOTHERSHIP, IF YOU WILL, OF CAPITAL ASSETS. AND EXPANDING THAT INTO THE MOBILE REALM, IT WOULD BE PROBABLY NOT BEST GOVERNMENT FOR US TO JUMP IN WITH BOTH FEET AND SAY, WE WANT TEN OF THESE RIGHT NOW. SO WE HAVE TWO THAT WE'RE GOING TO WORK WITH RIGHT NOW AND TRY TO IMPLEMENT THROUGH OCTOBER.

THE GOAL WOULD BE THAT BY OCTOBER 1ST, THAT MOVING FORWARD IN THAT FISCAL YEAR, EVERYTHING THAT WE HAVE WOULD BE SCANNED IN.

THAT'S THAT'S WHAT WE'RE HOPING FOR. I HOPE I CAN COME BACK AND REPORT IN SIX MONTHS TIME THAT WE ARE THERE AND FAR EXCEEDED THAT, BUT THAT'S THE GOAL. DOES THAT ANSWER YOUR QUESTION? IT DOES TO A POINT. SO PRIMARILY, YOU TWO ARE GOING TO BE THE USERS OF THESE HANDHELDS THAT ARE HERE.

AND I'LL YIELD TO THE CITY MANAGER. I'LL TAKE THAT.

THANK YOU. SO THE REAL BENEFIT OF THIS AS IT PERTAINS TO THE MOBILE INVENTORY IS, IS THAT YOU HAVE THE ABILITY TO DISSEMINATE IT INTO THE FIELD.

SO I HAD MENTIONED THAT, THAT I WAS GOING TO KIND OF ELABORATE A LITTLE BIT AS TO WHAT I'M TRYING TO GET ACCOMPLISHED HERE, BUT SPECIFICALLY WHY WE BOUGHT THE ASSET MOBILE WOULD BE TO, ONCE WE'RE GETTING THE ERP SYSTEM TO TAG THE ASSETS, PUT IT OUT THERE APPROPRIATELY. I WANT TO MOVE LISA, SPECIFICALLY TO A POSITION THAT SHE WILL BE THE PROPERTY OFFICER FOR THE CITY MANAGER AND AN INTERNAL CONTROL AND THEN BE IN CHARGE OF CITY WIDE CUSTOMER SERVICE.

[04:00:03]

SO THE FIRST EIGHT MONTHS, WHEN I SAY CITY WIDE CUSTOMER SERVICE, THAT INCLUDES PARKING.

SO SHE'S GOING TO BE WORKING ON PARKING. SHE'S GOING TO BE WORKING AS THE PROPERTY OFFICE AND THE INTERNAL CONTROLS.

SO YOU COULD BE THAT WE WANT THE HANDHELD AND THE INTERNAL CONTROL POSITION WITHIN PUBLIC WORKS TO GO TO THOSE ITEMS AND SCAN THEM IN THE FIELD AS WELL.

SO WE'LL DETERMINE HOW MANY OF THOSE BASED ON THE PHASING IN OF EVERYTHING WITHIN THE ERP SYSTEM.

FOR EXAMPLE, POLICE DEPARTMENT HAS THEIR OWN INTERNAL AND IT'S VERY EFFICIENT AND THERE'LL BE NO REASON TO CHANGE THAT.

BUT KNOWING WHAT THEY HAVE IS THE ULTIMATE GOAL.

BUT WHERE IT DOESN'T EXIST IN A SUBSYSTEM THAT IS SELF-CONTAINED, ANYTHING COMING THROUGH THE ERP SYSTEM, THE INTENT IS TO. EITHER IT'S A CONSUMABLE OR THAT IT'S EITHER A CONSUMABLE INVENTORY OR AN ASSET, AND EITHER WAY, BE IN POSITION TO READ THOSE ASSETS AND TO TO HAVE A REPORT.

AND THEN IT'S ABOUT YEARLY PRINTING THE REPORT.

WHAT'S IN YOUR SYSTEM, NOT JUST THE, YOU KNOW, YOU HAVE A PERPETUAL INVENTORY AS, AS LISA HAD INDICATED, IT MAKES READING THE INVENTORIES EASIER. AND YOU HAVE A BARCODE, YOU GO TO THE WAREHOUSE INSTEAD OF SAYING THERE'S TEN HATS THAT ARE YELLOW OR VESTS OR, YOU KNOW, ALL OF THOSE THINGS, THEY'RE THERE. IT HAS A BARCODE YOU SCAN, IT MAKES THE INVENTORY MUCH EASIER.

BUT MORE IMPORTANTLY, THE ANNUAL REVIEW OF ASSETS, WHICH HASN'T BEEN BEING DONE BECAUSE IT WAS IT WASN'T CAPABLE OF BEING DONE.

THAT WILL BE A PIVOTAL COMPONENT TO THAT. SO IT MAKES IT MORE EFFICIENT.

I KNOW I WENT A LONG WAY OF GETTING THERE, BUT THE END IS THE EXACT NUMBER WILL DEPEND ON HOW MANY HOW MANY UNITS WE NEED AS WE GO ALONG.

AND THIS IS A THE STUDY SORT OF TO. YES. GUINEA PIG.

YES. AND WE PURCHASED THE ITEM. IT'S INTEGRATING THE SYSTEM FULL UTILIZATION.

AND THEN THE KEY WILL BE TRAINING EVERYBODY, GETTING IT INSTALLED, AND THEN GETTING EVERYONE TRAINED TO ENTER YOUR REQUISITIONS.

THAT BECOMES A PURCHASE ORDER THAT DRIVES THE INVENTORY, DRIVES THE ASSET.

AND THEN BY HAVING A SEPARATE PROPERTY OFFICE.

SO THINK OF THIS DEPARTMENT ENTERS A REQUISITION.

IT BECOMES A PURCHASE ORDER. THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT INVOICES.

AND OH BY THE WAY, A COMPLETELY SEPARATE DEPARTMENT SAYS THERE IS A PAID INVOICE TAKEN FROM THIS ACCOUNT FOR THIS PIECE OF EQUIPMENT.

THEY'RE PUTTING PRINTING THE ASSET TAG AND PUTTING IT ON THE EQUIPMENT.

THAT IS WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO DO TO GET OUR ARMS AROUND ALL OF THE CITY'S ASSETS AND TO MAKE IT ACCOUNTABLE WITH AN ANNUAL REVIEW ON AN ANNUAL BASIS.

SO SO THIS IS IN EFFECT, YOU'RE YOU'RE DOING A COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS, CBA ON THIS TO SEE INCREASED PRODUCTIVITY.

YOU HAVE A GUESSTIMATE WHERE YOU'RE SHOOTING FOR YES.

AND ACCOUNTABILITY ON THOSE ASSETS. THAT IS THE MOST AN IDEA OF A MEASURABLE.

WHAT PERCENTAGE ARE YOU TRYING TO ACHIEVE AN EFFICIENCIES OF SCALE RELATIVE.

WELL, THE EFFICIENCIES IS FIRST IS GET 100% ACCOUNTABILITY FOR THOSE INTERNAL AND THE EXTERNAL MEANING INTERNAL INVENTORY ASSETS AS WELL AS CAPITALIZED ASSETS. BUT AS FAR AS THE RETURN ON THE INVESTMENT THINK OF, WE WOULD BE ADDING MORE BODIES IF WE DIDN'T, BECAUSE I DON'T HAVE ANYBODY THAT PRESENTLY GOES OUT AND COUNTS THEM.

NOW, THIS IS TO CREATE EFFICIENCIES SO THAT THERE'S NO REASON IT ISN'T DONE IN THE FUTURE.

IT REALLY IS. THE COST IS WORTH THE BENEFIT FOR ACCOUNTABILITY, NOT WHETHER IT'S REDUCING SOMEBODY'S WORK, BECAUSE WE'D BE ADDING BODIES IF IT WASN'T FOR THAT.

THAT'S THE WAY I TAKE IT. SO IT'S LIKE AI IN PARTICULAR, IT WILL EXACTLY FUNCTION WITH THE USER AND MAKE THEM.

THAT'S CORRECT. THANK YOU VERY MUCH. AND FROM OUR PERSPECTIVE, WE HAD THE ABILITY WE ALWAYS HAD WHEN WE MOVED TO THE SAAS.

THE UPGRADED IN NOVEMBER OF 24, I BELIEVE, IS WHEN WE COMPLETED THAT AND DID ALL THE MANY UPGRADES.

AND I THINK THAT STEFAN AND LISA SUMMARIZED IT WELL.

BUT THINK ABOUT HOW MANY PEOPLE CAME AND LEFT FROM FROM 2016 TO TO 2024 AND NEW VERSIONS.

SO YOU'RE ONLY DOING WHATEVER THE LATEST PERSON TAUGHT YOU.

AND THIS IS AN OPPORTUNITY TO KNOW WHAT WE ALREADY KNEW.

WE HAD SOME DEFICIENCIES. LET'S MAKE THAT RIGHT.

AND THEN AND THE OTHER PART OF IT IS, IS TO MAKE SURE WE HAVE SOME TRAINING OPPORTUNITIES AS THINGS IMPROVE.

AND SO THAT'S WHY WE'RE COMING TO YOU TO LET YOU KNOW WHAT A WHAT WE'RE DOING, WHAT WE'VE ALREADY PUT IN PLACE, WE'RE STARTING TO PUT IN PLACE. AND THEN ALSO TO LET YOU KNOW THAT, LOOK, THERE'S STILL ONE YEAR LEFT ON THE THREE YEAR AGREEMENT PLUS TWO ONE YEAR RENEWALS.

LET'S COME TO YOU, TELL YOU WHAT WE'RE ASKING FOR UNDER THE ASSUMPTION THAT ONCE WE MAKE THIS INVESTMENT ON OUR OVERALL ERP SYSTEM, WE'RE NOT REPLACING IT. SO THAT'S WHY WE'RE ASKING FOR THE THREE YEARS TO CONTINUE FOR THE OPTIONAL TWO THAT'S THERE.

SO THIS IS WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO GET ACCOMPLISHED.

THANK YOU. I HAVE KRAMER AND THEN DID YOU. OH, NO.

THANKS FOR THE GREAT JOB. YOU GUYS DO START THERE.

I THINK THAT COMING OUT OF THE SCHOOL SYSTEM WHERE CONSTANT NEW SOFTWARE.

[04:05:03]

I THINK IT'S GREAT THAT YOU'VE GOT A HISTORY WITH THIS. I ALSO THINK THAT THAT PLANNED ANNUAL CONTINUING EDUCATION, THE PACE IS REALLY, REALLY IMPORTANT BECAUSE YOU DO, YOU DO WIND UP WITH THIS MUCH OF IT JUST, AND THEN THAT DOESN'T CREATE ANY EFFICIENCIES, RIGHT? IN FACT, IT'LL SOMETIMES BE AN ANCHOR. SO I THINK THAT'S FANTASTIC.

AND ALSO I'M SURE THEY'RE GOING TO YOU KNOW, THE SOFTWARE WRITERS WANT TO KEEP THEIR JOB. THEY DON'T WANT TO MOVE FROM AUSTIN OR WHEREVER THEY LIVE. SO IT'S CONSTANTLY REFINING, RIGHT.

CONSTANT CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT THROUGH THE SOFTWARE, WHICH SHOULD DO THE SAME FOR US.

HAVING SAID ALL THAT, AND YOU'LL FIX ME RIGHT NOW I'M ASSUMING OUR AGREEMENT DICTATES THAT THEY WILL PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR ALL OF THIS ON THEIR END PERIOD. LIKE BECAUSE I GOOD.

I JUST HAD A I HAVE THAT SAID OUT LOUD. WE'VE I'VE GOTTEN INVOLVED WITH STUFF BEFORE.

WE SPENT A WHOLE BUNCH OF MONEY AND THEN TWO YEARS LATER THEY DISAPPEARED.

THEY SOLD TO WHOEVER. AND THEY'VE GOT AN ENTIRELY DIFFERENT PROGRAMING.

AND SO THAT WOULD BE MY ONLY CONCERN THAT SOMETHING LIKE THAT, WOULD THEY CONTINUE TO PURCHASE LITTLE SMALL BUSINESSES.

THAT'S WHY WE RAN ACROSS THE MOBILIZE. I DON'T SEE THEM GOING ANYWHERE.

IT'S BEEN THE SAME COMPANY SINCE I STARTED WITH IT 14 YEARS AGO AND OR 12 YEARS AGO.

I'M SORRY. I'VE BEEN HERE 14 YEARS, BUT WE STARTED IN.

SO 12 YEARS AGO. AND YES, THEY DO PROVIDE THE SAAS AGREEMENT.

THEY PROVIDE ALL OF THE TRAINING AND ANY TYPE OF PROBLEM SOLVING THAT WE HAVE.

OUR SALES CONTRACT, OUR SALESPERSON IS RESPONSIVE.

I HAVE HER CELL PHONE NUMBER. SO SOMETIMES MAYBE SHE DOESN'T REALLY LIKE THAT SHE GAVE IT TO ME.

BUT WE DO GET ANSWERS AND RELATIVELY QUICK FASHION AS WELL.

OKAY, GREAT. THANKS. AND MAYOR, THE ONLY THING I WANT TO ADD TO THAT TO GIVE YOU ALSO SOME COMFORT WHEN WE LOOK AT THE PAYROLL AND HUMAN CAPITAL IN TERMS OF THE BENEFIT THAT YOU'RE GOING TO SEE, THERE IS SURELY NOT HAVING TO DO ALL OF THAT WORK.

I MEAN, AGAIN, YOU'RE, YOU'RE, YOU'RE TAKING TWO WEEKS WORTH OF WORK AWAY FROM HER OSTENSIBLY, IF YOU GET THAT DONE. THE OTHER IMPORTANT PART IS YOU COULD HAVE A PROGRAMMER, LET'S SAY WE DID HAVE A PROGRAMMER THAT CAN CREATE A, YOU KNOW, USE THIS FIELD TO CREATE THAT TABLE TO DO WHATEVER.

IF YOU DO THAT AND THEN YOU DO AN UPGRADE, THEN YOU'RE PAYING YOUR OWN PROGRAMMER TO UP ANYTIME IT'S UPGRADED.

WHEN YOU BRING THEM IN FOR A ONE TIME STEP PLAN CHANGE AND THEY UPGRADE THEIR SYSTEM, THEY'VE GOT TO BRING THAT UP TO UP WITH IT.

AND SO THAT'S THE IMPORTANCE OF UTILIZING THEIR RESOURCES, NEVER NOT DOING A THIRD PARTY SO THAT THEY'RE SUPPORTING ALL OF THE SUB SYSTEMS AND PROGRAMS THAT WE'RE ASKING THEM TO DEVELOP. SO THAT'S WHY THE 2025 RELATED TO PAYROLL AND HUMAN CAPITAL IS IMPORTANT, AS OPPOSED TO US TRYING TO PROGRAM ON OUR OWN OR USE A FIELD TO TRY TO DO THAT.

THIS IS IT'S ESSENTIAL GOING FORWARD FOR UPGRADES.

THANK YOU. BLANKENSHIP. THANKS. ARE THESE THAT ARE ON THE SCREEN LIKE ONE TIME COSTS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OR ARE THEY ONGOING COSTS EVERY YEAR? THOSE ARE THE ONGOING COSTS TO KEEP USING. THOSE ARE ONGOING COSTS.

SO CURRENTLY I'M SORRY I APOLOGIZE. THAT'S NOT TRUE.

THE PACE IS AN ONGOING COST ASSET INVENTORY. MOBILE IS AN ONGOING COST.

AND THE FIRE PREVENTION IS ONGOING COST THE PAYROLL AND HUMAN CAPITAL IS A ONE TIME COST.

AND THE CONTINGENCY IS A ONE TIME COST IS OBVIOUSLY IF WE DON'T HAVE TO USE IT, THAT'S GREAT.

BUT YES. CORRECT. THE FIRST TWO ITEMS. AND YEAH.

OKAY. I MAY HAVE MISREAD IT, BUT IT LOOKED LIKE.

SO THIS IS YEAR THREE, BUT IT LOOKED LIKE FOR YEAR FOUR THERE WOULD BE LIMITED TO A 5% INCREASE OVER THE FULL.

THE NEW 475. THAT'S CORRECT. SO MAYBE THAT'S CORRECT.

MAYBE IT SHOULD BE 475 MINUS THE TWO ONE TIME COST.

IF IT'S I DON'T KNOW, YOU CAN LOOK WE UTILIZE THE SAME EVEN THOUGH THERE WAS A CONTINGENCY ALREADY BUILT INTO THE ORIGINAL AGREEMENT.

AND THEN WE JUST DID 5% ON IT. SO IT'S A FLOATING 5%.

IF WE DON'T NEED IT FOR ANYTHING, WE WOULDN'T UTILIZE IT.

OKAY. AND THE FIRST YEAR WE ACTUALLY WERE SO UNDER THE FIRST YEAR COST.

AND SO IF ANYBODY KNOWS ME AND I'M LOOKING AT GARY BECAUSE HE KNOWS ME WELL.

IF, IF IT'S NOT SOMETHING WE NEED TO HAVE, IT'S NICE TO HAVE, IT'S NOT SOMETHING WE HAVE TO HAVE TO DO OUR JOBS MOST EFFECTIVELY.

IT'S KIND OF LIKE THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN A, I WANT A GREEN HAT OR I WANT A RED HAT.

WE'RE GETTING RED HATS FOR EVERYBODY. IT'S JUST GOVERNMENT EFFICIENCY AT ITS BEST.

OKAY. AND I THINK SO THE UTILITY ASSETS WILL BE INCLUDED, LIKE FOR THE WATER FUND, SEWER FUND, EVERYBODY, ALL, THEY'RE ALL GOING TO BE INCLUDED.

THEY'RE EXISTING IN MUNIS NOW IN THE WORK ORDER SECTION.

[04:10:01]

WHETHER OR NOT THEY'RE USED WITH THE INVENTORY MOBILE IS SOMETHING THAT WE'RE NOT USING RIGHT NOW.

SO WE'RE TRYING TO JUST MAKE IT MORE EFFICIENT.

WE HAVE 1500 WATER METERS. I'M JUST GIVING YOU AN EXAMPLE OF WATER METERS, 1500 WATER METERS IN THE WAREHOUSE.

AND DO WE KNOW? CAN WE PUT OUR HANDS ON EVERY SERIAL NUMBER OF THOSE ASSETS? THAT'S WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO GET TO. DOES THAT ANSWER YOUR QUESTION A LITTLE BIT BETTER? YEAH. GOT IT.

AND THERE WERE DIVISIONS WITHIN THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT THAT WERE NOT UTILIZING THE ERP SYSTEM.

AND THAT'S THE OTHER PART WE'RE TRYING TO CORRECT WITH DOCTOR GEORGE, WITH CREATING THE INTERNAL YEAH, THE INTERNAL CONTROL POSITION AS WELL AS THE STEPS WE'RE TAKING HERE.

YEAH. I CAN IMAGINE A PROJECT LIKE THE BEACH OUTFALL PROJECT WITH MILLIONS OF DOLLARS OF ASSETS THAT YOU WANT TO BE ABLE TO ACCOUNT FOR.

AND THAT'S GOOD. YEAH. YOU KNOW, IT'S INTERESTING.

THE GOOD PART OF WHAT WE DO WELL IS WHEN YOU HAVE CONSTRUCTION AND PROJECTS, PROJECTS LIKE THAT, YOU BRING ON THOSE ASSETS BECAUSE IT IS, IT'S ALL BEING DONE WITH THAT SINGULAR ACCOUNT.

AND IT'S WHEN YOU GET INTO THE 500,000 IN 2000 DOLLARS ITEMS, THAT'S WHERE WE HAVE WORK TO DO, ESPECIALLY WITH IN CONTROLLING THOSE WITHIN THE, WITHIN THE SYSTEM.

SO ANYWHERE FROM 1000 TO 5000, THAT BECOMES IT'S THOSE ARE THE ONES WE'RE TRYING TO CAPITALIZE ON HERE.

YEAH. AND LISA'S GOING TO TAKE CARE OF ALL OF THAT.

YES. AWESOME. DO THEY HAVE ANY SORT OF CONFERENCES OR USER GROUPS WHERE YOU'RE ABLE TO LEARN FROM WHAT OTHER CITIES DO AND MAKE SURE IF THEY'VE GOT SOME COOL THINGS THAT WE CAN DO TOO? SO I WENT TO ONE IN ATLANTA AND EACH YEAR I WAS ASKED, DO YOU WANT TO GO BACK? AND I SAID, NO. AND THE REASON I SAID NO IS BECAUSE IT REALLY WAS MORE ABOUT, I MEAN, EVERYBODY LIKES TO GO TO CONFERENCES, I GET THAT, BUT I LOOKED AT IT LIKE I WENT AND I WAS PROBABLY I WAS I AM A POWER USER OF THEIR PRODUCT.

AND SO I GET THERE AND I'M SITTING NEXT TO SOMEBODY WHO JUST BOUGHT IT, AND I'M SITTING TO SUMMIT NEXT TO SOMEBODY WHO'S HAD IT A YEAR, AND I COULD PROBABLY TALK THEM WHAT WE KNEW. AND SO I FELT LIKE IT WAS NOT A VALUE FOR US TO GO.

INSTEAD WHAT WE DO IS THERE IS A TYLER UNIVERSITY ONLINE.

AND SO ANYTIME YOU GO IN, THEIR SYSTEM IS VERY UNIQUE, NOT UNIQUE, BUT YOU CAN.

BEFORE YOU ENTER A HELP OR SUPPORT TICKET. IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS YOU TO SEARCH TO SEE.

CAN YOU FIND THE ANSWER FIRST? SO WE'RE REALLY KIND OF LEARNING EVERY SINGLE DAY.

SOMETIMES IT SEEMS LIKE EVERY SINGLE DAY SOMETIMES, AND THEN OTHER TIMES JUST PASSING ALONG THE KNOWLEDGE TO OUR STAFF SO THAT WE HAVE DEPTH ON THE BENCH, IF YOU WILL, USING A COACH ANALOGY.

YEAH. MAYBE THEY COULD PUT TOGETHER A POWER USER GROUP, NOT JUST A USER GROUP, BUT SO THAT YOU'RE TALKING TO PEOPLE WHO KNOW AS MUCH AS YOU DO AND LEARN FROM THEM. AND MY LAST QUESTION, SO WE'RE IN YEAR THREE AND WE HAVE TWO ONE YEAR OPTIONS, BUT WE WANT TO KEEP USING IT LONGER THAN THAT.

IS IT TIME TO GO AHEAD AND NEGOTIATE A NEW FIVE YEAR AGREEMENT.

SO WE DON'T END UP IN YEAR 4 OR 5. AND WE'RE KIND OF STUCK, YOU KNOW, WITH OUR BACK AGAINST THE WALL TO NEGOTIATE A RENEWAL.

YEAH. WE DEBATED ON COMING FOR A BRAND NEW FIVE AT THIS TIME, BUT GIVEN WE WERE JUST UNDER THE CONSTRAINTS.

AND WE WANT, YOU KNOW, OVER THE SUMMER, WE WANTED TO BE WORKING ON THE THINGS AND DISCLOSE WHAT WE WERE DOING. SO YEAH, CERTAINLY. AND THE OTHER PART OF IT IS, IS WHEN WE REDID SASS AND WE WENT UNDERNEATH THE SASS UMBRELLA, IT, IT REALLY MESSED UP THE TIMING OF YOUR ANNUAL REVIEW OR ANNUAL RENEWAL, FOR LACK OF A BETTER.

AND WE'D LIKE THAT TO GO ALONG WITH YOUR FISCAL YEARS.

SO ACTUALLY, PROBABLY IN YEAR IN YEAR FOUR, BEFORE WE GOT THE FIVE, WE WOULD BE BRINGING IT BACK TO RESET THAT.

THAT'S THE MOST LOGICAL. AND BECAUSE IT PUTS US IN A BETTER POSITION THAN HAVING A BUNCH OF, YOU KNOW, 300, 000 OF PREPAIDS BECAUSE IT'S TOO, YOU KNOW, YOU'RE TWO MONTHS INTO IT AND YOU'VE GOT A WHOLE YEAR PAID FOR.

SO IF WE CAN REALIGN ALL THOSE THINGS, WE'RE GOING TO WORK ON DOING THAT.

BUT WE ALSO WANTED TO BUY, YOU KNOW, GET OURSELVES HERE.

SINCE THE AGREEMENT STILL HAD TWO ONE YEAR OPTIONS TO AT LEAST HAVE FULFILLED THE REST OF THE INTENT OF IT.

SO YEAH, THAT MAKES SENSE. JUST KNOWING FROM THE SOFTWARE COMPANIES PERSPECTIVE, HAVING WORKED THERE, IF YOU WAIT TOO LONG, THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE ALL THE POWER IN THE NEGOTIATION STRATEGY BECAUSE THEY'LL FIGURE YOU DON'T HAVE ANOTHER CHOICE.

SO I DID, I DID REACH OUT LIKE MR. YOUNG SAID, I DID REACH OUT TO ASK THEM IF WE NEEDED TO, YOU KNOW, RENEGOTIATE OUR AGREEMENT NOW. AND THE AGREEMENT IS A FIVE YEAR AGREEMENT.

EVERYTHING'S THE SAME FOR FIVE YEARS, EXCEPT FOR JUST A 5% INCREASE.

I THINK THE AGREEMENT FOR US WAS IT STARTS JULY 1ST.

[04:15:01]

JULY 1ST STARTS YEAR THREE. AND THAT'S THE WHOLE REASON WHY IF WE STARTED YEAR THREE NOW AND WE CONTINUED ON, IT'S JUST GOING TO BE FROM JULY TO OCTOBER. AND SO WE'VE ALREADY DISCUSSED WITH THEM THAT WE WANT TO RENEGOTIATE AN AGREEMENT IN YEAR FOUR TO SAY THAT WE WANT IT OCTOBER 1ST. SO WE WOULD HAVE TO PRORATE JULY TO OCTOBER, AND THERE WILL BE A LITTLE BIT MORE TO PAY THAT ONE YEAR BECAUSE OF THAT.

AND SO WE'VE ALREADY EXPRESSED THAT TO THEM. OKAY.

WE WILL DO SO. JUST DON'T WAIT TOO LONG. YEP. WE WILL DO SO.

ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU. SO AT PRESENT TIME WE HAVE THE CITY CLERK IS USING TYLER MUNI AND SO IS HR TO A LITTLE DEGREE. WE'RE JUST EXPANDING IT.

AND THEN THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT USES. SO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT USES CITY VIEW.

AND THEN THE QUEST IS THE RECORD RETENTION IS WITHIN THAT.

BUT THE OUR ERP SYSTEM, HR USES 100% AS IT PERTAINS TO PERSONNEL.

YOU'RE GOING TO LEARN ABOUT A FRONT END SYSTEM REGARDING RECRUITMENT AND SOME OTHER THINGS.

THAT'LL DO IT. TO UTILIZE THAT, WE USE NEOGOV RIGHT NOW, BUT IN TERMS OF THE HR SYSTEM IS WHAT DRIVES OUR PAYROLL. AND ALL OF THOSE POSITION CONTROLS ARE ARE WITHIN OUR ERP SYSTEM.

SO AS FAR AS THE CLERK, THE ONLY THING THAT I KNOW THAT WHEN YOU WENT TO BUILDING THAT THERE'S THAT COMMON.

THE, THE CLERK UTILIZES REQUISITIONS AND PURCHASE ORDERS JUST LIKE OTHER DEPARTMENTS WITHIN OUR ERP SYSTEM.

BUT THE CLERK USES QUESTS, WHICH IS A CITY VIEW APPLICATION.

NOW WHEN CITY VIEW BOUGHT QUESTS. AND SO THAT'S FOR DOCUMENT RETENTION AND RECORDS.

SO I JUST WANTED TO DELINEATE FROM, AS I'M NOT SURE WHAT A CLARIFICATION, NOT NOW, BUT BECAUSE TYLER MUNI HAD A DOCUMENT PUBLIC RECORD STORAGE PIECE. AND THEN WE KIND OF WENT TO QUESTS AND THEN WE WENT TO.

I'LL DEFER TO THE CLERK I HAVE CURRENTLY. WE CURRENTLY.

EVERYTHING THAT'S DONE WITHIN THE ERP ENTERPRISE SOFTWARE HAS WHAT WE CALL TYLER CONTENT MANAGER.

SO EVERY RECORD THAT WE GENERATE IS INCLUDED IN TYLER CONTENT MANAGER.

SO IF THERE WAS A PUBLIC RECORDS REQUEST, TYPICALLY THE CLERK'S OFFICE WOULD ASK US FOR YOU KNOW, TO LOOK IN THAT PARTICULAR THING AND WE WOULD LOOK FOR.

YEAH. SO BUT I, I'M NOT AWARE OF ANY, ANY TYLER MUNI MAYBE MUNI CODE HAD IT, BUT TYLER MUNIS DID NOT HAVE ANYTHING THAT I THINK THE CLERK WAS USING.

AND AS FAR AS THE HR MODULE, I WILL GO ON THE RECORD TO SAY THAT WE BROUGHT IN THE BEST OF THE BEST OF THE HR PEOPLE IN JANUARY OF THIS YEAR, AND THEY CAME IN AND TOLD US THAT ALL OF THE THINGS THAT WE ARE USING VERY MINORLY IN IN HR, AND I DON'T WANT TO STEAL MY COLLEAGUES THUNDER BECAUSE CHARLOTTE'S DONE A GREAT JOB OF OF LOOKING AT THE SOFTWARE THAT IT WAS A C, C MINUS AT BEST. AND I THINK CHARLOTTE'S GOING TO BRING YOU AN A PLUS PLUS SYSTEM AND TALK ABOUT THAT.

SO I JUST WANT TO GO ON THE RECORD TO SAY THAT WE DID DO THAT THROUGH JUST HAVING THEM COME IN AND TAKE A LOOK AT IT.

AND THEY SAID IT JUST WASN'T REALLY BENEFICIAL TO THE THINGS THAT WE NEEDED.

WELL THANK YOU. I THINK EVALUATING THIS, BEING MORE EFFICIENT AND MAKING SURE THAT WHAT WE HAVE ALREADY INVESTED IN IS BEING UTILIZED.

SO THANK YOU, I APPRECIATE THAT. ANY OTHER QUESTIONS? I HAVE NO PUBLIC COMMENT OF A MOTION. I'LL MAKE A MOTION.

MOTION AMENDING REG RESOLUTION 2024 15390, WHICH WAIVED THE BIDDING PROCESS, APPROVED A THREE YEAR AGREEMENT WITH TYLER TECHNOLOGIES USING THEIR MUNI CLOUD BASED SOFTWARE SYSTEM TO PROVE IT.

I THINK YOU HAVE A MOTION BY COUNCILMEMBER KRAUSE, A SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER KRAMER.

MADAM CLERK, PLEASE CALL THE COUNCIL. COUNCILMEMBER SCHULTZ.

AYE. COUNCILMEMBER PENMAN. YES. VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP.

YES. COUNCILMEMBER BARTON. YES. COUNCILMEMBER KRAMER.

YES. COUNCILMEMBER CROWELL. YES. MAYOR HARTMAN.

YES. THANK YOU. THANK YOU FOR ALL YOUR HARD WORK.

OKAY, THAT CONCLUDES 14 B MOVING TO 14 C, MR.

[14.C) A Resolution waiving the Competitive Bidding Requirements; approving a Piggyback Agreement between the City of Naples and Precision Task Group, INC., a Texas Corporation Lawfully Doing Business in Florida, to Procure Workday Human Capital Management Software and Human Resources Information System Platform as a Solution to Centralize, Manage, Automate, and Streamline Human Resources Functions and Workflows, Utilizing Sourcewell Contract No. 060624-PRT as a Cooperative Purchase in an Amount not to Exceed $1,471,430; Authorizing the City Manager to Execute the Piggyback Agreement; Amending the Fiscal Year 2025-2026 Budget Adopted by Resolution 2025-15701 to Increase Appropriation from the Unappropriated Balances of the 001 General Fund in the Amount Of $397,656, the 110 Building Fund in the Amount of $47,009, the 420 Water/Sewer Fund in the Amount of $145,791, the 430 Beach Fund in the Amount Of $24,394, The 450 Solid Waste Fund In The Amount Of $36,845, the 460 Dock Fund in the Amount Of $4,129, the 470 Stormwater Fund in the Amount of $28,269, and the 480 Tennis Center Fund in the Amount Of $5,716 For The Purpose of this Expense; and Providing an Effective Date.]

[04:20:01]

AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE THE PIGGYBACK AGREEMENT. AMENDING THE FISCAL YEAR 2025 2026 BUDGET ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION 2025-15701 TO INCREASE APPROPRIATION FROM THE UNAPPROPRIATED BALANCES OF THE 001 GENERAL FUND AND THE AMOUNT OF $397,656.

THE 110 BUILDING FUND IN THE AMOUNT OF $47,009.

THE 420 WATER SEWER FUND IN THE AMOUNT OF $145,791.

THE 430 BEACH FUND, IN THE AMOUNT OF $24,394.

THE 450 SOLID WASTE FUND IN THE AMOUNT OF 36,845.

THE 460 DOCK FUND IN THE AMOUNT OF $4,129. THE 470 STORMWATER FUND IN THE AMOUNT OF $28,269, AND THE 480 TENNIS CENTER FUND IN THE AMOUNT OF $5,716.

FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS EXPENSE AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE.

MAY I HAVE A MOTION TO APPROVE? YES. SIR. MADAM MAYOR.

THANK YOU. YES. THIS IS ANOTHER OPPORTUNITY FOR US TO UTILIZE SOFTWARE.

WE HAVE AN EXISTING SOFTWARE. IT HAS DEFICIENCIES.

IT'S NOT INTEGRATED WITH MUNIS, BUT IT HAS ITS OWN RECURRING COST AS WELL.

SO THERE WAS A TASK FORCE THAT WAS CREATED AND SAID, LET'S GO OUT AND EVALUATE WHAT KIND OF SYSTEMS WE HAVE.

AND I'LL LET CHARLOTTE SPEAK TO THAT. BUT THE REASON THAT YOU HAVE ALL THE ACCOUNTS THAT YOU HAVE, AND IF YOU NOTICE IN THE RESOLUTION, IT SAYS THAT AFTER THE INSTALLATION YEAR, ALL FUTURE YEARS ANNUAL MAINTENANCE WILL BE PAID OUT OF THE TECH SERVICES FUND AND WILL BE PROPORTIONATELY DISTRIBUTED. BECAUSE THIS OCCURRED IN THE MIDDLE OF THE YEAR AND THE IMPLEMENTATION, WE'VE BUDGETED WITHIN THE SAME OPERATIONAL FUNDS AS THAT WOULD OTHERWISE BE DEPICTED IN YOUR ANNUAL BUDGET.

SO THAT'S WHY THE READING OF ALL THE FUNDS. BUT WITH THAT, I'LL TURN IT OVER TO CHARLOTTE FOR THE FOR THE REST OF THE PRESENTATION.

SO THANK YOU. GOOD AFTERNOON. GOOD AFTERNOON, MAYOR, VICE MAYOR AND CITY COUNCIL.

CHARLOTTE LOWELL, HUMAN RESOURCES DIRECTOR. I'M ALSO JOINED BY THE CITY'S TALENT AND ACQUISITION MANAGER, ASHLEY SIMIC, WHO HAS BEEN A BIG PART OF THIS PROJECT.

TODAY I'M REQUESTING APPROVAL OF A RESOLUTION TO PROCURE WORKDAY HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE AND RELATED IMPLEMENTATION SERVICES THROUGH PRECISION TASK GROUP.

THIS RECOMMENDATION REPRESENTS A STRATEGIC INVESTMENT IN MODERNIZING THE CITY'S HUMAN RESOURCES INFRASTRUCTURE, IMPROVING OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCY, ENHANCING EMPLOYEE SERVICES, AND POSITIONING THE CITY OF NAPLES TO TO ATTRACT, DEVELOP AND RETAIN A HIGH PERFORMING WORKFORCE FOR YEARS TO COME.

SO WHY ARE WE HERE TODAY? AT THE CORE, THE PROJECT IS ABOUT MODERNIZATION.

OUR CURRENT NEO GOV CONTRACT EXPIRES IN NOVEMBER OF 2026, AND CURRENTLY SUPPORTS ONLY A LIMITED PORTION OF WHAT WE DO IN HR.

IT DOES OUR APPLICANT TRACKING, ONBOARDING AND PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT ONLY.

AND AGAIN, WE DO USE TYLER MUNIS FOR OUR MAIN PAYROLL SYSTEM.

TODAY, MANY OF OUR PROCESSES REQUIRE DUPLICATE DATA ENTRY, MANUAL WORKFLOWS, PAPER RECORDS, AND MULTIPLE SYSTEMS THAT DO NOT COMMUNICATE WITH ONE ANOTHER AT THE SAME TIME.

OUR WORKFORCE EXPECTS THE SAME TYPE OF SELF-SERVICE TECHNOLOGY THEY USE IN THEIR EVERYDAY LIVES.

IF THEY WANT TO UPDATE AN ADDRESS, THEY HAVE TO COME INTO HR.

IF THEY WANT TO UPDATE THEIR PHONE NUMBER, THEY HAVE TO COME INTO HR. THIS WILL ELIMINATE ALL OF THAT ADDITIONAL TIME WHERE WE HAVE A SYSTEM THAT WILL EVERYTHING WILL BE A ONE STOP SOFTWARE PLATFORM. WORKDAY PROVIDES AN OPPORTUNITY TO MOVE FROM FRAGMENTED PROCESSES TO A SINGLE INTEGRATED PLATFORM AND SUPPORTS EMPLOYEES, SUPERVISORS, DEPARTMENTS AND ORGANIZATIONAL DECISION MAKING.

THE GOAL IS SIMPLE CREATE A MORE EFFICIENT, EMPLOYEE CENTERED ORGANIZATION WHILE REDUCING ADMINISTRATIVE BURDENS ACROSS THE CITY.

SO WHAT CHALLENGES ARE WE TRYING TO RESOLVE WITH WORKDAY TODAY? HR INFORMATION IS SPREAD ACROSS MULTIPLE SYSTEMS. WE USE NEO GOV FOR SOME TYLER MUNIS AND DOCUSIGN AND OTHER VARIOUS MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS TO DO OUR DAY TO DAY OPERATIONS.

THIS CREATES INEFFICIENCIES, DUPLICATE WORK, AND INCREASE OPPORTUNITIES FOR ERROR.

MANY TRANSACTIONS STILL REQUIRE PAPER FORMS, MANUAL APPROVALS, AND REDUNDANT DATA ENTRY.

OUR ABILITY TO GENERATE WORKFORCE ANALYTICS, SUCCESSION PLANNING INFORMATION, WHICH THE CITY DOES NOT CURRENTLY DO, AND STRATEGIC REPORTING IS LIMITED AS OUR ORGANIZATION CONTINUES TO GROW AND BECOMES MORE COMPLEX.

[04:25:04]

WORKDAY ALLOWS US TO REPLACE THESE DISCONNECTED PROCESSES WITH A SINGLE SOURCE TO CENTRALIZE WORKFORCE DATA AND HR OPERATIONS, PROVIDING EMPLOYEES AND MANAGERS WITH ACCURATE REAL TIME INFORMATION.

SO THE EVALUATION PROCESS TO GET HERE TO ENSURE A THOROUGH AND OBJECTIVE REVIEW.

WE ASSEMBLED A CROSS-FUNCTIONAL COMMITTEE WITH REPRESENTATIVES FROM HR, FIRE, POLICE, PUBLIC WORKS, IT AND PROCUREMENT. THE COMMITTEE SPENT MONTHS IDENTIFYING ORGANIZATIONAL NEEDS AND EVALUATING LEADING HCM PLATFORMS AVAILABLE THROUGH PIGGY BACK AND COOPERATIVE PURCHASING OPPORTUNITIES. THREE VENDORS WERE REVIEWED AND SCORED BASED ON FUNCTIONALITY, USABILITY, IMPLEMENTATION APPROACH, LONG TERM VALUE, AND PUBLIC SECTOR EXPERIENCE.

AT THE CONCLUSION, THE EVALUATION AT THE CONCLUSION OF THE EVALUATION PROCESS, WORKDAY EMERGED AS THE CLEAR TOP VENDOR.

SO WHY WORKDAY? I COULD SIT UP HERE ALL DAY AND TALK ABOUT WHY WORKDAY.

BUT WORKDAY PROVIDES A UNIFIED PLATFORM THAT MANAGES THE ENTIRE EMPLOYEE LIFECYCLE, FROM RECRUITMENT TO ONBOARDING TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT, ELECTRONIC PERSONNEL FILES, WHICH HAS BEEN A GOAL OF MINE SINCE I BECAME DIRECTOR, SUCCESSION PLANNING AND WORKFORCE ANALYTICS.

THE PLATFORM AUTOMATES ROUTINE TASKS, REDUCE PAPERWORK BY OVER 80%, IMPROVES TRANSPARENCY, AND PROVIDES A COMPREHENSIVE VIEW OF WORKFORCE INFORMATION.

WORKDAY ALSO INTEGRATES WITH TYLER MUNIS, WHICH IS OUR ERP SYSTEM.

AND THIS WAS A CRITICAL REQUIREMENT FOR STAFF.

WE KNEW THAT WE WEREN'T COMPLETELY TRANSITIONING AWAY FROM TYLER MUNIS, BUT WE KNEW WE WANTED A PLUS PLUS HR SYSTEM.

PERHAPS MOST IMPORTANTLY, WORKDAY GIVES MANAGERS BETTER DATA AND REPORTING TOOLS TO SUPPORT WORKFORCE PLANNING AND OPERATIONAL DECISIONS.

SO WORKDAY IN FLORIDA, WORKDAY IS NOT NEW TO FLORIDA, AND IT'S NOT NEW TO THE PUBLIC SECTOR ACROSS FLORIDA, 99 ORGANIZATIONS CURRENTLY UTILIZE WORKDAY, INCLUDING 39 PUBLIC SECTOR ENTITIES.

MORE THAN 1.3 MILLION FLORIDA BASED EMPLOYEES ARE SUPPORTED THROUGH THE PLATFORM.

AND HERE ARE JUST SOME OF THE AGENCIES THAT UTILIZE AND WORKDAY.

WE HAVE DONE SEVERAL REFERENCE CHECKS, ESPECIALLY SARASOTA AND SARASOTA COUNTY.

SO IT WAS GREAT TO KNOW THAT THEY SAID THAT THIS PROGRAM IS PHENOMENAL BENEFITS TO OUR EMPLOYEES AND THE DEPARTMENTS.

I OFTEN SAY THAT OUR EMPLOYEES ARE THE CITY'S GREATEST ASSET.

THIS INVESTMENT IS ULTIMATELY ABOUT SERVING THEM BETTER.

EMPLOYEES WILL GAIN 24 ACCESS TO EMPLOYMENT INFORMATION, STREAMLINE ONBOARDING, IMPROVE TRANSPARENCY, CLEANER AND PERFORM CLEANER PERFORMANCE EXPECTATIONS AND GREATER OPPORTUNITIES FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT.

MANAGERS WILL GAIN FASTER ACCESS TO WORKFORCE INFORMATION, IMPROVED REPORTING CAPABILITIES, AND MORE EFFICIENT PROCESSES. DEPARTMENTS WILL SPEND LESS TIME ON ADMINISTRATIVE TASKS AND MORE TIME FOCUSED ON DELIVERING SERVICES TO OUR RESIDENTS.

THE BIGGEST BENEFICIARY OF THIS PROJECT IS NOT ONLY HR.

IT IS EVERY EMPLOYEE AND DEPARTMENT THROUGHOUT THE CITY.

SO WHY PTG FOR IMPLEMENTATION? SELECTING THE RIGHT IMPLEMENTATION PARTNER IS JUST AS IMPORTANT AS SELECTING THE RIGHT SOFTWARE.

AGAIN, WE SPOKE TO SEVERAL OF OUR PEERS THAT IMPLEMENTED WORKDAY AND THEIR MESSAGE WAS CLEAR.

THEY LOVED THE PRODUCT BUT DO NOT CUT CORNERS WITH IMPLEMENTATION.

IT'LL END UP BEING A FAIL BECAUSE IT WILL FALL ON STAFF.

PTG BRINGS EXTENSIVE PUBLIC SERVICE EXPERIENCE AND A STRONG HISTORY OF SUCCESSFUL WORKDAY IMPLEMENTATIONS.

THEY HAVE SIGNIFICANT EXPERIENCE INTEGRATING WORKDAY WITH TYLER MUNIS AND UNDERSTAND THE UNIQUE NEEDS OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT.

THEIR IMPLEMENTATION APPROACH MINIMIZES RISK, REDUCES DEMAND ON CITY STAFF AND PROVIDES A STRUCTURED PATH TO A SUCCESSFUL DEPLOYMENT.

WE HAVE DEVELOPED AN AGGRESSIVE BUT ACHIEVABLE IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE.

THE PROJECT WILL BEGIN IN JULY WITH PLANNING AND DISCOVERY PRIORITIZING THE RECRUITMENT AND ONBOARDING PIECE, WHICH WILL ENSURE A SEAMLESS TRANSITION BEFORE OUR NEO GOV SERVICES EXPIRE IN NOVEMBER.

TESTING ACTIVITIES WOULD OCCUR THROUGHOUT THE FALL WITH A TARGETED GO LIVE DATE OF DECEMBER 1ST FOLLOWING IMPLEMENTATION.

PTG WILL PROVIDE HYPERCARE, WHICH IS OR CONTINUOUS SUPPORT TO ENSURE A SMOOTH TRANSITION AND SUCCESSFUL ADOPTION BY EMPLOYEES AND OUR DEPARTMENTS. THE PROJECT COST. THE TOTAL FIVE YEAR INVESTMENT IS APPROXIMATELY $1.47 MILLION, CONSISTING OF IMPLEMENTATION SERVICES, WORKDAY SUBSCRIPTION COSTS AND TRAINING.

TO PROVIDE CONTEXT, STAFF ALSO EVALUATED WHAT IT WOULD COST TO EXPAND OUR CURRENT NEO GOV PLATFORM WITH COMPARABLE FUNCTIONALITY.

[04:30:05]

HOWEVER, THAT DID NOT INCLUDE IMPLEMENTATION OR TRAINING THAT WOULD BE NEEDED WHILE WORKDAY REQUIRES A GREATER INVESTMENT.

THE SOFTWARE COST DIFFERENCE EQUATES TO APPROXIMATELY 54.

SIX ANNUALLY OVER THE FIVE YEAR CONTRACT TERM.

FOR THAT ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT, THE CITY RECEIVES A FULLY INTEGRATED HCM PLATFORM RATHER THAN A COLLECTION OF SEPARATE MODULES AND DISCONNECTED SYSTEMS. THIS SLIDE ILLUSTRATES HOW THE ADDITIONAL COSTS WILL BE DISTRIBUTED ACROSS DEPARTMENTS THROUGH THE TECHNOLOGY SERVICES FUND.

THE ALLOCATION METHODOLOGY IS BASED ON EMPLOYEE COUNTS, ENSURING THAT THE COSTS ARE DISTRIBUTED EQUITABLY ACROSS OUR CITY DEPARTMENTS.

THIS APPROACH ALIGNS COSTS WITH USAGE AND PROVIDES TRANSPARENCY REGARDING DEPARTMENTAL FINANCIAL IMPACTS.

PROJECT FUNDING AND BUDGET STRATEGY. SO STAFF HAS DEVELOPED A SUSTAINABLE FUNDING STRATEGY.

THE INITIAL FISCAL YEAR 2526 INVESTMENT OF 689 809 WILL BE ALLOCATED ACROSS EIGHT CITY FUNDS.

MOVING FORWARD, ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION COSTS WILL BE BUDGETED THROUGH THE TECHNOLOGY SERVICES FUND AND ALLOCATED ACROSS OPERATING FUNDS BASED ON EMPLOYEE COUNTS.

THIS APPROACH ALLOWS US TO MAKE THE INITIAL INVESTMENT WHILE MAINTAINING A PREDICTABLE AND MANAGEABLE LONG TERM FUNDING MODEL.

SO RECOMMENDATION STAFF RECOMMENDS APPROVAL OF WORKDAY HCM AND PRECISION TASK GROUP FOR IMPLEMENTATION.

THIS PROJECT REPRESENTS AN INVESTMENT AND OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCY, WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT, AND ORGANIZATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS, BUT MOST IMPORTANTLY, EMPLOYEE SERVICE. IT WILL MODERNIZE HOW WE MANAGE OUR WORKFORCE, IMPROVE TRANSPARENCY AND ACCOUNTABILITY, AND POSITION THE CITY TO MEET FUTURE WORKFORCE NEEDS.

MOST IMPORTANTLY, IT SUPPORTS OUR ABILITY TO ATTRACT, DEVELOP AND RETAIN THE TALENTED EMPLOYEES WHO PROVIDE THE EXCEPTIONAL SERVICE TO THE RESIDENTS OF NAPLES EVERY DAY. AND I WILL BE HAPPY TO ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS.

YOU MAY HAVE. ANY QUESTIONS? THANK YOU. I KNOW THIS WAS ONCE A ONCE A MONTH.

WE'RE GOING TO GET AUTOMATIC SOFTWARE FOR THAT ALSO.

I'M GOING TO SPEAK AND IT'S GOING TO TURN ON.

IT'S GOING TO KNOW WHAT YOU WANT TO SAY. SAME WITH EVERYBODY ELSE. RIGHT. RIGHT.

THANK YOU. BECAUSE I KNOW IT WAS MONTHS AND MONTHS OF WORK AND COLLABORATION AND, AND I ABSOLUTELY SUPPORT YOUR EFFORTS IN EFFICIENCY. SO THANK YOU VERY MUCH.

I JUST ADDED THAT REAL QUICK. IT'S ANECDOTAL, BUT MY OTHER JOB.

WE USE WORKDAY VERY LARGE INSURANCE AGENCY STATEWIDE, OVER 240 EMPLOYEES PLUS AND INCLUDING OTHER PLATFORMS, WHICH ARE OTHER PARTNER CORPORATIONS, WHICH ARE OSWALD RCM AND WHICH ARE EVEN LARGER NATIONAL FIRMS. SO THE SOFTWARE IS EXTREMELY CAPABLE. SO I WILL SAY THAT I CHOSE WISELY, IN MY OPINION, WITH WHAT YOU'RE WHAT YOU'RE CHOOSING TO IMPLEMENT.

THANK YOU. AWESOME. IT IS AMAZING THAT WE DON'T ALREADY HAVE THIS, QUITE HONESTLY, BUT I THINK IT'S A FUNCTION OF HAVING EXCELLENT PEOPLE ON THE TEAM AND CONSISTENCY AMONGST THOSE EXCELLENT PEOPLE.

AND WE WENT THROUGH A BUNCH OF YEARS HERE WHERE THE TURNOVER EVEN AT THE TOP WAS CONSTANT.

RIGHT. AND SO THIS KIND OF STUFF FALLS THROUGH THE CRACKS, I THINK SOMETIMES. SO THANKS VERY MUCH TO GARY YOUNG WHO'S ALL OVER THIS.

AND SARA, YOU KNOW, I'M A HUGE FAN. AND THANK YOU.

THANK YOU. YES. VICE MAYOR. YEAH. THANK YOU FOR THIS.

AND THANKS FOR WALKING ME THROUGH IT ON OVER THE WEEKEND WITH THE FEATURES AND BENEFITS.

AND LIKEWISE, I WAS SURPRISED WE DIDN'T ALREADY HAVE SOMETHING THIS ROBUST.

SO I'M GLAD YOU'RE IMPLEMENTING IT. IT LOOKS LIKE A GOOD SOLUTION.

MY QUESTION IS ON THE $450,000 IMPLEMENTATION FEE.

IT'S A FIXED FEE. IS IT TIED TO HITTING THAT DECEMBER 1ST GO LIVE DATE? IS THERE SOME SORT OF PERFORMANCE? IT'S TIED TO COMPLETING THE PROJECT.

SO ARE YOU SAYING IF WE GO PAST THE DECEMBER 1ST.

YEAH. OR IF THE IMPLEMENTATION I KNOW YOU CHECKED OUT REFERENCES AND YOU THINK THEY'RE A REALLY GOOD PARTNER, BUT WHAT HAPPENS IF SOMETHING GOES WRONG? IS THERE SOME SORT OF ADJUSTMENT? AND ASHLEY'S BEEN WORKING WITH PTG PROBABLY DAILY ON THIS PROJECT, SO I'LL DEFER TO HER.

ASHLEY SIMIC. I'M THE TALENT ACQUISITION MANAGER FOR THE CITY.

THE 450 FIXED FEE DOES ENCOMPASS WHETHER OR NOT WE HIT THAT GOAL.

AND THAT DOES PUT THE RISK MORE ON PTG TO HIT THAT GOAL.

[04:35:04]

THEY WON'T ADD ANY ADDITIONAL FEES IF WE DON'T HIT THAT TIME FRAME.

IT DOESN'T MAKE ANY DIFFERENCE ON OUR END. IT'S MORE ON TG'S END OF HAVING TO HAVE THEIR EMPLOYEES WORK HARDER.

OKAY. OKAY. AND ONCE THIS INITIAL PHASE IS DONE, WHICH REPLACES NEO GOV.

WILL THERE BE NEW FUNCTIONALITY ADDED IN THE FUTURE? NEW MODULES OR NEW FUNCTIONALITY? YES. SO WE'LL ROLL OUT THE ENTIRE PRODUCT.

SO THE FIRST FOCUS AGAIN IS GETTING OUR APPLICANT TRACKING LIVE SO WE CAN HAVE EMPLOYEES APPLY.

THERE MIGHT BE A LITTLE TIME PERIOD, A COUPLE WEEKS WHERE WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO CREATE AN ONLINE APPLICATION BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, WHEN YOU HAVE EXPIRES EARLY NOVEMBER, WE'RE GOING TO STILL HAVE TO HAVE EMPLOYEES APPLY OR APPLICANTS APPLY TO THE CITY.

SO WE WILL NOT THERE WILL BE NO DISRUPTION IN THAT SERVICE.

SO EMPLOYEES WILL STILL APPLY AND THEN THE REST FULLY.

FUNCTIONS WILL FOLLOW AFTER THAT. SO THE FOCUS IS RECRUITMENT APPLICATION TRACKING AND ONBOARDING.

AND THEN FOLLOWING THAT WILL BE THE REST OF THE HCM SYSTEM.

AND THE REST OF THE HCM SYSTEM IS COVERED BY THESE FEES.

OR THERE WOULD HAVE TO BE NO CORRECT ALL COVER, ALL INCLUSIVE OF THAT FEE.

WHAT ABOUT THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE FUTURE FEATURES YOU MEANING IF WE WANTED TO ADD MORE THAN WHAT WE HAVE IN OUR CURRENT CONTRACT.

WELL, YOUR FOCUS THE FIRST PHASE, DECEMBER 1ST IS FOCUSED ON REPLACING NEOGOV.

CORRECT. THE 450,000 TO TPG. SO MY QUESTION IS AFTER THAT DO WE HAVE TO PAY TPG MORE? NO. NO. SO IT ENCOMPASSES ALL OF THE SERVICES THAT WE'RE GETTING.

SO IF YOU LOOK AT THE ORDER SHEET, THAT IMPLEMENTATION COVERS CORE HR ANALYTICS PERSONNEL FILES.

SO THAT'S ALL INCLUSIVE OF THAT $450 IMPLEMENTATION.

OKAY. AND SUCCESSION PLANNING AND SUCCESSION PLANNING.

YES. AND I'M SURE THERE'S A LOT OF GOOD STUFF, A LOT OF GREAT STUFF.

YES. SO CURRENTLY, YOU KNOW, THE CITY DOES NOT HAVE A FORMAL SUCCESSION PLANNING. SO THIS SYSTEM TALK ABOUT ROBUST.

IT IS CAPABLE OF SHOWING WHO IN OUR WORKFORCE IS POSSESSES CERTAIN CERTIFICATIONS AND LICENSES THAT ARE ABLE TO JUMP IN WHEN WE KNOW WE HAVE FIVE RETIREMENTS COMING UP. AND SO THIS SYSTEM TRACKS IN THE NEXT 30 DAYS, THESE EMPLOYEES WILL BE ELIGIBLE FOR RETIREMENT IN THE NEXT FIVE YEARS AND THE NEXT ONE YEAR. AND SO NOT ONLY DO WE KNOW WHO IS UP FOR RETIREMENT, AND WE CAN START PREPARING FOR THEIR VACANCY WITH OUR CURRENT WORKFORCE.

AND SO THAT CAPABILITY, IT'S INCREDIBLE. IT'S SOMETHING THAT ALSO I WANTED TO IMPLEMENT.

I KNOW THE MAYOR ASKED ABOUT SUCCESSION PLANNING.

WHAT DO WE DO? SO THAT FOR ME WAS AMAZINGLY CRUCIAL.

YEAH. GREAT. THANK YOU. THANK YOU. OKAY. ANY FURTHER QUESTIONS? SORRY THAT IT'S SO SIMPLE, BUT EXCELLENT WORK.

SO THANK YOU SO MUCH. WITH THAT COUNCIL, DO I HAVE A MOTION? TO READ THE WHOLE THING. NOBODY WANTS TO READ THAT.

I'LL MAKE A MOTION. THAT WE ACCEPT THIS PROPOSAL TO THIS RESOLUTION.

WAIVING THE COMPETITIVE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS. APPROVING A PIGGYBACK AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF NAPLES AND PRECISION TASK GROUP INCORPORATED.

HOW'S THAT? IS THAT ENOUGH? THAT'S PERFECT. OKAY.

LOOK AT ME. YES. OKAY. I HAVE A MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER KRAMER.

AND A SECOND BY COUNCILMAN BY VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP.

MADAM CLERK, PLEASE CALL THE COUNCIL. VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP.

YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. KROLL. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER.

BARTON. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. KRAMER. YES. COUNCILMEMBER.

SCHULTZ. AYE. COUNCIL MEMBER. PENNYMAN. YES. MAYOR.

HEINEMANN. YES. THANK YOU. THANK YOU. MADAM MAYOR, I JUST WOULD LIKE TO I'D LIKE TO SAY THANK YOU TO ASHLEY AND CHARLOTTE, LISA, FOR EVALUATING MUNIS AND EVERY MEMBER ON THAT COMMITTEE.

YOU KNOW, I GOT A LITTLE HEARTBURN WHEN I SAW THE PRICE TAG, BUT ALL IN ALL YOU KNOW, IT IS ABOUT COMPLETING THE SYSTEMS AND HAVING THE MOST EFFICIENT SYSTEMS. SO I JUST WANT TO SAY THANK YOU FOR ALL YOUR EFFORTS ON THAT.

AND THE ONLY OTHER THING I'D LIKE TO SAY, SINCE WE DIDN'T SAY IT, NEITHER ONE OF THOSE PRESENTATIONS ON THIS ONE OR THE ONE BEFORE WAS PART OF THE RECORD, AND I WOULD LIKE THE PRESENTATION TO BE ADDED AS PART OF THE RECORD FROM THE CLERK.

THANK YOU. YES, I'LL SEND IT TO YOU. OKAY. THANK YOU.

OKAY. THANK YOU. ALL RIGHT. STRONG WORK. THANK YOU FOR BEHIND THE SCENES WORK NOBODY SEES WITH THAT.

[04:40:05]

[14.D) Discussion and Confirmation of the Maximum Millage Rates for the General Fund, East Naples Bay Taxing District (ENB) and Moorings Bay (MB) Taxing District (Supplement 1/Updated Item).]

WE DO. AND WE DID INCLUDE, AS YOU KNOW, JUST FROM BACKGROUND PERSPECTIVE, A COUPLE YEARS AGO, WE STARTED TALKING ABOUT PUBLIC SAFETY AND WE HAD A PUBLIC SAFETY PRESENTATION, BOTH POLICE AND FIRE, WHAT THEY HAD ASKED FOR AT THE TIME IN TERMS OF EVALUATING WHAT THEY THOUGHT, YOU KNOW, THE SIZE OF THEIR DEPARTMENT WOULD OR SHOULD LOOK LIKE NOW.

WE DID DO SOME TAKE, HAD TAKEN SOME STEPS IN 25 AND 26 WITH A TARGETED APPROACH.

AND AGAIN, THERE WAS REQUESTS AGAIN THIS YEAR SPECIFICALLY FROM POLICE AS IT RELATED TO PERSONNEL.

AND I SAID, LOOK, IT'S REALLY NOT APPROPRIATE TO, TO DO IT IN AUGUST.

IF WE'RE GOING TO HAVE THIS DISCUSSION, WE NEED TO DO IT AT THE TIME OF THE MAXIMUM MILLAGE.

SO THAT'LL BE A REFRESHER FOR THOSE WHO WERE ON COUNCIL AND THE OTHER ONES.

THERE'S NO COMMITMENT IN THIS IN PRIOR YEARS AS TO HOW MANY WOULD BE ACCOMMODATED.

THERE WAS A COMMITMENT FOR THE TWO YEAR EFFORT, BUT IT IS A FAIR TIME TO HAVE THE CONVERSATION AS WE LOOK AT CURRENT PROPERTY VALUES, CURRENT MILLAGE RATES, AND WHERE WE WANT TO TAKE THE CITY OR WHERE YOU WANT TO TAKE THE CITY.

SO THAT'S WHY WE'VE ADDED THAT AS PART OF THIS DISCUSSION TODAY. AND WITH THAT, I'LL TURN IT OVER TO STEFAN.

THANK YOU. GOOD AFTERNOON, MAYOR AND COUNCIL.

STEFAN MASSELL, FINANCE DIRECTOR. AND I'D JUST LIKE TO START BY JUST GIVING AN OVERVIEW OF THE MATERIALS THAT ARE IN THE PACKET.

SO THERE IS AN AGENDA MEMORANDUM. IN ADDITION TO THAT HAVE THE COPY OF THE PRESENTATION.

THERE'S AN OVERVIEW FROM NAPLES POLICE DEPARTMENT OF THE PUBLIC SAFETY ENHANCEMENTS REQUEST.

ANOTHER ONE FROM CHIEF PENNINGTON FOR THE FIRE DEPARTMENT.

IN ADDITION, THERE'S A, AN OVERVIEW OF TAXABLE VALUE HISTORY AND TRENDS.

SO REALLY LOOKING AT THE LAST 20 YEARS FOR THE CITY OF NAPLES ALSO SOME INFORMATION FROM THE STATE OF FLORIDA ABOUT MAXIMUM MILLAGE AND YOU KNOW, HOW IT'S CALCULATED AND THAT SORT OF THING AS WELL AS COMPLIANCE STATEWIDE YOU KNOW, WITH YOU KNOW, VOTING THRESHOLDS AND THE LIKE.

AND AND THEN OF COURSE THE DOCTOR FOR 20 FORMS FOR CALCULATION OF THE CITY'S ROLLBACK RATE AS WELL AS THE MAXIMUM MILLAGE.

I ALSO MUST APOLOGIZE. THE ORIGINAL ITERATION OF THESE MATERIALS HAD AN INCORRECT CALCULATION OF ROLLBACK RATE.

THAT WAS THE REASON THAT A SUPPLEMENTAL WAS PROVIDED.

AND SO THERE WERE SOME REVISIONS NEEDED WHICH ARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THIS FINAL VERSION OF THE PACKET.

SO PURPOSE OF THE PRESENTATION. YOU KNOW, WE'RE HERE TO AGREE TO A NOT TO EXCEED MILLAGE RATE MAXIMUM FOR GENERAL FUND AS WELL AS TWO TAXING DISTRICTS, THOSE BEING THE EAST NAPLES BAY SPECIAL TAXING DISTRICT AND THE MOORINGS BAY TAXING DISTRICT.

THE LAST TIME THAT THE GENERAL FUND MILLAGE RATE WAS INCREASED WAS IN FISCAL YEAR 2020 425.

WAS THE KIND OF THAT FIRST STAGE IN PUBLIC SAFETY ENHANCEMENTS PLANS.

AND THAT WAS THE INCREASE FROM 1.17 TO 1.23. THIS SLIDE PROVIDES AN OVERVIEW OF THE PRELIMINARY TAXABLE VALUES FOR EACH OF THOSE TAXING DISTRICTS, AS WELL AS THE CRA INCREMENT.

SO THE CRA INCREMENT WILL DRIVE THE AMOUNT OF CONTRIBUTIONS BOTH FROM THE CITY'S GENERAL OR CITY'S MILLAGE, BUT ALSO FROM THE COUNTY'S MILLAGE THAT GETS BASICALLY CONTRIBUTED INTO THE CRA BASED ON THE INCREMENTAL VALUE FROM WHEN THE CRA WAS FORMED TO TODAY. SO YOU CAN SEE THOSE PERCENTAGE INCREASES.

THE GENERAL FUND WAS THE LOWEST OF THE FOUR AT 1.41%.

EAST NAPLES BAY AND BAY WERE BOTH JUST OVER 2% CRA INCREMENT VALUE INCREASED BY 3.39%.

GENERALLY WITH PAST EXPERIENCE, THE PRELIMINARY VALUES THAT WE RECEIVE THESE WERE RECEIVED MAY 29TH.

THEY ARE GENERALLY CONSISTENT WITH WHAT THE FINAL VALUES COME OUT TO.

THEY'RE NEVER EXACTLY THE SAME. THE FINAL NUMBERS WILL RESULT IN A SLIGHTLY DIFFERENT ROLLBACK RATE ONCE THOSE ARE KNOWN.

SO IN THE MEANTIME, THIS IS KIND OF OUR BEST ESTIMATE BASED ON THE INFORMATION WE HAVE.

THIS CHART HERE SHOWS THE 20 YEAR HISTORY. SO THIS THIS CHART YOU CAN SEE, YOU KNOW, NOT THE NOT TOO FAR DISTANT PAST.

WE HAD THE GREAT RECESSION BEGINNING IN 2008, TAX YEAR THROUGH 2011, THERE WERE ACTUALLY REDUCTIONS IN TAXABLE VALUES.

[04:45:07]

AS WE ALL KNOW THE ECONOMY AND THE REAL ESTATE MARKET AND TAXABLE VALUES, THEY'RE CYCLICAL.

AND SO WHILE THERE WERE SOME, YOU KNOW, A SERIES OF VERY CHALLENGING YEARS, THERE HAVE BEEN MORE RECENT YEARS THAT HAVE BEEN MORE FAVORABLE IN TERMS OF TAXABLE VALUE THIS YEAR. SIGNIFICANT CHANGE. WE'VE GONE FROM 7.5% IN TAXABLE VALUE INCREASE IN 2025, TAX YEAR DOWN TO 2020, DOWN TO 1.41 IN 2026. SO THAT'S A SUBSTANTIAL SHIFT.

AND YOU KNOW, WHILE WE DON'T KNOW WHAT THE NEXT YEAR WILL HOLD, I THINK IT'S WORTH NOTING THAT YOU KNOW, IT'S, IT'S A VERY FAR DEPARTURE, REALLY THE LOWEST YEAR IN TAXABLE VALUE THAT WE'VE HAD SINCE 2011, WHICH WAS NEGATIVE. AND 20 YEARS, THE AVERAGE IS 4.91% YEAR OVER YEAR OVER THAT 20 YEARS.

BUT OF COURSE, YEAR TO YEAR VARIES TREMENDOUSLY.

I WANTED TO ALSO SHOW THIS CHART KIND OF ALL THE DIFFERENCE THAT ONE YEAR CAN MAKE, RIGHT? SO A YEAR AGO WHEN WE WERE GOING THROUGH THIS PROCESS, WE WERE LOOKING AT A 20 YEAR AVERAGE PERCENTAGE CHANGE OF 85%.

THAT'S NEARLY A WHOLE PERCENTAGE POINT GREATER THAN WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT NOW AND WHAT HAPPENED BETWEEN LAST YEAR AND THIS YEAR.

WELL, YOU LOST THE YEAR 2006 WHERE THERE WAS 20.27% INCREASE THAT ONE YEAR.

RIGHT. AND THEN MOST RECENTLY, NOW WE'RE ADDING 1.4%.

AND JUST, YOU KNOW, WANTED TO POINT OUT THAT EVEN THOUGH WE LOOK AT IT OVER 20 YEARS TO TRY NOT TO HAVE, HAVE JUST THOSE KNEE JERK REACTIONS OR ASSUME THAT JUST ONE YEAR IS GOING TO BE THE SAME AS THE NEXT.

HAVING ONE YEAR SHIFT THAT MUCH OVER A 20 YEAR AVERAGE IS A, IS A FAIRLY SUBSTANTIAL CHANGE WORTH NOTING.

ALSO DID SOME FUND BALANCE PROJECTIONS YOU KNOW, BETWEEN 2026 AND 2027, YOU'LL RECALL THAT IN 2026, WE BUDGETED SEAWALL INVESTMENTS THAT WERE BUDGETED FOR NOT JUST THAT YEAR, BUT THEN IN SUBSEQUENT REALLY ORIGINALLY IN THE FORECAST TO BE IN 2027, WELL, SINCE THAT TIME AND THIS CAME UP DURING OUR CIP DISCUSSIONS THAT WE RECENTLY HAD WE'RE NOT EXPECTING THOSE FUNDS TO ACTUALLY BE ENCUMBERED FOR THE SEAWALL PROJECT UNTIL AFTER THE END OF FISCAL YEAR 2026.

SO ENDING FUND BALANCE WILL PROBABLY BE A LITTLE BIT BETTER THAN IT OTHERWISE WOULD BE.

KEEP IN MIND, WE DID ALSO INCLUDE IN THE BUDGET REVENUES THAT WOULD TRAIL FROM WHEN THOSE EXPENDITURES ACTUALLY OCCUR.

SO BETWEEN 2026 AND 2027, THE FORECAST INCLUDES THOSE SEAWALL EXPENSES AND REVENUES.

THE REALITY WILL MOST LIKELY BE THAT THOSE TRAIL INTO SUBSEQUENT YEARS.

JUST JUST WANTED TO PUT THAT DISCLAIMER OUT THERE.

WE MENTIONED EARLIER THE EMERGENCY RESERVE REQUIREMENT IS SET AT 10% OF OPERATING EXPENSES.

AND THOSE SPECIFICALLY DO NOT INCLUDE THE SEAWALL EXPENSES IN THEIR CALCULATION.

ALSO WE'LL JUST POINT OUT LOOKING AT THIS CHART GOING BACK FROM 2018 TO 2027.

YOU KNOW, THE EMERGENCY RESERVE NUMBER HAS GROWN SIGNIFICANTLY IN THAT TIME FRAME.

AND SO WHILE WE HAVE RESERVE REQUIREMENTS DESIGNED TO HELP US, YOU KNOW, WHETHER ANY SUDDEN SHIFTS IN REVENUES THERE HAS BEEN A SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF EMERGENCY RESERVES SHOULD AN EMERGENCY TAKE PLACE.

YOU KNOW, IT'S THERE FOR THAT REASON. THIS IS AN OVERVIEW OF THE PROCESS.

SO, YOU KNOW, FROM JULY 1ST WE'LL HAVE COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER DELIVERING THE NOTICE OF TAXABLE VALUE.

SO THOSE WILL BE IN ESSENCE THE FINAL VALUES FOR PURPOSES OF TRIM COMPLIANCE.

AND THEN YOU KNOW, IN THE MIDDLE OF JULY CITY MANAGER WILL BE DISTRIBUTING THE CITY BUDGET TO THE NAPLES CITY COUNCIL.

AND THEN YOU KNOW, SUBSEQUENT TO THAT LEADING UP TO AUGUST 17TH, WE'LL HAVE THE BUDGET WORKSHOP.

YOU KNOW, OF COURSE, THE TRIM NOTICES THAT GO OUT TO ALL PROPERTY OWNERS.

IT'S WORTH POINTING OUT THAT WHAT THEY WILL SEE IS WHAT THE MAXIMUM MILLAGE RATE IS SET AT.

BUT THAT'S OF COURSE, NOT TO SAY THAT, YOU KNOW, WHAT IT WOULD BE SET AS A MAXIMUM MILLAGE WOULD BE SUBJECT TO BUDGETARY APPROVAL, AND THAT WILL DEPEND ON WHAT THE FINAL NUMBERS COME BACK, BOTH FROM PROPERTY VALUES.

BUT OF COURSE, WITH WHAT THE EXPENDITURES PROPOSED WOULD BE, NONE OF THAT INFORMATION IS HERE YET.

OF COURSE, THERE WOULD BE THE FIRST BUDGET HEARING, SEPTEMBER 8TH THAT WOULD BE HELD AT 505.

AND THEN A LITTLE MORE THAN A WEEK AFTER SEPTEMBER 16TH WOULD BE THE SECOND BUDGET HEARING.

[04:50:07]

BUT AS I SAID A MOMENT AGO, IT'S NOT WE'RE NOT ADOPTING A MILLAGE RATE FOR BUDGETARY PURPOSES.

THIS IS PURELY ESTABLISHING A CEILING FOR FUTURE BUDGET CONVERSATIONS THAT WOULD BE TAKING PLACE IN AUGUST.

IF THE BUDGET PROCESS DETERMINES A LOWER MILLAGE RATE, IT CAN BE REDUCED AT THOSE HEARINGS IF THE BUDGET PROCESS DETERMINES A MILLAGE RATE.

IT ALSO CAN BE INCREASED IN THAT SCENARIO, BUT ONLY AFTER MAKING A FIRST CLASS NOTICE TO EACH PROPERTY IN THE CITY.

SO IT BASICALLY JUST ADDS AN ADDITIONAL NOTICING REQUIREMENT.

WOULD COST MORE MONEY AND JUST ADD A LITTLE MORE CHALLENGE TO THE PROCESS.

THAT WOULD PROBABLY BE BEST AVOIDED IF POSSIBLE.

IMPORTANCE OF THE MAXIMUM MILLAGE. SO, SO THE MAXIMUM MILLAGE IS THE MAXIMUM MILLAGE IS SET. AND THEN THERE ARE VOTING THRESHOLDS THAT ARE PUT IN PLACE FOR ADOPTION OF A MILLAGE RATE.

THOSE VOTING THRESHOLDS ARE ACTUALLY DRIVEN BY THE ROLLBACK RATE.

AND SO EVERY YEAR WHEN WE GO THROUGH THE FORM THAT CALCULATES BOTH THE ROLLBACK RATE AND THEN THE MAXIMUM MILLAGE PRELIMINARY CALCULATION, THERE'S A LISTING OF WHAT THE MILLAGE RATE WOULD WHAT THE LARGEST MILLAGE RATE THAT CAN BE APPROVED BY MAJORITY VOTE WOULD BE.

WHAT THE LARGEST MILLAGE RATE THAT COULD BE APPROVED BY TWO THIRDS VOTE.

AND THEN LASTLY, ANYTHING ABOVE THAT LEADING UP TO THE STATUTORY MAXIMUM, WHICH IS WELL ABOVE WHERE THE CITY IS, THAT WOULD BE DONE BY HAVE TO BE DONE BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE.

AND SO THOSE CALCULATIONS ARE PROVIDED RIGHT HERE.

SO THE ROLLBACK RATE AS CURRENTLY CALCULATED AT 1.2361.

THAT ADJUSTMENT FOR PER CAPITA FLORIDA PERSONAL INCOME IS PROVIDED IN LINE 12.

WHEN YOU INCORPORATE THAT, IT PROVIDES A MAJORITY VOTE.

MAXIMUM MILLAGE RATE ALLOWED OF 1.2803. SO THAT WOULD BE THE HIGHEST MILLAGE RATE ACCORDING TO CURRENT PRELIMINARY PROPERTY VALUES.

AND THIS CURRENT CALCULATION METHODOLOGY FOR MAJORITY VOTE.

THE TWO THIRDS VOTE MAXIMUM MILLAGE RATE ALLOWED WOULD BE 1.4083.

AND LIKE I SAID EARLIER, THESE CALCULATIONS WILL CHANGE WHEN FINAL VALUES ARE RECEIVED.

BUT I DID WANT TO EMPHASIZE SOMETHING ABOUT THIS ROLLBACK RATE.

USUALLY WE SEE THE ROLLBACK RATE LOWER THAN THE CURRENT MILLAGE RATE.

WELL IT'S IT'S ODD RIGHT. BECAUSE I SHOWED YOU EARLIER THAT WE HAD A 1.41% INCREASE.

AND YET THE ROLLBACK RATE IS HIGHER. THE THE NUANCE TO ALL OF THIS IS THE WAY THAT NET NEW CONSTRUCTION, TAXABLE VALUE FACTORS INTO THE CALCULATION. SO WERE IT NOT FOR THE $704 $4 MILLION OF NET NEW CONSTRUCTION TAXABLE VALUE.

THE ADJUSTED TAXABLE VALUE IS ACTUALLY 122.6 MILLION LESS THAN LAST YEAR.

SO THAT REALLY IS THE ONLY REASON WE'RE NOT NEGATIVE IS BECAUSE THERE WAS NET NEW CONSTRUCTION TAXABLE VALUE.

THIS SLIDE WAS NOT IN YOUR PACKET. AND IT'S BECAUSE I RECEIVED A COMMUNICATION ABOUT IT ACTUALLY ON FRIDAY FROM THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE.

AND BASICALLY WHAT IT COMES DOWN TO IS WE INCLUDED AN SB FOUR F, WHICH WAS THE SENATE'S COMPANION LEGISLATION FOR THE BALLOT INITIATIVE RELATED TO HOMESTEAD AND THE LIKE.

THERE WAS A CHANGE THAT IS EXPECTED TO BE APPROVED BY THE GOVERNOR THAT WOULD ACTUALLY REMOVE THE PER CAPITA ADJUSTMENT.

SO IN ESSENCE, IF THAT OR, YOU KNOW, IF OR WHEN THAT TAKES PLACE, THAT 1.0358 MODIFICATION ON THAT LINE 12.

IT WOULD NO LONGER BE PART OF THE CALCULATION MOVING FORWARD.

SO ALTHOUGH IT'S TECHNICALLY NOT CURRENT LAW YET, AND THEY HAVE THEREFORE NOT RELEASED THESE NEW FORMS, THEY'VE GIVEN AN ADVISORY SAYING NEW FORMS ARE EXPECTED TO BE REQUIRED.

AND THEY WILL BE COMING OUT AS SOON AS THEY CAN. SO THAT WOULD CHANGE THE THAT WOULD CHANGE THE THRESHOLD FOR MAJORITY VOTE FROM THIS 1.2803 DOWN TO JUST THE 1.2361. IT WOULD BASICALLY TAKE AWAY THAT PER CAPITA IMPACT.

SIMILARLY, THE TWO THIRDS VOTE MAXIMUM WOULD BE GOING FROM THE 1.4083 DOWN TO 1.35971.

SO JUST THOUGHT IT WAS IMPORTANT TO DISCLOSE THAT BECAUSE ALTHOUGH IT'S TECHNICALLY NOT LOCKED IN, IT'S VERY LIKELY TO BE THE CASE BY THE TIME THAT WE'RE ACTUALLY HAVING TO FILE THIS WITH THE STATE OF FLORIDA.

[04:55:07]

AND SO HERE YOU HAVE I'LL START BY EXPLAINING THE CRA SIDE.

WE'LL TAKE THE CURRENT YEAR GROSS TAXABLE VALUE, SUBTRACT THE BASE YEAR TAXABLE VALUE.

AND THAT'S WHERE YOU GET THE INCREMENT, THE 2.85 MILLION OR $2.85 BILLION IN INCREMENT.

WHEN YOU MULTIPLY THAT BY THE MILLAGE RATE AT 95% COLLECTION, YOU END UP WITH $3.3 MILLION IN TAX REVENUE FROM CRA. SO THAT IS THAT IS THE PORTION OF WHAT OTHERWISE WOULD GO TO THE GENERAL FUND THAT GETS CONTRIBUTED INTO THE CRA INSTEAD. SO TO THE LEFT, THAT COLUMN DESCRIBING THE CITY OF NAPLES GENERAL FUND.

THAT'S WHY CRA IS BEING SUBTRACTED IN THAT AMOUNT.

AND THAT'S WHERE WE COME UP WITH $45.76 MILLION IN GENERAL FUND AD VALOREM TAX REVENUE.

WE USE A 95% COLLECTION RATE. AS MANY OF YOU KNOW, THERE'S A 4% STATUTORY PREPAYMENT DISCOUNT AS WELL AS, YOU KNOW, SOME AMOUNTS THAT ARE ALWAYS UNCOLLECTIBLE.

SO WHILE IT'S GENERALLY A LITTLE MORE THAN 95%, IT'S NOT MUCH MORE THAN 96% IN ANY GIVEN YEAR.

SO, SO THAT'S AN OVERVIEW THERE. I WANT TO TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT FIVE YEAR PROJECTIONS.

AND SO USE THE SAME PERCENTAGES IN TERMS OF TAXABLE VALUE CHANGES IN THESE SCENARIOS AS IN PAST YEARS.

SO, YOU KNOW, WHILE, YOU KNOW, YOU'LL SEE IN 2025, 26, 7.5% IN TAXABLE VALUE INCREASE, 1.4% IS PROJECTED FOR 26, 27. AND IN THESE SCENARIOS WHERE IF WE DID A 6%, 5%, 4%, WHICH IS WHAT WE CONSIDER TO BE A STEADY, A STEADY GROWTH SCENARIO.

THAT THAT WOULD STILL YIELD SOME CHALLENGES IN FUND BALANCE.

I REALLY WOULDN'T BE EXPERIENCED UNTIL REALLY, YOU KNOW, TOWARDS FISCAL YEAR 27282829 IN THE MEANTIME WE ALSO INCLUDE EXPENDITURE GROWTH OF 4%, 4%, AND THEN 3%, 3%. SO ALSO PROVIDED BELOW JUST FOR CONTEXT, 0.01 MILLS AND THE CURRENT TAXABLE VALUE CALCULATION IS $372,000.

SO FOR EVERY 0.01 MILL THAT WOULD BE THE EQUIVALENT AMOUNT.

AND ALSO AGAIN AS I MENTIONED EARLIER, THERE'S SEAWALL ONE TIME SPENDS INCLUDED IN THIS PROJECTION FOR 2526 AND 26.

27 AND THOSE BASED ON THE RECENT CIP. WE ARE ANTICIPATING THAT THOSE COSTS ARE GOING TO BE SPREAD OVER A LONGER TIME FRAME. SO WHILE THESE FUND BALANCE PROJECTIONS LOOK A BIT ALARMING, IT REALLY WON'T BE THAT IT WON'T BE HITTING ALL AT ONCE. IT'LL BE A GRADUAL PROCESS. WE'RE EXPECTING OVER THE NEXT 4 TO 5 YEARS.

STEFAN, DID THE REVENUE PROJECTIONS INCLUDE THE PROPOSED CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENT INCREASE IN HOMESTEAD? NO, THERE'S NO THOSE HAVE NOT BEEN FACTORED INTO THIS.

AND THIS IS ANOTHER SCENARIO. IF WE WERE IN LOCKED INTO FOUR YEARS OF, YOU KNOW, YOU COULD SAY SOMEWHAT STAGNANT GROWTH, LITTLE GROWTH. YOU KNOW, THE TREND LOOKS MUCH LESS FAVORABLE TO THE CITY OVER THAT TIME FRAME.

AND YOU KNOW, LASTLY, YOU KNOW, THIS LAST SCENARIO IS WITH A ROLLBACK RATE, WHICH IN THIS CASE HAPPENS TO BE AT A HIGHER RATE, AS WE MENTIONED EARLIER. AND AGAIN THIS BRINGS IT TO A SLIGHTLY BETTER SCENARIO.

BUT AGAIN IN THAT LOW GROWTH SCENARIO, IT'S JUST NOT GOING TO BE FAVORABLE FOR THE CITY IN THE LONG RUN.

IN TERMS OF THE GENERAL FUND EXPENSES ARE GOING TO CONTINUE TO RISE AND OUTPACE THE RATE OF TAXABLE VALUE INCREASES, WHICH MAKE UP A. WHEN YOU TALK ABOUT AD VALOREM, IT MAKES UP A VERY LARGE PORTION OF THE GENERAL FUND REVENUES.

AND JUST TO KIND OF GIVE A RECAP OF, OF WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT HERE WE'RE PROJECTING THAT BEGINNING IN 27, 28, 28, 29, THAT A 1.23 LEVY WOULD RESULT IN FUND BALANCE BELOW THE POLICY MINIMUM.

AND AGAIN, THAT'S INCLUSIVE OF THE IDEA OF CONTINUING TRENDS OF THE PAST, WORKING TOWARDS THOSE PUBLIC SAFETY ENHANCEMENTS AND EVERYTHING.

[05:00:08]

AND SO A HOME AT THE $1 MILLION MARK. YOU KNOW, YOU CAN SEE THAT THE CHANGE, IF YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT ROLLBACK RATE, IT'S A DIFFERENCE OF $6. YOU WERE TALKING ABOUT INCREASING.

WE JUST HAVE 1.29 THERE AS JUST A, YOU KNOW, AN ITEM THAT'S KIND OF, IT WAS THE SAME NUMBER WE HAD LAST YEAR.

JUST FOR CONTEXT, IT WOULD BE THE EQUIVALENT OF $60 DIFFERENCE TO THAT HOMEOWNER IN TERMS OF THEIR ANNUAL TAX BILL.

AND YOU KNOW, WITH THIS, YOU KNOW, WE'RE JUST ASKING THAT COUNCIL CONSIDER PRIORITIES.

AND, YOU KNOW, THE NEED TO CONTINUE PEELING OFF PORTIONS OF THE COMMUNICATION TAX.

REVENUE FOR THE STREETS FUND IS SOMETHING THAT WE TALKED ABOUT, AGAIN, THROUGH THE CIP, AND WE'VE BEEN TALKING ABOUT RECENTLY IN THOSE BUDGET CONVERSATIONS THAT WITH LIMITED REVENUE SOURCES THE GENERAL FUND DOESN'T REALLY HAVE MANY OTHER PLACES TO LOOK BESIDES PROPERTY TAXES AS OF CURRENT. AND, AND WITH THAT AND WITH THE COMMUNICATION TAXES THAT WERE DIVERTED TO THE STREETS FUND.

YOU KNOW, THOSE CHALLENGES ARE EXACERBATED. THERE ARE ADDITIONAL IMPACTS BEGINNING IN 2728 THAT YOU ALL ARE AWARE OF.

IF THE ADDITIONAL HOMESTEADS APPROVED BY VOTERS THERE WOULD BE, THERE WOULD ALSO BE A REDUCTION OF THE CAP FROM 10% TO 5% FOR THOSE NON-HOMESTEAD PROPERTIES. AS I MENTIONED EARLIER, PROPERTY TAXES ARE CYCLICAL.

AND SO WHILE THERE ARE SOME YEARS WHERE SOMEONE, PARTICULARLY IF THEY WERE NOT HOMESTEADED, THEY WOULDN'T BENEFIT FROM THE SAVE OUR HOMES CAP, BUT THEY DO BENEFIT FROM A 10% CAP RIGHT NOW.

WELL, IF THAT CAP REDUCES TO 5%, WHAT THAT WILL MEAN IS IN YEARS WHERE PROPERTY VALUES ARE GOING UP AT A HIGHER RATE THAN 5%, THE CITY WOULD ONLY BE BENEFITING BY UP TO 5% IN THAT PARTICULAR YEAR.

BUT OF COURSE, IN YEARS WHERE PROPERTY VALUES GO DOWN, IT WOULD GO DOWN IN THE TOTALITY OF WHAT THAT AMOUNT IS FOR THE CITY.

AND THEY'RE JUST KIND OF GETTING BACK TO PUBLIC SAFETY ENHANCEMENTS, YOU KNOW, THIS YOU KNOW, PREVIOUS COUNCIL AND I KNOW THIS COUNCIL AS WELL HAVE SOUGHT TO FIND WAYS TO CONTINUE ENHANCING PUBLIC SAFETY.

THIS IS GOING TO BE A CHALLENGE IN THIS CONTEXT.

AND SO LEAVING THE MILLAGE RATE WHERE IT IS, IT WOULD BE VERY DIFFICULT TO SEE HOW ALL THAT COULD COME TOGETHER.

JUST BEING HONEST ABOUT THAT. AND WE'VE REALLY TOUCHED ON ALL OF THIS ALREADY. JUST, YOU KNOW, INFLATION CONTINUES TO BE A FACTOR FOR THE CITY.

AND YOU KNOW, WE ALSO HAVE TO THINK ABOUT THE NEXT HURRICANE.

THAT'S PART OF THE REASON WHY WE HAVE EMERGENCY RESERVES.

BUT YOU KNOW, BEING PREPARED FOR THAT FROM A FUND BALANCE STANDPOINT IS GOING TO BE IMPORTANT, ESPECIALLY KNOWING THAT THERE'S GOING TO BE A TIMING DIFFERENCE BETWEEN WHEN THE EXPENSES HIT AND WHEN WE CAN ACTUALLY GET REIMBURSED FROM FEMA.

I DID WANT TO JUST ALSO MENTION THAT THE, THE HOMESTEAD IMPACT, YOU KNOW, IT WOULD BE PHASED BEGINNING WITH FISCAL YEAR 27, 28 AND 2829. SO FIRST YEAR WOULD BE 100 UP TO $150,000 FROM THE CURRENT, JUST OVER $50,000.

THAT EXISTS UP TO $250,000 IN 2829. SO IT WOULDN'T HIT ALL AT ONCE.

BUT SHOULD THAT PASS, THAT IS A CONSTRAINT THAT ISN'T REFLECTED ANYWHERE IN WHAT WE'VE PRESENTED TODAY.

AND SO THE ACTION AND OR OPTIONS FOR TODAY WOULD BE NO CHANGE.

WHICH WOULD BE FOR EAST NAPLES BAY TAXING DISTRICT, LEAVING IT AT 0.5.

WE'RE NOT RECOMMENDING ANY CHANGE AT THIS TIME FOR THAT.

MOORINGS BAY TAXING DISTRICTS AT .0125 FOR THE TRIM NOTICE.

AND WE ARE REQUESTING COUNCIL DIRECTION ON WHAT WHAT COUNCIL'S DESIRE IS FOR THE 1.23 MILLAGE RATE.

AND OF COURSE WHATEVER MAXIMUM MILLAGE RATE IS SET AT TODAY'S MEETING WOULD BE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.

MORE, MORE LIKELY THAN NOT A LOWER OR EQUAL RATE LATER ON WHEN THE BUDGET IS ACTUALLY CONSIDERED AT THE WORKSHOPS AND APPROVAL.

ALL RIGHT. I GUESS WITH THAT CHIEF DOMINGUEZ IS HERE.

HE HAS A PRESENTATION AS WELL FOR THE NAPLES POLICE SIDE ON.

IF THERE'S ANY QUESTIONS BEFORE HE COMES UP. I'D BE HAPPY TO ADDRESS THOSE.

AND STEFAN, CAN I ADD ONE ITEM? I JUST WANT TO ADD ONE ITEM.

WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE 4% PROJECTED GROWTH AND YOU SAY IN 2627, I'LL REMIND YOU THAT THE UNION CONTRACTS HAVE,

[05:05:08]

SO THAT 4% IS DEFINITIVE WHEN YOU LOOK IN THE OUT YEARS.

OBVIOUSLY, THAT WILL BE DEPENDING ON NEGOTIATIONS, BUT I DID WANT TO POINT THAT ONE THAT OUT.

JUST FOR YOUR BENEFIT BEFORE WE BEGIN THIS PROCESS, BECAUSE WE WILL BE SOMETIME.

AND I WOULD SAY JANUARY, I'LL SAY THE SAME THING THAT I SAID TO, TO STAFF MEMBERS IS, IS THAT IF THERE'S IF THE PROPERTY TAXES IS GOING TO A VOTE IN NOVEMBER AND THE NEW CONTRACT STARTS ON OCTOBER 1ST, I'M NOT SITTING DOWN UNTIL AT LEAST END OF DECEMBER WHEN I KNOW THE VOTE.

RIGHT. SO THOSE ARE THE OBSTACLES GOING FORWARD AS WE CONSIDER THE NEXT, YOU KNOW, AGREEMENT, ETC.. SO I JUST WANT YOU TO HAVE THOSE FACTS.

THANK YOU. THANK YOU. I'M SORRY. CAN YOU. THANK YOU CHIEF.

I WANT TO COME FORWARD JUST TO RECAP FOR NEW MEMBERS, THE CONTRACTS THAT WERE NEGOTIATED AND WHEN THEY GO INTO PLAY FOR UNIONS. THEY WERE WE FINISHED THEM LAST YEAR, BUT THEY WENT BACKWARDS TO OCTOBER 1ST OF 2025. AND THEN WE'RE IN YEAR TWO NOW, AND WE'RE BUDGETING FOR YEAR THREE OF THE THREE YEAR AGREEMENT.

AND THE 4% WAS THE THIS YEAR AND 4% NEXT YEAR.

KEEPING IN MIND THERE WAS ALSO A MID-YEAR COMPONENT OR A STEP INCREASE THAT WAS IMPLEMENTED.

SO THOSE ARE AND THE AVERAGE ON THE STEP IS TWO AND A HALF.

I BELIEVE IT FLOATS BECAUSE IN THE EARLY YEARS OF THE POLICE, IF YOU'RE A NEW HIRE, IT'S A HIGHER PERCENTAGE IN LIKE THE FIRST FOUR YEARS TO KIND OF ACCELERATE THEM AND THEN IT SLOWS DOWN.

BUT I THINK IT'S ROUGHLY 2.5 OFF THE TOP OF MY HEAD.

SO AND AGAIN, THE FINAL YEAR OF THE CONTRACT BEGINS ON TEN ONE OF 26 AND EXPIRES ON 930 OF 2027.

AND WEIGHT AND FIRE IS WHAT THEY'RE ALL THEY'RE ALL THE SAME.

THE SAME AND THE SAME DURATION FOR SURE. YES.

OKAY. THANK YOU. GOOD AFTERNOON CHIEF. GOOD AFTERNOON SIR, THE CHIEF OF POLICE.

FIRST OFF, I WANT TO THANK GARY AND YOU ALL FOR HEARING US OUT TODAY.

I KNOW IT'S WE'RE TALKING ABOUT THINGS THAT ARE IN THE IN THE WORLD OF UNCERTAINTY THAT WE'RE ALL IN WITH WHAT'S GOING ON IN TALLAHASSEE. PLUS, WE'RE HAVING A NEW GOVERNOR COMING IN AND ALL THE OTHER THINGS THAT ARE GOING ON IN THE COUNTRY GOING ON SIMULTANEOUSLY.

AND AND COST IS ALWAYS COST. AND IT SEEMS LIKE EVERY TIME I SIT IN ONE OF THESE MEETINGS, IT'S.

YOU'RE ALWAYS SPENDING MONEY. BUT FOR THE GREATER GOOD AND FOR EFFICIENCY AND EFFECTIVENESS, WHICH IS WHAT WE SAW TODAY. AND AND HERE I AM ASKING YOU TO DO SOMETHING THAT COMES WITH A LOT OF RISK IN THE WORLD. AND WHEN I SAY THAT IS I THERE'S NO DOUBT IN ANYONE'S MIND I'M MAKING A PITCH FOR MORE PEOPLE.

AND WITH THAT LIKELY COMES THE YOU HAVING TO RAISE THE MILLAGE RATE, AND I'M RIGHT UP FRONT WITH IT, BUT I HAVE CAUSE FOR IT, AND I HAVE PURPOSE. AND IT'S FOR YOU TO DECIDE IF IT'S WORTHY TO TAKE THAT RISK.

AND EVERYONE IN THIS ROOM HAS TO MAKE THOSE DECISIONS.

IT'S ALL BASED ON WHAT THE LONG TERM BENEFIT IS TO THE COMMUNITY AND THE COURAGE TO MAKE THOSE DECISIONS.

BUT LET ME SHOW YOU THE WHY. AND IF THE WHY IS OF VALUE TO YOU, THEN THEN MAYBE THAT STRENGTHENS THE POSITION TO TO MAKE THOSE RISKS AND DECISIONS. SO I'LL START WITH WHERE WE'RE AT.

SO WE'RE TALKING OFTEN IN, IN THESE MOMENTS ABOUT RESILIENCY.

AND WHAT DOES THAT MEAN IN POLICING AND WHAT DOES THAT MEAN IN ALMOST EVERYTHING.

AND TO US, IT'S OUR ABILITY TO CONTINUE TO SERVE AT THE CAPACITY OF WHERE WE'RE AT.

AND WE HAVE INCREASING DEMANDS. AND OF NOTE, WE HAD THE BID HERE TODAY, AND THEY'RE DOING A GREAT JOB DOWN THERE ON FIFTH AVENUE.

FIFTH AVENUE IS IS THE ENVIRONMENT THERE IS BETTER THAN ANYWHERE ELSE IN THE CITY OR IN THE COUNTY.

MERCATO WIREGRASS ANYWHERE ELSE DOES NOT GET THE ATTENTION OR THE TRAFFIC THAT FIFTH AVENUE AND THIRD STREET GETS RIGHTFULLY SO.

BUT YOU HEARD MEG SZCZEPANSKI MENTIONED THAT DURING THE CHRISTMAS WEEK THAT THEY HAVE, THEY HAVE 150,000 PEOPLE BASED ON THEIR NUMBERS, RIGHT? CARS ON FIFTHS, 35,000 PEOPLE.

ALL RIGHT. THAT ALL BRINGS STUFF. THAT'S WHY OUR RATES ARE CLIMBING.

BECAUSE 60% OF THE PEOPLE WE HAD SERVED EARLIER THAT WE STOP IN TRAFFIC ALONE, OUR COUNTY, IF I ADD EVERYBODY UP, ONLY 11% OF THE PEOPLE WE DEAL WITH ARE ACTUALLY CITY RESIDENTS.

[05:10:06]

AND IF WE DON'T DO THAT, WHAT HAPPENS IS YOU GET BEHIND.

SO ADDING NUMBERS STAFF AND WE'RE TALKING ABOUT EIGHT POLICE OFFICERS AND AND A FEW CIVILIANS.

AND I'LL GET INTO THAT LATER IS ABOUT US SUSTAINING.

AND WHEN WE TALK ABOUT SUSTAINABILITY AND RESILIENCE, THAT'S WHAT WE'RE TALKING ABOUT.

AND PUBLIC SAFETY IS A IS A PEOPLE BUSINESS. AND HAVING PEOPLE IN THE RIGHT PLACES IN THE RIGHT AREAS IS WHAT WE'RE GETTING AT.

SO WHEN YOU BREAK IT DOWN, WHAT IS THE PUBLIC'S EXPECTATION? YOU KNOW, AND I'LL GIVE YOU AN ANECDOTAL STORY, BUT I HEARD THIS ON THE RADIO THE OTHER DAY, AND I KNOW I GO ON TANGENTS EVERY ONCE IN A WHILE.

I APOLOGIZE, BUT I HEARD ON THE RADIO IT'S COMING TO WORK.

AND THERE WAS AN ACCIDENT ON SOLANA. AND 41 SOLANA IS THAT PIECE OF SOLANA IS IN THE COUNTY.

SO OUR GUYS GET DISPATCHED BECAUSE THEY THINK IT'S ON THE CITY SIDE.

WE WENT AHEAD AND WORKED THE ACCIDENT BECAUSE THE RESPONSE TIME FOR THE SO WAS GOING TO BE LONGER.

AND SO TO SERVE THOSE CITIZENS PROPERLY, WE WENT AHEAD AND TOOK THE ACCIDENT REPORT.

OUR RESPONSE RATE AND OUR LEVEL OF SERVICE IS VERY HIGH.

WE ARE THE FOUR SEASONS OF POLICING IN THIS REGION.

I'M PROUD OF THAT. AND AND OUR PEOPLE LIVE UP TO THAT.

AND WE ALSO CAN READ THE ROOM, IF YOU WILL, IN OUR COMMUNITY AND KNOW THAT WE'RE STARTING TO NOTICE THE, THE, THE, THE, THE LITTLE FRICTION POINTS OF STAFFING, RIGHT.

ANOTHER ANECDOTAL THING IS WE DEAL WITH THESE NEW PHENOMENONS.

NOW WE HAVE THESE TEEN TAKEOVERS. LAST YEAR WE HAD THAT.

AND IF YOU REMEMBER, WE HAD OPERATION BEACH BLANKET AND WE KIND OF KEPT IT UNDER CONTROL.

BUT IT WAS ONLY AFTER A COUPLE BAD EVENTS AND A SHOOTING.

WE HAVEN'T HAD THAT NOW, BUT WE HAVE PEOPLE ON OVERTIME DOING THAT.

AND SO IT'S ABOUT OUR EFFICIENCY AND OUR ABILITY TO, TO DRIVE BOTH CRIME AWAY, BUT CONFIDENCE IN THE PUBLIC THAT WE'RE GOING TO SHOW UP WHERE WE NEED TO SHOW UP AND IN A TIMELY MANNER. AND THEN TO THE POINT TO MR. SCHULTZ, YOU WERE OUT WITH ONE OF OUR FOLKS. THE CITY CHANGES IN THE EVENING, AND PEOPLE ARE NOT VERY AWARE OF THAT.

YOU KNOW, BARS AND RESTAURANTS CHANGE IN THE EVENING.

BEACHES CHANGE IN THE EVENING AND SO WE HAVE TO BE AHEAD OF THAT.

SO IT GOES BACK TO US FOCUSING ON ON BETTERING THE AGENCY BECAUSE THAT BETTERS THE SERVICE.

AND SO WHAT I'M PROUD TO SAY IS I GOT I CAME HERE IN OCTOBER OF 23, AND WHAT I FOUND WAS MEN AND WOMEN WHO REALLY WANT TO WORK, WHO ARE REALLY INVESTED IN THE AGENCY, BUT WE NEEDED DIRECTION.

AND TOGETHER, WE PUT TOGETHER THIS STRATEGIC PLAN.

AND OUR STRATEGIC PLAN FOCUSED ON NOT ONLY LEADERSHIP AND SUCCESSION PLANNING AND EDUCATION AND COMMUNITY CONNECTIVITY, BUT OUR RECRUITMENT AND RETENTION. AT ONE POINT, WE WERE WE WERE UP TO A HEIGHT OF 16 VACANCIES.

WE ONLY HAVE ONE RIGHT NOW DUE TO A MEDICAL RETIREMENT.

WE HAVEN'T LOST ANYBODY FOR ANYTHING OUTSIDE OF A RETIREMENT OR A MEDICAL REASON.

THOSE ARE TESTAMENTS TO BOTH THE CITY MANAGER AND TO YOU ALL SUPPLYING US WITH THE EQUIPMENT THAT PEOPLE AND THE PAY AND THE LEADERSHIP TO GO THERE.

AND WHAT WE WANT TO DO IS CONTINUE THAT FORWARD.

SO WHEN IT COMES TO TECHNOLOGY, WE. THAT WAS PART OF OUR STRATEGIC PLAN.

WE NOW HAVE ALL THE EQUIPMENT LIKE ANYWHERE ELSE OR AS GOOD IF NOT BETTER.

THE BODY WORN CAMERAS, WHICH WERE NOT HERE IN 23.

THE NEW RADIO SYSTEMS WERE BEING IMPLEMENTED.

WE HAVE NOW BETTER ROLLING OFFICES OR CARS. ALL THIS IS RAISING THE LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE THAT WE ARE ABLE TO GIVE TO THE PUBLIC.

AND THIS THIS IS AT THE CORE OF WHAT WE WANT TO MAINTAIN.

SO WHAT DO WE DEAL WITH? THE TRAFFIC? CONSTANT TRAFFIC.

IT'S ALWAYS TRAFFIC RIGHT NOW OFF SEASON PRESUMABLY.

RIGHT. BECAUSE I THINK WE I WOULD LIKE TO SAY THAT WE HAVE A SEASON AND THEN WE HAVE A SOFT SEASON.

AND THEN WE HAVE THE SEASON AGAIN. AND IT SEEMS LIKE THE SEASON IS GETTING LONGER.

IF YOU ALL NOTICE, RIGHT, THEY'RE COMING EARLY OR STAYING LONGER.

IT'S EVERYBODY'S HAPPY WHEN YOU SEE THE CAR MOVERS AND YOU'RE LIKE, OH, GOOD, GIVE US A BREAK.

BUT THAT'S THE REALITY THAT WE'RE IN, RIGHT? SO EVERYBODY COMES HERE.

SO WE'RE DEALING WITH TRAFFIC PROBLEMS, EVEN OFF SEASON.

WE'RE STILL COUNTING 125 TO 150,000 CARS IN THE CITY FOR ROADS THAT ARE NOT DESIGNED THAT WAY.

PARKING. AS YOU REMEMBER THE NIGHT THAT YOU WERE WORKING, WE COULDN'T EVEN WORK PARKING BECAUSE WE RAN OUT OF PEOPLE. QUALITY OF LIFE ISSUES.

MARY WAS HERE EARLIER SPEAKING ABOUT NOISE AND THOSE THINGS.

AND EVERY ONCE IN A WHILE WE GET ONE OF THOSE FOLKS. BUT THAT'S A THAT'S A PART AND PARCEL TO DO YOU HAVE ENOUGH STAFF TO WORK THAT AND PARKING AND AND

[05:15:05]

AND TO OUR CREDIT, THEY LIKE TO COME TO OUR PARKS BECAUSE THEY'RE CLEANER AND WE HAVE ELECTRICITY AND THE BATHROOMS ARE CLEANER. SO THAT'S JUST SOMETHING TO CHAD TO CONSIDER.

BUT THE POINT IS WE'RE A MECCA. THAT'S WHAT I'M GETTING AT, IS FOR THE WHOLE COUNTY.

MEMORIAL DAY, IF YOU GUYS WERE OUT AND ABOUT MEMORIAL DAY, YOU COULD NOT GET INTO LOUDON PARK AND TO TO GO ON A TANGENT AGAIN.

I, I CAME, I MOVED HERE IN IN THE BICENTENNIAL FROM NEW JERSEY IN 1776.

RIGHT. OR 1976. SORRY, I WAS A LITTLE EARLIER.

THAT'S WHEN WE WENT TO SCHOOL TOGETHER. BUT MY POINT IS IN DURING THE BICENTENNIAL IN 1976, I REMEMBER GOING WITH MY FAMILY AND MY PARENTS, AND WE WENT TO LAUREL PARK LATE AND STILL FOUND A PARKING SPACE.

AND WE'RE HOME IN 20 MINUTES. THAT'S NOT EVER GOING TO COME BACK.

JUST SAYING, NEVER GOING TO HAPPEN. WE ARE WELL KNOWN.

I HEARD EARLIER THIS MORNING IN DISCUSSION THAT THAT PEOPLE ARE CONSIDERING US WITH ORLANDO AND MIAMI.

THAT'S SOMETHING A TO BE PROUD OF AND ALSO CONCERNED ABOUT BECAUSE THAT MEANS MORE PEOPLE ARE GOING TO COME.

WE'RE NOT A SECRET ANYMORE. SO THESE AFFECT US, RIGHT.

AND AND YOU AND I HAD AN EMAIL DISCUSSION, MR. BLANKENSHIP, ABOUT WHY THE NUMBERS HAVE GONE UP. WELL, MORE PEOPLE MORE PEOPLE CALL US.

SO WE'VE HAD MORE BATTERIES AND MORE THEFTS. AND NOT FROM LACK OF TRYING TO DETER IT.

IT'S JUST THAT THERE'S MORE PEOPLE, WHICH MEANS THERE'S MORE OPPORTUNITY FOR THOSE THINGS. AND SO WE HAVE JUVENILE, JUVENILE RELATED THINGS THAT I MENTIONED EARLIER, DOMESTIC VIOLENCE. YOU KNOW, WE'RE TRYING TO FOCUS ON BEACH SAFETY AND VIOLENT CRIMES AND PROPERTY CRIMES AND FINANCIAL CRIMES. AND NOW THAT WE HAVE A CYBER CRIMES UNIT, NOW WE'RE GETTING MORE CYBER CRIMES BECAUSE PEOPLE ARE MORE AWARE THAT THEY'RE VICTIMIZED AND WE'RE GETTING FURTHER INTO THAT SCHOOL SAFETY.

EVEN THOUGH WE WORK WITH THE SHERIFF'S OFFICE ON THAT QUITE A BIT, BUT WE ALSO COVER ALL THE PRIVATE SCHOOLS AND LIAISON WITH THEIR SECURITY FOLKS ALL THE TIME. AND THEN, YOU KNOW, WHETHER IT'S ACTIVE SHOOTERS OR THOSE KIND OF TRAININGS OR ALL THE THINGS THAT WE DO, IT IT BECOMES WHERE YOU START TO RUN OUT OF PEOPLE ON THE BENCH.

YOU JUST RUN OUT AND. TO, TO, TO PICK WITH THIS RIGHT.

YOU CANNOT PLAY IRON MAN POLICING. IT DOESN'T WORK.

SO WE TALK ABOUT SPECIAL EVENTS, 440 SOMETHING SPECIAL EVENTS.

SOME OF THEM LAST 2 OR 3 DAYS AND WE HEARD IT FROM THEM EARLIER FROM THE THE BID FOLKS.

HOW IT'S GREAT THAT THEY HAVE 150,000 PEOPLE AT THEIR EVENTS.

THAT'S A LOT OF PEOPLE. NOT ALL OF THEM LIVE IN THE CITY.

I'M GOING TO GUESS. RIGHT. AND SO I'M REALLY LABORING THAT POINT TO SAY THAT THE PROBLEM ISN'T OUR OUR RESIDENTS.

THE PROBLEM IS THAT THIS IS A BEAUTIFUL PLACE AND PEOPLE WANT TO VISIT. AND WE'RE A TOURIST TOWN AND THERE'S A LOT OF WEALTH AND ATTRACTION HERE FOR GOOD PEOPLE AND UNFORTUNATELY FOR SOME BAD PEOPLE. SO WHEN WE PUT OUR STRATEGIC PLAN TOGETHER IN, IN 23, 24, WE HAD LOOKED AND WE DID ALL OUR WORKS ANALYSIS, WORKLOAD ANALYSIS, CALLS FOR SERVICE.

AND THIS WAS OUR ORIGINAL PLAN, WHICH DID NOT COME TO FRUITION.

BUT THE THE STATS AND THE NUMBERS FOR THAT ARE STILL HOLDING TRUE.

SO WHAT WE, WE SPLIT THE DIFFERENCE, IF YOU WILL.

DON'T CARE FOR THAT TERM, BUT AND WE LOOKED AT WHAT WE COULD DO BASED ON THE ECONOMICS AT THE TIME.

THIS IS A PERFECT WORLD. WE WIN LOTTO. WE COULD DO THIS IN REALITY.

THIS IS WHAT WE DID. SO IN 2425 WE ADDED FOUR OFFICERS AND AND 2526, WE ADDED TWO MORE OFFICERS. WHAT'S IMPORTANT ABOUT THAT IS THAT GAVE US OUR TRAFFIC UNIT OF TWO PEOPLE AND GAVE US A FEW MORE INVESTIGATORS TO, TO GO INTO MORE PROACTIVE THINGS. ALL RIGHT. SO WHAT WE ARE ASKING FOR YOU TO CONSIDER, WHICH IS TIED TO THE MILLAGE RATE ISSUE, IS WE'D LIKE TO ADD EIGHT OFFICERS.

EIGHT OFFICERS WOULD GIVE US FOUR OFFICERS FOR THE EVENING SHIFT.

BECAUSE WHEN WE LOOKED AT THAT HEAT MAP AND I EMAILED IT TO YOU, YOU SEE WHERE WE'RE STARTING TO FALL A LITTLE BIT BEHIND WHAT IS OPTIMAL, WHERE WE WANT PROACTIVE WORK. WE WANT TO PUT SOME FOLKS ON AFTERNOONS, AND THEN WE WANT TO ADD TWO MORE PEOPLE TO THE TRAFFIC UNIT.

SO WE'D HAVE A FOUR PERSON TRAFFIC UNIT. SO YOU HAVE THE DAY SHIFT TRAFFIC UNIT, AND THEN YOU HAVE THE AFTERNOON EVENING TRAFFIC UNIT.

AND I'LL GIVE YOU SOME MORE ANECDOTAL EXAMPLES.

WE HAD SOME COMPLAINTS ABOUT TRUCKS GOING DOWN MOORING LINE AND BANYAN AND ALL THAT.

AND IT'S A HASSLE. ALL RIGHT. AND IN ORDER TO CONTAIN THAT, WE SHIFT OUR TRAFFIC UNITS TO THAT.

[05:20:03]

THAT MEANS THEY'RE NOT ON THE SCHOOL ZONES WORKING, YOU KNOW, SPEED IN SCHOOL ZONES.

SO WHEN YOU ONLY HAVE TWO PEOPLE, YOU HAVE TO BE A LITTLE CHOOSY WHERE YOU PUT THEM. AND SO AGAIN, WE LOOK TO PUT FOUR OFFICERS ON THE AFTERNOON SHIFT TO COVER THOSE THOSE BUMPS IN OUR CALLS FOR SERVICE.

TWO ON TRAFFIC. ONE DETECTIVE TO SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS UNIT AND ONE DETECTIVE TO CYBER CRIMES UNIT.

AND ONE TO ADD ONE MORE BEACH PATROL PERSON IN APRIL AS WE START GETTING READY FOR THE PIER TO KICK IN.

YOU ALL KNOW ANISA. SHE IS. SHE DOES THE JOB OF TEN PEOPLE AND WEARS 15 HATS.

AND SHE GETS ALL THE STATS. AND I'M SURE SHE EMAILS YOU GUYS ALL THE TIME.

WE'D LIKE TO CLONE HER, BUT WE CAN'T DO THAT.

SO WE WANT TO HIRE SOMEBODY THAT WE CAN WORK WITH HER AND SHE CAN TRAIN.

AND THAT WOULD BE LIKE ANOTHER ANISA THAT'S TO PUT IT TO A PERSON'S FACE.

AND THEN DISPATCH, WE'D LIKE TO HIRE TWO MORE DISPATCHERS.

AND IF YOU DON'T KNOW, NOT ONLY DO WE DISPATCH POLICE AND FIRE, BUT WE ALSO ARE THE BACKUP FOR THE COUNTY.

SO IF THEY HAVE A PROBLEM, WE WE COVER THEM. SO THERE'S SOME REDUNDANCY BETWEEN OUR OUR SYSTEM.

SO THAT'S WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT. AND WE'RE NOT.

IT SOUNDS LIKE A LOT, BUT WE'RE NOT REALLY ASKING A LOT.

WE'RE ASKING JUST TO KEEP OUR HEAD ABOVE WATER, BECAUSE THE CALLS FOR SERVICE AND THE GROWTH IN OUR COMMUNITY AND OUR ACTUAL SERVICE POPULATION IS WHAT IT IS. AND WHEN WE SAY SERVICE POPULATION, WE, YOU KNOW, WE SAY THAT THERE'S 2000 PEOPLE IN THE CITY.

MAYBE. BUT I DON'T KNOW HOW TRUE THAT IS. WHAT I DO KNOW IS THAT WE HAVE MORE CARS IN THE CITY THAN EVER, EVEN OFF SEASON. WHAT I DO KNOW IS WE HAVE MORE HOTELS IN THE CITY THAN EVER BEFORE, RIGHT? I KNOW THERE'S 157 RESIDENCES AT THE BEACH CLUB THAT ARE GOING TO BE PRIVATELY OWNED.

WE WE KEEP GROWING IN PEOPLE AND ATTRACTION, WHICH IS GREAT.

WHEN THAT PIER OPENS, IT'S GOING TO BE AN ATTRACTION TO THE PLANET.

EVERYBODY'S GOING TO COME HERE. I WANT TO SEE THE NEW PIER. I WANT TO SEE THE NEW PIER. HENCE WHY WE WANT ANOTHER BEACH PERSON.

BUT THEN WHAT? WHAT DOES THAT BRING? RIGHT? IT BRINGS GOOD AND BAD.

AND THAT'S JUST HOW THAT WORKS OUT IN OUR SOCIETY, RIGHT? SO WHAT WHAT I'M TRYING TO TO EXPRESS TO YOU IS I HAVE A WINDOW OF TIME.

MOST OF YOU KNOW THAT, BUT I CAME HERE FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE TO GIVE BACK TO MY PROFESSIONAL ALMA MATER AND TO MAKE THE POLICE DEPARTMENT AND UNLEASH THEIR TALENT.

WE'RE DOING THAT, BUT I. BUT I NEED MORE MEN AND WOMEN TO DO THE JOB TO KEEP US WHERE WE'RE GOING IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION.

AND I KNOW THAT WE LIVE IN A WORLD OF UNCERTAINTY, BOTH POLITICALLY.

YOU KNOW, WE'RE WE'RE SORT OF IN A WAR, YOU KNOW, POLITICS ARE ALL OVER THE PLACE AND EVERYBODY'S A MONDAY MORNING QUARTERBACK.

THEY'LL JUST THEY'LL THROW YOU TO DEATH ON SOCIAL MEDIA.

AND WHAT I'M ASKING YOU ALL IS TO REALLY SEARCH YOUR MIND AND HEART AND, AND CONSIDER WHERE DO WE WANT TO BE IN THE WORLD OF PUBLIC SAFETY? AND IS THAT IS THAT A MOMENT WHERE, WHERE YOU HAVE TO MAKE A HARD DECISION AND BUMP UP THAT RATE.

AND I AND I, THAT'S WHAT I'M SAYING. AND THAT'S WHAT I'M ASKING.

AND IT'S Y'ALL'S DECISION. BUT IT WOULD BE DISINGENUOUS IF I DIDN'T TELL YOU, WE REALLY NEED THIS BECAUSE WE WANT TO GET AHEAD OF THINGS BEFORE WE GET BEHIND.

AND I, AND I CAVEAT ONE MORE THING BEFORE I TURN IT OVER TO PHIL IS I LIVED HERE FROM AND I WORKED HERE, I, AND I ALWAYS VISITED, SO I WAS NEVER AWAY FROM HERE, BUT I HAVE WORKED ON THE EAST COAST AND I HAVE WORKED IN TAMPA, AND I KNOW WHAT THE FUTURE LOOKS LIKE AND COMMUNITIES THAT DON'T GET AHEAD OF THE PROBLEM.

AND WE ARE IN A PLACE WHERE WE ARE, WHERE WE'RE RIGHT AT THE TIP, WHERE WE'RE GOING TO GET A WHOLE LOT MORE.

RIGHT. AND MY AND MY CYBER CRIMES UNIT HAS PROVEN IT.

WE DIDN'T HAVE CYBER CRIMES UNIT, AND NOW WE HAVE CYBER CRIMES UNIT, AND WE HAVE NOTHING BUT CYBER CRIMES COMING IN BECAUSE IT'S OUT THERE AND WE HAVE AN ELDERLY POPULATION THAT'S VERY VULNERABLE TO CYBER CRIMES.

RIGHT. WE WANT TO ADD ANOTHER GUY TO SIU BECAUSE AS I MENTIONED EARLIER, JUST ON THE AVENUE ALONE, THERE'S 47 LIQUOR LICENSES. SO AT NIGHT IT TURNS INTO A DIFFERENT KIND OF PLACE.

AND WE'RE WORKING WITH BEVERAGE IN ORDER TO STAY AHEAD OF THAT.

AND WHERE DO KIDS GO AND WHERE DO YOUNG PEOPLE GO WHEN THEY LIVE IN NAPLES? THERE ISN'T ANY PLACE THEY'RE GOING TO COME TO US OR THEY GO TO MERCATO AND YOU SAW WHAT HAPPENED MERCATO.

MOST RECENTLY, THERE WAS A TEEN TAKEOVER, AND THE REASON WE TRY TO MAKE SURE IT DOESN'T HAPPEN HERE IS BECAUSE WE ARE THICK AS THIEVES ON ALL THE STREETS AS POSSIBLE, BUT EVENTUALLY WE THIN OUT AND THEN THAT'S WHERE THE OPPORTUNITY COMES IN.

SO MY POINT TO YOU ALL IS I KNOW I'M ASKING AND PHIL'S BEHIND ME YOU ALL TO CONSIDER MAKING A DECISION THAT IS DIFFICULT FOR WHERE YOU SIT IN YOUR CHAIRS TO CONSIDER RAISING A RATE ON SOMETHING.

[05:25:03]

SO I'M OPEN FOR QUESTIONS. THANK YOU CHIEF. THANK YOU FOR YOUR BEING PROACTIVE.

WE DEFINITELY NEED TO LOOK TO THE FUTURE AND RESOLVING ISSUES BEFORE THEY BECOME PROBLEMS HERE.

SO THANK YOU FOR THAT. COUNCIL, DO YOU HAVE QUESTIONS FOR CHIEF SCHULTZ? THANK YOU CHIEF. I, I HAVE HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO SPEND A COUPLE OF DAYS WITH YOUR TEAM.

THE ONE WAS THE RIDE ALONG IN THE EVENING. AND I DON'T WANT TO GET INTO TACTICS AND MANPOWER, BUT I WAS DRIVING AROUND WITH OFFICER GRANT, AND THERE WERE X NUMBER OF CARS ON THE STREET FOR THAT SHIFT, 6 P.M. TO 6 A.M. AND HE'S SPOT ON RIGHT THAT THE CHARACTERS WERE DRIVING ALONG AND HE'S GOING, THERE'S ONE, THERE'S ONE. WHAT ARE YOU LOOKING AT? THAT'S A VAGRANT PERSON. THIS PERSON IS GOING TO HIDE AT THIS BANK, AND THESE BUSHES IS GOING TO GO DOWN THERE.

HOW DO YOU KNOW THAT? WHY DON'T YOU JUST RUN THEIR BUTTS OUT OF TOWN? BECAUSE THEY'LL JUST COME BACK BECAUSE, LIKE YOU SAID, THE PUBLIC RESTROOMS ARE CLEAN.

IF THEY GET ARRESTED, THEY GET A GOOD MEAL AND THE LIKE.

BUT WHAT I SAW THAT EVENING, IT'S A WHOLE DIFFERENT CITY.

BUT YOU HAD THIS ONE CALL THAT WAS, I WOULD SAY, MORE SERIOUS THAN THE OTHERS.

AND VIRTUALLY ALL THE CARS BUT ONE WERE AT THIS LOCATION BECAUSE IT REQUIRED IT BECAUSE OF THE MANPOWER AND WHAT HAD TAKEN PLACE.

AND THAT BLEW ME AWAY. I SAID, WHOA, THE REST OF THE CITY BECAUSE THIS WAS THAT PROBLEMATIC.

THE SECOND THING AT THE THE PRIDE FEST AT THE COMMAND CENTER WHERE I WAS CHIEF INVITED ME AND I SPENT THE DAY WITH HIM THERE WALKING AROUND.

AND THESE THESE OFFICERS HERE, THEY TAKE SO MUCH CRAP.

THESE PEOPLE WILL GET UP RIGHT IN THEIR FACE, SCREAM, AND AS THEY'RE SCREAMING, THEY'RE SPITTING.

BLAH BLAH BLAH BLAH BLAH. JUST TRYING TO GET THESE POLICEMEN TO DO SOMETHING SO THEY COULD FILE A CLAIM AGAINST THE CITY.

GIVE ME FIVE GRAND, I'LL GO AWAY. KIND OF STUFF.

BUT THE ABUSE THAT THE OFFICERS TAKE IS YOU. YOU COULDN'T PAY ME TO DO THAT.

SO I'VE SEEN IT, AND I'VE SEEN THE WAY THE GUYS WORK TOGETHER.

I'VE BEEN TO MULTIPLE POLICE FUNCTIONS NOW, JUST OFF TIME, IN PROFESSIONAL TIME.

AND I STILL GOT TO GET MY MY TIME IN ON THE BOAT.

BUT THAT WILL COME. BUT YOUR TEAM IS VERY IMPRESSIVE.

WHAT I SEE IS THE COLLEGIALITY OF THESE FOLKS WORKING TOGETHER, VERY DIFFERENT KINDS OF PEOPLE.

AND THEY'RE JUST IT'S SEAMLESS. AND THAT, I THINK COMES FROM YOUR LEADERSHIP AND HAVING THE TOOLS AT YOUR HAND.

BECAUSE WHEN I SAT IN THE CONTROL ROOM TO SEE THE BODY CAMS, THE DRONES, THIS THE WHOLE THING, I WAS JUST GOING, MAN, THIS IS THIS IS CRAZY.

AND THIS IS SLEEPY LITTLE NAPLES. AT CERTAIN TIMES OF THE DAY.

MAYBE IT'S SIX IN THE MORNING TILL LIKE EIGHT.

IT'S SEMI SLEEP EXCEPT FOR THE TRAFFIC. BUT I HAVE SEEN THE PROFESSIONALISM THAT THE CHIEF AND HIS STAFF, HIS TOP OFFICERS AND YOU FOLKS THERE CAN'T THANK YOU ENOUGH FOR THE JOB YOU DO.

AND HOPEFULLY WE'LL HAVE SOME REINFORCEMENTS FOR YOU THAT JUST AMAZED AT WHAT YOU DO, CHIEF.

THANK YOU. THANK YOU, SIR. THANK YOU. BURTON.

JUST I'M NOT SAYING ANYTHING THAT THOSE OF US UP HERE DON'T KNOW, BUT I'LL SAY IT FOR THE PUBLIC.

CHIEF IS AS GOOD AS THEY COME. HE'S VERY FRUGAL.

HE'S VERY TIGHT WITH HIS BUDGET. YOU KNOW, HE'S VOCALLY PASSED ON ANY UPDATES TO THE STATION SO THAT WE COULD PUT MONEY ELSEWHERE. AND THAT STATION IS OLD AND IT'S GOTTEN WET AND EVERYTHING ELSE.

SO I JUST WANT TO SAY THAT HE WOULDN'T BE ASKING FOR IT IF HE DIDN'T NEED IT.

SO THANK YOU. THANK YOU. VICE MAYOR.

THANKS FOR THE PLAN. THE FORWARD THINKING, THE INFORMATION.

IDEALLY, WE COULD FUND EVERYTHING THAT WE NEEDED.

BUT WE HAVE A LOT OF NEEDS, A LOT OF DEMANDS.

SO WHAT IF WE CAN'T DO EVERYTHING? HOW WOULD YOU PRIORITIZE THIS LIST? WHAT WOULD BE THE MOST IMPORTANT LIKE TOP 1 OR 2 NEEDS? I CERTAINLY UNDERSTAND WHAT YOU SAY THERE BECAUSE THERE ARE A LOT OF NEEDS IN THIS CITY ALL OVER THE PLACE.

AND SO ONE, ONE LITTLE PERSONAL EDITORIAL. YOU GUYS HAVE INHERITED A LOT OF STUFF.

I MEAN, I GET IT. I MEAN, WE GOT WATER, WE GOT STORMS THAT NEVER CAME BEFORE.

WE'VE ALL LIVED HERE A WHILE. WE NEVER HAD STORMS AND FLOODING LIKE THAT.

I MEAN, THERE'S A LOT GOING ON AND I, AND I, AND I GET IT.

[05:30:04]

THAT'S GOT, THAT'S GOT TO COME FIRST, RIGHT? AS MUCH AS INVESTIGATIONS IS, BUT PATROL AND TRAFFIC, WE CAN'T WE CAN'T LET OUR ROADS TURN INTO THE OTHER ROADS.

AND I'M NOT GOING TO NAME THEM AROUND THE COUNTY, BUT WE CAN'T LET THAT HAPPEN.

AND THE ONLY WAY TO DO THAT IS, IS HIGH VISIBILITY PATROL.

AND WHEN PEOPLE HAVE THIS EXPECTATION BECAUSE THERE'S RESIDUAL EFFECTS, RIGHT.

SO WHEN YOU, WE ALL DO THIS, I DO IT MYSELF. I AM A POLICE CAR AND YOU SEE A CAR, YOU GO, OH, WHAT AM I DOING? I'M NOT EVEN SPEEDING. BUT WHAT THAT DOES IS HAS THIS TRAFFIC CALMING THING, RIGHT. AND I'M REALLY I SEND YOU SOME STATS. I DON'T WANT TO JINX IT, BUT WE'RE.

OUR ACCIDENTS ARE DOWN 7%, WHICH IS NOT A HUGE NUMBER, BUT IT'S DOWN.

AND OUR TICKETS OF ALL THE TICKETS THAT I SENT YOU, THOSE NUMBERS IN 17, 18,000, AND ALL THE STUFF WE DID LAST YEAR WITH CLOSE TO 8000 CALLS, AND WE ONLY HAD FOUR COMPLAINTS, WHICH AGAIN, PRETTY, PRETTY.

AGAIN, I DON'T LIKE TO SAY THAT IT'S LIKE YOU DON'T WANT TO SAY THE H WORD DURING THE SEASON, BUT IF YOU ASK ME, HEY, I CAN ONLY GIVE YOU X, Y, OR Z.

I HAS TO BE PATROL. SO WE CAN HANDLE THE CALLS AND DURING THOSE MIDDLE TIMES AND TRAFFIC.

AND THEN THE REST, WE JUST KIND OF HAVE TO FIND, YOU KNOW, WAYS.

WHAT I, WHAT I DON'T WANT TO HAVE TO SUFFER IS WHERE I DON'T WANT TO EVER BE IN A POSITION WHERE WE CAN'T DO THAT BECAUSE THAT'S NOT WHO WE ARE.

I DON'T WANT TO BE THAT POLICE DEPARTMENT WHERE WE DON'T DO THAT OR WE DON'T TAKE THOSE REPORTS.

I MEAN, WE DO TAKE A LOT OF REPORTS AND STUFF THAT OTHER POLICE DEPARTMENTS WOULD GO.

YOU GUYS TAKE REPORTS ON THAT? WELL, YEAH, BUT, YOU KNOW, THAT'S WHY WE YOU KNOW, I MENTIONED TO SOMEONE BEFORE, THIS IS WHY THE PUBLIC WAVES AT US WITH ALL HANDS AND NOT NOT ANYTHING ELSE.

WE GIVE SUCH GOOD QUALITY SERVICE. I DON'T WANT TO BACK AWAY FROM THAT AT ALL.

I WANT TO I AS MUCH AS WE CAN. I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT TO TO MAINTAIN THAT, YOU KNOW, FOUR SEASONS, IF YOU WILL, OR CHICK FIL A APPROACH TO POLICING WHERE WE ARE, WE ARE PROBLEM SOLVERS.

WE, WE, WE DEAL WITH NEIGHBORS MAD AT EACH OTHER FOR CUTTING THEIR PLANT DOWN INSTEAD OF LIKE, HEY, IT'S NOT OUR PROBLEM. IT'S, IT'S NOT A POLICE PROBLEM. WE FIND WAYS TO SETTLE THINGS AND GET THINGS FIXED.

AND THAT MEANS UNIFORM PATROL HAS TO BE THE POINT OF THE SPEAR, IF YOU WILL, WHERE WE HAVE THE MAJORITY OF OUR STAFF.

SO IT WOULD BE PATROL AND THEN TRAFFIC. AND THEY'RE KIND OF, YOU KNOW, THEY'RE COMPLEMENTARY TO EACH OTHER.

SO THAT WOULD BE ON THIS SLIDE. THE NEXT TO THE LAST SLIDE.

THAT'S THE FIRST TWO BULLETS BELOW THE CHART FOR OFFICERS FOR PATROL AND TWO FOR TRAFFIC.

FOR TRAFFIC. YES, SIR. OKAY. THANK YOU. LIKE I SAID, I'D LOVE TO FIND MONEY FOR EVERYTHING, BUT WHAT IF WE CAN'T? THAT HELPS. THANKS. CHIEF.

HOW MANY OFFICERS DO YOU HAVE FOR PATROL AND TRAFFIC? WELL PATROL'S KIND OF SPREAD OUT A LITTLE BIT SO WE COULD SAY WE ABOUT 43 TO 47 ON THE PATROL SIDE SPLIT ACROSS ALL THOSE SHIFTS. AND AND THEN TRAFFIC IS ONLY TWO THE TWO MOTOR GUYS.

REALLY? YEAH, WE HAVE THREE MOTORCYCLES. SO YOU SEE WHAT I MEAN? IT WOULD BE GREAT TO HAVE ANOTHER GUY OR GAL JUMP ON A MOTOR.

BUT BUT WHAT I THINK I ALSO WOULD LIKE TO SHARE WITH YOU IS AND I APPRECIATE ALL THE, WHAT YOU ALL SAID, BUT I, I, I'M BLESSED TO HAVE MEN AND WOMEN THAT DO YEOMAN'S WORK.

AND AS YOU MENTIONED, YOU KNOW, I GOT DEPUTY CHIEF OVER HERE, I GOT THESE GUYS OVER THERE.

I, THE OTHER DEPUTY CHIEF THERE, MY CHIEF OF STAFF, ALL THE SERGEANTS AND LIEUTENANTS, THEY WEAR SO MANY HATS.

I MEAN, IT'S AMAZING. AND I'VE SEEN, YOU KNOW, FOR EXAMPLE GREG SHERIDAN CHANGE UNIFORM THREE TIMES IN A DAY, STARTS THE MORNING AS A MOTOR GUY WEARING HIS MOTOR UNIFORM.

LATER IN THE AFTERNOON, HE'S WEARING HIS REGULAR UNIFORM.

LATER THAT EVENING, HE'S IN HIS KILT. NO KIDDING.

AND DOING THE BAGPIPES FOR THE HONOR GUARD. THIS IS THE TYPE OF MEN AND WOMEN YOU ALL HAVE THAT THEY'LL DO ANYTHING TO GET THE JOB DONE.

AND THERE WERE MANY, MANY HATS. SO WE WE PUNCH WAY ABOVE OUR WEIGHT, RIGHT?

[05:35:02]

BUT THE POINT IS I SEE A VIOLATION. I, I STOP IT.

IT'S ALL PART OF OUR PHILOSOPHY THAT IF YOU SEE SOMETHING, DO SOMETHING.

WE EXPECT THE PUBLIC TO SEE SOMETHING AND SAY SOMETHING.

AND OUR EXPECTATION IS IF YOU SEE SOMETHING, DO SOMETHING.

NOW, SOMETIMES THAT MIGHT BE A WARNING. SOMETIMES IT'S A IT'S AN ARREST OR A CITATION.

SOMETIMES IT'S JUST HELPING SOMEBODY OUT BECAUSE THEY ESSENTIALLY A WARNING THEY DON'T KNOW ANY BETTER.

RIGHT NOW. IF YOU SEE OUR PROACTIVE EFFORTS, WE'VE BEEN TRYING TO EDUCATE PEOPLE ON, ON THE ON THE BIKE ORDINANCES AND THINGS OF THAT NATURE. AND, AND SO THE IDEA IS WE HAVE X NUMBER OF PATROL AND X NUMBER OF TRAFFIC, BUT EVERYBODY'S WEARING THESE HATS.

PENMAN. PENMAN. CHIEF, THIS IS QUITE A REPORT, BUT I KNOW THAT YOU HAVE TO WORK SYNERGISTICALLY WITH OTHER AGENCIES. YES, MA'AM.

SO IT WOULD BE INTERESTING FOR US TO KNOW YOU OBVIOUSLY HAVE TO WORK SYNERGISTICALLY WITH THE SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT.

WHAT ABOUT THE EAST COAST? WELL, WHEN IT COMES TO YOU KNOW, WITH THE SHERIFF'S OFFICE, WHEN IT COMES TO LARGER EVENTS OR SPECIAL EVENTS, WE, WE WE WORK REALLY WELL TOGETHER. AND AND WE CO-PLAN IT OUR OPS PLANS ARE USING THE SAME LANGUAGE.

EVERYTHING IS PRETTY MUCH ON THE IF YOU WILL IDENTICAL IN REGARDS TO FORMS, PROCESSES, THOSE KIND OF THINGS.

SO LET'S SAY 4TH OF JULY FIREWORKS OR SOMETHING ELSE LIKE THAT.

WE'RE ON THE SAME MUSIC SHEET OF MUSIC NOW. WHEN IT COMES TO THE EAST COAST, THAT FALLS ON THE INVESTIGATIVE SIDE MORE SO THAN THE PATROL SIDE.

SO MOST RECENTLY, OUR SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS UNITS OR PLAINCLOTHES DETECTIVES HAD FOLLOWED UP ON ON TRAVELING THIEVES. RIGHT. AND BREAKING INTO BOATS AND STEALING THE GPS NAVIGATION DEVICES.

WELL, THAT'S A TRAVELING GROUP OF FOLKS THAT ARE STEALING THAT.

SO WE ARE USING TECHNOLOGY AS WELL. WE'RE ABLE TO IDENTIFY SOME SUSPECTS OR VEHICLES OR TAGS, GET SOME PHOTOS AND EVERYTHING ELSE, AND THEN TRACKING THE STOLEN PROPERTY.

WE GET TOGETHER WITH THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT OR THE FBI, OR IN THIS CASE, IT WAS, I BELIEVE, BROWARD COUNTY AND MIAMI-DADE COUNTY.

AND WE WORKED TOGETHER, OUR INVESTIGATORS, WHICH EVENTUALLY TOOK THAT CASE TO THE STATEWIDE PROSECUTOR.

AND SO THERE'S A GROUP EFFORT THERE. AND THEN THE PROSECUTORIAL PART OF THAT GOES TO THE STATEWIDE PROSECUTOR THAT CAN BRING IN ALL THE DIFFERENT CIRCUITS.

SO ON THE INVESTIGATIVE SIDE, IT WORKS THAT WAY.

IT WORKS THAT WAY AS WELL FOR FOR NARCOTICS AND OTHER THINGS LIKE THAT.

SO WORKING SYNERGISTICALLY OUTSIDE COLLIER IS MORE ON THE THE INVESTIGATIVE ARENA THAN IT IS ON ON THE BOOTS ON THE GROUND PATROL LEVEL.

GOOD INFORMATION. THANK YOU. OKAY. YEAH, CHIEF.

AND THANK YOU FOR EVERYTHING YOU'RE DOING AND REALLY DOING A PHENOMENAL JOB. AND I'M LOOKING AT YOUR REPORT.

I, I CONCUR THAT, YOU KNOW, THERE'S THREATS COMING.

THE WORLD'S GETTING MORE COMPLICATED. IT'S GETTING MORE COMPLICATED HERE. BUT YOU MENTIONED YOU BROUGHT UP, YOU HAVE AN EXTRA MOTORCYCLE FOR A PATROL OF HARD ASSETS.

WHAT, WHAT DO WE NEED TO ADD? IF WE ADD MORE PATROL PEOPLE, WE'RE GOING TO NEED TO HAVE MORE CARS OR WHAT ARE YOU SEEING? WELL, WE DID EXTRA. YEAH. IF IF WE WERE TO ADD X NUMBER OF PEOPLE THIS YEAR, WHAT WE'VE ALREADY PROGRAMED OUT BASED ON WHAT'S EXISTING ON THE THE TABLE RIGHT NOW. EQUIPMENT. INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT.

YES. AND THAT'S ALL FACTORED INTO OUR NUMBER.

AND I HAVE IT HERE. THAT NUMBER FOR ALL THE OFFICERS IS ROUGHLY $1.2 MILLION. IF YOU ADD UP ALL THE DISPATCHERS, IT'S $1.5 MILLION.

THAT INCLUDES EVERYTHING THEY'RE WEARING CLOTHES, UNIFORMS, EVERYTHING ELSE. CARS ARE THE ONLY THINGS THAT ARE SEPARATE AND APART.

AND AND WE WOULD JUST WORK WITH THE EXISTING FLEET.

AND THEN AS TIME WENT ON, WE WOULD, YOU KNOW, CIPS YEAR OUT YEAR, YOU KNOW, FROM, LET'S SAY FROM HERE YEAR, NEXT YEAR, THE NEXT YEAR, THE NEXT YEAR. SO WE'RE LOOKING AT A THREE YEAR INCREMENT CARS COMING IN.

BUT FOR THE HIRING, IF LET'S SAY AGAIN, WE WE, LET'S SAY ALL THINGS WENT GREAT AND WE, AND WE WERE GETTING ALL THE PEOPLE, IT'S ALREADY FACTORED IN AND IS ABOUT 1,000,005.

THAT'S WHAT UNIFORMS, FIREARMS, VEST, RADIO, ALL OF IT.

[05:40:02]

THANK YOU EVERYONE. AND, MADAM MAYOR, I DO WANT TO HAVE THE FIRE CHIEF JUST BECAUSE WE AGAIN, HE DIDN'T ASK FOR ANY OUT OF RESPECT FOR KIND OF MY MY, HE WAS ALREADY IN MY HEAD, GIVEN WHAT MY DIRECTIVE WAS LAST YEAR.

BUT I DO WANT TO ALLOW HIM THE OPPORTUNITY TO GO THROUGH HIS SLIDE, WHAT WAS ACCOMPLISHED IN THAT TWO YEAR PERIOD AND GO THROUGH THAT WITH YOU.

GOOD AFTERNOON. THANK YOU. PHILIP PENNINGTON, FIRE CHIEF, BACK AGAIN.

ALL RIGHT, SO LOOKING BACK AT OUR 24, 20, 24 THREE YEAR PLAN BACK THEN WE ASKED FOR 12 FIREFIGHTER POSITIONS, TWO BATTALION CHIEFS DIVISION CHIEF OF OPERATIONS FIRE INSPECTOR, LIEUTENANT PUBLIC EDUCATION OUTREACH INSPECTOR, AND THEN A ADMINISTRATIVE SPECIALIST FOR FIRE PREVENTION.

ALONG WITH THAT ON BASICALLY ON A BACK BURNER. JUST ONE OF THE CONSIDERATIONS BACK THEN WAS THE CONCEPT OF IF WE NEEDED TO TAKE OVER EMS TRANSPORT, WE WOULD NEED AN ADDITIONAL SIX FIREFIGHTERS ON TOP OF THAT TO STAFF THE SQUAD TRUCKS TO KEEP THOSE IN SERVICE CORRECTLY.

WHERE WE'RE AT TODAY THE REMAINING POSITIONS WE WOULD NEED IN ORDER TO GET TO WHERE WE KIND OF PROJECTED WHAT WE WOULD NEED MOVING FORWARD.

WE WOULD NEED TO STILL NEED SIX NEW FIREFIGHTERS THE ONE DIVISION CHIEF OF OPERATIONS, THE FIRE INSPECTOR LIEUTENANT.

OUR PUBLIC OUTREACH INSPECTOR. OUR ADMIN SPECIALIST.

AND THEN WE'RE STILL LOOKING AT THE YOU KNOW, ANOTHER CONSIDERATION WOULD BE THE EMS TRANSPORT COMPONENT.

AND IN ADDITION, ONE OF THE THINGS THAT'S REALLY COME TO LIGHT AS WELL, AND THINGS WE NEED TO KEEP AN EYE ON WOULD BE THE POTENTIAL FOR SOME TYPE OF OCEAN RESCUE.

CURRENTLY, NORTH COLLIER FIRE IS PROTECTING THE BEACH UP IN THE NORTH AREA.

AND IT'S ONE OF THE THINGS AT THE STATE LEVEL THEY'VE BEEN LOOKING AT AS FAR AS LIFEGUARDS THERE.

SO THAT THAT'S WHERE WE'RE AT AS FAR AS IF, IF YOU WERE TO ASK ME, WHAT DO I HAVE AS FAR AS NEEDS? OBVIOUSLY GETTING PEOPLE IN THE STREET WOULD BE A PRIORITY BECAUSE AGAIN, THAT WOULD ALLOW US TO MAINTAIN OUR SQUAD, ONE THAT'S HERE, THAT'S BASICALLY WHEN WE HAVE ENOUGH STAFFING, WE PUT THAT TRUCK UP. YOU KNOW, THE WHOLE CONCEPT BEHIND LOOKING AT THIS PLAN GOING BACK TO 2024 IS BASICALLY DOING A SWOT ANALYSIS.

WHAT ARE OUR STRENGTHS? WHAT ARE OUR WEAKNESSES? WHAT'S OUR OPPORTUNITIES, AND WHAT ARE OUR THREATS? RIGHT. SO OUR THREATS ARE STILL OUT THERE AS FAR AS, YOU KNOW, WHEN WE LOOK AT THE GROWTH TO OUR EAST, THAT'S GOING TO BE BASED ON OUR CLOSEST UNIT DISPATCH THAT THAT'S GOING TO BE SOMETHING THAT STARTS TO PULL UNITS OUT OF OUR DOWNTOWN STATION HERE TO HAVE TO RUN OUT EAST. AND THEN, YOU KNOW, I THINK ONE OF THE OTHER AREAS OF IF I HAD, YOU KNOW, TO SAY, WHAT IS SOMETHING I REALLY WANT TO GET DONE IS MORE PUBLIC OUTREACH, YOU KNOW, CURRENTLY, YOU KNOW, IN ORDER TO GET OUR PUBLIC OUTREACH DONE, I HAVE TO TAKE ONE OF OUR FIRE INSPECTORS AND GET HIM OFF HIS REGULAR JOB AND GO DO THAT.

AND CURRENTLY WE HAVE BASICALLY ONE DAY A WEEK TO TRY AND GET OUT THERE.

IF YOU THINK ABOUT IT, THAT SIDE OF THE HOUSE, FOR US, THAT'S THAT'S THE ONE AREA WHERE WE'RE PROACTIVE, YOU KNOW, FIREFIGHTING, EMS RESPONSE, THAT'S REACTIVE.

SOMETHING HAPPENS TO SOMEBODY, THEY CALL 911.

NOW WE GO AND WE ROLL AND WE TRY AND MAKE THE SITUATION BETTER.

BUT IF WE COULD GET OUT THERE AND DO THINGS LIKE YOU KNOW, A STOP THE BLEED OR A COMMUNITY EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAMS. THOSE THOSE I THINK WOULD BE BENEFICIAL TO THE CITY IN GENERAL AND THE PEOPLE THAT LIVE HERE.

SO, YOU KNOW, WHERE ALL THIS FALLS INTO HOW WE GET THIS DONE.

THAT'S UP TO YOU ALL. BUT YOU KNOW THAT THAT'S FROM MY PERSPECTIVE.

THESE ARE THE THINGS, THE UNMET NEEDS THAT WE SHOULD CONTINUE TO LOOK AT AND TRY AND GET THERE WHEN WE CAN.

THANK YOU. YOU'RE WELCOME. ANY QUESTIONS FOR CHIEF PENNINGTON? YEAH. SO LOOKING AT COMPARING THESE COLUMNS. SO 2024 SAID 12 NEW FIREFIGHTERS 2026 IS SIX NEW.

DOES THAT MEAN YOU FILLED SIX POSITIONS OR YOU DECIDED YOU DIDN'T NEED.

NO. WE GOT WE WE BASICALLY GOT SIX FIREFIGHTERS AND THE TWO BATTALION CHIEFS.

OKAY. THANKS. YES, SIR.

OKAY. ANYTHING ELSE? SORRY. I WAS STILL LOOKING AT WHAT YOU SAID.

I WAS WAITING FOR MORE. YEAH. ANY OTHER QUESTIONS? NO. OKAY. THANK YOU. OKAY. THANK YOU. MADAM MAYOR, IF I MAY MAKE ONE RECOMMENDATION, COULD WE TAKE A QUICK BREAK AND THEN HAVE CONVERSATION ABOUT THIS AND AND KIND OF SEE WHERE EVERYONE WANTS TO LAND ON THIS MAXIMUM MILLAGE? YES. WITH THAT, IT'S ALMOST 4:00, SO COME BACK AT 410.

[05:45:27]

14 D MR. YOUNG, WE TOOK A BREAK THERE. MR. MR. WILL CONTINUE ON WITH THE DISCUSSION. THANK YOU.

I BELIEVE YOU KNOW, I BELIEVE STEFAN HAS COMPLETED THE ONE SLIDE I'D LIKE YOU TO GO BACK TO, THOUGH. STEFAN IS THE ONE ASSUMING THAT THE GOVERNOR'S ACT TAKES EFFECT AND WHAT THE VOTE WOULD HAVE TO BE IN THE TOLERANCE FOR THAT. SO AND THE REASON THAT I SAY THAT IS, IS THAT IF YOU WERE GOING TO WALK DOWN A ROAD OF ANY OF THOSE POSSIBILITIES, YOU NEED TO BE COGNIZANT OF EVERYBODY ON THE DAIS AND, AND WHAT THE VOTE COUNT WOULD TAKE TO GET THERE.

SO, FOR EXAMPLE, LET'S ASSUME FOR THE MOMENT THAT THE GOVERNOR SIGNS IT, IT WOULD AUTOMATICALLY REQUIRE FIVE VOTES TO TAKE IT TO 1.359. IT WOULD TAKE A MAJORITY VOTE TO EVEN DO THE ROLLBACK.

AS I INTERPRET THAT. AND SO I JUST WANT YOU TO REMAIN COGNIZANT OF THAT.

I THINK, YOU KNOW, STEFAN HAS GIVEN YOU A LOT OF GOOD INFORMATION IN TERMS OF THE STRAIN ON THE EXISTING TAX BASE.

THERE'S NOTHING HIM OR I CAN TELL YOU THAT ISN'T OF CONCERN.

RELATE MORE THAN YOU ALREADY KNOW ABOUT THE THE NOVEMBER POTENTIAL ELECTION RESULTS AND WHAT THAT WOULD IMPACT IN FUTURE YEARS. BUT FOR, FOR PURPOSES OF THIS DISCUSSION, IN THE ABSENCE OF A MILLAGE, THERE'S NO WAY I COULD BRING YOU BACK AN INCREASE IN POLICE RESOURCES OR FIRE RESOURCES AND STRAIN THE GENERAL FUND RESERVES ANY MORE THAN THEY ARE.

AND SO IT REALLY COMES TO A IF WE'RE GOING TO HAVE A DISCUSSION ON MILLAGE IS ONE THING, BUT THE FIRST QUESTION IS, ARE YOU GOING TO DO INCREASE ANY MILLAGE RELATED TO SAFETY, OR IS IT STATUS QUO ON THE POSITIONS THAT YOU HAVE? AND THEN WE TALK ABOUT THE REST OF THE YOU KNOW, IF THERE'S ANY REPLENISHMENT TO A RESERVE RELATED TO MILLAGE, BUT I'LL DEFER TO YOU BECAUSE I REALLY WANT TO BE, YOU KNOW, ORGANIC FROM YOUR PERSPECTIVE, BUT ULTIMATELY YOU'VE SEEN WHAT'S BEFORE YOU, YOU ALSO KNOW THE NEEDS AND DEMANDS THAT YOU HAVE OF YOUR CONSTITUENTS AND WHERE THE PRESSURE POINTS ARE. SO, SO I WOULD ARGUE THAT IT'S REALLY TIME FOR YOU TO HAVE A CONVERSATION AND THEN I'LL ACT ACCORDINGLY.

WELL I THINK THAT THE PRESENTATION FOR FIRE FOR, FOR THE POLICE COVERAGE AND I THINK THOSE ARE REASONABLE REQUESTS THERE. YOU KNOW, WANTING TO THINK FORWARD, MOVE FORWARD, MAKE SURE WE'RE PREPARED AND NOT UNDERSTAFFED.

WE'VE BEEN THERE BEFORE. IT'S NOT PRETTY. IT'S STRESSFUL FOR EVERYONE.

AND WE NEED THOSE THINGS FOR OUR SAFETY. OUR PUBLIC SAFETY.

WE'RE MY BIGGEST CONCERN RIGHT NOW IS, IS, IS ALL OF THE UNKNOWNS.

I WOULD SAY THAT FOR YEARS, I WOULD SAY, WELL, WE HAVE THE LOWEST MILLAGE RATE IN THE STATE AND WE'RE ABLE TO PROVIDE SERVICES AT THAT MILLAGE RATE. AND THAT'S SOMETHING, YOU KNOW, I THINK IT'S VERY PRUDENT TO DO.

SO. I JUST IT'S THE UNKNOWN FOR ME. I WENT THROUGH 0809 AND I WATCHED WHAT IT DID TO THE POLICE DEPARTMENT AND TO THE FIRE DEPARTMENT.

IT WASN'T, IT WAS NOT GOOD. WE TOOK CUTS BACK IN WAYS THAT WE MADE UP FOR NOW.

SO FROM 11 TO NOW IT TOOK US A LOT TO RECOVER FROM, FROM THAT.

SO WITH THAT, I DON'T HAVE ANY GREAT ANSWERS FOR YOU.

DISCUSSION. YES. KRAMER, JUST IF YOU COULD VERIFY FOR ME, WHAT WOULD WE BE SAYING HERE TODAY IS THAT THIS WOULD BE THE MAXIMUM WE MIGHT DO.

WE WON'T COME UP WITH THE EXACT NUMBER UNTIL WE SEE ALL THE ACTUAL NUMBERS LATER.

IS THAT CORRECT? THAT IS CORRECT. BUT IF YOU'RE HAVING A TARGETED INCREASE, LET'S JUST SAY YOU BEGIN TO HAVE THAT CONVERSATION.

[05:50:02]

SO I DON'T WANT IT TO JUST BE. HERE'S FOUR BASIS POINTS.

YOU FIGURE IT OUT. I DO WANT YOU TO HAVE, YOU KNOW, YOU'VE HEARD THE FROM THE POLICE DEPARTMENT AND WHAT THEY WOULD LIKE.

WE ALSO HEARD IN THE ORIGINAL PLAN. AND WHAT WE ACTUALLY DID WAS WE, YOU KNOW, IN PARTS OF IT, WE WENT TO CRIME, CYBER CRIMES AND NOT PATROL.

SO THAT'S, THAT'S ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE HAVE TO.

IF, IF YOU DID IT, I'D WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT I KNEW THAT YOU WANTED MORE POLICE FOR THAT REASON OR FIRE.

I MEAN, I'M NOT TRYING TO PICK ONE OVER THE OTHER. I'M ONLY SAYING THAT I WANT YOU TO HAVE THE HONEST DIALOG AS TO WHAT YOU'RE PRIORITIZING AN INCREASE FOR, SO THAT WE CAN MAKE IT REFLECT THAT PRIORITY.

YEAH. AND I WOULD SAY FOR ME, THIS GOES NO SURPRISE ANYBODY SITTING UP HERE.

I WANT TO GIVE THOSE GUYS WHAT THEY NEED, PERIOD.

AND I TRUST THEM TO KNOW WHAT THAT IS. I ALSO JUST WANT TO POINT OUT IF WE WENT FROM ON SLIDE NUMBER 16, IF WE WENT FROM SAMPLE COST DIFFERENCE FROM 1.23 TO 1.29 PER MILLION DOLLARS OF $1 MILLION HOME.

THAT INCREASES AT 60 BUCKS. I MEAN, THAT'S JUST AN EXAMPLE OF.

I THINK THAT'S PRETTY DOABLE. SO FOR TARGETING IT ONE.

YES, THOSE GUYS NEED WHAT THEY NEED. AND ALSO YOU TALKED ABOUT RESERVES.

I MEAN, I THINK THE LACK OF CERTAINTY WITH WHAT'S HAPPENING AT THE STATE OR THE, THE CERTAINTY WITH WHAT'S HAPPENED AT THE STATE LEVEL AND IF IT CONTINUES THAT WAY, WOULD TELL US WE CERTAINLY NEED TO KEEP A FULL RESERVE FUND BALANCE.

LET ME ASK IF THE MILLAGE WERE TO INCREASE AND I'M NOT TRYING TO THROW YOU OFF MR. YOUNG ON YOUR PREPARING FOR THE FUTURE, PAYING FOR OUR INFRASTRUCTURE NEEDS.

BUT IF WE WERE TO INCREASE THE MILLAGE RATE, SOME OF THE MILLAGE, SOME OF THAT RESOURCES COULDN'T GO TO STORMWATER INFRASTRUCTURE OR. THE GENERAL NO, NO.

YOU'RE FINE. THE GENERAL FUND CAN PAY TOWARDS PRETTY MUCH ANYTHING.

AND ENTERPRISE FUND, YOU CAN'T CHARGE A FEE AND THEN TURN IT TO THE GENERAL FUND.

THE OPPOSITE IS TRUE IN THE GENERAL. BUT AS YOU ALREADY KNOW, THE MILLAGE RATE IS DESIGNED TO TAKE CARE OF WHAT YOUR PRIMARY FUNCTIONS ARE AS A GOVERNMENT. AND I REMIND YOU THAT 69% OF THAT BUDGET IN THE GENERAL FUND IS COMPRISED OF PROPERTY TAXES, AND 77% OF THE BUDGET IS PUBLIC SAFETY AND AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, WHICH IS PARKS AND RECREATION AND THE LIKE.

SO AS A GOVERNMENT ENTITY IN MY OPINION, TO TAKE MONEY FROM THE GENERAL GOVERNMENT.

GOVERNMENT GENERAL FUND TO SUBSIDIZE THE STORMWATER.

I WOULD DO THAT AS A LAST RESORT. AND YOU DON'T HAVE THE PROJECTS IN FRONT OF YOU.

WHAT YOU DO HAS HAVE IS WHAT I CALL GOVERNMENTAL NEEDS, WHICH IS WHEN YOU WOULD MAYBE DECIDE IT'S MORE IMPORTANT IF THE PUBLIC SERVICE TAX CAN'T CAN'T KEEP UP WITH INFRASTRUCTURE AND FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS, SUCH AS BUILDING A FIRE STATION OR BUILDING A.

OR BUILDING A POLICE STATION OR MAINTAINING THOSE FACILITIES.

THEN YOU USE GENERAL FUND DOLLARS. BUT THE STORMWATER WOULD BE THE FUNDING OF LAST RESORT FOR ME, JUST BECAUSE YOU CAN'T DERIVE UNLESS YOU'RE WILLING TO DO THE MILLAGE RATE, YOU ARE NOT PAYING THOSE OPERATIONAL COSTS, AND UTILIZING IT FOR THAT TYPE OF INFRASTRUCTURE WOULD BE MY LAST THING THAT I WOULD USE.

I WAS JUST THINKING FOR FUTURE YEARS FOR EXPEDITING IT, THAT'S ALL.

BUT RIGHT NOW WE NEED TO, YOU KNOW, WHAT ARE THE PRIORITIES IN TERMS OF RESOURCES FOR PUBLIC SAFETY, ETC.. AND THEN ALSO, ARE WE MAINTAINING SUFFICIENT FUND BALANCE? YOU KNOW, AGAIN, THE PRIORITY SHOULD BE TO PROTECT EVERYBODY YOU HAVE ON STAFF, IN ADDITION TO EVALUATING WHAT YOUR FUTURE NEEDS ARE, BECAUSE IT DOES YOU NO GOOD TO DO IT AN INCREASE IT FOR ONE YEAR AND ONLY TO TURN AROUND AND TAKE IT AWAY AND THEN SOME.

YEAH. SO. RIGHT. SO THAT'S EXACTLY WHAT CONCERNS ME BECAUSE I'VE BEEN THERE.

GIVE IT TO THEM AND THEN HAVE TO TAKE IT BACK.

AND THAT IS NOT PRETTY. SO. CAN YOU JUST RECAP WHAT, WHAT WE HAVE ACCOMPLISHED IN GIVING BACK TO POLICE AND FIRE? IF I DON'T KNOW IF YOU CAN DO IT RIGHT NOW. NO, I CAN.

[05:55:02]

WE GAVE THE LAST 2 IN 2026, WHICH WAS THE TWO YEAR COMMITMENT, AND THE FIRE HAD SIX FIREFIGHTERS.

THAT WAS ADDED IN TWO BATTALION CHIEFS. SO THAT WAS A TOTAL OF EIGHT EMPLOYEES.

AND THEY WERE PHASED IN SO THAT THERE WASN'T TWO FULL YEARS OF FUNDING.

BUT THAT'S WHAT WAS DONE SO FAR. AND THERE WAS NO COMMITMENT BEYOND THE TWO YEARS TO SAY THAT.

HERE'S THE SECOND PHASE OF THAT. SO, YOU KNOW, YOUR TEST OF, OF, OF WILL IN A PERFECT WORLD WOULD HAVE BEEN WE'RE IN YEAR THREE. DO WE WANT TO DO INCREMENTALLY MORE? YOU CAN DO THAT. AND THAT'S WHY IT WAS FAIR TO BRING IT TO YOU.

SO YOU KNOW THAT. BUT YOU'RE ALSO IT'S A FAIR ASSESSMENT TO SAY WE HAVE DOWNWARD PRESSURE FROM THINGS THAT WE DON'T KNOW ABOUT, AND WE NEED TO OVERCOME BOTH. NOW, IT'S ALSO FAIR TO SAY YOU HAVE THE LOWEST TAX RATE, YOU KNOW, IN THE STATE, BUT YOU ALSO HAVE SOME OF THE HIGHEST PROPERTY VALUES.

SO I KNOW I'M NOT HELPING YOU WITH THAT ANSWER, BUT THEY CAN.

ALL THOSE THINGS CAN BE TRUE, MA'AM. BUT I DO NOT BELIEVE WE SHOULD BE WORRIED ABOUT, IN MY OPINION, IS DOING A RATE INCREASE TO TURN AROUND AND TAKE IT FOR STORMWATER.

WE FUNDED STORMWATER. THE PROJECTS ARE ON THE BOARD AND WE HAVE EVERYTHING WE NEED INITIATIVE WISE FOR THAT.

THIS IS AN HONEST DEBATE OVER THE PRESSURES WE'RE FINDING AS TO KEEP UP WITH THE LEVEL OF SERVICE ON PUBLIC SAFETY SPECIFICALLY. AND IF YOU FEEL COMFORTABLE ABOUT THOSE EFFORTS, THEN IT IS ABOUT SUSTAINING AND NOT GROWING.

BUT AGAIN, THOSE PRESSURE POINTS IS WHAT THE CHIEFS SPOKE ABOUT, TALKED ABOUT AND WHAT YOU FEEL IS APPROPRIATE.

AND WE WILL MAKE SURE THAT WE DELIVER ON BURTON QUESTION FOR YOU.

SO WE'RE CURRENTLY AT 1.23. IF WE MAKE THE ASSUMPTION THAT WE WANTED TO GIVE EVERYTHING THAT THE POLICE WANTED, EVERYTHING THAT THE FIRE WANTED, WHAT RATE WOULD WE NEED TO BE AT TO MATCH THAT AND NOT NOT HAVE THE DEFICIENCY IN OUR, IN OUR MOVING FORWARD, IN OUR, IN OUR FUNDS, AGAIN, BASED ON ESTIMATES OF EVERYTHING, I WOULD SAY YOU'RE PROBABLY LOOKING AT 3.6 MILLION. THAT'S A ROUGH ESTIMATE. AND SO YOU WOULD BE LOOKING AT 20 BASIS POINTS AT 372, IT'S PROBABLY ABOUT 16 BASIS POINTS. SO YOU'D BE AROUND 3.40.

THAT'S ROUGHLY. SO WE'D GO FROM 1.23 WOULD JUMP BY 220.

IT WOULD JUMP 20 BASIS POINTS. IS THAT WHAT I HEARD? YEAH. YOU IF YOU WENT TO ABOUT I MEAN AGAIN I'LL DO IT AT 17.3.

JUST ONE SECOND. I'LL TELL YOU THE EXACT. SO WHAT'S THE MAXIMUM.

WHAT'S THE MAXIMUM. WE COULD GO 971. OKAY. SO WHAT I WOULD SUGGEST IS WE JUST SIMPLY HAVE THAT AS OUR MAXIMUM NUMBER THAT WE CHOOSE TODAY.

NOT SAYING, BY THE WAY, DON'T COME DOWN WITH PITCHFORKS.

I'M NOT SAYING WE'RE GOING TO JUMP TO THAT, BUT WHY DON'T WE JUST HAVE THAT IN OUR IN OUR HIP POCKET SO THAT WE CAN HAVE THE MAXIMUM AND JUST PICK A NUMBER BETWEEN WHERE WE'RE AT NOW OR THE SAME NUMBER WE'RE AT OR LESS. BUT PICK A NUMBER BETWEEN NOW, BETWEEN WHERE WE ARE AND WHAT WE MAXIMUM COULD PROVIDE.

BUT TO GIVE US ALL THE FLEXIBILITY THAT WE COULD POSSIBLY WANT AS WE MAKE, MAKE THE DECISION AS TO WHAT WE WANT TO CHANGE THAT NUMBER TO WHEN THE TIME COMES.

WELL, YEAH, SO LET ME JUST SAY THIS. YEAH. THE DIFFICULTY WITH THAT IS WE'RE PRESENTING A BUDGET TO YOU THAT WE ACTUALLY WANT TO GET EXECUTED.

AND I DON'T MEAN THAT FACETIOUSLY, SIR. SO SO WHAT? SO IF YOU SAID EVEN IF YOU TOOK IT IN 1.23 TO 1.35, FORGET THE 9.71 ON THE END.

YEAH. THAT AT 372,000 PER BASIS POINT, THAT'S $4.4 MILLION.

OKAY. AND SO THE POINT BEING IS BUT WHAT I DON'T WANT TO DO IS SAY, WELL, WE'RE GOING TO PUT IT IN THERE.

WHAT WOULD YOU SPEND IT ON? WELL, WE'RE ALREADY TELLING YOU THAT THAT'S WHAT IT IS. AND IF YOUR STOMACH IS INTO, IF IT IS TO INCREASE 12 BASIS POINTS, AND THAT'S WHAT YOU WANT ME TO GO DO.

THAT'S WHAT I'M GOING TO DO. BUT I'M GOING TO PREPARE IT BASED ON THAT.

BUT THE POINT BEING IS, IS IT STILL WILL COME DOWN TO YOUR VOTE.

AND IF WE PREPARED ALL THE DOCUMENTS TO SAY, THIS IS WHAT YOU WANT IN AUGUST, AND THEN WE'RE JUST GOING TO TURN AROUND AND NOT DO THEM, I THINK IT WASTES THE EFFORT. IF WE'RE NOT GOING, I THINK WE SHOULD PICK A NUMBER THAT YOU REALLY BELIEVE OR IS AS CLOSE ENOUGH TO, IS WHAT YOU REALLY WANT TO SEE HAPPEN, AS OPPOSED TO LEAVING ALL OF THAT FOR NOW.

IF YOU ALL BELIEVE THAT IT'S, YOU KNOW, FUND THE WHOLE THING, THEN THAT'S FINE.

TEN BASIS POINTS WILL GET YOU $3,720,000. AND I CAN GUARANTEE YOU CAN BE IN THERE.

I JUST AGAIN, I JUST WANTED TO SAY THAT AGAIN, IF WE WANT TO FUND THE 3 MILLION.

[06:00:01]

AND THE MILLAGE RATE WOULD. I MEAN, I LIKE THE WAY YOU'RE THINKING, BARTON, BECAUSE THAT'S THE WAY I DO HOME BUDGETING.

YOU KNOW LET'S DO THAT. AND HE GOES NO. SO BUT BUT THIS I DON'T THINK WE CAN DO THAT HERE.

WHAT IS IT THAT THE MILLAGE RATE WOULD HAVE TO BE.

I MEAN I GET WHAT IT WOULD GO FROM. WELL AGAIN, EVEN IF I, WITHOUT HAVING DONE EVERY NUMBER, BUT IF I TAKE IT AS PURE SENSE, 1,000,006 FOR POLICE AND 1,000,006 FOR FIRES, 3.2 MILLION.

I MEAN, AND THE NUMBER OF POSITIONS YOU HAVE THAT'S CLOSE ENOUGH FOR, FOR PURPOSES OF THIS DISCUSSION, THE QUESTION IS, AND THAT'S WHY I SAID TEN BASIS POINTS, 03,720,000.

NOW AGAIN, WHETHER THAT'S WHAT YOU WANT TO SEE, THAT IS YOUR CALL.

OKAY. AND WHO ASKED THE QUESTION? I JUST WANT TO KNOW DEADLINES BECAUSE I MEAN, THERE'S A LOT MORE.

THERE ARE A LOT OF QUESTIONS TO BE ASKED IN THE DETAILS OF THIS.

SO WHEN, WHEN DO WE HAVE TO GIVE YOU THIS MILLAGE TO TODAY? WELL, TODAY OR YOU CAN CONTINUE IT TO 17TH. WE CAN'T LEAVE HERE UNTIL WE CAN PUT IT ON THE TRIM.

NOTICE AFTER JULY 1ST WHAT THE MAXIMUM MILLAGE IS.

OKAY. MAY I I'M SORRY. WAIT, I HAD BLANKENSHIP AND AND THEN I'LL COME BACK TO YOU.

CAN YOU REMEMBER? OKAY, SO WE'VE HEARD FROM THE WISH LIST FROM POLICE AND FIRE.

WHAT ABOUT OTHER DEPARTMENTS? ARE YOU CONTEMPLATING ADDING POSITIONS IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS? NO, THE ONLY POSITION THAT I'VE CONCEDED TO LAST YEAR.

I SAID NO INCREASES. THE ONLY POSITION I'VE CONCEDED TO RIGHT NOW IS A ONE BEACH SPECIALIST THAT IS IN THE BEACH FUND BASED ON PARKING REVENUE.

HOWEVER, I INTEND TO HOLD IT IN ABEYANCE UNTIL THE PIER IS OPEN, WHICH WOULD ONLY MAKE IT UTILIZE FOR FOUR MONTHS.

YEAH, BUT BUT THAT'S THAT'S THE ONLY ONE THAT I HAVE.

I'M REVIEWING INTERNAL SERVICE AS IT PERTAINS TO TECH SERVICES.

AND ALL OTHER FUNDS ARE EXCUSE ME, ALL OTHER ENTERPRISE FUNDS RIGHT NOW ARE STILL UNDER THE REORGANIZATION WITH A NUMBER OF VACANCIES.

SO MY INTENT IS NOT TO HAVE ANY INCREASES WITH THEM.

AND I WOULD FORESHADOW THAT FOR YOU. SO NO. I HATE TAX INCREASES.

BUT I KNOW WE'VE GOT TO GIVE YOU FLEXIBILITY TO GIVE YOU A DECENT BUDGET TO FUND THE SERVICES THAT OUR RESIDENTS WANT.

JUST STRUGGLING WITH HOW MUCH. AND I UNDERSTAND THE WISH LIST THAT POLICE AND FIRE HAVE IF EVERYTHING WAS, YOU KNOW, IF WE HAD PLENTY OF MONEY, BUT I'M VERY CAUTIOUS ABOUT ADDING A LOT TO OUR COST BASE GOING FORWARD WHEN WE DON'T KNOW WHAT'S HAPPENING WITH PROPERTY TAXES OR WITH PROPERTY VALUATIONS. I MEAN, OBVIOUSLY, IF WE IF WE DIDN'T HAVE NEW CONSTRUCTION THIS YEAR, WE'D BE GOING DOWN BECAUSE PROPERTY VALUES ARE GOING DOWN.

AND THE COUNTY SAW THAT, RIGHT, DIDN'T THEY? I SAW THAT IN THE PAPER THIS WEEK.

I THINK THEY WENT DOWN 6%, 6% EVEN THOUGH THEY HAVE A BUNCH OF NEW CONSTRUCTION TOO.

SO, AND I KNOW WE'RE POLICING A LARGER POPULATION THAT'S COMING INTO NAPLES.

I'M JUST CAUTIOUS ABOUT ADDING PEOPLE MORE GRADUALLY AND NOT IN HUGE AMOUNTS UNTIL WE SEE WHAT'S GOING ON.

IF I HEARD RIGHT. PATROL HAS I THINK 42 TO 47 PEOPLE CURRENTLY, I THINK CHIEF SAID AND POTENTIALLY ADDING FOUR POSITIONS, THAT'S SOMEWHERE AROUND 10%. IN TRAFFIC HAS TWO PEOPLE.

AND HE MENTIONED ADDING TWO MORE. THAT'S DOUBLING TRAFFIC, WHICH IT SOUNDED LIKE THOSE WERE THE TWO BIGGEST NEEDS CURRENTLY.

NOT SAYING WE SHOULDN'T WORK TOWARDS THE OTHERS EVENTUALLY, BUT JUST TRYING TO TAKE MEASURED STEPS HERE AS WE SEE WHAT HAPPENS WITH THE VOTE IN NOVEMBER AND WITH PROPERTY VALUATIONS. AND WHEN SOME OF THE NEWER PROPERTIES COME ON BOARD, HOW QUICKLY THEY SELL, LIKE THEY'VE GOT ALL THESE NEW CONDOS THAT ARE BEING BUILT THAT ARE COMING ON THE MARKET, WELL, IS SOMEONE ACTUALLY GOING TO BUY THEM? OR IS IT GOING TO CAUSE FURTHER DECLINES IN PROPERTY VALUES? I DON'T KNOW, JUST A LOT OF UNKNOWNS. IF WE WENT FROM 1.23 TO 1.28, THAT GIVES YOU ABOUT $2 MILLION, I THINK, ROUGHLY. WHICH WOULD COVER IF THE SIX POLICE POSITIONS, THE FOUR IN PATROL AND TWO IN TRAFFIC.

[06:05:05]

THAT WOULD STILL LEAVE. A GOOD BIT OF THE 2 MILLION FOR OTHER STUFF, OTHER INCREASES THAT YOU'RE TRYING TO OTHER THE 4% SALARY INCREASES THAT WE HAVE TO FUND, AS WELL AS OTHER INFLATIONARY INCREASES AND OTHER OTHER THINGS THAT WE HAVE TO PAY FOR.

I'M JUST I SUSPECT YOU TWO GUYS HAVE A NUMBER IN MIND THAT YOU THINK WE NEED, BUT YOU'RE HESITANT TO SAY IT.

BUT IT'S 1.28 A REASONABLE NUMBER, OR SHOULD IT BE SOMETHING ELSE? WELL, AGAIN, ONE 11.28. GENERATES 1,860,000. AND IF YOU SAID SIX SIX POSITIONS AND YOU CAN CUT IT ANYWAY, I'LL JUST ROUND IT FOR PURPOSES OF THIS DISCUSSION.

YOU'RE AT ABOUT 155,000 INCLUDING SALARIES AND BENEFITS DEPENDING ON WHERE IT COMES IN AT.

I'M JUST IN REGARDLESS. SO JUST FOR THE POLICE SIDE OF SIX POSITIONS IS ROUGHLY 930 000.

THAT'S THAT'S ABOUT THAT'S MY ROUGH ESTIMATE.

YEAH. SO AND YES. AND BECAUSE IT'S 1,000,008 60.

AND THEN AND IF YOU FROM THE STANDPOINT OF WHEN YOU WILL HAVE BEGUN THIS PROCESS, THAT WOULD TAKE YOU TO 12 POSITIONS OF WHAT WAS REQUESTED TWO YEARS AGO.

AND FROM THE FIRE SIDE, YOU, YOU ALREADY DID EIGHT IN THE FIRST TWO YEARS.

AND SO I DON'T KNOW IF YOU'RE LOOKING FOR A COMPARABLE AMOUNT IN FIRE OR ARE YOU LOOKING YOU KNOW, I BUT IF YOU WERE, THEN, AGAIN, YOU WOULD BE LOOKING AT THAT WOULD GIVE THEM ALMOST OSTENSIBLY THE OTHER SIX.

I WOULD ARGUE THAT MAYBE IF YOU WERE GOING TO GO THAT DIRECTION IS PICK WHICH ONES GIVE YOU THE BIGGEST BANG FOR YOUR BUCK.

TO THE CHIEF WHEN HE TALKS ABOUT A DIVISION CHIEF AND ADMIN POSITION FOR FIRE PREVENTION, WHAT IS IT THAT YOU WOULD BE LOOKING FOR THAT, WHILE IT DOESN'T ACCOMPLISH, ACCOMPLISHES ALL OF IT.

IT BRINGS THEM BOTH TO A MAXIMUM OF 12 THAT YOU'VE INCREASED OVER THE THREE YEAR PERIOD THAT I MEAN, IT'S PROBABLY THE FAIREST WAY IF I WAS LOOKING AT IT OPERATIONALLY, BUT I DON'T I HAVEN'T GONE THROUGH WHAT EVERY ONE OF THOSE POSITIONS ARE, BUT THAT GIVES YOU SOME WIGGLE ROOM THERE. BUT AGAIN, YOU'D BE EATING UP EVERY OUNCE OF THAT FIVE BASIS POINTS ON THOSE TWO THINGS.

AND THAT IS WHERE IT BECOMES, YOU KNOW, IS IT FOR POSITIONS IN POLICE AND TWO IN AND FIRE OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT.

AND YOU DO THE SAME MILLAGE TO WHERE YOU'RE NOW HEDGING 900,000 OR 800,000 TOWARDS WHAT COULD COME NEXT NOVEMBER, I DEFER. SO DO I HAVE IDEA, BUT I, I'M NOT THE ONE WEARING A BIG HAT IN THIS GAME, SO I HAVE PLENTY OF PLENTY OF OPINIONS.

BUT THE POINT OF IT IS, IS IN FAIRNESS, I REALLY WANT, YOU KNOW, WE DO NEED TO KNOW WHERE YOU WANT TO EMPHASIZE THIS, THESE RESOURCES, IF YOU'RE GOING TO DO IT, SIR.

AND I SAY THAT WITH THE UTMOST RESPECT. I DON'T ENVY THE SPOT YOU'RE IN.

I JUST I MEAN, FORTUNATELY, YOU GUYS MADE GREAT STRIDES OVER THE LAST COUPLE OF YEARS WITH POLICE AND FIRE AND, AND GETTING THEM TO WHERE THEY REALLY NEED TO BE.

SO JUST TO PUT SOMETHING OUT THERE, IF WE DID 4 TO 6 POSITIONS ON POLICE AND 2 TO 3 POSITIONS ON FIRE, THAT'S ROUGHLY HALF OF WHAT THEY ASKED FOR. AND THAT GIVES YOU STILL SOME ROOM TO WORK WITH FOR OTHER BUDGET ITEMS. NOW, HAVE TO FIND SAVINGS OR FIND YOU DON'T NEED IT.

WHEN YOU PUT TOGETHER THE BUDGET IN JULY, MAYBE YOU CAN DO MORE, MORE, MORE OF THOSE POSITIONS.

BUT THAT'S ONE WAY TO LOOK AT IT BECAUSE AGAIN, I JUST HESITATE TO SAY, LET'S GO HIRE EVERYBODY EVERYBODY WANTS AND THEN FIND OUT OUR PROPERTY TAX COLLECTIONS ARE FALLING BECAUSE OF HOMESTEAD EXEMPTION GOING UP BECAUSE PROPERTY VALUES ARE GOING DOWN.

YEAH. AND I THINK THAT WHAT YOU'RE SAYING IS, IS FAIR.

FAIR. AND WHEN I SAY FAIR, WELL, I'LL ACCEPT WHATEVER YOU SAY TO ME.

SO DON'T I WANT TO BE CLEAR, BUT I WOULD THEN GO SIT IN THE ROOM WITH WITH BOTH THE POLICE AND FIRE CHIEF AND SAY, HERE'S WHAT COUNCIL SAID, HERE'S WHAT THE REVENUE IT'S GOING TO BRING IN.

HOW DO WE MAKE IT PALATABLE? BUT I'LL SAY THE SAME THING TO THEM THAT I SAID IN PRIVATE OR IN THE STAFF MEETING, WHICH IS MY FIRST OBJECTIVE, IS TO RETAIN EVERYBODY WE HAVE.

AND SO I'M NOT GOING TO MAKE IT ALL AVAILABLE FOR WHATEVER POSITIONS THEY WANTED, BECAUSE I DO THINK WE HAVE TO HEDGE AGAINST THE DOWNWARD PRESSURE THAT'S ALREADY THERE.

BUT THERE CAN BE MEANINGFUL INCREMENTAL STEPS WITH THAT.

IF YOU DID IT, THAT'S THE FAIREST I CAN BE WITH YOU AND WITH THEM.

SHOULD THAT BE YOUR WILL THAT YOU WANT TO HAVE A DISCUSSION ABOUT THE INCREASE? YEAH. WELL, THAT'S JUST ONE THOUGHT. I'M SURE THERE ARE.

[06:10:05]

YEAH. THANK YOU. OH, CARL. GARY'S BEEN VERY CREATIVE.

I WOULD LIKE TO SEE THAT GET EVERYTHING THEY WANT BECAUSE I REALLY BELIEVE THAT IMPORTANT, ESPECIALLY SAFETY. THE SAFETY ISSUES ARE ALWAYS AT THE TOP OF MY LIST.

BUT A PHASE IN TYPE OF PLAN MAKES MORE SENSE.

SO MAYBE, YOU KNOW, GIVEN WHAT WE'RE CONFRONTED WITH UNTIL WE KNOW WHAT HAPPENS WITH THE ELECTIONS.

SO IF WE WANT TO DO SOMETHING BEFORE THE ELECTIONS, WE'D HAVE TO BE A.

I'LL LEAVE IT AT GARY'S DISCRETION TO SOMEWHAT.

BUT MAYBE, YOU KNOW, GIVE POLICE, YOU KNOW, A COUPLE, YOU KNOW, WHATEVER KIND OF A PHASED APPROACH TO WE HAVE A LITTLE CONCRETE AND MAYBE YOU TO THINK ABOUT BECAUSE YOU'VE BEEN VERY CREATIVE ON HOW TO MAKE THIS WORK BY SHUFFLING THINGS AROUND SO THAT I THINK THAT'S THE POSITION WE'RE KIND OF IN RIGHT NOW.

BECAUSE WE GO FULL BLAST TO DO THIS, BUT IT'S GOING TO LOOK IRRESPONSIBLE BECAUSE QUITE FRANKLY, IT'S NOT GOING TO BE, YOU KNOW, IN FRONT OF THIS VOTE.

I MEAN, I THINK, I THINK IT'S NOT GOING TO BE A SMART THING TO DO. BUT A PHASE IN AND IF THINGS GO OUR WAY, THEN AND WE MAY HAVE OTHER REVENUE SOURCES TO BUY INTO THAT NEXT PERIOD TOO.

SO ALL THESE THINGS COULD HELP. SO DO WE HAVE.

SO SOMETHING I, BECAUSE BEING THROUGH THE PROCESS, THIS IS PART OF A PHASE IN HE, HE WANTED 100 OFFICERS LIKE WE'RE NOT CLOSE.

WE HAD 100. HE WOULD TELL YOU, CHIEF, CAN YOU CAN I ASK YOU HOW MANY OFFICERS DO WE HAVE? I DON'T KNOW, IN 98 WHEN. YEAH. SO WE DON'T EVEN HAVE WHAT WE HAD IN 98.

SO MY POINT IS I DON'T THINK IT WOULD BE A DELUGE OF.

STAFF. HAVING SAID THAT. SO THE MAXIMUM MILLAGE 1.3597.

SO ROUND IT TO 1.36. IT'S NOT IT I KNOW BUT 1.359.

TO GET THEM TO WHERE THEY WANT, WHERE THEY WANT TO BE. THE TWO BASIS POINTS PUTS US AT 1.33.

AND SO I WOULD SUGGEST THAT WE DO THAT. JUST GO TO 1.33 AND GIVE THEM.

IT DOESN'T GET TO THE MAXIMUM, BUT IT DOES. AND THEN SAY, LET'S SHARPEN OUR PENCILS WHEN WE GET INTO THE BUDGETING.

BECAUSE REMEMBER, THIS ISN'T ETCHED IN STONE. THIS IS SAYING THE MAXIMUM THAT WE WOULD GO AND WE CAN GO LESS THAN THIS. AND SO AND THEN MAYBE WE CAN SEE A PHASED IN APPROACH.

BUT I HAVE TO BELIEVE THAT WE WANT TO I'M WITH YOU, POLICE AND FIRE.

AND MAYBE THEY'LL SAY, OKAY, WE CAN DO YOU KNOW, WE'LL GET X NUMBER NOW AND THEN AND WE CAN ROLL THIS BACK.

AS WE GET FARTHER DOWN THE LINE. BUT I DON'T WANT TO START WITH CONSTRAINTS THAT BECAUSE THEY MAY COME BACK AND SAY, NO, WE GOT TO DO THIS. AND THEN THEN WE'D HAVE TO, I'D WANT TO HEAR THAT IN PUBLIC.

BUT SO MY CONTENTION IS START AT 1.33. AND, AND THEN AFTER WE CAN GET SOME MORE ANALYSIS, DETERMINE WHAT NEXT, NEXT BEST STEPS WOULD BE.

WHEN I WAS BUDGETING FOR MY BUSINESSES, I HAD CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS.

I HAD ALL SORTS OF THINGS. SO WE GET DOWN TO KNOWNS VERSUS UNKNOWNS.

THE KNOWN WOULD BE IF WE WERE TO PROVIDE BOTH POLICE AND FIRE WITH ALL THE THINGS THAT THEY'RE REQUESTING, AND THEN SIMPLY SAY THAT THIS DOOR IS GOING TO BE CLOSED FOR MAYBE 24 TO 36 MONTHS, WE'RE NOT GOING TO BE ABLE TO DO MUCH MORE IN THE OUTER YEARS TO GET YOU WHAT YOU NEED.

NOW AND THEN WE HAVE THE BIG UNKNOWNS. AND AS WE HAD AT OUR EXECUTIVE SESSION, THERE'S A POTENTIAL LARGE NUMBER LOOMING IN LITIGATION.

THERE'S OTHER LITIGATION THINGS THAT WE ARE UNDERTAKING AND SPENDING MONEY ON THAT ARE TOTALLY UNKNOWN.

SO KNOWNS VERSUS UNKNOWNS. IF WE COULD AGREE THAT THESE PROPOSALS FROM OUR CHIEFS ARE FAIR AND EQUITABLE, WHICH I SURE SEEM TO BE, BUT THAT THIS DOOR MIGHT BE CLOSED.

AND THEY'LL HAVE TO UNDERSTAND THAT WE DON'T KNOW WHAT WE DON'T KNOW.

AND MEANING YOU DON'T KNOW SOMETHING IS THE HARDEST THING FOR MANY PEOPLE TO DO.

BUT THESE EXTRANEOUS LITIGATION COSTS HAVE POTENTIALS TO JUST REALLY BLOW UP OUT OF LEFT FIELD WHEN YOU'RE NOT READY FOR IT.

AND THERE'S ALMOST NO WAY TO EFFECTIVELY PLAN FOR IT.

[06:15:01]

SO THE REGARDS TO WHAT WE'RE GOING TO ASK OUR VOTERS TO CONSIDER, WE NEED TO BE SURE THAT WE'RE BEING PROPER STEWARDS.

AND YES, THE NICKELS AND DIMES MATTER. THEY ADD UP.

BUT THERE ARE SOME BIG, BIG TICKET POTENTIALS OUT THERE THAT WE HAVE NOT BUDGETED FOR, I DON'T BELIEVE.

AND IF WE DON'T FACTOR IN SOME PERCENTAGE, THAT ONE OR BOTH MAY HAPPEN WHEN WE'RE THE AGGRESSOR IN ONE AND THE DEFENDER IN THE OTHER.

I THINK THAT THOSE THOSE NUMBERS CAN ESCALATE EXPONENTIALLY AND NOT IN FAVOR OF OUR POSITIONS.

THANK YOU. I FORGOT.

WHAT WAS THE NUMBER I COULDN'T HEAR? 5.33. YEAH.

10.33. WHERE DID THAT COME FROM? TWO BASIS POINTS FOR 2 MILLION.

GET THEM TO THEIR RIGHT AROUND WHAT THEY NEED.

YEAH.

I DON'T KNOW. I DON'T KNOW. WE'VE ALWAYS BEEN A MORE PRUDENT AND MILLAGE RATE. INCREASES. SO I MEAN IT DOESN'T MEAN WE CAN'T BE DIFFERENT AND WE CAN'T SET A DIFFERENT TONE AND A DIFFERENT PACE. BUT I JUST FEEL LIKE BEING PRUDENT RIGHT NOW IS VERY IMPORTANT.

WITH RESPECT I DO TOO. I MEAN, I SEE THE VICE MAYOR'S ALL OVER HE'S HE'S.

WE'RE BOTH FISCAL CONSERVATIVES. I MEAN, I AND HE'S BEEN SINCE DAY ONE TAKING CARE OF EVERY DIME.

WE'RE THIRD LOWEST IN THE STATE RIGHT NOW. SO IF WE INCREASE IT 1.33 WHAT DOES THAT MAKE US? 12TH. WELL, IF YOU COMPARE MILLAGE, HOW ARE WE.

I MEAN, I'M NOT HOW ARE WE IN OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT, A FIRE DEPARTMENT AS FAR AS STAFFING? ARE WE ON THE AVERAGE. ARE WE ON ABOVE AVERAGE? WE DID ALL THAT WHEN WE DID THE LAST, THE LAST GO ROUND WITH THEM, AND WE WERE WOEFULLY LOW.

SO MAYBE ALL THAT WILL COME OUT IN THE BUDGET PROCESS TOO.

SO JUST LIKE THE INFORMATION WE'VE ALWAYS HAD, WHERE DO WE STAND AND WHERE WILL WE STAND IF WE INCREASE IT X AMOUNT? I MEAN, WE HAD A LOT MORE INFORMATION AT THIS TIME LAST YEAR THAN WE DO RIGHT NOW. ANYWAY, THAT'S I'M OPEN TO BEING PERSUADED. I PROMISE YOU, IT'S THE SAME DISCERNMENT.

I HAVEN'T GONE THROUGH THE ADDITIONAL ASKS. I WOULD APPLY THE SAME DISCERNMENT THAT I DO ON ANYTHING TO WHAT IS THERE IN TERMS OF WHAT THOSE ACTUAL ITEMS ARE, AND COME BACK TO YOU WITH THAT PART OF THE CONVERSATION.

THAT BEING SAID, I CAN'T HELP YOU SELECT WHAT YOU WANT TO PUT ON THE MILLAGE BECAUSE THAT IS WHAT WILL GUIDE ME IN THE LEVEL OF, OF SCRUTINY AND TIMING OF ANY IMPLEMENTATION.

AND SO WHETHER IT'S YOU'RE STARTING OUT AS A PHASED IN APPROACH OR YOU'RE STARTING OUT AS SOME, BUT NOT ALL, I DEFER THAT TO YOU. BUT AT THE END OF THE DAY, WE WILL GO THROUGH WITH THE SAME DISCERNMENT OF EVERY POSITION THAT'S ASKED FOR REGARDING THAT. SO AND I KNOW, I KNOW I'M NOT HELPING YOU IN A LOT OF WAYS BECAUSE IT IS A FUNDAMENTAL QUESTION AS TO WHAT YOU WANT TO GROW, OR YOU EVEN WANT TO HAVE A DISCUSSION TO GROW ON YOUR CONSTITUENTS.

AND THAT IS A FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE THAT SHOULD RESIDE WITHIN EACH OF YOU.

AND THAT'S WHY I CAN'T HELP WITH THAT PART OF IT.

AND I'M TRYING TO STOP SHORT OF DOING THAT BECAUSE IT IS IMPORTANT.

INTERNAL QUESTION ONE MUST ASK THEMSELVES, IS THAT FAIR? I GET AND I SAY I'VE HAD AT LEAST THREE OF MY COLLEAGUES UP HERE TALK ABOUT HOW IMPORTANT THERE ARE FIRST RESPONDERS.

THAT'S NUMBER ONE, JOB NUMBER ONE, AND I WON'T BACK OFF OF THAT.

AND SO IF THEY TELL, I HAVE TO BELIEVE THAT THEY NEED WHAT THEY SAY THEY NEED.

IT'S THAT SIMPLE. AND AGAIN, THE 1.33 WOULD NOT BE THE MAXIMUM THAT WE COULD.

AND EVEN AS IT IS, WE'RE STILL NOT WE'RE NOT SETTING THE MILLAGE RATE RIGHT NOW.

I'M JUST I JUST WANTED TO ARTICULATE TO YOU THAT THE SAME DISCERNMENT OF EVERY ONE OF THEIR REQUESTS BEFORE IT MAKES IT INTO THE BUDGET WOULD BE APPLIED.

I JUST DIDN'T WANT THAT TO, TO JUST MAKE SURE YOU ASSUME THAT'S A GIVEN REGARDLESS, NOT JUST BECAUSE YOU CAME UP WITH A NUMBER THAT'S SURE, SURE. I DO ASSUME THAT. AND, AND I, I STILL AM PROPOSING THAT WOULD BE A GOOD NUMBER.

WHAT WAS IT, 1.33. I ABSOLUTELY AND A VOTE. SO COACH, JUST TO YOUR POINT, THOUGH, JUST TO REITERATE WHAT MR.

[06:20:04]

SO I DON'T WANT TO QUOTE HIM, BUT HE SAID HE'D RATHER YOU GUYS BE KIND OF FOR SURE ABOUT WHAT YOU'RE GOING TO SET IT AT, AS OPPOSED TO JUST SHOOTING IN THE AIR, ASSUMING YOU'RE GOING TO CLAW BACK, BECAUSE THAT'S GOING TO BE A LOT OF WASTED TIME FOR STAFF. AND I'M NOT ASSUMING WE'RE GOING TO CLAW BACK. I'VE SAID IT. I SAID LET'S GIVE THEM WHAT THEY WANT. I JUST WANT TO CLARIFY.

YEAH. AND THEN ULTIMATELY, YOU KNOW, IT WOULD BE I WOULD LIKE IT TO BE A VOTE TODAY BECAUSE WHEN WE'RE CERTIFYING MAXIMUM VILLAGE, REMEMBER, THE ALTERNATIVE IS TO SPEND MORE MONEY TO ADVERTISE IF YOU DON'T GO HIGH ENOUGH.

AND THE OTHER ALTERNATIVE IS THAT WE THEN DO ALL THE WORK.

AND IF YOU DON'T HAVE A VOTE TO, YOU KNOW, LET'S JUST SAY IT ENDS UP FOR THREE.

WELL, YOU NEED TO LOOK AT THIS PAGE AND SAY, IF IT'S FOR THREE AND YOUR VOTE AND YOU'RE NOT GOING TO STAND BY THOSE VOTES IN SEPTEMBER, YOU'RE NOT GOING ANY HIGHER THAN 1.2361. IF THIS IS VOTED INTO LAW BECAUSE YOU CAN'T GET TO FIVE.

IF YOU CAN'T GET TO FIVE, YOU CAN'T DO WHAT YOU'RE SUGGESTING.

SO THAT'S THE ONLY REASON IT SHOULD BE A VOTE TODAY SO THAT EVERYONE KNOWS WHERE WE THE THE RISK REWARD OF OF THAT VOTE TODAY COULD CHANGE IN SEPTEMBER AND IT MAY.

BUT AT LEAST, YOU KNOW, YOU HAVE ENOUGH OF A PLURALITY TO GET YOU TO THAT POINT TO WHETHER IT'S IT'S PROBABLE COME SEPTEMBER.

THAT WOULD BE THE REASON FOR THAT. QUICK QUESTION.

YES. CAN YOU I JUST WANT TO QUANTIFY THESE THESE NUMBERS BECAUSE YOU START TALKING ABOUT MILLAGE RATES 1.33 VERSUS 1.29.

AND IT DOESN'T REALLY. WHAT DO THOSE NUMBERS EQUATE TO IN DOLLARS? 1.33 IS EQUIVALENT TO A 3.72 MILLION. NO. WELL, YES.

AT 1.33 3,720,000. STEFAN. THAT SLIDE INDICATES IT'S 372,000 POINT FOR .01.

OKAY. SO SO AN INCREASE AN INCREASE OF 1.33 FROM 1.23 WOULD GENERATE AN ADDITIONAL 3.72 MILLION.

THAT'S CORRECT. AN INCREASE FROM 1.23 TO 1.29 WOULD GENERATE AN ADDITIONAL INCREASE IN VALUE OF 2.23 MILLION, CORRECT? OKAY. I JUST THOUGHT IT MIGHT BE HELPFUL FOR ALL OF US TO MAKE SURE WE'RE ALL LEVEL SET ON EXACTLY WHAT THOSE NUMBERS ARE GENERATING FROM A DOLLAR PERSPECTIVE.

AS WE FIGURE OUT WHAT NUMBER WE WANT TO USE. I THINK WHAT WE NEED TO DO IS LIKE, LOOK AT 1.29, LOOK AT 1.33 AND SEE WHAT A PHASE IN WHAT GARY CAN, WHAT WE COULD DO AT 1.29 VERSUS 1.33. I MEAN, YOU KNOW, WITH. TODAY WE HAVE TO HAVE WHAT WE'RE GOING TO PUT IN THE TRIM NOTICE AND CERTIFY ON JULY 1ST SO THAT IT CAN GET OUT BEFORE YOU COME BACK.

AND WE HAVE OUR WORKSHOP ON THE 17TH. SO THIS WOULD BE WHAT WE HAVE ADVERTISED IN THE TRIM NOTICE.

AND THAT'S THE REASON WE'RE ASKING TODAY BEFORE YOU GO ON BREAK BECAUSE OF THE THE REQUIREMENT TO DO SO OVER THE SUMMER BREAK.

SO IF YOU HAVE ANY INKLING IT'S 1.33, THEN YOU WOULD NEED US TO GUIDE US THAT TODAY.

OTHERWISE YOU'D SET IT AT 1.29. THEN YOU'D HAVE TO TRIM WOULD GO OUT, THEN YOU'D HAVE TO PAY FOR ALL THE ADVERTISING TO TURN AROUND AND INCREASE IT.

SO I THINK THAT YOUR MAXIMUM SHOULD BE GIVEN THAT DIRECTIVE WITH KNOWING THAT THE ONLY THING YOU'RE GOING TO DO IS GO DOWN FROM THERE, NOT UP THE MAXIMUM IS 1.35. WELL, AGAIN, IF, IF, IF THE GOVERNOR SIGNED IT INTO LAW, IT WILL REQUIRE FIVE VOTES TO BE AT. IT'LL BE WHATEVER YOU WANT IT TO BE.

RIGHT NOW IT'S 1.23. THERE'S BEEN DISCUSSION ON THE TABLE OF TAKING IT AT 1.28 OR 1.29, AND DISCUSSION OF 1.33.

AND ONE POINT THERE WAS DISCUSSION ABOUT WHAT IF IT WENT TO ITS HIGHEST.

AND I SAID, WELL, WHEN ITS HIGHEST IS ONE THING, BUT WITH TWO THIRDS OF THE VOTE MEANING NON-UNANIMOUS VOTE, IT WOULD BE 1.35 AS OR 3.5971 WITHOUT IT. SO WITH A TWO THIRDS MAJORITY VOTE. IT'S REALLY ALL SUMMARIZED IN THAT SLIDE.

I DON'T FEEL COMFORTABLE. VICE MAYOR USED 1.28.

THE NUMBER FOR A SIMPLE MAJORITY VOTE TO PASS AN INCREASE IS 1.2803.

SO EXCEPT FOR IF THE GOVERNOR SIGNS THIS LAW, YEAH, IT WILL IMMEDIATELY GO TO 1.236.

ONE IS A MAJORITY VOTE, AND THEN TWO THIRDS MAJORITY CAN GO ALL THE WAY TO 1.35971.

[06:25:04]

THEY HAVEN'T COME OUT WITH A TRIM NOTICE YET. STEFAN COVERED THAT IN HIS.

THEY'RE GOING TO COME OUT WITH AN ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDANCE AFTER ITS FULL FLEDGED INTO EFFECT.

THEY HAVEN'T. IF HE IF HE HAS SIGNED IT. I WAS NOT AWARE BUT THAT THE LAST TIME I WAS RESEARCHING THIS ON FRIDAY THAT HADN'T BEEN SIGNED AT THAT TIME FROM WHAT I COULD READ.

SO. EVEN IF WE DID 1.29, WE STILL COULD IMPLEMENT SOME PHASE IN OF WHAT THEY WANT.

AND ONCE WE HAVE CERTAINTY, WE COULD TRY TO FILL IT OUT COMPLETELY WHAT THEY WANT.

YEAH, WE WOULD GO BACK AND GO THROUGH THOSE NUMBERS.

I JUST THINK IT'S A GOOD THING TO DO IS TO DO A PHASE IN WHAT WE'RE CONFRONTED WITH, I DON'T KNOW, PEOPLE FEEL ABOUT IT, BUT. SO 1.29 DO YOU FEEL WOULD GIVE US A COMFORT LEVEL TO GIVE THEM SOMETHING, SOMETHING. YES. YEAH. AND WE WOULD GO BACK AND USE THAT AS THE MODEL UPON WHICH THAT WE WOULD I WOULD HEDGE ALL OF THEIR ASSETS AGAINST WHAT WE ALSO NEED TO DO TO STABILIZE, YOU KNOW, MAKE SURE WE'RE RETAINING EVERYBODY WE HAVE.

SO THOSE WOULD BE, THAT WOULD BE THE BASIS UPON WHICH I APPROACH IT, PERIOD.

I'M FINE WITH THAT, JOHN. SO COUNCIL, DO YOU WANT TO.

SO CHECK MY MATH. IF IF 1.29 RAISES 2.3 MILLION.

AND IF YOU TRY TO AVERAGE ALL THE DIFFERENT POSITIONS BECAUSE SOME OF THEM ARE LOWER, SOME OF THEM ARE HIGHER, SAY IT'S $135,000. IF THAT'S THAT WOULD BE 17 POSITIONS.

OR YOU THINK IT'S HIGHER THAN 135 WITH THE WEIGHTING? I'M JUST SAYING I'M NOT EVEN GOING. THERE'S I WOULD SAY THAT TO THEM.

RIGHT. IF THAT'S THE BUDGET THAT IS INCREASED, WHICH IS PERFECTLY FINE.

WE WOULDN'T BE COMING BACK WITH EVERY ONE OF THOSE POSITIONS. I'M JUST TELLING YOU THAT MUCH BECAUSE YOU'VE GOT OTHER THINGS YOU'VE GOT TO BUILD INTO THE BUDGET, TOO. AND MY JOB IS TO PROTECT THE CITY INTO THE FUTURE. NOT JUST THAT.

AND I'M JUST SAYING IT WOULD BE SUBSTANTIAL POSITIONS BASED ON THAT TYPE OF AN INCREASE, BUT I JUST AM NOT GOING TO SEE TODAY THAT THAT'S WHAT THAT WOULD BE.

I'M JUST NOT. YEAH, IT'D BE A GOOD CHUNK OF WHAT THEY'VE ASKED FOR.

BUT YOU'RE NOT SURE HOW MUCH I LIKE I INDICATED TO YOU THAT I CAN GO TO ABOUT 1.8 MILLION.

AND IF I WENT SIX POLICE AND SIX FIRE, I'M ABOUT 1.8 MILLION.

SO THAT'S 2.2. OKAY. BECAUSE YOU WOULD BE DOING IT THAT.

SO I'M JUST SAYING TO YOU IT WILL BE SOME. IT'LL STILL BE A PHASED IN APPROACH, BUT IT IT CAN BE A PHASED IN AT THAT KIND OF FUNDING LEVEL.

I'LL JUST LEAVE IT AT THAT. AND THEY WOULDN'T ALL BE HIRED OCTOBER 1ST.

YOU HAVE PHASED IN EVEN A SMALLER NUMBER PHASED IN THROUGHOUT HIGHER THROUGHOUT THE YEAR, IS GOING TO BRING THE ANNUAL NUMBER, THE NUMBER FOR THE BUDGET YEAR DOWN, AND IT CAN NET SOME TANGIBLE RESULTS THAT GO TO FUND BALANCE.

BUT ONCE YOU BRING THEM ON THERE, REOCCURRING EXPENSES.

SO THAT'S WHY WE HAVE TO LOOK AT IT WITH THAT SAME DISCERNMENT.

AND THAT'S WHAT MY CONCERN IS MORE. WHERE ARE WE ADDING TO OUR COST BASE THAT WE HAVE TO COVER GOING FORWARD IN A DECLINING PROPERTY TAX REVENUE SCENARIO? CORRECT. BUT WE WOULD WORK THROUGH THAT OVER THE SUMMER TO GET YOU A YOU KNOW, AND I WILL DO IT TO THE LEVEL, WHATEVER THAT YOU KNOW, THAT NUMBER IS WITH THE SAME DISCERNMENT.

WE DO EVERY DECISION IN THE BUDGET. THAT'S WHAT I'M FEELING LIKE YOU GO TO 1.2, BUT GIVE GARY THE DISCRETION TO PHASE IN WHAT HE FEELS IS APPROPRIATE AND PROTECTING THE CUSHION THAT WE HAVE, GIVEN ALL THE OTHER UNCERTAINTY WE HAVE WITH LITIGATION AND LEGISLATION AND ALL THAT.

I'D LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION WHENEVER YOU'RE READY. I'M READY.

I HAVE NO PUBLIC COMMENT. I'D LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION TO CONFIRM THE MAXIMUM MILLAGE RATE FOR SUBMISSION AT THE LEVEL OF 1.29.

SECOND. I HAVE A MOTION FROM COUNCIL MEMBER BARTON FOR MILLAGE RATE OF 1.29 AND A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER PENNIMAN. MADAM CLERK.

COUNCIL MEMBER. PENNIMAN. YES. COUNCILMEMBER SCHULTZ.

NO. COUNCIL MEMBER. KROL. YES. DID YOU SAY NO? YES. VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER.

KRAMER. YES. MAYOR HEITMAN, I'M SORRY. I HAVE TO CONFIRM A VOTE.

HE SAID NO. I SAID NO. OKAY. MAYOR HAMMOND. YES.

IT PASSES SIX ONE. THANK YOU, MR. COOL. PROTECT THE CITY.

[06:30:05]

YES. OH, YES. YES. THANK YOU. LAWRENCE BAY AND STAPLES BAY.

YES. SO THE MOORINGS BAY. CAN YOU JUST RECAP? ARE YOU GOING TO THE MAX IF IT'S REMAINING THE SAME, WHICH HAS BEEN THE MAXIMUM, WHICH IS THE 0.5.

REASON BEING. OH SORRY. SO YEAH, MOORINGS BAY IS AT 0.0125.

EAST NAPLES BAY HAS BEEN AT THE MAX OF 0.5. REASON FOR THAT IS EAST NAPLES BAY IS STILL WORKING ON REPAYING A LOAN AND INTERFUND LOAN FOR DREDGING ACTIVITIES.

SO THE RECOMMENDATION AT THIS POINT WOULD BE LEAVING IT THE SAME.

WE'RE GOING TO REEVALUATE THE STATUS OF THAT LOAN AS THOSE FINAL INVOICES HAVE BEEN PAID, WHICH IS COMING UP SOON.

SO WE HAVE EAST BAY, NAPLES BAY, I MEAN MOORINGS, BAY, MOORINGS BAY AND EAST NAPLES BAY.

SO EAST NAPLES BAY IS AT 0.5 MILLS AND RECOMMENDING TO LEAVE THAT THE SAME FOR NOW WOULD REEVALUATE ONCE NEXT YEAR COMES. AND WE HAVE A BETTER IDEA OF ALL THE REVENUES THERE, AND ALSO ANY OUTSTANDING LOAN BALANCE AND WHERE WE'RE GOING TO BE TO GET THAT PAID OFF.

OKAY. ARE YOU RECOMMENDING MORNINGS BAY TO REMAIN TO REMAIN AT THE .0125? YEAH. WHAT'S THE MAXIMUM MORNINGS BAY COULD BE.

I BELIEVE IT COULD ALSO BE 0.5. YEAH. AND THEY HAVEN'T HISTORICALLY HAD VERY MANY EXPENSES.

THEY HAVE A BUILDING FUND BALANCE. AND THEY HAVE THEY DON'T EXPENSE VERY MUCH STILL AT THIS POINT THEY KEEP IT OPEN IN CASE THEY NEED TO DO SOMETHING, BUT THEY HAVEN'T HAD A MATERIAL EXPENSE OUT OF THERE IN A LONG PERIOD OF TIME.

HAS THERE'S NOT A LOT THAT THE LAW THAT WAS USED TO PASS THAT ALLOWS THEM TO DO LIKE NAVIGATION AIDS AND.

AND WE HAD A FEW REPLACEMENTS, YOU KNOW, AFTER HURRICANE, DIFFERENT THINGS LIKE THAT. BUT BY AND LARGE, IT'S VERY MINIMAL. NOW IT'S BEING KEPT ALIVE IS BECAUSE THE EFFORTS TO RESTART A DISTRICT, SHOULD YOU DECIDE NOT TO DO A CHARGE AND IT CEASES, THEN YOU CAN'T JUST AUTOMATICALLY SAY, WELL, NOW WE WANT TO START IT.

IT IS THERE'S A THERE. IT HAS TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CHARGE.

AND THAT'S KIND OF WHERE IT'S LANDED. THAT'S INTERESTING. AND CAN THAT FUND BE USED FOR SEAWALLS LIKE.

I'LL HAVE TO LOOK AT THAT. I DON'T WANT TO ANSWER THAT WITHOUT HAVING LOOKED AT IT. DID THIS GO TO THE MOORINGS BAY TAXING DISTRICT OR TO THE EAST NAPLES BAY FOR DISCUSSION? NO, THERE IS A MEETING TOMORROW WITH EAST NAPLES BAY DISTRICT.

AND I KNOW THAT THEY'VE WANTED TO LOOK INTO THE FUTURE, BUT KNOWING THAT CURRENTLY THEY STILL OWE US A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT ON THEIR LOAN, SO THEY'RE NOT REALLY IN A POSITION TO REPAY THAT LOAN YET.

BUT PERHAPS IN A YEAR OR TWO WE'D BE ABLE TO LOOK AT THAT AS AN OPTION.

I DON'T BELIEVE. I DON'T, I DON'T KNOW THAT THE MORETON BAY DISTRICT HAS DISCUSSED CHANGING THE MILLAGE RATE.

OKAY. YEAH. THAT JUST TALK ABOUT IT EVERY YEAR.

YOU KNOW, THEY TALK ABOUT MAINTAINING IT AT THE CURRENT LEVELS. WHETHER THEY DID OR NOT THIS YEAR, THE FACT OF THE MATTER IS THAT IT REDUCING IT FROM THE 0.5 WHEN THEY OH EIGHT YEARS I BELIEVE OF PAYMENTS.

IT IS APPROPRIATE TO KEEP IT UNTIL THE PROJECT IS COMPLETED.

AND THOSE ARE JUST BEING DONE. I THINK JUST TO LAST MEETING, YOU AUTHORIZED THE CONTRACT FOR THE CI SERVICES FOR PART OF THAT DEPTH ANALYSIS.

SO WE'RE STILL NOT DONE WITH THAT FILTERING OUT.

YEAH. I'M NOT I'M NOT ARGUING WITH THAT. I'M TALKING ABOUT THE POLICIES OF IT AND THE PROCEDURES OF IT SHOULD GO TO THOSE TAXING DISTRICTS, AT LEAST FOR DISCUSSION FOR, FOR THEIR GOALS AND WHAT THEY'RE HOPING TO ACHIEVE.

JUST FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. OKAY. WHOEVER IS MANNING THOSE STAFFING AND BECAUSE I DIDN'T THINK I, I DIDN'T HEAR THOSE CONVERSATIONS IN THE MEETING.

SO. RIGHT. YEAH. AND LIKE I SAID THESE MILLAGE RATES ARE RELATIVELY UNCHANGED OVER THE YEARS.

AND NO ONE HAS COMMUNICATED TO ME ANY DESIRE TO CHANGE ANYTHING WITH MILLAGE RATE, BUT WE HAVE NEW MEMBERS, NEW STAFF. IT STILL SHOULD, SHOULD THOUGHTFULLY GO THROUGH THAT PROCESS.

UNDERSTOOD. SO THEY UNDERSTAND THAT THEY'RE SETTING MILLAGE RATES FOR THEIR TAXPAYERS.

SO OUR TAXPAYERS ANY. AND WHAT WAS THE OTHER WE HAVE EAST NAPLES.

WE'RE NOT DOING THE CRA, I MEAN, THE BID NOW.

NO, THAT'S A, THAT'S A DIFFERENT THAT'S NOT A SPECIAL ASSESSMENT.

OKAY. OKAY. SO COUNCIL ANY DISCUSSIONS ON WHAT'S BEEN PRESENTED? AS FOR THE MOORINGS TAXING DISTRICT OR THE EAST NAPLES BAY RECOMMENDATIONS BY STAFF, THEN DO I HAVE A MOTION?

[06:35:04]

I HAVE A MOTION BY VICE MAYOR AND A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER KRAMER.

MADAM CLERK. COUNCIL MEMBER. KROLL. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER.

SCHULTZ. YES. VICE MAYOR. BLANKENSHIP. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER.

BARTON. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. KRAMER. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER.

PENMAN. YES. MAYOR HARTMAN. YES. PASSES UNANIMOUSLY.

THANK YOU. AND THANK YOU, MR. MAYOR. THANK YOU.

THANK YOU. WHAT AD? MAYORS. THEY WILL VOTE ON THEIR BUDGET.

THIS IS JUST SETTING THE MAXIMUM VILLAGE THAT COULD STILL BE ALTERED, JUST LIKE YOURS COULD.

AND THEY APPROVE THEIR BUDGETS AS WELL. OKAY.

THANK YOU FOR THAT. ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU FOR THAT HARD WORK.

IT'S AGAIN, ANOTHER ITEM THAT SOUNDS REALLY EASY, BUT THERE'S A LOT OF EFFORTS THAT GO INTO THAT.

SO COMPLETING ITEM 14 D GOING TO 14 E. THANK YOU MAYOR.

[14.E) A Discussion and Direction on the Naples “Boats on the Beach” program and Converting the Program to Naples “Boats in the Park” Program. ]

AND AGAIN, THIS WAS SCHEDULED FOR THIS WORKSHOP AND WE LEFT IT ON HERE SPECIFICALLY TO TAKE ADVANTAGE AND STILL HAVE THIS DISCUSSION.

SO I'LL TURN IT OVER TO CHAD MERRITT. YES. GOOD AFTERNOON, CHAD MERRITT, COMMUNITY SERVICES DIRECTOR.

WE'LL PULL THIS ITEM UP WHILE I PULL IT UP. I JUST WANTED TO SAY THIS IS WE HAD THIS CONVERSATION BEFORE.

AND, YOU KNOW, WE'VE HAD A LOT OF THINGS THAT HAVE KIND OF HAPPENED WITH WE HAVE NEW NEWLY ELECTED OFFICIALS.

WE'VE GOT SOME PROJECTS THAT WE'RE WORKING ON, INCLUDING THE SECOND REBUILD OF LOUDERMILK PARK SINCE I'VE BEEN HERE, AND THAT INCLUDES THE LANDSCAPE PROJECT. SO WE WERE ABLE TO GET ALL OF THAT DONE.

WE HAD THE BEACH ACCESSES, SO THERE WAS A LOT GOING ON.

IT KIND OF PUT THIS A LITTLE BIT ON THE I'M NOT GOING TO SAY THE BACKBURNER, BUT IT DID PUSH IT OFF A LITTLE BIT UNTIL WE COULD FIGURE OUT A COUPLE OF OTHER THINGS.

WE HAD ANOTHER PROJECT THAT WE WERE WORKING ON AS WELL.

SO LAST WE CAME TO YOU ALL, WE HAD GOTTEN TO WHERE WE WANTED TO TRY TO FIGURE OUT A MODIFICATION ON HOW WE WERE GOING TO DO THE BOATS ON THE BEACH THAT USED TO EXIST, AND WE CAME UP WITH THE WHAT WE REFER TO NOW AS BOATS IN THE PARK, WHICH WOULD AT LEAST DO A MODIFIED MODIFIED VERSION THAT WOULD ALLOW SOME BOAT STORAGE THAT COULD CONTINUE THE PROGRAM.

SO WHAT YOU HAVE IN FRONT OF YOU IS YOU'VE GOT THE PICTURES.

THIS IS A BAKER PARK. AND THEN WE HAD THE OTHER LOCATION, WHICH WAS LOUDERMILK PARK AND THESE TWO LOCATIONS.

AND I'LL KIND OF START WITH LOUDERMILK. YOU CAN SEE ON THIS AREA THIS WAS THE NORTH AREA, RIGHT? JUST TO THE NORTH OF WHERE THE PLAYGROUND WAS.

AND IF YOU'VE BEEN TO LOUDERMILK PARK, YOU'VE KIND OF SEEN THE SAND AREA WHEN THE STORM CAME IN.

OUR PLAN WAS WE WERE GOING TO HAUL IN A BUNCH OF SAND, CREATE A SPACE OVER HERE THAT WE WOULD PUT THE BOATS ON.

AND THEN WE HAD TWO STORMS CAME IN AFTER WE HAD THAT CONVERSATION AND IT BROUGHT US SAND.

SO I LEFT THE SAND THERE BECAUSE I SAID, WELL, WE'RE GOING TO DO THIS.

I'M NOT GOING TO GO AND HAUL A BUNCH OF SAND IN AND HAUL THIS AWAY AND THEN HAUL MORE SAND IN.

SO WE WERE ABLE TO DO THAT. SO I'VE KIND OF LEFT THIS AREA THERE, BUT WE HAD SOME OTHER ISSUES THAT WE WERE TRYING TO DEAL WITH BEFORE WE DID THIS.

BUT I WANTED TO HAVE THIS CONVERSATION BECAUSE BEFORE WE MOVE FORWARD, IF THIS IS IN FACT WHAT WE WANT TO DO, IF YOU REMEMBER IN THE CIP, WE PUT AN ITEM IN THERE FOR KAYAK STORAGE RACKS FOR LOUDERMILK PARK.

THIS WOULD ALSO BE IN THIS AREA, BUT WE HAVE THE SAILBOATS THAT USED TO BE ON THE BEACH.

AND THIS WOULD ACTUALLY CONTAIN THAT THOSE SAILBOATS IT WOULD TAKE FROM OUR MEASUREMENTS, WE COULD PROBABLY GET, DEPENDING ON THE SAILBOAT SIZE, ABOUT 10 TO 15 POTENTIALLY IN THIS AREA.

BUT I WANT TO BE VERY TRANSPARENT. AND AS YOU SEE IN MY AGM, WE PUT THIS HERE.

KEEP IN MIND THAT THIS AREA JUST TO THE NORTH IS A MAINTENANCE ACCESS POINT.

SO WE USE THIS TO GET ON TO THE BEACH. THAT INCLUDES EMERGENCY PERSONNEL.

THERE'S A BUILDING THAT YOU SEE THAT'S ACTUALLY IN THIS PICTURE ON THE TOP RIGHT THAT EXISTS THERE, THAT WAS BEING CONSTRUCTED DURING THIS TIME WHEN THEY TOOK THIS PICTURE.

BUT WE DO HAVE THAT USED AS A MAINTENANCE ACCESS.

WE ALSO HAVE IT USED IF WE HAVE TO HAVE AN EMERGENCY BEACH NOURISHMENT PROJECT.

AND YOU DO HAVE A SUBDIVISION OR NOT SUBDIVISION, A DEVELOPMENT TO THE NORTH OF IT THAT IS GOING TO HAVE CONDOS.

[06:40:08]

SO I JUST WANT TO HAVE THAT CONVERSATION WITH YOU ALL TO MAKE SURE THAT IF WE DO MOVE IN THIS DIRECTION, THIS IS WHAT THE COUNCIL WOULD LIKE FOR US TO DO AND THAT YOU SUPPORT THAT.

AND WE JUST DIDN'T WANT TO BE IN THE MIDDLE OF IT.

AND THEN WE GET A BUNCH OF QUESTIONS ABOUT IT, AND WE'VE GOT AN OUTLINE THAT YOU SEE THAT'S ATTACHED THERE THAT WE'VE DRAFTED UP TO PUT SOME OF THE PROGRAM GUIDELINES, WHICH INCLUDES THEY HAVE TO BE RESIDENTS.

SPECIFICALLY FULL TIME RESIDENTS IS WHAT WE HAVE IN HERE.

BECAUSE IF THIS PROGRAM IS GOING TO EXIST, WE WANT SOMEBODY TO ACTIVELY BE USING IT.

WE DON'T WANT IT TO SIT THERE AS A, YOU NOW HAVE A BOAT THAT'S IN POOR CONDITION, SITTING ON A RACK, GAINING SPIDER WEBS OR WHATNOT. WE WANT IT TO BE SOMETHING THAT'S AN ACTIVE PROGRAM.

SO THIS IS KIND OF OUTLINE OF WHAT WE DO. THE OTHER THING THAT WE WOULD HAVE TO DO IN THIS PROCESS IS ELIMINATE IN THE ORDINANCE, THE CODE OF ORDINANCES HAS THE BOATS ON THE BEACH INFORMATION IN THERE.

WE WOULD NEED TO STRIKE THROUGH THAT, THAT AT SOME POINT, WE WOULD ALSO LIKE TO THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS TO COME BACK AND DO THIS AS A.

I DON'T KNOW IF IT NEEDS TO BE IN THE FORM OF A RESOLUTION OR IF WE WOULD JUST DO IT AS A PROGRAM, AS PART OF OUR DEPARTMENT. BUT WE DON'T REALLY NECESSARILY NEED THIS IN THE ORDINANCE.

WE JUST NEED SOMETHING THAT IS KIND OF ADOPTED AS A GUIDELINE.

A GUIDELINE FOR THIS PROGRAM. WE WOULD MANAGE IT THROUGH OUR SOFTWARE.

AND THAT'S KIND OF THE IN A NUTSHELL, WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO DO WITH LOUDERMILK PARK.

SO YOU SEE THAT AREA. SO THEN YOU'VE GOT THE OTHER AREA IN BAKER PARK, WHICH IS LET'S SEE.

OH OH, HERE WE GO. THIS IS DOWN. IF YOU LOOK TO THE SOUTH OF THIS ON THIS PICTURE, YOU'LL SEE THE KAYAK LAUNCH RAMP. AND WE ALREADY HAVE A COUPLE OF KAYAK RACKS THERE THAT WE HAVE SOME STORAGE ON THIS AREA.

WE'D LIKE TO BE ABLE TO EXPAND TO TRY TO, ONE, PROVIDE SOME OTHER OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE RESIDENTS, AS WELL AS CREATE SOME POTENTIAL REVENUE SOURCES FOR THIS PARTICULAR PART.

I ALSO DID ADD IN HERE AS A CAVEAT THAT ONE OF THE THINGS, ONE OF OUR GOALS THAT WE WOULD LIKE TO LOOK TO DO IS TRY TO PROVIDE SOME KIND OF KAYAK AND CANOE RENTAL. WE HAVE WE'RE A COASTAL COMMUNITY.

WE DON'T OFFER ANYTHING FROM OUR SIDE OR OUR DEPARTMENT, AND IT'S A GREAT REVENUE SOURCE FOR OUR PARKS, BUT IT'S ALSO A GREAT OPPORTUNITY FOR THE PUBLIC THAT DON'T HAVE KAYAKS AND CANOES.

AND I KNOW I'M A KAYAK OWNER AND I ALWAYS KICK AROUND THE IDEA OF, MAN, WHAT IF I JUST GO AND HAD IT SOMEWHERE WHERE I COULD RENT IT, WHERE I WOULDN'T HAVE TO STORE IT? AND THAT'S WHAT THE MENTALITY OF A LOT OF PEOPLE, AND IT'S KIND OF THIS COMES IN A GOOD TIMING BECAUSE WHEN I SEE THE, THE SURVEY RESULTS THAT WE GOT THAT JUST PRELIMINARY, ONE OF THE THINGS WAS IN THE MASTER PLAN SURVEY THAT WAS SENT OUT WAS HAVING CANOE AND KAYAK OPPORTUNITIES AND IT IT RANKED A LITTLE HIGHER.

I DIDN'T REALIZE THAT IT WAS. I KNEW THAT WE HAD PEOPLE THAT WERE ASKING ABOUT IT, BUT I DIDN'T REALIZE THAT THERE'S A LOT OF PEOPLE THAT ARE ASKING ABOUT IT.

SO WE WERE KIND OF THE TIMING WAS GREAT BECAUSE WE ASKED, WE ALREADY PUT THIS IN THE BUDGET.

WE ALREADY HAVE PLANS FOR IT. SO WE JUST WANT TO TRY TO INITIATE IT.

NOW THAT WE HAVE THE SUMMER COMING, WE WANT TO BE ABLE TO DO SOMETHING TO TRY TO GET THESE OPPORTUNITIES IN PLACE SO THAT WHEN WE COME BACK IN SEASON OR WE GET BACK TO SEASON, THAT THE RESIDENTS HAVE THESE OPPORTUNITIES BEFORE THEM.

AND THEN WHEN YOU GO BACK AGAIN TO THE LOUDERMILK PARK ONE AGAIN, YOU WOULD HAVE THE SAILBOATS AND THE SAND, AND YOU WOULD HAVE THE KAYAK RACKS OVER TO THE SIDE, WHICH WOULD OFFER THOSE.

AND THOSE WOULD BE WE WANT TO KIND OF START, I SAY START SMALL, BUT WE WANT TO FOCUS ON TWO LOCATIONS.

LET'S GET IT MOVING AND THEN LET'S I CAN COME BACK TO YOU ALL AND SAY, HERE'S MY NEXT LOCATION AND HERE'S WHAT MY IDEA IS ON THAT.

WE TALKED ABOUT THIS BEFORE, WHERE NAPLES LANDING WAS AN OPPORTUNITY AND POTENTIALLY ANTHONY PARK.

BUT AT THIS POINT, I JUST WANT TO GET THE PROGRAM.

IF THIS IS WHAT WE WANT TO DO, LET'S GET IT IN PLACE AND LET'S GET IT MOVING.

IF IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE DON'T WANT TO DO, THEN I WANT TO KNOW THAT AS WELL.

SO I THINK I WOULD OPEN IT UP FOR QUESTIONS AT THIS POINT.

[06:45:01]

MY BIGGEST CONCERN IS PUTTING 10 TO 15. ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT THESE LITTLE HOBIE CATS OR ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT RACKS? I MEAN, THIS BEACH. WELL, FIRST, IT DOESN'T LOOK LIKE THAT RIGHT NOW.

THIS BEACH IS VERY CROWDED. WE HAVE CONCESSIONS.

WE HAVE RENTALS ALREADY. WHICH I THINK HAS EXPANDED WAY TOO MUCH INTO PEOPLE CAN'T EVEN BRING THEIR OWN CHAIRS AND SET THEM UP BECAUSE YOU HAVE TO RENT THEM.

WHICH I THINK IS SOMETHING WE NEED TO, TO DISCUSS AND IT NEEDS TO COME BACK FOR US TO, TO DISCUSS IT.

I DON'T KNOW EXACTLY WHERE YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT LOCATING THEM AND WHETHER THEY ARE STILL GOING TO BE THE BOATS ON THE BEACH.

I MEAN, YOU KNOW, THIS IS A TRADITION FOR THIS COMMUNITY TO HAVING THOSE BOATS ON THE BEACH.

WE HAD A LARGE GROUP OF BOAT OWNERS. THEY'VE KIND OF DISAPPEARED BECAUSE THEY JUST I THINK THEY SAID, WELL, IT'S NOT GOING TO HAPPEN. AND MOVING IT TO HERE, IS IT REALLY GOING TO BE 10 TO 15 HOBIE CATS? IT WOULD FROM OUR MEASUREMENT WHEN WE DID THIS, IT WOULD FIT ABOUT BETWEEN 10 AND 15 IF WE DID THAT.

SO IS THAT NEXT TO THE VOLLEYBALL COURTS AND WHERE THE PLAYGROUND USED TO BE? YEAH. SO YOU SEE THE PICTURE THAT YOU'VE GOT HERE IN THE RED AREA.

THIS IS THE LOCATION THAT IT WOULD BE IN. AND IF YOU'VE GOT MY RED DOT HERE, IT WOULD KIND OF START RIGHT HERE ON THE EDGE OF THE THE WOOD LINE. AND IT WOULD GO IN THIS DIRECTION.

SO IT WOULD BE, THIS IS WHERE YOUR VOLLEYBALL, THE LINE THAT WE WOULD HAVE IS ACTUALLY A, WE WERE PLANNING TO DO A HEDGE IF THIS IS WHAT WE DID FROM HERE TO ABOUT RIGHT HERE, THAT KIND OF SHIELDS IT.

SO WE DON'T HAVE IT AS KIND OF OUT OF SIGHT, OUT OF MIND, BUT IT CREATES ITS OWN AREA OVER THERE.

BUT THIS IS THE ONLY LOCATION THAT WE COULD SEE IF WE DID IT.

LOUDERMILK. SO I DON'T DISAGREE. AND I THINK THIS IS WHY WE HAVE TO HAVE THIS CONVERSATION.

AND WE DIDN'T JUST GO DO IT BECAUSE WE FELT LIKE IT WAS IMPORTANT WITH THE NEW COUNCIL THAT WE NEEDED TO HAVE THE CONVERSATION THE LAST TIME WE LEFT OFF, WE WERE GOING TO DO IT IN THESE LOCATIONS. THIS IS WHAT WAS APPROVED.

AGAIN, A LOT HAS CHANGED AND A LOT HAS KIND OF CAME ABOUT.

SO WE'RE OPEN FOR ANYTHING ANY DIRECTION THAT YOU ALL WOULD LIKE US TO GO.

WE'RE JUST TRYING TO OFFER OPTIONS TO SAY, HEY, IF WE WANT TO DO IT, THIS IS THE AREA THAT WE WOULD DO IT AT LOUDERMILK.

IF WE DON'T WANT TO DO IT AT LOUDERMILK, AND WE JUST WANT TO DO IT AT BAKER PARK, THEN HERE'S THE AREA AT BAKER PARK.

I'M JUST SPEAKING FROM HISTORY AND WE HAD SOMETHING VERY SPECIAL TO WHERE THERE WEREN'T THAT MANY.

BUT, YOU KNOW, ON SECOND THAT THERE WAS OWNERS WHO KEPT THEIR BOATS DOWN THERE.

AND THAT SOUNDS LIKE A LOT 10 TO 15. I DON'T KNOW HOW IT GETS MANAGED AND HOW PEOPLE COME IN AND THEY GET THEIR BOATS.

AND I MEAN, THERE'S A LOT OF QUESTIONS AND HOW YOU WOULD OPERATE THERE AND HOW IT DOES AFFECT THAT PATHWAY, BECAUSE THAT PATHWAY IS NOT REALLY OUR PATHWAY.

WE DON'T WANT TO INTERRUPT THAT. YOU KNOW, IT KIND OF CONFLICTS WITH A THE PRIVATE OWNERS PATHWAY.

YOU ARE CORRECT. AND THAT WAS ONE OF THE THINGS I PUT IN THIS MEMO IS THAT THERE IS A PATH FROM COQUINA SANDS THAT IS OWNED.

IT'S A THREE FOOT WALKING PATH THAT GOES THROUGH THERE.

WE STILL UTILIZE THAT BECAUSE THE OTHER I WOULD SAY 80% OF THAT OPENING IS, IS THE CITY'S.

SO AGAIN, THESE ARE THINGS TO CONSIDER BEFORE WE MOVE FORWARD WITH THIS.

I'M OKAY EITHER WAY. SO I WANT TO MAKE SURE YOU UNDERSTAND I'M NOT PUSHING ANYTHING.

THIS IS US SAYING, HERE'S THE PROGRAM. WE WANT TO KEEP DOING THIS.

THIS IS THE LOCATION THAT WE CAN DO IT IN. IF WE DON'T, THEN WE'LL FIGURE OUT SOME OTHER AREAS THAT WE CAN OPEN UP SOME OPPORTUNITIES WHERE YOU HAVE BAKER PARK WITH A KAYAK AND CANOE, BUT THE SAIL BOATS AND ALL OF THAT IS IT'S GOING TO BE VERY HARD TO ACCOMMODATE THOSE ANY OTHER LOCATION.

WHEN YOU LOOK IN PARKS. YEAH, I APPRECIATE THAT.

AND I'M SORRY I'M HOGGING UP THIS CONVERSATION, BUT IF YOU CAN'T TAKE YOUR HOBIE CAT FROM BAKER PARK TO GO ON IN THE BEACH, AND THAT'S WHAT YOU USE YOUR HOBIE CAT FOR. SO I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE ALTERNATIVES COULD BE.

DID THE CSAB DISCUSS THIS AT ALL? YEAH. SO WE'VE BEEN TO THE CSAB.

CSAB IS KIND OF WE'RE AT THE POINT WHERE WE'RE AT NOW IS THEY SAID WE SUPPORT IT.

IF THAT'S THE WILL OF THE COUNCIL THAT WE CAN LOCATE THEM AT LOUDERMILK PARK IN THIS LOCATION,

[06:50:03]

WELL, I WOULD JUST SAY I'D LOVE TO KNOW OTHER LOCATIONS.

WE COULD LOCATE IT BECAUSE I THINK THAT LOUDERMILK PARK IS ALREADY CROWDED, AND I'D HATE TO TAKE AWAY THE SPACE, AND IT'S ONLY GOING TO GET MORE CROWDED AS THE DEVELOPMENT COMES IN.

WE ALREADY HAVE A LINE GETTING IN THERE, SO I'VE GOT A LOT OF ANGST AROUND THIS, EVEN THOUGH I APPRECIATE STAFF TRYING TO COME UP WITH A SOLUTION.

IT JUST PARK FOR THE BOATS ON THE BEACH IS A LITTLE BIT CONCERNING, SO I'LL STOP THERE.

YEAH. I MEAN, DO YOU REMEMBER HOW MANY SAILBOATS WERE ON THE BEACH IN THE OLD PROGRAM PRIOR TO THE HURRICANE? WE HAD IT CALCULATED. AARON, DO YOU REMEMBER OFF THE TOP OF YOUR HEAD? SO IF YOU LOOK AT THE LOCATIONS ON HERE, IT WAS LESS THAN 20.

IT WAS ABOUT AROUND 15, WHICH IS WHY WE CAME UP WITH THE NUMBER 10 TO 15 TO SAY WE COULD TRY TO FIGURE OUT A WAY TO, TO MAKE AROUND TEN PEOPLE ACTUALLY USED IT. YEAH.

SO AGAIN, GOING BACK TO WHEN I GOT HERE, THE PROGRAM HADN'T I WASN'T HERE VERY LONG BEFORE THE HURRICANE HIT.

AND THEN THE PROGRAM KIND OF ENDED. BUT I CAN TELL YOU THAT ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WAS A VERY BIG CHALLENGE FOR STAFF THAT I HEARD OVER AND OVER WAS TRYING TO TO ENFORCE THE RULES AND REGULATIONS BECAUSE YOU HAD THESE LOCATIONS AND THEY DIDN'T HAVE STAFF OUT THERE, SO THEY'RE SPREAD OUT. YEAH, THEY WERE SPREAD OUT ALL THROUGHOUT.

IT WAS 18TH AVENUE, SOUTH 17TH AVENUE, SOUTH FIRST AVENUE, SOUTH CENTRAL AVENUE, AND VIA MIRAMAR.

AND ONE OF THE OTHER CONCERNS WAS, IS BECAUSE OF THE TIDES AND HOW THEY CAME UP.

IT WAS GETTING CLOSE TO THE BEACH OR CLOSE TO THE BOATS, EXCUSE ME.

AND SO THEY HAD TO PUSH THEM UP INTO THE DUNES.

SO THEN THEY WERE IN THE VEGETATION. THEN THERE WAS THE OTHER CONCERN OF ANY TIME THAT THERE WAS A TURTLE, SEA TURTLE THAT MOVED ON TO THE BEACH. THEN THEY WERE LAYING EGGS AND ALL THIS.

THAT'S ONE OF THE THINGS THAT FORCED FDEP TO SAY, NAH, YOU'RE NOT DOING THIS ANYMORE.

WHEN WE WENT TO THEM AND WE SAID, OKAY, WELL, WHAT CAN WE DO IF WE DID THIS ON THIS SIDE OF THE DUNE, WOULD THIS BE PERMISSIBLE? AND THEY SAID, AS LONG AS IT AIN'T ON THE BEACH, THAT'S WHERE WE WERE AT.

SO THAT WAS KIND OF THE HISTORY IN A NUTSHELL OF HOW WE GOT TO WHERE WE'RE AT.

YEAH. SO ONE THOUGHT IS IF WE PROCEEDED HERE, MAYBE WE START WITH A SMALLER NUMBER.

START SMALL, LIKE WITH 8 TO 10 SAILBOATS, PLUS THE PADDLE BOARDS AND KAYAKS AND SEE HOW IT WORKS.

AND IF THERE'S SPACE AND THERE'S NO CONFLICTS, NO PROBLEMS, THEN MAYBE YOU COULD ADD A FEW MORE.

OKAY. BUT YOU DID GET CSAB INPUT. YES, SIR. OKAY.

ANOTHER POSSIBILITY IS THE LANDINGS WHERE THE SAILING CLUB IS.

IT LOOKS TO ME LIKE THERE'S CAPACITY THERE TO ADD SAILBOATS, BUT AGAIN, IT'S THE SAME ISSUE.

YOU COULD SELL IN THE BAY, BUT YOU HAVE A PRETTY FAR WAY TO GO TO GET OUT TO THE GULF.

SO IT DOESN'T REALLY HELP WITH PEOPLE WHO WANT TO SELL IN THE GULF. AND THEN YOU LOOK AT ALL THE OTHER BEACH ACCESSES.

THERE'S JUST NOT MUCH SPACE TO PUT SAILBOATS.

YOU MIGHT HAVE A SPARE, A RACK OF PADDLE BOARDS AND KAYAKS SOMEWHERE, LIKE MAYBE DOWN BY THE PIER OR SOMETHING, BUT JUST DOESN'T SEEM LIKE THERE'S ANY ROOM FOR SAILBOATS ANYWHERE ELSE.

YEAH, IT'S IT'S GOING TO BE TOUGH. AND, YOU KNOW, ONE OF THE THINGS WE SAID BACK WHEN WE HAD THIS CONVERSATION ORIGINALLY WAS THAT WE WANTED TO SEE WHAT HAPPENED WHEN WE REBUILD ALL THE BEACH ACCESSES SO WE COULD SEE WHAT KIND OF SPACE WE HAVE.

100% CORRECT. NAPLES LANDING, COULD WE DO THAT? BUT WE ALSO HAVE TO KEEP IN MIND THAT WE'VE GOT WE'RE IN THE AT SOME POINT, THERE'S A CONVERSATION WHERE WE HAVE THE SAILING CENTER THAT EXISTS WITHIN THERE.

YOU'VE GOT A VERY, VERY BUSY BOAT RAMP THAT'S THERE.

SO WHEN YOU START PUTTING AND LAUNCHING NON-MOTORIZED BOATS RIGHT THERE IN THAT LANDING, THAT CAN BE A CHALLENGE.

IT'S, THERE'S REALLY NO EASY WAY TO, TO PUT IT.

YOU KNOW, WE JUST, WE'RE TRYING TO FIND SOMETHING BECAUSE WE KNOW THAT WE'RE A COASTAL COMMUNITY.

WE WANT TO BE ABLE TO OFFER AT LEAST THE KAYAKS CANOES.

THE FORTUNATE THING FOR KAYAKS AND CANOES IS YOU CAN KIND OF GET THOSE IN A LOCATION.

YOU CAN PUT THOSE IN IN A IN BAKER PARK AND THEY CAN, THEY CAN HAVE A BLAST.

I'M AGAIN, AS A KAYAKER, I WOULD PREFER TO KAYAK WITHIN A BAY VERSUS KAYAKING IN THE GULF.

YOU SEE A LOT MORE WILDLIFE AND THERE'S A LOT MORE ADVENTURE ABOUT IT, BUT I THINK WE CAN OFFER THAT.

BUT THE CHALLENGE IS GOING TO BE THE SAILBOATS.

AND WE PUT THESE SAILBOATS. SO WE START 8 TO 10 AND WE'VE GOT 15 THAT WERE IN THE PROGRAM.

THAT'S GOING TO BE THE NEXT CHALLENGE IS WHO OUT OF THEM GET TO BE THE ONES THAT FILL THAT SPACE? AND YOU KNOW, WE'VE HAD SOME, YOU KNOW, WE'VE HAD SOME THAT HAVE CONTACTED US.

SO. WHAT DID YOU JUST SAY? WHAT DID YOU JUST SAY?

[06:55:06]

AND I STAY IN FOR THE SAILBOATS AND THEY ASK WHAT THE UPDATE AND STUFF IS.

I TALKED WITH THEM. THERE'S AT LEAST FOUR OF THEM THAT I HAVE A GROUP EMAIL THAT I TALK BACK AND FORTH WITH THEM ON.

SO I HAVE KRAMER AND THEN BARTON, FOR THOSE OF US THAT HAVE BEEN HERE A LONG TIME, THERE'S SOME OF THOSE BOATS DIDN'T MOVE FOR YEARS, MAN. I MEAN, THAT'S JUST THE REALITY OF IT. SO WE HAVE MY QUESTION FOR YOU.

DO YOU HAVE YOU HAVE STAFFING FOR THIS TO MANAGE THIS. NOW, WOULD YOU HAVE TO PUT ON MORE FOLKS OR WHEN IT COMES TO THAT PORTION, ACTUALLY, IF IT'S IN THE PARKS, WE, WE CAN MANAGE IT A LOT BETTER THAN WHEN IT WAS AT THE OTHER SATELLITE LOCATIONS THROUGHOUT THE BEACH.

SO IT'S NOT REALLY A TON ON THE MANAGEMENT SIDE BECAUSE THEY'RE COMING AND LAUNCHING THEIR OWN BOATS.

THEY'RE JUST, I'M THINKING MORE OF THE RENTALS.

THE RENTALS. THE RENTALS, THE RENTALS. YEAH. SO IF WE DO THE RENTALS, THERE'S A BIGGER PICTURE ITEM THAT WAS MORE OF A FUTURE CONVERSATION THAN SAYING, OUR GOAL HERE IS TO GET THE ACTUAL BOATS IN THE PARK RENTAL LOCATIONS AT BAKER PARK, AND THEN IN THE FUTURE, WE WOULD LIKE TO EXPAND SOMETHING DOWN THE ROAD.

THIS IS ONE GUY. ANECDOTAL MEANS NOTHING. MAYBE WE GOT RID OF OUR BOAT AND BOUGHT A SIX SEATER GOLF CART.

SO WE DRIVE DOWN BY LOUDERMILK ALL THE TIME. PEOPLE ARE DOING LAPS.

I MEAN, WE GOT IT IN NOVEMBER. YOU GO FROM NOVEMBER TILL WHENEVER IT WAS MOTHER'S DAY.

IT'S CRAZY. I DON'T KNOW HOW THIS CAN WORK AT LOUDERMILK.

I REMEMBER HAVING FRIENDS COME IN AND WE LIKE, WE'RE THERE AT LIKE 830 IN THE MORNING AND YOU CAN'T HARDLY FIND.

YOU'RE WALKING HALF A MILE ON A. IT WAS A HOLIDAY WEEKEND NONETHELESS.

NEVER DO THAT AGAIN. BUT IT DOES MAKE SENSE TO ME AT BAKER, BECAUSE I MEAN THAT THAT KAYAK LAUNCH HAS BEEN THERE FOREVER AND HASN'T REALLY BEEN USED THAT I'VE SEEN VERY LITTLE. AND OF COURSE WE HAVE THE SCULLS ON THE OTHER SIDE OF ANTHONY PARK THAT FOLKS USE THERE, BUT I THINK THE BAKER PARK CONCEPT AND THEN ALSO THE RENTALS THERE, THAT MAKES SENSE TO ME.

THE FACT IS YOU GET OUT, I DON'T CARE WHAT YOU'RE ON IF YOU'RE IN SEASON, ONCE YOU GET PAST, YOU KNOW, THE 41 BRIDGE, YOU'RE COMING OUT. I MEAN, YOU'RE IN A WASHING MACHINE AND IN NO TIME IN SEASON, IT'S IT'S CRAZY. SO I, I DON'T KNOW IF WE CAN SUPPORT IF WE'RE GOING TO DO BOATS.

AND I'VE GOT A COUPLE GUYS I KNOW THAT SAME DEAL.

THEY SELL BOATS. SO I WOULD SAY LESS THAN TEN.

I MEAN TEN MAX FIVE, I DON'T KNOW. I MEAN I GOTTA SEE THE YEAH.

ALSO THE LAYOUT BECAUSE THAT'S THAT'S THIS ISN'T A LAYOUT WE NEED MORE DETAILS ON.

ARE THEY GOING TO LIKE MOVE THE CROWD WITH THEM AS THEY'RE PULLING THE BOAT? SO WHAT YOU WOULD DO IF YOU LOOK AT THIS PICTURE AGAIN, THIS IS THE BEST ILLUSTRATION I CAN GET WITHOUT SHOWING YOU AN ACTUAL LAYOUT.

BUT THEY WOULD ACTUALLY HAVE POST AND THERE WOULD BE POSTS IN THE GROUND.

SO EACH POST WOULD BE A SPACE. THEY WOULD CHAIN THEIR BOAT TO THE POST.

SO YOU WOULD HAVE ONE POST HERE, TWO POST HERE, THREE POST HERE, AND SO ON ALL THE WAY ACROSS.

MADAM MAYOR, CAN I MAKE A SUGGESTION? IT'S ALMOST 530.

YES. AND THIS IS A DISCUSSION ITEM I THINK WE HAVE.

AND I'M NOT TRYING TO INTERRUPT YOU, CHAD, BUT WE'RE NOT GOING TO CONCLUDE THIS ITEM TODAY, GIVEN WHAT'S BEEN ASKED FOR MORE SPECIFICITY, IF IT COULD FIT WHAT THAT WOULD LOOK LIKE AND OPERATIONALLY HOW WE WOULD DO IT.

I THINK THAT AND I'M SORRY THAT WE'RE NOT GOING TO HAVE ENOUGH TIME, BUT I DON'T THINK WE CAN MAKE ALL OF THAT SAUSAGE HERE TODAY AND HAVE MEANINGFUL CONVERSATIONS. SO I'D LIKE TO RESERVE THE RIGHT TO BRING IT BACK IN SEPTEMBER WORKSHOP AND AND HAVE, YOU KNOW, A LITTLE BIT MORE MEAT TO IT, AS WELL AS EXPLAINING OR LOOKING AT ALTERNATIVE, BECAUSE I DID GET A GENERAL FEEL THAT IF IT DOESN'T ABSOLUTELY HAVE TO BE IT LOUDER, DON'T PUT IT THERE. AND IF I'M WRONG ABOUT THAT INTERPRETATION, PLEASE CORRECT ME NOW.

BUT OTHERWISE I THINK IT WOULD BE BETTER SERVED COMING BACK.

AT LEAST, YOU KNOW, WHEN WHEN CITIZENS COME AND SAY WHERE, WHERE'S IT GOING TO BE LOCATED? WE'RE TRYING TO GET YOU THERE, BUT WE HAVE TO HAVE MORE MEANINGFUL CONVERSATION.

AND I JUST DON'T THINK THAT IT WE'RE GOING TO GET THERE TODAY.

AND THAT'S. SO THAT WOULD BE MY RECOMMENDATION.

AND I'M SORRY I CUT YOU OFF, CHAD. I JUST THANK YOU.

I AGREE AND I JUST WANT OH YEAH. BARTON OR ANYBODY WANTS TO GIVE ANY QUESTIONS OR YES I AGREE BRING IT BACK.

BUT ALL I WAS GOING TO SUGGEST IS IS YEAH, NOT 10 TO 15.

I WAS GOING TO SAY 7 OR 8, CUT IT IN HALF AND MAKE IT A PILOT PROGRAM THAT GOES THROUGH SEASON. COME BACK THIS TIME NEXT YEAR.

LET US KNOW HOW IT WENT. AND IF IT WAS A DISASTER AND THEY WERE RUNNING PEOPLE OVER WITH THEIR BOATS AS THEY WERE TRYING TO CARRY THEM TO THE WATER. THEN, YOU KNOW, LET US KNOW

[07:00:02]

BUT I WOULD SAY, YOU KNOW, HEY, WE'RE GOING TO DO THIS ON A ONE YEAR BASIS, SEE HOW IT GOES.

AND IT MAY NOT BE HERE NEXT YEAR, BOYS AND GIRLS.

SO THANK YOU. AND AS FAR AS THE KAYAKS AND CANOES ON THE OTHER SIDE, THAT'S ALL GOOD.

AND I, AND I WOULD DEFINITELY PUT THE RENTAL STUFF TABLE THAT I DON'T KNOW WHAT HAPPENS FROM A LIABILITY STANDPOINT WHEN ALL OF A SUDDEN IT'S OUR OUR BOATS AND OUR KAYAKS AND CANOES THAT WE'RE RENTING OUT TO PEOPLE THAT AS AN INSURANCE GUY THAT THAT MAKES THAT CAUSES THE HAIR ON THE BACK OF MY NECK STAND UP.

THAT'S TRUE. I'M JUST NOT, I THINK FOR THE HOBIE CATS, YOU SHOULD LOOK AT MAYBE EXPANDING A SPECIAL BOAT LAUNCH FOR IT, NOT A STORAGE. I MEAN, IN THE LANDINGS PARK, MAYBE IF THERE'S A WAY TO ADD ANOTHER LAUNCH JUST FOR SAILBOATS OR AND KAYAKS, THAT'S A BETTER WAY TO GO THAN, YOU KNOW, BECAUSE IT'S TOO BUSY THERE.

I MEAN, IT'S, THERE'S NOT ENOUGH PARKING. SO I JUST, I JUST DON'T FEEL.

THAT PLACE HAS CAPACITY ANYMORE TO DO THAT. THE OLD NAPLES WHEN IT WAS SLEEPY NAPLES.

YEAH. IT HAD CAPACITY, BUT NOT ANYMORE. IT'S JUST NOT GOING TO HAPPEN.

OKAY. ALL RIGHT. YEAH. AND YOU WEREN'T LAST. NO.

THANK YOU, THANK YOU, THANK YOU, MR. YOUNG. OKAY.

THAT TAKES US TO OUR ADDED ITEM 14 H. IS THAT I HAVE TO DO THE ANNOUNCEMENT. MAYOR FIRST. OH, SORRY.

[14.G) Announcement of an Executive Session regarding City of Naples v. City of Naples Airport Authority, et al; Case No. 2026-CA-001094, 20th Judicial Circuit, in and for Collier County, Florida (Supplement 1/Added Item).]

STYLED CITY OF NAPLES VERSUS CITY OF NAPLES. AIRPORT AUTHORITY ET AL.

CASE NUMBER 2026 DASH CA DASH 01094 AND IN FOR COLLIER COUNTY ON JUNE 17TH AT APPROXIMATELY 1230.

IN CITY'S CONFERENCE ROOM ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF CITY HALL, THE EXECUTIVE SESSION IS EXPECTED TO LAST APPROXIMATELY NINE MINUTES 90 MINUTES, BUT MAY END EARLIER. TIRE SESSION SHALL BE RECORDED BY A CERTIFIED COURT REPORTER.

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. ANY ACTION REQUIRED BY COUNCIL WILL TAKE PLACE EITHER WHEN WE RECONVENE OR AT A FUTURE PUBLIC HEARING.

FOLLOWING INDIVIDUALS WILL BE PRESENT DURING THE EXECUTIVE SESSION. MAYOR TERESA HEITMANN, COUNCIL MEMBERS BILL KRAMER, LINDA PENNIMAN, VERN BARTON, TED BLANKENSHIP, JOHN KRULL, SCOTT SCHULTZ, CITY MANAGER GARY YOUNG, CITY ATTORNEY MATTHEW MCCONNELL, ATTORNEY JAMIE COLE, AND A REPRESENTATIVE FROM DINES COURT REPORTING. AND THIS IS PURSUANT TO 286.011 SUBPARAGRAPH EIGHT. THANK YOU. WEDNESDAY AT 1230. LUNCHTIME DURING YOUR NEXT MEETING. OR THIS WEEK.

DAY AND A HALF FROM NOW TAKES US TO THE RATE WE'RE GOING.

TAKES TAKES US TO 14 H. CORRECT. OH THIS IS. YEAH, THIS IS ME AS WELL.

[14.H) Discussion regarding proposed Ordinance Changes Provided by the Naples Airport Authority (Supplement 1/Added Item).]

AND THIS WAS THE SECOND MEETING THAT BEGAN AT 1 P.M.

THEY PASSED OUT ORDINANCES, WHICH UNFORTUNATELY ARE NOT PART OF THIS AGENDA.

SHOULD HAVE BEEN BECAUSE I WAS GOING TO MAKE A COMMENT ACTUALLY THAT THEY WEREN'T PART OF THEIR AGENDA.

THEY HANDED IT OUT. SO LONG STORY SHORT, I DID NOT GIVE FURTHER DIRECTION.

SO WE DECIDED TO ADD IT TO A CITY COUNCIL MEETING SO THAT I COULD BETTER UNDERSTAND WHAT COUNCIL WANTED ME TO DO WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT WE DID DECIDE TO RUN CONCURRENT PATHS. SO I'M ALSO SPENDING TIME TALKING TO STATE AGENCIES WHILE ALSO TRYING TO PUT TOGETHER SOME TERMS FOR A LEASE. BUT THE BIGGEST DISTINGUISHING FACTOR IN THE ORDINANCES THAT THEY PRESENTED WAS THIS AERONAUTICAL AND NON-AERONAUTICAL USE. SO ONE THING I DID INCLUDE WERE WERE STRAIGHT.

ONE OF THE QUESTIONS WAS I WANT TO, WE ASSUME THEY WERE ACCURATE, BUT I WANT TO JUST CONFIRM THAT THESE DEFINITIONS ARE WHAT THEY ARE.

SO IF YOU ON THE ATTACHMENT, IF YOU SCROLL TO.

PAGE EIGHT. IT'S HIGHLIGHTED FOR YOU. IT ACTUALLY IDENTIFIES FROM THE FAA THE DIFFERENT DEFINITIONS THAT THEY REFERENCED.

THEY WEREN'T IDENTICAL TO WHAT WAS PRESENTED, BUT THEY WERE SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME.

[07:05:06]

NOW, IT'S MY POSITION THAT I DON'T THINK THOSE EDITS NEED TO BE DRAFTED AS MUCH AS WE COULD TALK ABOUT THEM, BUT I'M REALLY WILLING TO DO WHATEVER COUNCIL WANTS WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT ALTHOUGH I DO HAVE A TEAM BEHIND ME, THERE IS KIND OF A LOT OF THINGS THAT HAVE ALREADY BEEN DECIDED ON, SUCH AS LEASE TERMS AND OTHER THINGS THAT I DO HAVE TO SPEND TIME ON.

BUT I'M WILLING TO DO WHAT COUNCIL NEEDS ME TO.

SO WITH THAT, I'LL PAUSE. THANK YOU. I AFTER REWATCHING IT TWICE, WAS VERY FRUSTRATED THAT WE ASKED ABOUT THE FIVE THINGS THAT WE HAD ALL AGREED ON THAT WE NEEDED TO MOVE FORWARD IN WORKING IN A RELATIONSHIP FOR CREATING A SPECIAL DISTRICT.

IT KIND OF GOT PUSHED TO THE SIDE. THE LEASE BECAME THE ONLY TOPIC THAT WE DISCUSSED.

AND AND WE GAVE OUR ATTORNEY SEVERAL THINGS TO DO, WHICH AFTER THINKING ABOUT IT, I MEAN, I DON'T GOING TO OUR REPRESENTATIVES AND ASKING THEM IF THEY'RE GOING TO GO BACK AND OPEN UP FOR 405 JUST LOGICALLY DOESN'T MAKE A BIT OF SENSE TO ME. AND I DON'T KNOW IF YOU WANT TO RECAP WHAT YOU WERE DIRECTED TO DO, THAT MIGHT BE BETTER, MR. MCCONNELL. BUT THE OTHER PIECE IS THIS ORDINANCE THAT WAS GIVEN, AND WE ALL KIND OF FLOUNDERED AROUND ABOUT THE ORDINANCE.

I, I THOUGHT IT WAS PRETTY PRESUMPTUOUS FOR THEM TO PRESENT AN ORDINANCE TO US ON OUR CODES, OUR COMPREHENSIVE PLAN SETTING ANYTHING FOR US MOVING FORWARD WITH THEIR RECOMMENDATIONS.

AND I'LL GO OVER THE THINGS THAT I SEE ARE ABSOLUTE RED FLAGS ON THAT ORDINANCE, BUT I DON'T THINK THAT ORDINANCE IS ANYTHING IN A BENEFIT TO THE CITY AT ALL. AND IF ANYONE ELSE HAS SOMETHING ELSE, THEY THINK THAT IT BENEFITS THE CITY, THAT ORDINANCE. BUT THAT'S THEIR. 164 THAT'S WHAT I WAS ABOUT TO SAY.

THAT'S WHY THEY'RE SUING US. WELL, LET'S CLARIFY THEY HAVEN'T SUED US, AND WHEN ASKED WHAT THEY WOULD SUE US ON, THEIR ANSWER WAS, I'M NOT GOING TO DISCUSS LITIGATION STRATEGY.

BUT AGAIN, WE HAVE NOT PREVENTED THEM FROM DOING ANYTHING OR ENFORCED ANYTHING THAT THEY'RE SAYING WE HAVE.

SO BUT THEY'RE ONE 60 FOR COMPLAINT IS SPECIFICALLY.

THAT'S WHY THEY THEY PUT THIS ORDINANCE IN FRONT OF US IS BECAUSE THAT IS THAT IS THE ENTIRE CRUX OF THEIR.

164 COMPLAINT IS THAT I'LL BE I'LL BE REAL SPECIFIC.

THE CITY COUNCIL ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT LACKS LAND USE, JURISDICTION AND REGULATORY AUTHORITY WITH RESPECT TO LAND USES OF THE AIRPORT AERONAUTICAL PROPERTY. AND THAT'S YOU CAN TAKE ALL THREE OF THESE PAGES THAT ARE ALL IN RED THAT THEY WANT TO MAKE THEIR ORDINANCE. BUT IT REALLY BOILS DOWN TO THAT PARAGRAPH.

THAT'S THAT'S WHAT THEY WANT US TO ACKNOWLEDGE AND, AND ACCEPT.

AND THAT'S, THAT'S THE CRUX OF THEIR, THEIR 164 COMPLAINT.

I MEAN, THAT'S WHY WE'RE STARING AT THIS ORDINANCE IN FRONT OF US RIGHT NOW. AND I'D LIKE TO GET INPUT FROM OUR FAA COUNSEL.

I DON'T KNOW IF THEY'VE LOOKED AT THEIR PROPOSED CHANGES, BECAUSE IT STRIKES ME THAT FAA REGULATIONS ARE ABOUT PROTECTING FAA AND THAT THEY HAVE FINAL SAY ON AERONAUTICAL USES, ETC., BUT THEY DON'T SAY WE CAN'T HAVE BE INVOLVED IN THAT PROCESS.

YOU KNOW, THAT'S THE NRA SAYING WE CAN'T TOUCH IT.

BUT THE FAA IS NOT SAYING THAT. THEY'RE JUST SAYING THEY'RE THE FINAL ARBITER.

SO DON'T AND AND OUR CODE AND COMPREHENSIVE PLAN ASSUMED WE WOULD HAVE A ROLE IN IT.

AND IT WORKED THAT WAY FOR 50 PLUS YEARS. RIGHT.

THAT IS QUITE POSSIBLY THE MOST IMPORTANT DISTINCTION THAT I TRY TO MAKE MULTIPLE TIMES.

I AGREE WITH YOU. APPROVAL AND US BEING A PART OF THE PROCESS, I THINK ARE TWO DIFFERENT THINGS.

AND TO ANSWER YOUR POINT ABOUT FAA, YES, I'M WORKING ON THAT.

SO I PLAN TO HAVE ANSWERS. I OBVIOUSLY I'M ONE MAN WITH A TEAM.

I CAN'T DO ALL THIS BY MYSELF. BUT YES. NO, I MEAN, IT WAS LAST WEEK, BUT.

WELL, THE FAA ATTORNEY SHOULD BE IN OUR EXECUTIVE SESSION BECAUSE THESE ARE QUESTIONS NOTHING TO DO WITH OUR 164 COMPLAINT.

WELL, HAS IT HAD TO DO WITH THE JOINT MEETING? 164 COMPLAINT IS STRICTLY A THERE IS NO LEASE.

DUE TO FRUSTRATION OF PURPOSE. IT'S HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH FAA.

[07:10:01]

WE CAN JUST NOT IN EXECUTIVE SESSION. CORRECT.

OKAY. SO SHOULD WE FAA ATTORNEY TO YES. SO YES I ABSOLUTELY AGREE.

OUR FAA ATTORNEY SHOULD HAVE OF RESPONDED TO THIS.

WAIT. BLANKENSHIP WERE YOU COMPLETE? SORRY. YEAH, YEAH.

BASICALLY TO ME, IT COMES DOWN. I'D LIKE TO HEAR FROM OUR COUNSEL ON WHAT WE CAN AND CAN'T DO.

NOT WHAT THE NAA COUNCIL SAYS WE CAN AND CAN'T DO.

BUT WHAT DOES OUR COUNCIL SAY? CRAMER. YEAH, WELL, MATTHEW SAID IT SEVERAL TIMES AND JUST SAID IT AGAIN THAT THE DISTINCTION IS.

F A DOES NOT PROHIBIT US FROM BEING INVOLVED IN THE PROCESS.

HAVING SAID THAT, OUR APPROVAL IS NOT REQUIRED ON AERONAUTICAL USES.

I THINK WHAT MANY PEOPLE WHO HAVE SAT UP HERE WANT IS APPROVAL OR DENIAL.

THEY WANT TO BE ABLE TO SAY, NO, YOU CAN'T BUILD THAT JET CENTER OR WHATEVER.

AND IF THAT'S NOT THE CASE, THEN CORRECT ME IF IT'S NOT ABOUT APPROVAL.

WELL, I WANT TO YEAH, I DO WANT TO DISAGREE WITH YOU BECAUSE THAT JET CENTER SHOULD HAVE COME THROUGH COUNCIL.

SO LET'S NOT TALK ABOUT ANYTHING SPECIFIC. IF YOU DON'T MIND.

OKAY. THAT WAS A HYPOTHETICAL FOR ME, A JET CENTER.

SORRY, NOT A JET CENTER, A HANGAR A. I DON'T CARE WHAT IT IS.

CORRECT. THAT IS FOR AERONAUTICAL USE. IF SO, THE QUESTION THEN THE ONLY QUESTION.

THE CRUX OF IT, NOT THE ONLY QUESTION, BUT THE CRUX OF IT, WOULD BE CAN WE.

NOT APPROVE? CAN WE SAY, NOPE, YOU CAN'T DO THAT.

AND BECAUSE I KNOW THERE'S A BUNCH OF FOLKS WHO THINK WE CAN AND NOT A BUNCH, THERE'S SOME VERY MOTIVATED, SOPHISTICATED, REALLY SMART PEOPLE THAT THINK THAT'S THE CASE, THAT WE HAVE THE ABILITY TO SAY, NO, YOU CAN'T BUILD THAT. AND THAT'S THAT'S REALLY THE QUESTION.

THESE ARE SECONDARY ISSUES, I THINK, THOUGH. I MEAN, STRUCTURE IS THE MAIN THING.

I MEAN, WE NEED WE HAD THREE MEMBERS THERE SAYING THEY'RE WILLING TO ENTERTAIN THE TWO.

DEFINITELY. AND 1ST MAY BE SUBJECT TO GETTING, YOU KNOW, REGULATORY OKAY TO DO THAT ON A NEW STRUCTURE.

AND I THINK THAT'S, THAT'S THE THAT'S WHAT WE SHOULD BE GOING FOR THE NEW ENTITY, YOU KNOW, THE, YOU KNOW, AND THAT'S THAT SHOULD BE THE, THE SOLE DISCUSSION ALMOST.

I MEAN, THIS LEASING AND WHAT THAT'S ALL SECONDARY STUFF.

I MEAN, TO ME, WHERE IS THAT DISCUSSION. AND THE ORDINANCE THING IS JUST I SEE NO NEED FOR IT REALLY RIGHT NOW.

I DON'T THINK THAT SHOULD BE EVEN DISCUSSED RIGHT NOW. THAT ORDINANCE THING. SO SO IT'S REALLY, YOU KNOW, THIS, THIS NEW ENTITY, WHICH WHICH MAKES A LOT OF SENSE FOR THEM AS WELL AS US AND, AND OUR PROPERTY RIGHTS. I MEAN, THEY JUST WANT A DOLLAR A YEAR AND SIGN AWAY ALL OUR PROPERTY RIGHTS.

THIS IS CRAZY. SO I JUST, I JUST THE STRUCTURE TO ME IS JUST THE BIGGEST THING THAT WE SHOULD BE DISCUSSING.

SO IF I COULD ASK A QUESTION OF MR. CROWE. YEAH.

CAN YOU TELL ME WHAT YOU MEAN BY PROPERTY RIGHTS? THE RIGHT TO DO WHAT? WELL, WE ASKED FOR A MAP OF THE AERONAUTICAL VERSUS NON AIR.

LOOKED TO ME LIKE WE'RE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SIDEWALKS, YOU KNOW? THAT'S ABOUT IT, YOU KNOW. SO I DON'T KNOW.

I MEAN, I YET THERE'S A LOT OF NON-AERONAUTICAL PARTS OF THE AIRPORT.

I MEAN, COULD THEY IT'S BECOMING AN ENTERTAINMENT HUB. IT LOOKS LIKE. I MEAN, CAN THEY PUT A DISCO IN THERE? AND YOU KNOW, WE HAVE NO SAY IN THAT OR, OR THERE, THERE ARE THINGS IN THERE THAT THAT, YOU KNOW, I THINK NEED TO BE BETTER DEFINED.

I THINK THE, YOU KNOW, THE FAA WANTS A SAFE AND PROPERLY RUNNING AIRPORT.

THAT'S ABOUT IT, I THINK. BUT IT IS OUR WE DO HAVE LANDLORD RIGHTS TO SOME DEGREE TOO.

I MEAN, I'D LOVE TO HAVE THAT DEAL. LIKE, YOU KNOW, GIVE ME A FREE PROPERTY AND I'M WITH YOU. I THINK IT'S A TERRIBLE DEAL. YOU KNOW, I MEAN, IT'S, IT'S AND IT WAS NEVER MEANT TO BE AT THIS POINT WHERE IT IS NOW, WHERE NOW, YOU KNOW, UNDER, UNDER THIS POWER GRAB THAT'S HAPPENING TO US.

BUT WE DON'T WANT TO GET INTO DETAILS OF THAT, BUT I THINK THE STRUCTURES WE HAD THREE PEOPLE, YOU KNOW, TWO DEFINITELY. AND ONE SAYING, YEAH, IF YOU GET REGULATORY APPROVAL, I'LL PROBABLY LEAN THAT WAY. ONLY TWO WERE KIND OF GOING WITH THE THEIR ATTORNEY, YOU KNOW, BEING HARSHER THAT ONE WOULD ENTERTAIN THE NEW STRUCTURE.

SO WE WE NEED TO FILL THAT ONE GUY, GET A LITTLE MORE COMFORTABLE THAT THIS IS NOT GOING TO BE A PROBLEM WITH THE FAA.

THAT'S WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO LOOK INTO. RIGHT. UNDERSTOOD.

AND IF I IF IF I COULD PUT ONE OTHER THING I WANT TO PUSH BACK ON, IF I MAY, IF I CAN JUST CONTINUE THE THOUGHT, I TO SAY THAT THE LEASE ISN'T IMPORTANT, I THINK IS NOT THE CASE.

BECAUSE THE VERY FIRST THING WITH OUR NEW STRUCTURE, IT HAS TO HAPPEN. THE NEW STRUCTURE VACATE. YEAH, BUT THE NEW STRUCTURE REQUIRES A NEW

[07:15:03]

THAT'S MY POINT. YEAH. SO WHEN THAT ONCE YOU HAVE THE NEW STRUCTURE, OKAY, WE HAVE TO NOW AGREE ON THE TERMS OF THE NEW LEASE AND MAKE IT FAIR.

OKAY. AND YOU KNOW, THERE'S OTHER WAYS OTHER THAN FLAT MONEY, WE COULD DO PERCENTAGES, WHATEVER THE REVENUE, THERE'S BETTER CREATIVE WAYS THAT CAN ENHANCE BOTH PARTIES.

BUT IN THE END, I THINK IT'S A BETTER STRUCTURE FOR THEM AS WELL AS US, YOU KNOW, TO PRESERVE OUR OUR RIGHTS IN THE PROPERTY.

I THINK IT'S A WIN WIN FOR BOTH OF US. YOU JUST HAVE TO GET TO A CONSENSUS AND MAKE MAYBE EVEN ONE MEMBER FEEL A LITTLE MORE COMFORTABLE WITH THE REGULATORY REGULATORS, YOU KNOW, ON THE NEW ENTITY. THAT'S NOT GOING TO BE AN ISSUE.

SO, MAYOR, IF I COULD JUST TO RESET THE FOCUS HERE, BECAUSE I THINK THESE ARE ALL GREAT POINTS, BUT AND MR. YOUNG IS MY WITNESS. I TRIED FROM THE MOMENT WE GOT THERE, ONE 60 FOUR LETTER TO COMBINED THEM INTO ONE PROCESS.

AND THEY WERE ADAMANT THAT THEY WERE DIFFERENT. I STILL AGREE, I STILL BELIEVE THAT THEY COULD HAVE BEEN COMBINED IN ONE PROCESS.

SO WHAT WE ARE DOING IS WE ARE CONFLATING R 164 WITH THEIR 164.

SO THEIR ORDINANCE PROPOSAL HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH THE NEW DEPENDENT DISTRICT OR THE CONCURRENT PASS THAT WE DECIDED, BECAUSE IF YOU RECALL, WE HAD TWO MEETINGS THAT DAY. SO I DID GET DIRECTION FROM VICE MAYOR.

I THINK THE DIRECTION CAN BE AS SIMPLE AS GET AN OPINION FROM OUR FAA ATTORNEY ON WHAT WE CAN AND CAN'T DO WITHOUT ACTUALLY HAVING TO SPEND TIME LIKE REDLINING THEIR ORDINANCE. BUT TO COUNCIL MEMBER KRAMER'S POINT, I DON'T THINK THE QUESTION IS, CAN WE APPROVE THIS? I THINK THE QUESTION IS, DO THEY HAVE TO APPROVE IT? THE SPONSOR HAS DISCRETION. IF YOU PUT ASIDE WHAT YOU NEED FOR SAFETY PURPOSES OR FOR GRANT RELATED PROJECTS OR LIGHTING, DO I HAVE TO APPROVE THIS HANGER BECAUSE IT'S REQUESTED? THEIR ANSWER IS NO. I CAN'T JUST DENY IT FOR NO REASON.

OKAY, WELL, WHAT CAN YOU DENY IT FOR? AND WHY CAN'T THAT BE COORDINATED WITH THE CITY? I THINK PERSONALLY, FROM MY OPINION, THAT'S THE QUESTION.

WHAT DO YOU HAVE TO APPROVE AND WHAT DO YOU HAVE DISCRETION APPROVING? BECAUSE WE WANT TO BE INVOLVED IN WHAT YOU HAVE DISCRETION APPROVING. WELL, YES, THAT'S THE QUESTION.

THAT IS THE QUESTION. BUT WE HAVE THOSE GUIDELINES, AND THOSE GUIDELINES ARE IN THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AND THAT ON WHAT WE CAN.

THAT SIMPLE. I WISH IT WAS, BUT I THINK IF WE GET THAT QUESTION ANSWERED, MAYBE IT IS THAT.

I THINK BECAUSE SOMEONE HAS MUDDIED THE WATERS AND IT HAS BEEN UNCLEAR.

AND IF WE. I MEAN, THAT THAT NEEDS TO BE CLARIFIED BECAUSE WE HAVE ALWAYS HAD SITE SPECIFIC APPROVAL, AND NOW THEY'RE CHANGING DEFINITIONS AND GIVING US AN ORDINANCE THAT WILL CHANGE OUR AUTHORITY AND GIVE IT TO THE FAA. IT'S AN INTENTIONAL DOCUMENT THAT TAKES AWAY OUR OUR RIGHTS OF OUR PROPERTY.

WE'RE NOT TRYING TO TAKE AWAY THE FAA AUTHORITY.

NOT AT ALL. BUT THEY HAVE NO RIGHT TO COME IN AND TRY AND TAKE AWAY OUR AUTHORITY TO REGULATE OUR LAND ON WHAT WE ARE ALLOWED TO REGULATE.

AND IF WE WE AREN'T GOING TO SIT HERE AND DISCUSS THAT BECAUSE YOU'RE BOUND AND DETERMINED THAT WE'RE TRYING TO DO THINGS WE HAVEN'T DONE BEFORE.

WE NEED TO GET THE AS THE VICE MAYOR SAID, THE FAA ATTORNEY TO TELL US WHAT'S WRONG AND WHAT WE CAN AND CANNOT DO ON OUR OWN LAND.

YES. APPROVAL. CONSENSUS ON THAT. YEAH. SO I JUST WANT TO TRY.

YES I AGREE. AND I JUST WANT I'M TRYING TO CLARIFY THE QUESTION YOU'RE GOING TO BE ASKING.

RIGHT. WHAT CAN THE NAA. APPROVE OR NOT APPROVE.

WHEN SOMEBODY SUGGESTS THAT THEY WANT TO PUT A BUILDING THAT'S AERONAUTICALLY DEFINED, I THINK IT NEEDS TO BE A LITTLE BIT MORE BROAD. I'M OKAY WITH WITH WHAT YOU'RE SUGGESTING.

I JUST I AGAIN, I JUST WANT TO SEE, I WANT TO MAKE SURE I'VE GOT IT RIGHT IN MY HEAD AS TO EXACTLY WHAT WE ARE ASKING OUR FAA QUESTION IS ABOUT THE STRUCTURE.

IS THE STRUCTURE OKAY? ARE WE IS IT INTERFERE WITH THE CURRENT LEGISLATION IS OKAY BECAUSE ONE MEMBER WAS NERVOUS ABOUT IT, LIKE THE IDEA WAS PROBABLY FOR IT, BUT WAS PROBABLY NERVOUS ABOUT THE REGULATORS, ABOUT IT.

SO SO AGAIN, WE'RE PLAYING THIS IS WHY I WANTED ONE.

BUT TO YOUR QUESTION, YES, I THINK THE ORDINANCE NEEDS TO BE PASSED ON.

OKAY. BUT COUNCIL MEMBER KRAMER HAD A VERY SPECIFIC QUESTION.

CAN THE CITY APPROVE THIS? I THINK THE QUESTION SHOULD BE WHAT DOES THE NA, WHAT IS THE NA REQUIRED TO APPROVE AND WHAT DO THEY HAVE DISCRETION IN APPROVING? WHETHER IT'S. AND WE CAN JUST FOCUS IN ON AERONAUTICAL USES.

NO, I DISAGREE. IT HAS TO BE WITH WHAT THEY PRESENTED TO US, WHAT THEY THINK IS

[07:20:03]

WE NEED OUR FAA ATTORNEY TO TELL US WHETHER WHAT'S TRUE ABOUT THAT ORDINANCE AND WHAT'S NOT TRUE, BECAUSE THERE ARE UNTRUTHS IN THAT ORDINANCE.

YOU SAID IT MUCH BETTER THAN ME, BUT WE WERE SAYING THE SAME THING. OKAY.

OKAY. I THOUGHT SO TOO. AND I WAS WAITING FOR YOU TO RESPOND TO THE MAYOR'S STATEMENT.

OKAY, GOOD. ALL RIGHT. SO JUST TO CONFIRM, BECAUSE AGAIN, IT'S NICE TO HAVE SOME FLEXIBILITY, GUYS. I'M NOT JUST GOING TO ASK ONE QUESTION.

I'M JUST GOING TO GET OUR FAA OPINION, HIS HIS EXPERT OPINION ON THE ORDINANCE PRESENTED AND THE VALIDITY OF WHAT THEY CLAIMED AT THE JOINT MEETING, WHERE THE CITY HAS NO OVERSIGHT OVER AERONAUTICAL USES.

WELL, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT IT'S ALSO IMPORTANT TO KNOW WHAT THEY ARE REQUIRED AND WHAT THEY HAVE DISCRETION IN APPROVING.

BECAUSE JUST BECAUSE IT'S AN AERONAUTICAL USE DOESN'T MEAN THEY ARE REQUIRED TO APPROVE IT, AKA A HANGER IN THIS LOCATION. SO I THINK IT'S ALSO IMPORTANT TO UNDERSTAND WHAT THEY HAVE THE DISCRETION TO DO AS THE AIRPORT SPONSOR.

AND THE DEFINITIONS ARE NOT COMPLETE AND ACCURATE.

THE DEFINITIONS I'VE ALREADY FOUND ARE PART OF THE AGENDA BACKUP.

OKAY. BUT THE QUESTION, IN MY OPINION HAS BEEN ASKED HAS BEEN ANSWERED.

IT HAS NOT BEEN ANSWERED BY OUR FAA ATTORNEY ON THOSE DEFINITIONS ARE ACCURATE OR NOT.

THAT'S WHAT WAS WHAT THEY GAVE US AS DEFINITIONS ARE NOT.

IN MY OPINION, WHAT I INCLUDED IN THE BACKUP WAS THE DEFINITIONS THAT I RECEIVED FROM YOUR OFFICE FROM THE FAA'S WEBSITE MAYOR.

BUT IT'S NOT DOES NOT MATCH WHAT THE NAR PRESENTED TO US.

CORRECT. OKAY, SO I WANT CLARIFICATION SO THAT THEY'RE NOT TRYING TO PUT NEW DEFINITIONS UPON US AND CHANGE OUR DEFINITIONS.

OKAY, OKAY, OKAY, OKAY. SO WE'RE GOOD THERE. SO, YOU KNOW, OKAY, SO JUST ONE MORE THING.

AND I KNOW IT'S LATE, BUT I'M JUST GOING TO PUT THIS OUT THERE.

WE'VE TALKED ABOUT A LOT OF THINGS. I HAVE NO SPENDING AUTHORITY AS YOUR CITY ATTORNEY.

OBVIOUSLY GARY DOES AS YOUR CITY MANAGER, OBVIOUSLY.

SO THERE WAS A LOT OF REQUESTS THAT CAME FROM THE JOINT MEETING. I JUST WANT YOU ALL TO KNOW I DID SEND YOU AN EMAIL. I'M GOING TO MOVE FORWARD WITH AN APPRAISAL OF THE PROPERTY BECAUSE I THINK THAT'S IMPORTANT FOR THE DISCUSSIONS. ONE WAY OR ANOTHER, I'M GOING TO MOVE FORWARD WITH SOME ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE FROM AN FAA PERSPECTIVE. AND I JUST WANT YOU GUYS TO BE AWARE OF THAT.

IF IT GETS TO THE POINT WHERE BY WEDNESDAY, I HAVE A FEELING THAT WE MAY GO OVER SOME KIND OF THRESHOLD THAT SPECIFICALLY MR. YOUNG HAS FOR LIKE LEGAL SERVICES AND STUFF LIKE THAT. THEN OBVIOUSLY DURING BREAK, THE MAYOR CAN, CAN CODIFY THINGS THAT ARE, THAT ARE BROUGHT BACK TO YOU VIA RESOLUTION.

OKAY. BUT I'M JUST GOING TO GO AHEAD AND MOVE FORWARD WITH THOSE AGREEMENTS.

AND I JUST WANTED YOU ALL TO BE AWARE. WAIT, WAIT, WAIT, WAIT, WAIT A MINUTE.

FIRST OF ALL, WHO ARE YOU ASKING TO APPRAISE THE PROPERTY? AND ARE YOU JUST I MEAN, YOU DON'T HAVE TO GO OUT FOR A COMPETITIVE BID.

WE CAN JUST GO OUT AND PICK WHOEVER WE WANT. WHAT I MEAN, BUT IS THE APPRAISAL, THE APPRAISAL OF THE LAND LEASE.

WHAT A LAND LEASE VALUE WOULD BE NOT. WE DON'T WANT THE.

WE DON'T NEED AN APPRAISAL VALUE OF THE PROPERTY THAT WE COULD SELL. BUT WE WANT A VALUE OF WHAT A LANDLORD I DON'T KNOW WHAT IS IT? THIS IS WHAT YOU SENT US. WE HAD THREE HOURS AND I THOUGHT I ALREADY RECEIVED DIRECTION AT THE JOINT MEETING TO GET AN APPRAISAL.

SO I WAS JUST LETTING YOU GUYS KNOW THAT I FOUND SOMEONE WHO WAS RECOMMENDED BY OUR FAA FOR THAT, BUT WHO WAS RECOMMENDED BY FAA EXPERT. AND IF WE JUST WANT TO BE REAL ABOUT THIS, WE HAVE THREE WEEKS INTO A JOINT MEETING, AND I NEED TO ACT FAST SO WE DON'T HAVE TIME FOR A BID PROCESS, I MEAN.

RIGHT. YES, THAT'S TRUE. BUT I ALSO AND I'LL LET MR. YOUNG, BUT I WANT TO BE CLEAR THAT WE ARE NOT VIOLATING ANYTHING VIA PROCUREMENT.

I WILL WORK THE PROPER CHANNELS TO ENSURE THINGS ARE DONE ACCURATELY BECAUSE THEY HAVE TO BE ACCORDING TO OUR PURCHASE CODE, JUST TO GO AHEAD AND APPROVE HIRING THE PERSON FOR A BUDGETED AMOUNT NOW.

WELL, LET ME CAN YOU JUST STATE THE THREE THINGS, PLEASE, MR. I READ THE EMAIL MCCONNELL BEFORE WE GET THERE.

MAYOR. I KNOW MR. YOUNG HAS SOMETHING TO SAY. I JUST WANT TO HEAR HIS OPINION. OKAY. WHAT I SUGGESTED, SINCE IT'S THE FIRST TIME I'M BROACHING THIS TOPIC WITH ANYONE AT THIS MOMENT. I READ THE EMAILS. THERE WAS BACK AND FORTH.

I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE WHAT TIER, BECAUSE IF IT WAS TIER TWO, THERE WAS THREE TIERS.

AND IF IT WAS TIER TWO, IT'S EVEN ABOVE MY THRESHOLD.

SO I WASN'T SURE WHAT WE WERE PROPOSING. SO THAT, YOU KNOW, AND I THINK CONSENSUS DIRECTION AND YES, GO AHEAD AND DO IT, BUT I JUST WANTED TO MAKE SURE WHAT TIER WE'RE GOING WITH SO THAT I KNOW THAT THAT'S WITHIN MY AUTHORITY. THAT'S, THAT'S THE ONLY THING. SO I WILL NEED A MOTION BECAUSE IT'S NOT WITHIN GARY MANNERS CITY MANAGER'S AUTHORITY.

I THINK TIER TWO RANGES BETWEEN 40 AND 65. AND JUST TO BE SAFE, IN CASE THE QUOTE COMES BACK ABOVE 50,

[07:25:02]

IF IT DOES GO ABOVE HIS THRESHOLD OF 5000. NOW, THE THING THAT TIER TWO DOES IS IT PROVIDES TIER ONE WITHIN A VERY REASONABLE TIME FRAME.

AND THEN TIER TWO. SO TIER TWO ENCOMPASSES WHAT TIER ONE DOES.

SO WHAT WE'LL DO IS WE'LL GET TIER ONE WITHIN 10 TO 18 DAYS.

TIER TWO IS MORE OF A 3 TO 4 WEEK. BUT I CAN GET A VERBAL MAYBE IF WE MOVE QUICKLY, AND I'M HOPING TO GET AS MUCH INFORMATION AS POSSIBLE PRIOR TO THE JOINT MEETING ON JULY 6TH. BUT I HAVE TO KIND OF, YOU KNOW, GREEN, GREEN LIGHT AS SOON AS POSSIBLE IF WE CAN.

MOVE THAT WE APPROVE. THE VALUATION PROPOSAL FORWARDED TO US BY THE CITY ATTORNEY AT THE TIER TWO LEVEL, SECOND FOR MR. YOUNG'S FOR MR. YOUNG'S PURPOSES, JUST TO CLARIFY BEFORE ANY DISCUSSION AND AUTHORIZE THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE THE THE PROPOSAL DISCUSSION. SCHULTZ, WHERE ARE WE AT IN REGARDS TO THE CAP THAT WE HAD SET INITIALLY WITH THIS.

NOT THERE, WE'RE NOT THERE, WE'RE NOT. OR ELSE I WOULD COME BACK FOR MORE.

125 WE'RE NOT. SO APPRAISALS ARE NOT LEGAL SERVICES.

SO IT'S NOT PART OF THE LITIGATION. WHAT IS IT CALLED.

IT'S NOT LEGAL SERVICES. THE THE 125 THAT YOU ADDED WAS TO SPECIALIZE LEGAL SERVICES IN THE CITY ATTORNEY BUDGET.

AN APPRAISAL IS NOT CONSIDERED LEGAL SERVICES IN IN THAT IT'S NOT COMING FROM THAT BUDGET.

AT LEAST THAT WAS NOT MY INTENT. BUT I'M NOT THE CITY MANAGER AKA MR..

THE NUMBERS. YEAH. AND IF IT'S IF IT'S NOT COMING FROM THE CITY, THE CITY ATTORNEY'S BUDGET IN ANY WAY, WE WOULD NEED TO HAVE A SUPPLEMENT. AND I'M NOT DISPUTING WHAT MATTHEW IS SAYING THAT IS NOT CITY ATTORNEY, BUT I DON'T HAVE THAT MONEY JUST LAYING AROUND SOMEWHERE EITHER.

SO I WOULD I WOULD WHAT I CAN SAY TO YOU THOUGH, IS, IS IF YOU DIRECT ME TO DO IT, I WOULD BE PREPARING A SUPPLEMENT THAT I COULD HAVE SIGNED OVER THE SUMMER AND YOU RATIFY AFTERWARDS.

BUT IF YOU JUST SAY, YOU KNOW, YOU KNOW, TO UPDATE THE AGREEMENT AND THEN TO GET THE APPROPRIATION REQUEST TO BE SUBMITTED BECAUSE I CAN TRANSFER IT, THEN REPLENISH, I'M JUST AS LONG AS WE'RE ALL ON BOARD.

RIGHT. I HAVE A $60 MILLION BUDGET. I CAN FIND IT AND I WOULD DO THAT.

BUT JUST UNDERSTAND THAT EVENTUALLY I'M LIKELY TO COME BACK WITH A SUPPLEMENT FOR THAT CHARGE.

THAT'S ALL. JUST TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE. BECAUSE DIDN'T WE SAY AT OUR JOINT MEETING WE WANTED THIS TRY TO HAVE THIS INFORMATION BEFORE OUR NEXT JULY 6TH OR SEVENTH MEETING.

THAT'S THAT'S WHY I SAID FROM THE STANDPOINT OF IF YOU DIRECT TO DO IT, I WILL MOVE THE MONEY.

JUST EXPECT A SUPPLEMENT COMING BACK TO YOU BECAUSE I DON'T HAVE AT SOME POINT TO REPLENISH WHATEVER I'VE.

WHEREVER I'VE MOVED IT FROM, THAT'S ALL. SO THERE WAS A MOTION AND A SECOND. I HAVE A MOTION BY VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP AND A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER KRAMER.

MADAM CLERK, PLEASE PULL THE COUNCIL. COUNCIL MEMBER.

BARTON. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. PENNYMAN. YES. VICE MAYOR.

BLANKENSHIP. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. KROLL. YES.

COUNCIL MEMBER. KRAMER. YES. COUNCILMEMBER. SCHULTZ.

NO. MAYOR HEITMAN. YES. PASSES 6 TO 1. SO, MR. MCCONNELL, CAN YOU PLEASE JUST SO I UNDERSTAND WHEN ARE WE GOING TO DISCUSS THE THINGS THAT YOU'VE BEEN DELEGATED TO DO? AND, AND IF YOU CAN ACTUALLY DO THOSE THINGS BY THE JULY 6TH.

I MEAN, I KNOW THAT WAS ONE OF THEM, BUT WHERE DOES THE STATUS OF WHAT COUNCIL MEMBER KROLL JUST SAID.

AND THAT WAS, HOW ARE WE LOOKING AT THIS STRUCTURE, WHICH WE COULDN'T DISCUSS, WE DIDN'T DISCUSS, BUT WE DISCUSSED THE LEASE. WHEN DOES THAT COME UP? AT THE JOINT MEETING? MY. IT'S A TOUGH QUESTION TO ANSWER WITHOUT DISCLOSING. IS THAT SOMETHING WE DISCUSSED TOMORROW IN EXECUTIVE SESSION? I, I CAN'T ANSWER THAT QUESTION, OBVIOUSLY, BECAUSE EVERYTHING WE DISCUSSED IN EXECUTIVE SESSION IS CONFIDENTIAL FOR A REASON.

BUT I CAN OKAY. WE CAN'T TALK ABOUT WHAT WE'RE GOING TO TALK OR ELSE WE MIGHT AS WELL JUST HAVE A.

OKAY. THANK YOU, THANK YOU. ANYTHING ELSE? ANYTHING ELSE ABOUT THIS ITEM? IT WAS TO DISCUSS THE ORDINANCE. UNLESS YOU GUYS HAVE QUESTIONS, I'D PREFER TO NOT SAY MUCH MORE.

OKAY, WELL, CONCLUDE 14 H AND MOVE TO PUBLIC COMMENT.

[07:30:03]

[16) COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE MAYOR, CITY COUNCIL, AND STAFF]

THEY'RE TALKING ABOUT NOT A NARROW SPECIAL INTEREST GROUP THAT'S GOING TO IMPLEMENT THE PLAN.

SO THAT'S SOMETHING I THINK WE GOT TO WATCH. TODAY'S A TOUGH DAY WITH, WITH THE MILLAGE RATE.

I MEAN, BUT TO ME, YOU KNOW, WE HAVE TO PROTECT THE CITY IF WE'RE GOING INTO OUR CUSHION AND WE'RE FACING LEGISLATION, WE'RE FACING LITIGATION, WE'RE FACING A HIGHER SECURITY COST NEEDS.

WE REALLY THE RESPONSIBLE THING IS TO DO WHAT WE DID.

AND I'M THE LAST ONE TO RAISE TAXES. I MEAN, BUT I THINK IT'S IRRESPONSIBLE IF WE DIDN'T ACT, AND I THINK WE'LL BE ABLE TO CLAW BACK IN THE FUTURE MORE WAYS OF DIVERSIFYING OUR INCOME AND SOME OTHER IDEAS.

SO I'M I THINK WE MADE A TOUGH CALL, BUT THAT'S WHAT WE'RE HERE FOR TO MAKE A TOUGH CALL.

AND THAT'S IT. I RUN A LITTLE LATE. SEE YOU IN 38 HOURS.

I HAVE NOTHING THANK YOU MAYOR. THANK YOU, COUNCILMAN SCHULTZ.

NOTHING. VICE MAYOR, NOTHING ELSE. OKAY. I JUST I THINK TODAY WENT WELL.

I'M. I'M HAPPY THAT WE ARE EXTENDING THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN.

I AM VERY CONCERNED THAT IT'S BECOME MORE OF A POLITICAL FOOTBALL FOR THE AIRPORT THAN ANYTHING.

AND IN EXPANDING THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN TO EXTENDING THE DATE, BECAUSE IT WAS PRETTY MUCH SAID BY THE COALITION THAT YOU KNOW, IT WAS AROUND THE AIRPORT WAS THE LAST THING THAT THEY DECIDED TO GO THROUGH.

AND I JUST, WE HAVE TO BE SO CAREFUL WHEN WE ARE LETTING SPECIFIC GROUPS MANAGE OUR TIME AND OUR MONEY. BUT I THINK WE DID THE RIGHT THING AND EXTENDING IT.

AND THERE ARE BOATS THAT ARE BEING RENTED OUT OF THE BOATHOUSE, THE LITTLE TIKI BOATS.

AND I WAS JUST WONDERING IF THEY HAVE TO GET A PERMIT TO RUN THAT BUSINESS OUT OF THE BOATHOUSE OR THE BARS.

THE BARS. YEAH. AND. OR JUST THE BARS IF I'M SAYING IT, IF THEY JUST HAVE TO HAVE A BUSINESS OR HOW DOES THAT GO ABOUT? AND YOU DON'T HAVE TO ANSWER ME NOW. YEAH. I'M, I'M GOING TO LOOK INTO IT.

MAYOR WHEN YOU SAID OUT OF THE BOATHOUSE, THAT'S WHAT I WAS.

THE BOATHOUSE IS A RESTAURANT AND THEY HAVE A DOCK. NO. I'M FAMILIAR.

OH, MY. IT'S A PRIVATE ENTITY, AND I'M NOT GOING TO.

I WANTED TO MAKE SURE THAT THAT'S WHAT YOU MEANT. AND I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT. YEAH, I'LL LOOK INTO THAT. MAYOR. OKAY. THANK YOU. MR. MCCONNELL, DID YOU HAVE ANYTHING FOR CORRESPONDENCE? NO.

THANK YOU. THANK YOU, MR. YOUNG. NO, MA'AM. OKAY.

WITH THAT, WE WILL BE BACK IN COUNCIL ON WEDNESDAY FOR OUR VERY FULL MEETING.

AND WITH THAT STRONG WORK TODAY. WE'RE ADJOURNED.

* This transcript was compiled from uncorrected Closed Captioning.